Bharat’s Global South Gambit: PM Modi’s Diplomatic Tour Signals a Bold Recalibration of Foreign Policy

July 3, 2025, 12:26 am

Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent diplomatic foray across Africa, South America, and the Caribbean isn’t just a series of symbolic handshakes—it represents a tectonic shift in Bharat’s global outreach strategy and an ambitious recalibration of its foreign policy ethos. As the world navigates an increasingly multipolar reality—shaped by the Russia-Ukraine conflict, mounting U.S.-China tensions, energy insecurity, economic deglobalization, and post-pandemic volatility—Bharat is strategically repositioning itself as the undisputed leader of the Global South. Modi’s meticulously designed multi-nation tour—encompassing Ghana, Trinidad and Tobago, Argentina, Brazil, and Namibia—is both a declaration and demonstration of Bharat’s intent to lead not just through economic and military strength but through vision, values, and shared developmental goals. It is a loud, clear assertion of Bharat’s desire to rewrite the grammar of global diplomacy—one rooted in equity, sustainability, and civilisational harmony.

A well-orchestrated diplomatic symphony

The sequencing of Modi’s visits reflects a masterclass in diplomatic choreography. Beginning in West Africa, progressing through the Caribbean, and culminating in South America and mineral-rich Southern Africa, the tour is planned with deliberate geographic and strategic precision. Each leg of the journey seems to be planned not in isolation but as part of a larger tapestry designed to knit together nations of the Global South into a cohesive strategic community. The chosen countries are not random—they either host significant Bhartiya diaspora populations, possess critical resources, or occupy key positions in regional geopolitics. In this sense, the tour is not merely diplomatic but architectural: laying the groundwork for a sustainable, strategic architecture of South-South cooperation. This architecture is being built on the pillars of shared historical experiences, anti-colonial solidarity, and aspirations for equitable growth. Modi’s engagements are multilayered—featuring not only bilateral dialogues but also trilateral, regional, and multilateral initiatives. This tour of PM Modi is symbolic of a rising civilisational power that is ready to shoulder global responsibilities while remaining rooted in its own ethos of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam.

Resource diplomacy: securing the engines of growth

One of the most pressing and visible goals of the diplomatic mission is the pursuit of critical mineral resources. In the 21st-century economy, minerals like lithium, cobalt, uranium, and manganese are as strategically vital as oil was in the 20th century. Bharat’s rapid push toward green energy, electric vehicles, solar manufacturing, and digital infrastructure requires a reliable, diversified, and secure supply of these resources. Argentina, which holds some of the world’s largest lithium reserves, is indispensable to Bharat’s future in electric mobility and battery storage. Namibia’s rich uranium deposits can catalyze Bharat’s nuclear energy ambitions, especially as the country seeks to balance climate goals with the demands of economic growth. Ghana offers gold, bauxite, and significant agricultural output—materials vital to both industrial and food security goals. By initiating and deepening agreements on exploration, joint ventures, and technological transfers in these areas, Bharat is taking critical steps toward reducing dependence on geopolitically sensitive sources and creating a more resilient supply chain. This mineral diplomacy is being executed with finesse—partnering rather than extracting, building capacity rather than exploiting. Bharat’s engagements are increasingly accompanied by offers of education, training, environmental standards, and infrastructure investments, which differentiate New Delhi’s approach from the more transactional models historically associated with China and the West.

Defense and technology: building sustainable power partnerships

A key highlight of the tour shall be the use of Bharat’s indigenously developed defense platforms as instruments of strategic diplomacy. The Light Combat Aircraft-Tejas, the Akash missile defense system, indigenously manufactured helicopters, and co-development of surveillance technologies have emerged as the vanguard of Bharat’s defense outreach. Deals to be discussed and signed during the tour not only signal Bharat’s intent to emerge as a defense exporter but also position it as a credible and reliable alternative to traditional arms suppliers. These defense ties also provide strategic depth. They are not merely about hardware but about strategic convergence—long-term training, capacity-building, logistical cooperation, and joint R&D. In countries wary of Chinese military expansion or struggling to maintain sovereignty over security apparatuses, Bharat’s non-intrusive, partnership-driven approach has found willing collaborators. Moreover, technology transfer agreements are increasingly integrated into these defense pacts, creating a multidimensional engagement framework. From cyber defense to aerospace collaborations and coastal surveillance systems, these strategic linkages elevate Bharat’s role as a net security provider and empower partner nations to build self-reliant defense capacities. Soft power and civilisational diplomacy: Bharat’s enduring advantage Perhaps the most understated yet most powerful facet of Modi’s diplomatic blitz is Bharat’s soft power. The Bhartiya diaspora is no longer just a cultural remnant—it is a strategic asset. In countries like Trinidad and Tobago, Guyana, Suriname, Ghana, and South Africa, the Bhartiya community has been integrated into political, economic, and cultural spheres. These communities form a ready-made bridge between governments and peoples. Beyond the diaspora, Bharat’s strengths in education, healthcare, culture, and spirituality offer compelling alternatives to traditional development models. Institutions like the Bharatn Technical and Economic Cooperation (ITEC) program, ICCR scholarships, and AYUSH initiatives continue to resonate strongly. Unlike predatory financing or opaque aid programs, Bharat’s development assistance is transparent, capacity-focused, and demand-driven. The wide global appeal of Bollywood, yog, classical arts, and spiritual traditions like Vedant and Buddhism further enhances Bharat’s reputation as a benign and enriching partner. Soft power is increasingly fused with strategic objectives. For example, Bharatn institutions are being encouraged to establish campuses abroad; joint cultural festivals and tourism initiatives are being launched; and digital platforms are being used to teach Bharatn languages and philosophy to global audiences. This marriage of civilisational diplomacy and statecraft is uniquely Bharatn—and increasingly influential.

BRICS: leadership amid flux

The BRICS summit, occurring in parallel to Modi’s Global South engagement, reveals major fault lines in global alignments. With Xi Jinping and Vladimir Putin absent, Bharat shall find itself in a unique position to guide the agenda. Far from exploiting the absence, Bharat shall choose responsibility over rhetoric, focusing on constructive proposals, economic cooperation, and institutional strengthening. Bharat’s position on the proposed BRICS currency is particularly telling. While sympathetic to calls for dedollarization and financial multipolarity, Bharat resists any hasty or ideologically driven decisions. Its emphasis on bolstering existing bilateral and multilateral trade frameworks, promoting digital financial inclusion, and investing in real infrastructure show a preference for substance over symbolism. This pragmatic stance has elevated Bharat’s stature in the grouping, allowing it to become the pivot around which future BRICS engagements can revolve. As internal political challenges engulf China and Russia, Bharat’s internal stability and global legitimacy make it a natural leader for the emerging world.

Navigating regional and global security threats

Bharat’s outreach must also be understood in the context of its persistent regional challenges. The threats emanating from cross-border terrorism supported by Pakistan and China’s expansionist behavior along its borders and in the maritime domain continue to demand global attention. Modi’s foreign visits serve not only to build alliances but also to internationalize Bharat’s legitimate security concerns. By aligning with countries affected by similar challenges—be it piracy in the Gulf of Guinea, terrorism in Latin America, or political instability in African nations—Bharat is creating a global coalition of states that share security interests. Bharat should also use the tour to call for reforms in global security institutions. Its push for permanent membership in the UN Security Council and leadership roles in multilateral peacekeeping reflect a growing consensus among developing nations that current structures are outdated and unrepresentative.

Toward a new global compact

Prime Minister Modi’s diplomatic offensive is much more than a symbolic assertion of presence—it is a strategic manifestation of a resurgent Bharat ready to co-author the rules of a new world order. With every bilateral agreement signed, cultural exchange initiated, mineral pact discussed, and defense deal negotiated, Bharat is writing a new chapter in its foreign policy playbook. The tour’s real triumph shall lie in its message: that Bharat, rooted in ancient wisdom yet surging with modern innovation, is uniquely placed to lead a fractured world toward a future of cooperative multipolarity. It blends pragmatism with principle, ambition with humility, and hard interests with soft values. As the Global South looks for a voice that can represent both its grievances and its aspirations, Bharat is not just offering sympathy—it is offering leadership. In an age where great powers are struggling with internal contradictions and legitimacy crises, Bharat stands as a stable, democratic, civilisational state with global ambitions and the moral bandwidth to pursue them. The Global South gambit is no longer just an idea—it is an unfolding reality, with Bharat at its helm.

Power of one bulb: Igniting a quiet environmental revolution

June 28, 2025, 1:05 am

Today, grand infrastructure and billion-dollar investments in electric vehicles, hydrogen centres, and solar farms are often at the centre stage in the climate story across the globe, including India. Still, we run the danger in this scale-up competition of forgetting one of our cheapest, most available, and immediately effective climate solutions: one 10-watt lightbulb. India has more than 250 million homes. If all these homes merely turned off just one LED light bulb for four hours daily, the savings would be over 3.6 ter- awatt-hours, almost 30% of Bhutan’s total electricity consumption for a year. But beyond wattage, the impact is revolutionary, 2.9 million tonnes CO2 saved, equivalent to removing ~6,00,000 petrol vehicles from India’s roads. This can lead to a quiet and effective environmental revolution. Lighting accounts for 20-30% of home electricity consumption. Homes comprise almost 24% of India’s overall electricity requirement. In other words, lighting practices, not solely lighting technology, are a climate policy necessity. Office corridors burn after-hours, skyscrapers glimmer all night, and motion detectors supplant awareness. Indeed, India’s UJALA initiative has been a success story. Over 360 million LEDs have been distributed since 2015, saving 47 billion kWh annually and eliminating 37 million tonnes of CO2 emissions. However, whereas technology has been deployed, behavioural inertia still exists. Smart techno- logical solutions must go hand in hand with behavioural habits; technology alone cannot substitute for smart, consistent human behaviour. Encouraging such behavioural shifts in electricity usage can significantly reduce the need for additional investments in new power infrastructure by lowering peak demand. That’s a fiscal control that cannot be ignored for a country, particularly when all that needs to happen is a flip of a switch. One 10W LED lightbulb utilised judiciously can save Rs 150 annually for every house, a small amount for each home, but an amount that totals Rs 3,750 crore for national savings when extrapolated across 250 million houses. This does not require subsidies, net metering, or mandating through policy. It requires awareness and leadership through example, particularly from urban India, the population which consumes electricity at the highest per capita rate and has the lowest incentive for conservation. On a global basis, behaviour change has been estimated to contribute as much as 20% of the reduction in emissions required to stay below 1.5°C warming in 2030, equivalent to 1.8 billion tonnes CO2 in a year. This is, though, the most under-explored lever for change. It’s not a regressive act, but rather intelligent economics and good citizenship, to light only where we live. Like the “One Bulb, One Room” campaign, which could resonate throughout intelligent cities and satellite towns, individual small steps, monumental impact. Let’s get the climate politics right. We praise electric SUVs and solar panels on roofs, but we don’t often commend the person who switches off a light switch. Climate change consists not just of system change, but behavioural change. That has to start not just in policy circles but also around living room tables and board tables. The future chapter in India’s energy narrative can be as luminous as its switch from incandescent bulbs to LEDs; only if we com- bine that radiance with restraint, wisdom, and pride. The power of one bulb is symbolic of this grassroots revolution. It represents a choice to care, conserve, and live with intention. Let this be the new normal: light only where you are. In the struggle against carbon, the greatest watt is the one we will not use! Dr Kuldeep Singh, Associate Professor, Symbiosis Institute of Business Management, Pune and Dr Neha Seth, Associate Professor, School of Management Studies, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi.

PM Modi’s quest for Viksit Bharat

June 23, 2025, 1:07 am

Under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visionary leadership, India has made significant strides toward the Viksit Bharat 2047 goal, marking 11 years of transformative governance. Through initiatives like Digital India, Make in India, and Ayushman Bharat, Modi has driven economic growth, technological innovation, and social welfare. Infrastructure development, including Bharatmala and Smart Cities, has enhanced connectivity and urban living. Policies promoting renewable energy and sustainable farming align with environmental goals. By empowering youth, women, and marginalized communities, Modi’s inclusive approach fosters collective progress. His strategic reforms and global outreach have positioned India as a leader, advancing toward a developed, self-reliant nation by 2047. In conclusion, Modi’s 11 years have prioritized stability, infrastructure, and inclusion, aligning with Viksit Bharat’s vision, but face challenges in employment and growth. UPA’s higher GDP growth came with instability, less aligned with long-term development. The NDA’s reforms position India closer to Viksit Bharat, but sustained 8% growth remains critical. The 11-year tenure of Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government (2014–2025), led by the National Democratic Alliance (NDA), marks a significant period in India’s political and economic landscape, often compared to the preceding United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government under Manmohan Singh (2004–2014). A statistical analysis highlights key differences and achievements across economic, social, and governance metrics.

Economic Growth:

The UPA’s decade saw an average GDP growth rate of 7.6%, peaking at 10.3% in 2010–11, driven by global commodity price surges and domestic reforms. However, growth slowed in UPA-II (2009–2014) to 7.5% due to policy paralysis and corruption scandals. In contrast, the NDA’s average GDP growth was 5.9% (2014–2024), with a peak of 8.2% in 2016–17, impacted by demonetization and the COVID-19 pandemic. Modi’s government claims stronger macroeconomic fundamentals, with a fiscal deficit reduced to 3.7% of GDP compared to UPA’s 5.9%. Critics argue that UPA’s higher growth came at the cost of fiscal imprudence, while NDA’s growth, though lower, was more sustainable.

Inflation Management:

The NDA significantly curbed inflation, averaging 4.5% (CPI) compared to UPA’s 8.2%, which peaked at 12.3% in 2010–11 due to high global oil and metal prices. Modi’s policies, including lower Minimum Support Prices (MSP) and fuel tax adjustments, stabilized prices, though low food inflation hurt farmers. Foreign Investment and Reserves: UPA saw a 20.02% increase in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), while NDA recorded a 3.08% decline (2009–2019). However, NDA’s total FDI inflow reached $500 billion, 65% higher than UPA’s. Foreign exchange reserves grew by 16.86% under Modi compared to 8.45% under UPA, reflecting stronger external stability. Critics note that net foreign investment as a percentage of GDP was higher under UPA (1.2% vs. 0.8%). Job Creation: Employment remains a challenge for both regimes. UPA created 2.9 crore jobs (2004–2014), while NDA claims 17.19 crore jobs (2014–2024) per RBI KLEMS data. However, unemployment averaged 6.1% under NDA, higher than UPA’s 5.5%, with a peak of 8.4% in 2019–20. Schemes like Mudra and Startup India aimed to boost entrepreneurship, but critics highlight stagnant manufacturing jobs and agricultural distress.

Social and Infrastructure Development:

Modi’s tenure emphasized infrastructure, with highway construction averaging 36 km/day compared to UPA’s 8–11 km/day. Social schemes like Ayushman Bharat and PM Awas Yojana provided healthcare and housing to millions, with 25 crore people escaping multidimensional poverty (NITI Aayog). UPA’s social spending was higher (education and welfare), but NDA’s focus on last-mile delivery and digitalization (e.g., Jan Dhan Yojana’s 42 crore accounts) enhanced inclusion.

Governance and Criticism:

NDA’s governance is lauded for transparency and bold reforms (e.g., GST, Article 370 repeal), but criticized for democratic backsliding and centralization. UPA faced accusations of corruption and policy inaction, yet maintained higher press freedom. In summary, Modi’s 11 years prioritized stability, infrastructure, and digital inclusion, but lagged in job creation and GDP growth compared to UPA. While NDA’s reforms aim for long-term sustainability, UPA’s era benefited from global economic tailwinds. Both tenures faced unique challenges, shaping India’s trajectory differently. In conclusion, Modi’s 11 years have prioritized stability, infrastructure, and inclusion, aligning with Viksit Bharat’s vision, but face challenges in employment and growth. UPA’s higher GDP growth came with instability, less aligned with long-term development. The NDA’s reforms position India closer to Viksit Bharat, but sustained 8% growth remains critical. PM Narendra Modi’s 11- year quest for Viksit Bharat showcases transformative growth, lifting 25 crore people out of poverty, with robust infrastructure and digital advancements, surpassing UPA’s decade of inconsistent progress. Swami Vivekananda’s words, “Arise, awake, and stop not till the goal is reached,” echo Modi’s relentless pursuit of a prosperous, self-reliant India by 2047, driven by inclusive governance and youth empowerment. PM Modi’s 11-year Viksit Bharat vision outpaces UPA’s decade, with 25 crore lifted from poverty, soaring infrastructure, and digital leaps. As Swamy Vivekananda’s quote says-- “Take up one idea, make that your life,” reflects Modi’s leadership at the helm of affairs has an unwavering focus on inclusive growth, positioning India for global leadership by 2047 through dynamic governance and economic resilience.

Kashmir Unbound: A New Dawn After Article 370

June 23, 2025, 1:00 am

Following Operation Sindoor, during the “Pak Benakaab”mission led by Mr. Sanjay Jha in Indonesia, senior Congress leader and former Foreign Minister, Mr. Salman Khurshid, said, “Abolishing Article 370 from Kashmir was the right move by the Modi government.” H e f u r t h e r s t a t e d that “removal of Article 370 has brought democratic progress and economic prosperity to Kashmir.” Abrogation of Article 370 on August 05, 2019 by Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi was a historic and bold decision that affirms the unity of the country and is proving to be a milestone in the development of Jammu and Kashmir. According to ancient beliefs, Kashmir is the land of Maharshi Kashyap and Mata Sati. During the reign of Emperor Ashoka and the Kushan dynasty, Buddhism had a significant influence in Kashmir. Under the rule of Emperor Lalitaditya, Kashmir expanded and the Sanskrit language received great honour. The Shankaracharya temple near Srinagar still commemorates the spiritual victory (digvijaya) of Jagadguru Shankaracharya. Over time, due to conversions by Muslim invaders, the Muslim population in Kashmir increased. At the time of independence, like other princely states, the Maharaja of Kashmir, Hari Singh, merged the state of Kashmir with Bharat by signing the Instrument of Accession. However, under pressure from Sheikh Abdullah, Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru made a shortsighted decision to enforce Article 370 in Kashmir—an action that created divisions in the unity and integrity of the country. Many leaders, including Bharat Ratna Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, opposed Nehru’s move. Dr. Shyama Prasad Mukherjee, then national president of the Bhartiya Jana Sangh, led a nationwide movement under the slogan “Ek Desh mein Do Vidhaan, Do Pradhaan, Do Nishaan nahin Chalenge.” Under this situation, Dr. Mukherjee sacrificed his life under mysterious circumstances in June 23, 1953. Since then, the Bhartiya Jana Sangh— and later the Bhartiya Janta Party—had the declared commitment of abrogating Article 370, which was fulfilled by Prime Minister Narendra Modi in his second term on August 05, 2019. Following the abrogation of Article 370, due to the implementation of central government schemes dedicated to social and economic justice, the people of Kashmir—who had been previously excluded—began to benefit as well. Now, all Bhartiya citizens can purchase land in Kashmir. This has led to the registration of 500 properties and approximately Rs 3.5 thousand crore of real estate investment flowing into Kashmir. The removal of the rule that deprived Kashmiri women of inheritance rights when they married outside Kashmir is a decisive step towards women’s empowerment. Additionally, 150,000 families displaced from Pakistan—including Valmiki, Scheduled Caste, and Scheduled Tribe refugees—have now gained full citizenship rights. Moreover, 35 Lakh people have received domicile certificates. Due to the implementation of education-related laws, over 10 Lakh children have received free education. Economically Deprived sections, Scheduled Castes, and Scheduled Tribes are now eligible for reservations. Inclusion of new castes in the Other Backward Classes category and increasing quotas has proved to be a pivotal measure in uplifting disadvantaged communities. Due to industrial development, an investment of Rs 56,000 crore has been made, providing employment to approximately 80,000 people. Over 1,200 startups are now contributing to growth and job creation. Handicraft products made by artisans are finding new markets. Following the abrogation of Article 370, work took place to repair and construct 10,000 km of roads. The Zoji La and Chenani–Nashri (Dr Shyama Prasad Mukherjee Tunnel) tunnels have shortened travel distances. The four-lane highway from Jammu to Srinagar is setting new standards in development. Prime Minister Narendra Modi inaugurated the much awaited bridge over the Chenab River, an engineering marvel and the tallest in the world— standing 359 meters above the river level, taller than Paris’s Eiffel Tower—with praise even from Chief Minister Omar Abdullah. Under the Ayushman Bharat scheme, more than 13 Lakh people have received medical treatment. Formula car racing is now taking place in Kashmir. Jammu Kashmir’s Palli village has become Bharat’s first “carbon neutral panchayat.” Post- Article 370, peace returned to Kashmir, leading to a significant increase in tourism. According to official statistics, tourist numbers rose by 50% since 2019, reaching a total of approximately 2.5 crore tourists across the entire region. Due to the policy of zero tolerance toward terrorism, terrorist incidents have consistently declined. The Union Home Minister, Shri Amit Shah, stated in Parliament that terrorist incidents have decreased by 92%. There has also been a steady decline in new terrorist recruitments. The number of pilgrims visiting the Vaishno Devi and Amarnath shrines continues to rise. The 65% voter turnout in the three-tier panchayat elections held after the abrogation of Article 370 is testimony to Kashmir’s prosperity—where 32,000 elected representatives are actively contributing to the development of their village panchayats. Additionally, the Sharda Mata Temple established by Jagadguru Shankaracharya hosted Diwali and Saraswati pujan ceremonies—events that had not taken place there in 70 years. The Honourable Home Minister, Shri Amit Shah, officially reopened the temple onMarch 23, 2023. Regular worship has also resumed at the Kheer Bhawani Temple. To hoist the national flag at Lal Chowk – the historic site in Srinagar , the then BJP National President Shri Murli Manohar Joshi had to organise the “Bharat Ekta Yatra” from Kanyakumari to Kashmir. This pledge was fulfilled when the Tirangaa was hoisted under police protection on January 26, 1992. Alongside Dr. Joshi, the Honourable Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi was a key associate in this resolve. Today, following the abrogation of Article 370, the national flag once again proudly flies at Lal Chowk. And not just at Lal Chowk— Kashmiris are celebrating national pride by hoisting the Tirangaa at their homes as well. The celebration of Shri Krishna Janmashtami, held in remembrance of Lord Krishna’s birth, was also joyously celebrated at Lal Chowk. As a result of the abrogation of Article 370, Jammu & Kashmir is now scripting a saga of “Virasat se Vikas” under the leadership of Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi. Citizens in Pakistan administered Kashmir, impressed by Kashmir’s development journey, are eager to join hands with Bharat. Terrorist incidents like the one in Pahalgam are malicious attempts to derail this journey of development . Bhartiya society, responding to such conspiracies, will once again stand with renewed pride—upholding the spirit of national unity and integrity. Over the past 11 years, the efforts led by Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi have successfully instilled this sentiment in every Bhartiya. (Shiv Prakash is the National Jt. General Secretary (Org.) of the Bhartiya Janta Party)

A Rethink on India’s STEM Revolution Catalysts and Contradictions: AI, Equity and Future of STEM in India

June 20, 2025, 1:05 am

India’s developmental ambitions, epitomised by the vision of developed nation, are inextricably linked to the effective integration of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) education with frontier technologies such as Artificial Intelligence (AI). While India boasts one of the world’s largest pools of STEM graduates and a demographic dividend skewed towards youth, these advantages risk remaining notional unless underpinned by sustained investments in quality, contextual relevance, and ethical governance of AIdriven pedagogy. The critical issue, therefore, is not simply the adoption of AI in education, but rather how inclusively, equitably, and ethically AI is being embedded within India’s heterogeneous educational landscape. Despite a proliferation of policy pronouncements and pilot initiatives, the mainstreaming of AI in STEM education is beset by persistent disparities. Digital access remains uneven, with infrastructure deficit particularly acute in rural and marginal geographies. Faculty preparedness and pedagogical innovation lag technological advancements, raising concerns about the capacity of mentors to meaningfully integrate AI tools into classroom environment. Moreover, curriculum reform has often been incremental and fragmented, failing to keep pace with the rapidly evolving demands of the knowledge economy. These structural impediments threaten to reproduce, rather than redress, existing inequities—risking a scenario in which AI-enabled learning becomes prerogative of the privileged. A critical assessment of India’s AI-STEM interface must therefore move beyond celebratory narratives of technological leapfrogging to engage with the deeper structural and normative conditions shaping this transition. Policy frameworks must foreground issues of access, affordability, and cultural relevance, ensuring that AI integration does not exacerbate social and educational divides. Pedagogical interventions should be rooted in evidence-based practices, prioritising critical thinking, creativity, and ethical reasoning over rote automation. Furthermore, infrastructural investments must be accompanied by robust capacity-building for educators and sustained engagement with local contexts.

Socio-Cultural Diversity, Digital Divides, and Ethical Gaps

While AI offers the promise of personalized and inclusive learning, most existing systems are not adequately equipped to address India’s linguistic plurality, regional variations, and diverse pedagogical traditions. As a result, there is a real danger that AI-enabled education will deliver a homogenized experience, overlooking the lived realities and cultural contexts of students from different backgrounds. Efforts to develop vernacular and context-sensitive AI tools remain limited and are often concentrated in urban or elite spaces, leaving rural and marginalized communities underserved. Current policy initiatives, including those outlined in the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, formally recognize the need for ethical AI deployment and bridging digital divides. However, the translation of these commitments into practice remains inconsistent. Digital infrastructure is still uneven, with many government and rural schools lacking basic connectivity and devices. Teacher training on AI integration is also inadequate, further deepening the digital divide. Thus operationalizing this across a vast and diverse education system is a significant challenge. Consequently, the benefits of AI-driven education are at risk of accruing primarily to already advantaged groups, exacerbating rather than alleviating existing inequities.

Demographic Dividend Dilemma: Quality vs. Speed in STEM Education

The prioritization of technological acceleration in STEM education, without a commensurate focus on quality and contextual relevance, poses significant risks. Over-reliance on AI may side-line the irreplaceable human elements of education—such as empathy, mentorship, and cultural connect—essentials for holistic learning. AI, no matter how advanced, cannot fully replicate the nuanced understanding and adaptability that skilled mentors bring to India’s diverse classrooms. If technological solutions are prioritized without parallel investments in pedagogy, curriculum reform, and teacher empowerment, superficial modernization will fail to foster genuine engagement, creativity, and critical thinking among students. India’s emphasis on its demographic dividend does not, by itself, guarantee inclusive or equitable AI-enabled learning. This advantage may be realized through targeted measures to address infrastructural gaps, faculty readiness, and socio-cultural barriers. Policy frameworks must move beyond demographic optimism and technological determinism to ensure that AI integration is grounded in equity, access, and cultural relevance. This requires sustained investment in digital infrastructure, robust teacher training, and the development of AI tools that are linguistically and culturally adaptive. Without such recalibration, the promise of AI in STEM education may deepen rather than bridge educational divides, and the demographic dividend may remain unfulfilled.

AI and the Transformation of STEM Learning

The integration of AI into the educational landscape has generated considerable debate regarding its potential to enhance the understanding of STEM subjects. AI’s promise lies in its ability to personalise learning, adapt to individual student needs, and provide real-time feedback, thereby potentially transforming the rigid, one-size-fits-all model that has long plagued STEM education. Adaptive learning platforms powered by AI can diagnose students’ strengths and weaknesses, offering tailored contents and upscaling that may help bridge learning gaps. Furthermore, AIenabled simulations and virtual laboratories can democratise access to experiential learning, which is often constrained by inadequate infrastructure. These technological interventions could foster deeper conceptual understanding and encourage critical thinking, moving STEM education beyond rote memorisation. The current status of STEM education in India, however, is marked by both progress and persistent challenges. The NEP 2020 has provided a much-needed impetus to STEM education, emphasising experiential learning and integration of technology from the early years of schooling. India has one of the largest cohorts of STEM graduates but this quantitative expansion need to be translated into quality. Apart from digital divide, gender disparities are also pronounced, with women constituting only a modest proportion of STEM cohort and an even smaller share of the STEM workforce. Moreover, the curriculum often remains disconnected from real-world applications and rapidly evolving industry needs, leading to a mismatch between educational outcomes and workplace requirements.

Learning Beyond Boundaries: AI as a Catalyst for Future Thinkers

Although AI-enabled platforms have the potential to transform classrooms into centres of inquiry and innovation, prevailing disparities hinder their effective utilization. To address these challenges, policymakers must move beyond pilot projects and adopt a systemic approach: first, by mandating AI literacy and ethics across all levels of the school curriculum, as outlined in the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, and ensuring that AI is not merely an add on but a core component of digital and scientific learning. Second, targeted public investment is essential for bridging the digital divide through mobile AI labs, offline content delivery, and partnerships with industry and NGOs. Third, a national AI teacher training policy should be established, making AI training compulsory in B.Ed. programs and annual upskilling with resources tailored for low-connectivity environments.

Fostering Critical and Entrepreneurial Capacities: Regulatory and Ethical Imperatives

Policy must also address the regulatory and ethical dimensions of AI in education. The rapid deployment of AI tools raises urgent concerns about data privacy, algorithmic bias, and academic integrity. The forthcoming Digital India Act and the establishment of an AI Centre of Excellence in Education are steps in the right direction, but must be accompanied by enforceable standards for transparency, regular audits, and clear protocols for data protection and learner welfare. Collaboration between government, academia, and industry is vital to develop context-sensitive AI applications that reflect India’s linguistic and cultural diversity, while ongoing research should help evolve adaptive curricula and assessment systems. Ultimately, AI’s promise as a catalyst for critical thinking and entrepreneurial skills will only be realized if its integration is governed by strong compliance frameworks, sustained funding, and a commitment to inclusive, contextually, relevant educational reform. Conclusion: Towards Inclusive and Contextual AI in STEM Education The transformative promise of AI in Indian STEM education will not be realized through technological determinism alone, but through a deliberate, inclusive, and ethically anchored strategy. India’s journey toward developed nation hinges on moving beyond pilot projects and fragmented reforms to address foundational questions of equity, quality, and governance. Policymakers must prioritize sustained investment in digital infrastructure to bridge regional and socio-economic divides, for making AI-driven learning accessible to all. Mandating AI literacy and ethics across curricula, and embedding teacher training are essential for meaningful classroom integration. Regulatory frameworks, such as the Digital India Act, must be urgently strengthened to safeguard data privacy, ensure algorithmic fairness, and promote transparency. Collaboration with teachers, researchers, and industry is vital for developing context sensitive, multilingual AI tools and adaptive curricula. Targeted interventions to promote diversity and inclusion—especially for girls and disadvantage group—will be the key. Only through such comprehensive, equity-driven reforms, AI can become a genuine catalyst for innovation, social mobility, and a future-ready STEM education system in India. Views are personal. The author is Vice Chancellor, Central University of Punjab, Bathinda.

Pakistan and the farce of Ummah: When betrayal becomes a habit

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

As the United States and Israel reportedly strategize a potential ground assault on Iran through covert operations and regional partnerships, one name resurfaces — Pakistan. The recent lunch hosted by former U.S. President Donald Trump for Pakistan’s Army Chief General Asim Munir has sparked questions across diplomatic and strategic circles. Is Pakistan once again becoming a staging ground for foreign operations in the Muslim world? And more importantly, can Pakistan ever be trusted — even by the so-called Islamic Ummah it pretends to lead? This question acquires urgency in light of Bharat’s ongoing Operation Sindoor, a bold and self-defined military-diplomatic offensive reshaping South Asia’s strategic posture. As Prime Minister Narendra Modi asserted in his 35-minute call with Trump, India shall not tolerate terrorism as proxy war anymore — it will treat it as war itself. No space for ambiguity. And no space for so-called third-party mediation — a direct rebuke to any whispers of American “peace initiatives” involving Pakistan.

The Trump-Munir Lunch: A Telltale Signal

In diplomacy, symbolism often speaks louder than statecraft. So when Trump — a former President with enduring clout — invites General Asim Munir to a private lunch, it sends a loud signal. Munir, heading a military that has presided over multiple coups, nuclear proliferation, and terrorism sponsorship, was being accorded legitimacy. Was this an informal message that Pakistan could still act as Washington’s foot soldier in future Middle Eastern scenarios? For seasoned observers, the signs are familiar. And the precedent is chilling. If indeed Pakistan becomes a player in a Western-backed offensive against Iran or any part of the Islamic world, it will be far from the first time Islamabad has sacrificed Muslim lives and solidarity at the altar of selfinterest.

Pakistan’s Pattern of Betrayal: Historic and Systemic

Let us consider the long and bloodied record of Pakistan’s betrayal of the Ummah: Operation Black September (Jordan, 1970): Pakistan vs Palestinians Perhaps the most coldblooded betrayal of the Islamic spirit occurred when Brigadier Zia-ulHaq, stationed in Jordan, led Jordanian forces against Palestinian fighters (PLO). Thousands of Palestinians were massacred in cold blood. It was not Israel or the U.S. that crushed Palestinian resistance — it was another Muslim army, under a Pakistani commander. This was no tactical necessity — it was a calculated betrayal of a pan-Islamic cause. Pakistan’s loyalty lay with monarchy and money, not the Ummah. Uyghur Muslims: Silence in the Face of Genocide In China’s Xinjiang province, over one million Uyghur Muslims have been incarcerated in so-called re-education camps. Islamic practices are criminalized; mosques demolished; Arabic-script Qurans seized. Yet Pakistan — the selfdeclared leader of Muslim causes — has not only remained mute but has actively endorsed China’s actions. Prime Minister Imran Khan called himself “unaware” of the situation, while Pakistan signed joint statements justifying Chinese crackdowns. Because Beijing holds Islamabad’s purse strings. Brotherhood ends where chequebooks begin.

Afghanistan: CIA’s Frontline State, Twice Over

During the Soviet-Afghan war (1979–1989), Pakistan acted as a staging ground for U.S. arms and jihadist recruitment. While the Mujahideen fought under the illusion of pan-Islamic resistance, Pakistan’s ISI profited immensely by siphoning off American money. Post 9/11, Pakistan again allowed its territory to be used for American drone strikes against fellow Muslims. Entire tribal families in Waziristan, Swat, and FATA perished — but not a word of protest from Rawalpindi. For Islamabad, Ummah has always been a facade to broker Western deals.

Bangladesh (1971) : Slaughter of Fellow Muslims

Nothing exposes the hollowness of Pakistan’s Islamic rhetoric more than its brutal campaign in East Pakistan (now Bangladesh). The Pakistani Army slaughtered over 3 million Bengali Muslims, raped hundreds of thousands of women, and displaced millions. All because East Pakistan demanded dignity, language rights, and autonomy. There was no India-Pakistan war initially — it was a civil war within a Muslim nation, where West Pakistan treated East Pakistan as a colony. The Ummah was shattered by Pakistan’s internal imperialism.

Yemen: Sitting on the Fence, Trading Loyalty

In 2015, when Saudi Arabia called on Pakistan to join its military coalition against the Iran-backed Houthis in Yemen, Pakistan refused. Despite years of Saudi aid, loans, and oil supplies, Islamabad chose to abstain, fearing Iranian backlash. This wasn’t a decision for peace — it was a diplomatic gamble, where Pakistan sought to balance both Riyadh and Tehran for future leverage. Ummah unity was once again sacrificed for realpolitik.

Sectarian Terror: Divide and Rule Within Islam

Within Pakistan itself, minority Muslim communities — especially Shias, Ahmadis, and Sufis — are routinely targeted by state-backed or state-ignored terror outfits like Lashkar-e-Jhangvi and Sipah-e-Sahaba. Massacres during Muharram, targeted killings of Shia doctors, and routine hate sermons against Ahmadis are a norm. Pakistan doesn’t just abandon the Ummah externally — it devours it from within.

The Iran Dilemma: Proxy State or Rogue Ally?

Pakistan has long walked a tightrope between Iran and the U.S./Saudi axis. While it shares a border with Iran, its intelligence services have historically allowed antiIranian groups to operate from its soil. The recent visit of General Munir to the U.S. hints at yet another betrayal brewing. If Iran is indeed the target of future military action by the U.S. or Israel — as many analysts fear — then Pakistan’s role as a logistical or intelligence base would mark a direct attack on Islamic regional solidarity. Again, loyalty auctioned off.

Pakistan – No Vanguard of Islam, Just a Pawn of Interest

The Islamic concept of Ummah is one of collective dignity, fraternity, and justice. Pakistan has repeatedly desecrated that idea — not by mistake, but by design. It has turned Islam into a diplomatic slogan, used only when convenient, and abandoned when costlier truths emerge. In contrast, Bharat has acted with consistency and moral clarity. Prime Minister Modi’s statement to President Trump — rejecting mediation, upholding sovereignty, and redefining terrorism as war — shows a civilisational confidence that stands in stark opposition to Pakistan’s moral collapse. As Operation Sindoor continues, India must prepare for both diplomatic deception and covert subversion from Pakistan and its Western backers. But more importantly, Bharat must tell the Islamic world: Pakistan does not speak for Islam. It speaks only for its generals, its debts, and its ambitions. There is no Ummah when Pakistan enters the room — only duplicity draped in religious theatre. Shri Siddhartha Dave is an alumnus of United Nations University, Tokyo, an eminent columnist and a former Lok Sabha Research Fellow. He writes on Foreign Affairs and National Security. Author can be reached at siddhartha. dave@gmail.com

11 years of PM Modi’s and the Changing Face of Bundelkhand

June 13, 2025, 2:28 am

On 9th June 2025, under the visionary leadership of Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi, India marked a historic milestone—11 golden years of service, good governance, and welfare for the poor. This journey is not merely a count of time in office but a transformative era that reached the last citizen in the line with hope, trust, and progress. Over these years, India has made unprecedented strides in administrative transparency, social inclusion, and economic empowerment. The Modi government’s philosophy evolved from “government for the people” to “government with the people.”

A Model of Service and Good Governance

Schemes like Jan Dhan Yojana strengthened financial inclusion, Ujjwala Yojana gave millions of women a healthier life, Ayushman Bharat provided free healthcare up to ₹5 lakh for poor families, and the Har Ghar Jal Yojana brought clean drinking water to every village. These initiatives proved that governance is not merely about policy— it’s about compassion and service.

India’s Rise on the Global Stage

India’s global image strengthened significantly. Campaigns like Digital India and Atmanirbhar Bharat not only modernized the country but also encouraged innovation and startup culture among youth. During the COVID-19 crisis, India’s indigenous vaccine efforts showcased our scientific prowess and leadership on the world stage. Bundelkhand: From Neglect to Development While the winds of change swept across the nation, the long-neglected Bundelkhand region also began its journey towards transformation. The Jal Jeevan Mission tackled the chronic water crisis. Schemes like ‘Har Ghar Nal’ brought real relief to thousands of villages. Infrastructure projects such as the Bundelkhand Expressway reduced physical distances and unlocked new economic and industrial opportunities. Further, initiatives like the Defence Corridor and agriculturebased industries have opened up fresh avenues for jobs and investment in the region. Bundelkhand is no longer seen as a backward region but as an active contributor to building a New India. Prime Minister Narendra Modi Ji’s 11-year tenure marks a significant chapter in Indian politics. This period was not limited to statistics—it brought real, on-ground change in people’s lives. And this change was not confined to Delhi or big cities—even regions like Bundelkhand can now confidently say, “We are now part of the mainstream development.” This is not just a time to celebrate—it’s time to prepare for the future, as India marches towards its goal of becoming a developed nation by 2047. These 11 years have laid a strong foundation for that future—a future where every Indian enjoys equal opportunity, dignity, and hope. Jai Bharat. Rajul Mishra, Member: NYKS, Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports, Government of India

Tech transfer key to India’s defense autonomy

June 13, 2025, 2:14 am

In a significant development that could reshape the contours of India’s defense capabilities, Russia has offered to make its fifth-generation stealth fighter jet Sukhoi Su57 in India for the Indian Air Force. This innovative proposal, announced on June 4, 2025 represents the most comprehensive technology transfer deal ever offered to India in the defense sector. The Su-57E is the export variant of the Su-57. It consists of advanced radar systems, hides weapons inside internal bays instead of outside, and has a slanted shape that deflects radar waves. Its curved air intakes also block radar from seeing the engine blades. It has the capability for sustain supersonic flight without afterburners. It is designed with stealth features to make it harder for enemies to detect and is a comprehensive suite of weaponry optimized for air superiority and precision strike missions. Together, these features reduce the jet’s radar and heat signatures, making it much harder to spot or track. It is considered a technologically mature and combat-proven platform that could potentially be integrated into the Indian Air Force with relative ease. Russia’s offer, which was presented by Rosoboronexport and United Aircraft Corporation (UAC) at Aero India 2025, extends beyond a conventional supply and demand arrangement. It proposes joint production of the Su-57E at Hindustan Aeronautics Limited’s (HAL) Nashik facility, where the Su-30MKI is already assembled. The Russian proposal includes a transfer of technology, which allows India to customize the aircraft with indigenous systems like AESA radars, avionics and weaponry. This flexibility in the proposal aligns with the push for self-reliance with the ‘Make in India’ initiative, serving a catalyst for transforming the country into a global manufacturing hub for domestic defense production and advancing the vision of Atmanirbhar Bharat. With HAL’s established infrastructure, India could absorb the Su-57E technology rapidly, potentially delivering aircraft within a shorter timeline and will ensure that production and maintenance will not be affected by Western sanctions on Russia. Russia’s offer for India is three dimensional—it will commence the local production of Su-57E, upgrade the of Su-30MKI fighter jets with advanced technology, and will back and assist India towards its own fifth-generation Advanced Medium Combat Aircraft (AMCA) program. Russia has also offered to give India access to the Su57E’s software system, which is considered a game changer as such technological access is rarely given. Countries like US or France do not allow such access during the sale of their own fighter jets. The access to source codes reflects Russia’s openness with the offer and gives India more control, and directly responds to major concern India had during the Rafale fighter jet deal with France. Despite India’s repeated efforts through diplomatic channels, France refused to share the Rafale’s source code. This refusal made it very difficult for India to fully customize the Rafale jets to its changing defense needs. It has also caused issues in integrating Indian-made weapons like the Astra missile and Smart Anti-Airfield Weapon (SAAW) onto the Rafale, despite ongoing cooperation between the two countries in other areas. If accepted, Russia’s offer could give India a major edge in future air combat and could potentially mark a turning point in the country’s efforts to modernize its air force. Pakistan’s deepening defense collaboration with its iron brother, and China’s latest foray into the fifthgeneration stealth fighter technology, India needs a strategic defense procurement to address the evolving air power landscape in the region. Amidst the persistent geopolitical tensions between India and China, and the reports of Pakistan potentially introducing two squadrons of China J-35 fighter jets into Pakistan Air Force by the close of 2025, can drastically alter the aerial military balance in South Asia. The J-35, also known as FC31 Gyrfalcon, positions China as a competitor to advanced aircraft like the American F-35. This acquisition of J-35 will augment Pakistan’s air combat strength, potentially challenging India’s existing air superiority. To counter this growing defense capability, the procurement and manufacturing of Russia’s Su-57E is essential. Also, India’s own fifth-generation AMCA developed by Aeronautical Development Agency and Defence Research and Development Organisation, remains in early stages of development and is not expected to enter operational service before the mid of 2030s. This projected timeline may create a tactical airpower gap over the next five years, and the Russian Su-57E could potentially bridge the gap. While the offer looks promising, it faces significant obstacles. The United States’s Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act (CAATSA) poses a possibility of sanctions. As earlier seen with the India and Russia’s S-400 deal, which encountered challenges like facing delays due to payment mechanisms amidst western sanctions on Russia. With the absence of a robust payment mechanism, similar payment difficulties exist to handle a multi-billion-dollar Su-57 deal. Although, the anticipated thaw in U.S.-Russia relations under President Donald Trump may ease pressure of CAASTA sanctions, but significant uncertainties still persist, as any major defense transaction with Russia carries risk of sanctions. Also, Russia’s proposal to India comes at a time when the Unites States, is reportedly preparing to extend a proposal for the sale of own fifth-generation fighter, the F-35A. Washington sees this deal as a strategic opportunity to bolster India’s Air power capability in response to China’s growing belligerence in the Indo-Pacific. However, for New Delhi, this marks crucial decision—whether to deepen its decades long defense partnership with Russia or to expand its security partnership with the U.S., which is seen as a key to countering China’s aggression and its strengthening ties with Pakistan. The proposal represents a strategic opportunity for India to gain deeper technological autonomy and greater freedom in shaping its defense posture. The Su57 deal could emerge as one of the most significant defense collaborations between India and Russia in the 21st century—potentially propelling India into the ranks of nations with the capability to produce fifth-generation fighter on their own ground. The author is a geopolitical analyst and a doctoral candidate at the Centre for the Study of the Americas at Jawaharlal Nehru University.

Ukrainian Drone Attacks on Russia’s Nuclear Capable Bomber Fleet: A New War Pattern

June 13, 2025, 1:48 am

After more than two years, the RussiaUkraine war has evolved into one of the 21st century’s most asymmetrical and technologically advanced conflicts. Ukraine’s daring use of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) to strike deep inside Russian territory, directly targeting key installations that were previously thought to be untouchable, is one of the most important tactical developments. In particular, Ukraine’s drone attacks against Russia’s fleet of nuclear-capable bombers represent a significant departure from conventional wisdom in modern warfare. These assaults reveal weaknesses in Moscow’s military infrastructure in addition to showcasing Kyiv’s increasing technological capabilities. This conflict, which was formerly dominated by conventional military tactics and weaponry, is now being used to test a new, asymmetrical style of combat.

Russia’s Strategic Bomber Fleet: Backbone of Nuke Deterrence

Russia has one of the world’s biggest and most sophisticated fleets of bombers with nuclear weapons. The Tupolev Tu95MS “Bear-H,” Tupolev Tu-160 “Blackjack,” and Tu-22M3 “Backfire” are important aircraft. These Cold War-era aircraft, which have undergone constant modernisation, are based at important air bases such as Olenya (Murmansk), Engels-2 (Saratov Oblast), Dyagilevo (Ryazan), and Soltsy (Novgorod Oblast). The Federation of American Scientists estimated that as of early 2022, Russia had more than 66 strategic bombers, including 55 Tu-95MS and 11 Tu-160s. These bombers are essential to Russia’s nuclear triad, as they can unleash nuclear-tipped cruise missiles with a range of more than 2,500 kilometres. These aircraft serve as platforms for long-range precision missile attacks on Ukrainian infrastructure in addition to being tools of nuclear deterrence. Therefore, Russia’s operational and strategic capabilities are greatly impacted by its capacity to threaten or destroy them.

Timeline of Key Drone Attacks

Ukraine has conducted numerous drone strikes deep into Russian territory since late 2022. On December 5, 2022, two Tu-95MS bombers were damaged at Engels-2 airbase in the first of these assaults. On December 26, 2022, there was another strike at Engels that reportedly resulted in infrastructure damage and human casualties. The attacks demonstrated Ukraine’s ability to hit targets almost 600 kilometres from the Ukrainian border and stunned the Russian military. Ukraine successfully targeted and apparently destroyed a Tu-22M3 bomber in a drone assault on Soltsy airbase on August 19, 2023. The plane was enveloped in flames, as shown by satellite photos and video evidence. Ukraine increased the efficacy and range of its drone operations by October 2023. Ukraine damaged at least four Ilyushin Il-76 military transport planes in a bold attack on Pskov airbase near the Estonian border. Engels-2 was once more targeted by Ukraine in April 2024, highlighting ongoing weaknesses. According to the UK Ministry of Defence, these frequent drone attacks probably reduced Russia’s fleet of bombers by at least 10% to 15%, resulting in the loss or destruction of 7–10 strategic bombers. This is a significant setback considering the small number of operational Tu-160 and Tu-95 bombers.

Ukraine’s Growing Drone Arsenal

Ukraine’s drone campaign is a technological triumph as well as a military one. Ukraine had created several long-range, domestic UAV systems by the middle of 2024. Among them is the domestically made “Beaver” (Bober) drone, which is said to have a range of more than 1,000 miles and be able to carry explosive warheads weighing between 20 and 25 kg. Ukraine has received hundreds of tactical drones from Western partners, including the Switchblade 300/600 and Phoenix Ghost loitering weapons from the United States, in addition to its own designs. More than 200 Ukrainian private enterprises are now working on drone development, according to the Ukrainian Ministry of Digital Transformation. More than 50,000 drones were produced each month for a variety of warfare missions as of late 2023, marking a more than 500% increase in domestic drone manufacturing. The asymmetric cost-effectiveness of this strategy has been highlighted by the destruction or disablement of Russian bombers valued at over $300 million each by drones that cost as little as $20,000.

Strategic Impact on Russia’s Military Posture

The Russian military has been compelled to reconsider its defensive posture due to the direct targeting of bombers with nuclear weapons. Following the attacks on Engels and Soltsy, Russian officials started moving planes to fartherflung air facilities in the east, like Olenya in Murmansk and Belaya airfield near Irkutsk. Even though their security is increased, this makes it more difficult to launch operations against Ukraine and decreases operational efficiency. In order to safeguard airbases, Russia has also had to reroute vital air defence equipment, including as S-400 and Pantsir-S1 units, away from frontline missions. This results in a strategic trade-off: protecting valuable assets located deep into Russia compromises Ukraine’s battlefield defence. The Russian Armed Forces’ “airbase defence has emerged as a major vulnerability,” according to Russian specialists, notably those from the Centre for Analysis of Strategies and Technologies (CAST). Modern warfare has undergone a radical change as a result of these drone attacks. Because of their location and sophisticated air defence systems, strategic bombers were once thought to be untouchable assets. The successful strikes by Ukraine cast doubt on this notion and herald the emergence of what the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) has called “poor man’s precision strikes.” An asymmetry of cost, reach, and lethality is best shown by Ukraine’s strategy. Even countries with limited resources can now pose a danger to the strategic reach of nuclear powers because to inexpensive drones and sophisticated navigation systems. At least 45% of effective long-range Ukrainian drone strikes, according to a research conducted by RUSI in early 2024, comprised coordinated swarms, with primary attack drones hitting predetermined targets and decoy UAVs flooding radar systems. “The drone age has effectively blurred the distinction between frontlines and rear areas,” the report noted.

Russia’s Response and Its Limitations

Russia has tried using layered air defence to address the danger, but the results have been inconsistent. Small, low-flying drones are difficult for many of its air defence systems to detect because they are designed for threats at high altitudes. Ukraine has been able to breach perimeters on multiple occasions even though it has deployed more than 100 Pantsir and Tor-M2 systems for close-range defence. Additionally, Russia is spending money on counterdrone jamming devices and electronic warfare (EW) systems, but these weapons are not very effective against pre-programmed or terrainfollowing drones. Drone defence systems based on laser and microwave technology are being developed, although they are still in the experimental stages and have not yet been put into use. Furthermore, the cost of protecting all of Russia’s vital locations throughout its enormous territory is unaffordable, highlighting the defence conundrum that ubiquitous drone warfare presents. Ukraine’s drone policy has far-reaching effects outside of Eastern Europe. To account for drone threats to strategic assets, NATO, China, Israel, India, and even the US are adjusting their air defence strategies. According to the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), military spending on drone and counter-drone technologies increased by 36% globally in 2023 to $14.2 billion, with estimates of over $22 billion by 2026. NATO nations are spending money on drone swarm interceptors, passive radar, and AI-powered early warning systems. Israel has started placing laser-based drone neutralisers along its borders, and China has displayed new “SkyNet” low-altitude radar systems. Every high-value asset, including command bunkers and missile silos, is now at risk from tiny, covert drones that cost a tenth of what conventional weapons do.

The New Age of Asymmetric Precision Warfare

In addition to being a tactical victory, Ukraine’s targeted drone attacks on Russia’s nuclear-capable bombers mark a significant turning point in military history. They demonstrate how inventiveness and inexpensive technology may be used by even those with relatively limited resources to counter the strategic advantages of nuclear powers. Thus, the conflict in Ukraine has turned into a testing ground for a new kind of warfare that is asymmetrical, accurate, economical, and psychologically powerful. Traditional beliefs about deterrence, force projection, and military supremacy are being challenged as drones continue to advance in autonomy, payload, and range. The once-untouchable airbases are now at risk, the once-secure skies are now open to intrusion, and the laws of war have been permanently changed. The future of war will be asymmetrical, unmanned, and global. This is the new, evolving pattern of conflict. Dr Syed Mohammad Raghib did his PhD on “Iran and Palestine Question, 1979-2013” from JNU, and is currently working as a research officer at IIPA, New Delhi. The view is personnel.

Fathers are no less than mothers

June 7, 2025, 12:31 am

Father’s day is coming up on June 15, 2025. A father is an unsung hero, who toils quietly, 24x7 for his progeny. A lot is expressed about mothers and their sacrifices. But very little is said about all that fathers do for us. We believe in the maxim of ‘Matru Devo Bhava, Pitru Devo Bhava.’ This translates to ‘Revere your mother as God, Revere your father as God.’ The mother has been accorded the first place of reverence, no doubt. But the father’s place is just marginally behind. A father and a mother are like the two front wheels of a car. Their working in tandem and staying in balance keeps the family rolling and surging ahead steadily. If we obey our father, we learn numerous life skills by the mantra of obedience. A father’s strictness, streamlines obedience. And if we obey our father, the chances are that our children too shall obey us. If we respect our father, our children observe us and they too learn that they should respect their father. A father is the one who may rebuke us but shelters us from the blows of the world. A father is perhaps the only one who is happy and proud when our foot size equals or exceeds his own or if his progeny is taller than him, does more business, has more friends, is more successful than him … because in our growth he sees himself. He looks upon his progeny as an extension of himself. The progenitor feels fulfilled when his progeny flowers and blooms. Selflessness is his signature. There is a saying in Punjabi: ‘Sau daaru, te ek gheo. Chaali chache, ek peo.’ Meaning- ‘Consumption of pure ghee is more beneficial than consuming a hundred medicines. A father can do more for his child than what forty uncles put together can do.’ This is true! A father can do what no other can. He is the one who provides that secure sense of protection. I grew up in awe of my father. His mere physical presence in the house, was enough to put my siblings and I, on our best behaviour. He did not have to spell out discipline. Discipline was what he embodied, exuded and demanded by just being himself. I doubt if he ever cuddled us. I guess that generation was not so expressive. His way of showing love was different. It was just reassuring to have him around. Just like the Sun … his warmth made life comfortable. I was scared of him and never had a one-on-one conversation with him. It was only after I turned forty perhaps, that I was able to converse with him. It is said that the greatest learnings are at the feet of an elder. I have experienced the truth in this, firsthand. Sometimes I think that our parents’ generation had experienced the turmoil of the partition of India as teenagers and that made them serious, mature and worldly wise too early on in life. My father was thirteen when the partition happened. He remembered crossing the border and living in a refugee camp at Ferozepur for months till they were allotted a bungalow in lieu of all that they had left behind in Pakistan. One generation down, in the early years of my marriage I saw my husband cuddling and playing with our children. He enjoyed playing cricket with them as much as they did. I guess it was a generational thing. Sunday was called ‘Papa’s day’. Our children would complete their homework and pack their school bags by Saturday evening so that, not an ounce of Papa’s day would be used up in anything other than Papa. Now our children are grown. I observe that their Papa has taken on the role of a mentor, friend and confidante. They discuss work with him. I also observe our children talk to their babies and counsel them just as their dad did when they were babies. It is amazing how they emulate their father. I feel like I am seeing the same story … rewind and replay. A father may not say much. But his children observe him and follow him unconsciously. Besides the worldly father, we have an eternal father. Each of us may have their own perspective about God. We may have our own kind of relationship with him. God may be looked up to as a father, mother, friend or guide. Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba has been my God and Guru. I look up to him as a father whose ring of protection pans this world and beyond. My father had a poster on the wall in his office. It had a saying of Baba, “Follow the master (Dharma -do your duty), Face the devil (Artha - be wary of the attraction of worldly possessions), Fight to the end (Kama - fight till the last desire is overcome), Finish the game (Moksha - attain the goal of life). From my divine father I learnt that practical spirituality can be a part of our outlook, thoughts, words and deeds. It is not just about prayers and meditation in seclusion and reclusion. Practical spirituality can be a part of our day to day life. My earthly father, showed this by example. It is ten years since my physical father passed on. After his passing I felt a huge void, like someone had pulled away the umbrella from above me. I finally followed his example of surrendering to Baba, even more deeply and found solace in that. Whenever I do something I try to test it on this touchstone, ‘Will it be approved by Baba? Would it make him proud of me?’ If the answer is yes, I go ahead with it. Sooner or later each one of us loses our physical father. But the eternal father is always there, he waits patiently for us to realise his presence and his eternal love. Once we are able to palpate his benevolence, each day can be celebrated as Father’s Day! Have a wonderful Father’s Day!

Does America Need a New Political Party? Musk’s Challenge and Future of Democracy

June 7, 2025, 12:23 am

Is it time for a new political party in the United States? This question, once confined to intellectual salons and fringe movements, has now been catapulted into the mainstream by none other than Elon Musk — one of the world’s most influential tech entrepreneurs and an outspoken voice on social, political, and global matters. In a recent post on his social media platform X (formerly Twitter), Musk floated a provocative poll: “Is it time to create a new political party in America that actually represents the 80% of people in the middle?” Though framed as a seemingly casual query, this poll has reignited serious discourse across America’s political landscape. It’s not just a tweet it is a reflection of growing public frustration with the entrenched bipartisan system. The middle class, long considered the backbone of American society, increasingly finds itself politically sidelined. Musk’s question resonates with a silent yet sizable demographic that feels neither party truly represents their values, concerns, or daily struggles.

Growing Disillusionment with America’s Bipartisan Structure

America’s political landscape has been shaped by the dominance of two major parties the Democrats and the Republicans — for more than 150 years. However, over time, both parties have moved further toward ideological rigidity, prioritizing electoral theatrics over genuine representation. The Democrats, once defenders of the working class, have increasingly become associated with elite academia, identity politics, and corporate-aligned environmental and social campaigns. Meanwhile, the Republican Party remains torn between traditional conservatism, populist nationalism, and libertarian capitalism. This polarization has left an overwhelming number of Americans especially centrists and moderates politically adrift. Issues like healthcare affordability, education reform, infrastructure, job creation, small business support, and community safety receive insufficient attention in a media ecosystem driven by outrage and ideological warfare. This sense of betrayal isn’t confined to ideology. It’s rooted in experience. American families are grappling with rising inflation, housing insecurity, educational inequity, and stagnant wages. These problems transcend party lines, yet both Democrats and Republicans have failed to offer cohesive, actionable solutions. This creates fertile ground for third-party discussions.

Elon Musk: From Tech Icon to Political Visionary?

Elon Musk is no ordinary commentator. He is the architect of several transformative enterprises — from Tesla and SpaceX to Neuralink and Starlink. In acquiring X, Musk extended his influence from industrial innovation to the public discourse, amplifying his voice on societal trends and governance. His interest in political reform is neither sudden nor baseless. Musk has long criticized excessive government control, political correctness, and the perceived erosion of meritocracy. His libertarian-leaning views and advocacy for free speech make him an emblem of rebellion against the political establishment. Now, by suggesting a new party, he positions himself as a catalyst for systemic change. But Musk doesn’t just have ideas — he has infrastructure. X connects him to hundreds of millions of global users. Starlink can ensure connectivity even in rural or underserved areas. Tesla and SpaceX give him brand credibility and a techsavvy following. If a political movement under Musk’s guidance materializes, it would be the first fully digital, network-driven political force of the 21st century. Yet this raises questions: would such a party be ideology-agnostic, or would it lean libertarian or technocapitalist? Would it engage in grassroots mobilization or operate primarily online? These are questions still unanswered — but the possibilities are intriguing.

The Middle Class: America’s Overlooked Majority

The core of Musk’s message lies in his call to represent the “80% in the middle.” This phrase refers to the millions of Americans — suburban homeowners, teachers, truck drivers, nurses, factory workers, entrepreneurs — who carry the economic weight of the nation. They are neither fabulously rich nor systemically marginalized. They value stability, upward mobility, family, and opportunity. However, they often find themselves paying the price of policy failures. Skyrocketing living costs, student debt, healthcare inefficiencies, and decaying public services are their daily reality. Their voices are drowned in debates dominated by elite think tanks or social media influencers. Musk’s proposition speaks to this long-ignored demographic. Numerous surveys over the past decade show a sharp decline in party loyalty and institutional trust. Independents now form the largest voting bloc in the U.S. The appetite for a political alternative — one that is neither ideologically extreme nor beholden to legacy interests — is growing. The question is: can it be organized?

Democracy and Influence of Billionaires

While Musk’s message is compelling, it also demands scrutiny. Can a billionaire, regardless of his vision, genuinely represent middle-class struggles? Or does his immense wealth create an inherent disconnect? Would a political movement led by Musk truly be people-powered — or a technocratic experiment dominated by elite circles? Moreover, Musk’s companies have not been immune to criticism. Allegations related to worker rights, environmental compliance, and anti-union policies could be weaponized against any political initiative he leads. His controversial social media posts and unpredictable stances further polarize opinion. Another pressing concern is the structure of the U.S. political system itself. Ballot access laws, media biases, and donor networks heavily favor established parties. Previous attempts to launch successful third parties from Ross Perot’s Reform Party to the Libertarians and Greens have struggled despite wide public support. Even charismatic figures often fail to break the duopoly’s institutional stronghold. Musk’s financial firepower and digital influence could offer a unique advantage but whether that’s enough to overcome systemic inertia remains to be seen.

A Signal for Democratic Evolution

Elon Musk’s call for a new political party is more than a provocative tweet. It is a symptom and perhaps a solution for a deeper democratic crisis. Around the world, people are feeling disillusioned by polarizing politics, bureaucratic stagnation, and elite-dominated discourse. They yearn for leaders who listen, innovate, and prioritize citizens over ideology. Musk’s stature gives him the ability to spark conversations that others cannot. Whether he follows through with concrete action or simply inspires others to take the lead, the question he raises will not disappear. America, and indeed all democracies, must ask themselves: are our institutions adapting to the needs of our people? Or are they stuck in structures that no longer serve the majority? Perhaps the rise of a new party rooted in middleclass aspirations, digital organization, and visionary leadership is not only possible, but necessary. Shri Siddhartha Dave is an alumnus of United Nations University, Tokyo, an eminent columnist and a former Lok Sabha Research Fellow. He writes on Foreign Affairs and National Security. Author can be reached at siddhartha.dave@ gmail.com

Education & the money plant culture in corporate times

June 6, 2025, 12:44 am

As an old timer, I am prone to compare the lot of the teachers of yore with the teachers of today. There is a sea change in the social set up and as a result, the educational structures too have undergone transformation. In those times, the focus of education was on creating young men charged with idealism. But the modern world thinks it needs young men charged with ambition. Those times believed in goodness, while the modern times believe in smartness, which means everything except honesty and integrity which slow human growth. In the past, we could draw a vertical line between right and wrong. But, in modern times, this line remains blurred and is often found shifting. In those times, people looked upon teaching as a noble profession. However, things started deteriorating when the idea of competition started gaining ground, giving rise to the tuition culture. Teachers became professionals and facilitators. Now, educational institutions are only Convocation Centres, whereas real studies are conducted by the tuition tycoons.

They built Human Beings: We build Careers

As per the educational policy of fifties and sixties, teachers had time to visit Libraries. They had holidays, summer vacation, autumn vacation and winter vacation to recoup their energies. They had time to indulge in discussions, and intellectual exchanges. There used to be an intellectual culture in colleges and universities. By 2000, the tuition culture had eaten into the intellectual culture after which its aura of respectability and idealism was gradually lost. Thereafter, the governments became wiser and started pulling the rug from under the feet of the teaching community.

From a Noble Profession to Business As Usual

Due to tuition culture, teaching lost its lofty idealism and came to be regarded as business as usual. The government found teachers more busy in unionism and clamouring for their rights, rather than focusing on their duties. So, one after the other, education policies were amended which forced the teachers to stay in the colleges and schools for a certain amount of time. Up to this, there was nothing unacademic about it. But, what has now set in is a highly deplorable situation in schools and colleges.

Teachers: As Labour Force

As we move into the 21st century, we witness a perceptible increase in the number of educational institutions. It is a matter of concern how the teachers are being treated. Teachers nowadays are looked upon as labour force. Most of the high profile schools and colleges are run by corporate bodies. Universities are owned by politicians. Education has become a commodity and the student, a consumer. The ideal of education has been entirely messed up. Teachers are either busy in clerical work, or in writing research papers to meet desired marks. Most of the times, they are forced into unproductive work as a result of which, they are losing their intellectual edge.

No doubt, we need an educational policy which focuses on skill development, so that maximum number of students are able to get jobs or start earning their livelihood. No idealism works if one is not capable of earning his bread if not butter. However, one major question which needs to be addressed is: What type of young men and women do we want? Previously, our ideal of a University graduate was a highly cultured young man, who loves values, and his ethos, and even when he gets employment, he keeps up the profile of an educated person, who knows the difference between right and wrong.

Today, we find ourselves mired in a situation where millions are facing unemployment. Physical survival is more eminent than any talk of imagination or creativity. Man needs money to survive and for this, they need jobs. And, then, for leading a high profile life, they need wealth and power. As they emerge from Universities, they are possessed by the ideas of higher packages, high life.

What is wrong in it? The way we are preparing our young men, really there seems to be nothing wrong. But can we build a great nation with minds which do not believe in the essential values of life? Will these studies not destroy the goodness and the human being which our scriptures and philosophies try to build up? Already this system has destroyed the idea of goodness, values and ethos, and we will see it reflected in our culture too which will soon take a turn for the worse. The culture which is going to overtake us is what we see in OTT 18 plus serials. Dark night, young men holding saws and killer machines and cutting dead bodies.

The Corporate Culture

The Corporate culture ensures that the young man is left with no time to be with himself. With too much emphasis on knowledge, information, books, marks, competition, examination, and targets, he is left with no time to dream. In other words, they want to kill his creativity, putting his humanity at risk.

The Corporate systems have cut down on everything that is ‘great’ in a human being. Creativity which is responsible for evolving human consciousness and giving birth to great poets and prophets is absent from money-plant culture of educational institutions based on research, and the decline of creative environment and intellectual discourse.

We expect our education system to be responsive to the needs of a developing economy. But we must also remember that all mechanical or technical advances are meant to serve mankind. In the face of the emergence of AI, the focus should be not on creation of wealth by destroying man’s perceptive faculties, but on building human beings as better specimens of humanity with greater powers of perception, kindness and co-existence.

Career is a fact of life but goodness and humanity, are a fact of divinity that characterises the very existence of man, which we can deny only at the peril of losing man to the impersonal forces of materialism and technology.

Dr. Jernail S Ananad is President of International Academy of Ethics, and author of 180 books. He won the Seneca Award, the Charter of Morava, Franz Kafka and Maxim Gorky Awards. His name adorns the Poets’ Rock in Serbia.

A Journey of Eternal Hindu Roots Through Time

June 6, 2025, 12:37 am

Kashmir, often called paradise on earth, has a history as profound and complex as its breathtaking landscapes. Its origins are deeply intertwined with Sanatan Hindu traditions, its identity shaped by the revered Bhagwan Shiv & Maharshi Kashyap, its trajectory altered by invasions, forced conversions, and political upheavals. From its ancient Hindu roots to the abrogation of Article 370 and the recent Supreme Court mandate for elections, Kashmir’s story is one of resilience, tragedy, and hope for a renewed future. Kashmir’s name is derived from the Sanskrit term Kashyapa-Mira, meaning “the sea lake or mountain of Kashyap,” a reference to the sage Rishi Kashyap who, according to the Nilamata Purana, drained a vast lake called Satisara to create the land of Kashmir.

This ancient text establishes Kashmir as a sacred Hindu land, a place of pilgrimage dotted with holy sites dedicated to Lord Shiva, often referred to as Bhagwan Shiv’s playground. The region was a flourishing centre of Shaivism, a major Hindu tradition revering Shiv, with scholars like Utpaladeva, author of the Shiv-Stotravali, contributing to its spiritual richness.

The Rajatarangini, a 12thcentury historical chronicle by Kashmiri Brahman historian Kalhan, describes Kashmir as a divine abode, stating, “Kailash is the best place in the Tri-loka, Himalayas the best place in Kailash, and Kashmir the best place in Himalayas.” Kashmir was a hub of Sanatan Hindu Dharm and later Buddhist culture for centuries, ruled by 136 Hindu and Buddhist kings, starting with Gonanda I (3238–3188 BCE). Emperor Ashok propagated Buddhism in the 3rd century BCE, but Shaivism continued to thrive, with the Karkota Dynasty in the 9th century marking a golden era of Hindu culture. like the Martand Sun Mandir stood as architectural marvels, testifying to Kashmir’s deep Hindu roots. The region’s tutelary Devi, Sharada (a manifestation of Saraswati), further cements its Hindu identity, with prayers referring to her as Kashmirapur-vasini (she who resides in Kashmir). Adi Shankaracharya played a pivotal role in re-establishing Hindu dharma in Kashmir through his philosophical debates, particularly at the Sharada Peeth. He propagated Advaita Vedanta, unifying various Hindu sects by emphasizing the oneness of Brahman and contributing to the spiritual and intellectual resurgence of the region. He also composed hymns and devotional works, strengthening the Bhakti tradition.

The Hindu-Buddhist fabric of Kashmir began to unravel with the advent of Islamic rule in the 14th century. The transition was not merely a change of rulers but a systematic cultural and religious transformation. In 1320, Rinchan Shah, a Buddhist refugee-turnedking, converted to Islam, becoming the first Muslim ruler of Kashmir as Malik Sadr Ad-Din. However, the most devastating period came under Sultan Sikandar Shah Miri (1389–1413), known as Butshikan (idol breaker). His reign saw the destruction of countless Hindu temples, including the Martand Sun Temple, and forced conversions on a massive scale. Historian Ajit Bhattacharjee notes that Sikandar’s zeal to Islamize society led to thousands of Hindus fleeing or being massacred, with temples “felled to the ground” and defaced using fire when masonry proved too resilient. Subsequent rulers, including the Mughals (1586–1751) and the Afghan Durrani Empire (1751–1819), continued this repression.

The Mughals, followed by Afghan governors under Ahmed Shah Abdali, plundered temples, imposed heavy taxes, and committed atrocities against Hindus and even local Muslims. Victoria Schofield highlights that Afghan rule was particularly brutal, with Hindus sold into slavery and subjected to forced conversions. By the time the Sikh Empire under Ranjit Singh annexed Kashmir in 1819, ending four centuries of Muslim rule, the region’s demographic and cultural landscape had drastically shifted, with Hindus reduced to a minority. The 19th century saw Kashmir come under the Dogra dynasty, established by Raja Gulab Singh in 1846 through the Treaty of Amritsar with the British. Gulab Singh’s descendant, Maharaja Hari Singh, ascended the throne in 1925 and became the last ruling monarch of the princely state of Jammu and Kashmir. At the time of India’s independence in 1947, Hari Singh faced a critical decision: to join India, Pakistan, or remain independent. Initially, he opted for independence, signing a standstill agreement with Pakistan to maintain trade and communication.

However, this decision was short-lived. In October 1947, Pakistani tribal militias, supported by the Pakistani army, invaded Kashmir, committing widespread atrocities, including massacres of Hindus and Sikhs. Faced with this aggression, Hari Singh sought India’s military assistance, signing the Instrument of Accession on October 26, 1947, thereby integrating Jammu and Kashmir into the Dominion of India. Indian troops were deployed, leading to the first IndoPakistan war, which ended with ceasefire in 1948, dividing the region along the Line of Control. Article 370 was introduced in 1949 as a temporary provision, granting Jammu and Kashmir special status, including autonomy in internal affairs and restricting non-residents from owning property. While intended to facilitate integration, this provision later became a tool for separatist narratives, alienating the region from the rest of India and complicating the return of displaced Kashmiri Hindus. The late 1980s saw a rise in Islamist militancy in Kashmir, fuelled by Pakistan-backed groups like the Jammu Kashmir Liberation Front (JKLF). The insurgency, initially framed as a separatist movement for independence, soon took on a starkly religious tone, targeting the Kashmiri Hindu Pandit community, the region’s indigenous Hindus.

On January 19, 1990, a dark chapter unfolded: all mosques across the valley blared messages declaring Pandits as kafirs (infidels), demanding they convert to Islam, leave, or be killed. Slogans like Ralive, Tsaliv ya Galive (convert, leave, or die) echoed through the Valley. They also stick bills saying leave your daughters and women here for us and leave. Targeted killings, such as the murder of Tika Lal Taploo, a prominent Hindu leader, in 1989, and the Gawkadal massacre in 1990, where security forces killed protesters, escalated tensions. By mid-1990, an estimated 90,000–100,000 Pandits—out of a population of 120,000–140,000— fled the Valley (Kashmiri Hindu organisations claim it of 400000), leaving behind homes, businesses, and a millennia-old heritage. The exodus was marked by horrific violence, with some accounts, like those in The Kashmir Files film, depicting the brutality faced by Hindus, including forced conversions and massacres.

This ethnic cleansing reduced the Hindu Pandit population in the Valley to a mere 3,445 people by 2010, as per the Jammu and Kashmir government. On August 5, 2019, the Indian government, under Prime Minister Narendra Modi, abrogated Article 370 and 35A, fully integrating Jammu and Kashmir into the Indian Union by reorganizing it into two Union Territories: Jammu and Kashmir, and Ladakh.

This historic move aimed to ensure equal rights for all citizens, including minorities and women, and to create conditions for the return of Kashmiri Hindu Pandits. The abrogation was widely supported by the Pandit diaspora, who saw it as a step toward reclaiming their homeland. Post-abrogation, the Valley has seen a significant decline in militancy, with tourist numbers soaring—7,00,000 visitors in the first five months of 2022 alone, signalling a return of prosperity. Infrastructure development, economic opportunities, and improved security have transformed the region, allowing residents to live without the constant fear of violence.

However, the Hindu Pandits who returned under rehabilitation plans continue to face challenges, living in guarded camps and unable to practice their religion freely due to lingering threats from Islamic extremists. When I visited Kashmir in May 2023, have spoken to several locals and sensed that they were happy with the LG rule, not willing to have an elected government. They are believing that only three political families—the Abdullahs, Muftis, and Gandhis—have benefited from the region’s governance, perpetuating corruption and dynastic rule. The elections, the first since the abrogation of Article 370, saw a shift as voters sought to move beyond the shadows of violence and dynastic politics, yet scepticism about electoral processes persists. On December 11, 2023, the Supreme Court of India upheld the abrogation of Article 370 and directed the Election Commission to conduct Assembly elections in Jammu and Kashmir by September 30, 2024.

The court’s ruling aimed to restore democratic processes, but its repercussions are complex. The terror activities are on the rise post elections in the valley. The otherwise calm valley post abrogation of article 370, have seen rise in violence post Omar Abdulla government sworn in. The killing of migrant workers, attack on local police, security forces and recent massacre of 26 Hindu tourists in Pahalgam are evident of the rightness of the fear shown by the locals and the rest of the country that elections will bring the militancy again to the valley has proven right.

The courts in India are to balance the Executives and Legislature but overstepping the government actions are resulting in harmful results like doing elections in Kashmir, the centre’s rule in Kashmir have proven good for the people of the union territory for now. Kashmir’s journey from Rishi Kashyap’s sacred land to a modern Union Territory is a testament to its enduring spirit. Its Hindu origins, marked by Shaivism and the legacy of sages, were nearly erased by centuries of invasions and forced conversions, yet the region’s cultural heritage persists in its ancient place names and sacred sites.

Maharaja Hari Singh’s decision to accede to India ensured Kashmir’s place in Bharat, but Article 370 and the rise of Islamism led to decades of strife, culminating in the tragic exodus of Kashmiri Hindus. The abrogation of Article 370 has ushered in a new era of prosperity, but challenges remain, from local disillusionment with elections to the Hindu Pandits’ struggle for justice. As democracy finds its voice in the Valley, Kashmir stands at a crossroads, with the potential to reclaim its ancient glory as a land of harmony and spiritual richness.

Gopal Goswami Ph. D is a Researcher, Columnist and Social Worker

India Needs To factor In Trump’s personalIty, Personal Interests

May 29, 2025, 9:19 am

Who would have thought at the start of Donald Trump’s presidency in January 2025 that three four months down the line, he would cause so much angst in India or have the Indian public mood turn against him so drastically? The expectation was that his second term would be much of the same as the first term, and in fact would further the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership that the two nations had spoken of in February 2020—“anchored in mutual trust, shared interests, goodwill and robust engagement of their citizens”. In fact the positivity of India-US relations during Trump’s first term was perceived to have gone missing towards the end of President Joe Biden’s term. So even though President Biden described India-US relations as the “most consequential” of the 21st century, his apparent cognitive decline towards the end of his presidency allowed certain people surrounding him to run their own agendas, often seen to be at cross purposes with India’s. Hence, it was with much hope that Indians looked forward to President Trump coming to office, all the more reason why the disillusionment is so strong. India did not have a knee-jerk reaction to Donald Trump’s promise to impose a tariff of 26% on it. It instead decided to negotiate with him, leading to talk about a bi-lateral trade agreement between the two countries. But then the Pahalgam terror attack took place, followed by Operation Sindoor and a ceasefire, post which President Trump decided to take credit by saying that it was his mediation that had prevented a nuclear war between India and Pakistan, a claim that has not been given any credence by India, which has been firm that no mediation took place and it was Pakistan that approached India for a ceasefire. But when some political capital can be made even from a “fiction”, where the great blond superhero stops a nuclear war and saves the world, why blame Donald Trump for refusing to let go of that opportunity? Hence, like the proverbial “Jack in the box”, the American President has been popping up almost every third day and boasting about how he stopped a nuclear war. For Indians, it has not helped that he has made trade a precondition to cessation of hostilities, as that immediately casts a shadow on any future defence deals that India might have with the US. In spite of all this, his chest-thumping would have been tolerated by India and Indians but for Trump’s hyphenation of India with Pakistan, the victim of terrorism with the terrorist, as well as the world’s largest democracy and fourth largest economy, with a failed terror state like Pakistan. Not only that, President Trump sees Pakistan as a brilliant country with brilliant people, building many great things. Of course it is not known what great things Pakistan has been building, given its economy is tottering on the edge of collapse and it has to survive on bailouts by the IMF. So what changed between Trump’s first and second terms, where Pakistan went from a pariah terror state whose funds were blocked, to a brilliant country with brilliant people? From all accounts, it seems that Trump is getting some terrible advice on the Indian subcontinent, with many of his advisers having financial interests in Pakistan, specifically in the crypto deal that his close friend and Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff ’s son, Zach Witkoff has struck. There are also persons like Gentry Beach, who claim to be advisers to President Trump, and wax eloquent about Pakistan. According to media reports, Zach Witkoff believes that Pakistan is sitting on trillions of dollars’ worth rare earth minerals/elements. Rare earth elements are crucial for the semiconductor industry, and Trump is desperate to win the semiconductor race against China, which already controls around 90% of the global supply of rare earth elements. So is it a surprise that Trump has done a U-turn on Pakistan? Add to this the Qatar factor. Money from Doha is running in Washington D.C.’s veins, so much so that an Al Qaeda terrorist like Jolani now given a veneer of respectability as Syrian President Ahmed al-Sharaa is embraced by the American President, while Israel’s security concerns are ignored. The way Trump has turned time-tested American policies on their head, whatever be the reason, the world is wary about the next steps the US President will take a President who has shown that he likes his expensive gifts from foreign heads of states, and is not averse to insulting other heads of state, even if they are his guests, in front of television cameras in the Oval Office. Whether all this makes him appear a winner to his voting base or turns him into a lame duck, will be known in the midterm elections next year. In the meanwhile, if Trump continues in this manner, it’s tough days ahead for Indian diplomacy in particular. Dealing with Trump is increasingly looking like walking through a minefield, with no knowledge of what blows up next. India’s foreign policy establishment has its task cut out. It needs to factor in Trump’s personality and his personal interests when trying to cut a deal with him.

Rajmata Ahilya Bai Holkar: The Philosopher Queen Who Redefined Indian Governance

May 29, 2025, 12:57 am

Rajmata Ahilya Bai Holkar, revered as the “Philosopher Queen of Malwa,” stands among the most remarkable rulers in Indian history. Her journey from a humble village in Maharashtra to the throne of the Holkar dynasty is a testament to her extraordinary character, resilience, and visionary leadership. Her reign, spanning nearly three decades (1767–1795), was marked by progressive reforms, inclusive governance, and an enduring legacy of social and cultural upliftment.

Early Life: Humble Beginnings

Ahilya Bai was born on 31 May 1725 in the small village of Chondi, in presentday Ahmednagar district, Maharashtra, to Mankoji Shinde and Sushila Shinde. Her family belonged to the Dhangar community, and her father served as the village Patil (chief). Despite the era’s limited opportunities for women, Ahilya Bai received an education at home, thanks to her enlightened father, who recognized her keen intellect and compassion. Her life took a dramatic turn when Malhar Rao Holkar, a prominent noble of the Maratha Empire, noticed her at a temple, moved by her piety and charitable acts. Impressed, he arranged her marriage to his son, Khanderao Holkar, when she was just eight years old.

Struggles and Tragedies: The Making of a Monarch

Ahilya Bai’s early years in the Holkar household were marked by both privilege and profound loss. In 1754, tragedy struck when her husband Khanderao died in the battle of Kumbher, leaving her a widow at just 29. According to the prevailing custom, she was expected to commit Sati, but her fatherin-law, Malhar Rao, forbade it, recognizing her potential as a leader. The subsequent years brought more sorrow. Malhar Rao, her mentor and support, died in 1766, followed by the untimely death of her only son, Male Rao Holkar, a few months into his reign in 1767. Despite these personal tragedies, Ahilya Bai rose above her grief, assuming the mantle of leadership at a time when women rulers were rare and often opposed.

Ascending the Throne: A New Era for Malwa

Ahilya Bai’s ascension was unconventional. She did not hail from royal lineage, and her claim was contested by court factions. Yet, her intelligence, administrative acumen, and deep sense of justice won her the loyalty of her people and the respect of her military commander and brother-in-law, Tukoji Rao Holkar. She shifted the capital to Maheshwar, transforming it into a vibrant centre of culture, trade, and industry. Her daily public audiences became legendary, as she listened personally to grievances, ensuring swift and impartial justice.

Administrative and Revenue Reforms: A Model of Good Governance

Ahilya Bai Holkar’s reign was characterized by innovative and people-centric governance:

Fair Taxation: She introduced land revenue assessments based on actual agricultural produce, ensuring that farmers were taxed according to their capacity. Excessive and unjust levies imposed by previous rulers were abolished, and tax relief was provided during natural calamities, fostering economic stability and social harmony.
Agricultural and Water Management: Recognizing the importance of agriculture, she promoted sustainable practices such as crop rotation and intercropping. She constructed stepwells, reservoirs, and irrigation systems, ensuring water security and boosting productivity.
Infrastructure Development: Ahilya Bai invested in building roads, trade routes, and defensive structures, which not only improved connectivity and security but also stimulated commerce and industry in the region.
Education and Healthcare: She established schools, colleges, and hospitals, nurturing intellectual growth and public health. Her patronage attracted scholars and mathematicians, fostering a vibrant intellectual environment.

Poor-Centric and Inclusive Governance

Ahilya Bai’s governance was deeply empathetic. She was known for her compassion towards the poor, landless farmers, and marginalized communities. Her policies uplifted tribal groups such as the Bheels, granting them the right to peacefully cultivate land and participate in local governance. She ensured that widows and orphans were cared for, and her doors were always open to those in need. Her administration was rooted in the principles of Dharma (righteousness), blending compassion with efficiency. She set high standards for justice, often intervening personally to resolve disputes and protect the vulnerable.

Women’s Empowerment: A Visionary Ahead of Her Time

Ahilya Bai Holkar was a pioneering advocate for women’s rights and education. At a time when women were largely confined to domestic roles, she championed female education and actively worked to eradicate regressive practices such as Sati7. She provided support to widows and encouraged women to participate in economic and social life, setting a powerful example for future generations. Her own life, marked by resilience in the face of immense personal loss, became a beacon of hope and empowerment for women across the subcontinent.

Industrialization and Economic Growth in Malwa

Under Ahilya Bai’s rule, Malwa witnessed unprecedented economic growth. She promoted trade and commerce, supported artisans and weavers, and established Maheshwar as a centre for textile production. Merchants flourished, and the region became known for its elegant garments and thriving markets. Her policies encouraged skill development and innovation, laying the foundation for a robust local economy. By ensuring fair taxation and investing in infrastructure, she created an environment conducive to industrial and agricultural prosperity.

Restoration of Hindu Temples and Cultural Patronage

One of Ahilya Bai Holkar’s most enduring legacies is her extensive patronage of religious and cultural institutions. She was responsible for the restoration and construction of hundreds of Hindu Mandirs, Ghats, and Dharmshalas (rest houses) across India, from Somnath and Kashi Vishwanath in the west and north to Rameswaram in the south. Her charitable endowments, known as Mathas, spread across the subcontinent, supporting religious scholars, priests, and pilgrims. Through these acts, she not only preserved India’s spiritual heritage but also promoted cultural unity and pride.

Good Governance and a Lasting Legacy

Ahilya Bai Holkar’s reign is remembered as a golden era of good governance, social justice, and inclusive development. She set a standard for rulers across India, earning the admiration of contemporaries and later generations alike. Even powerful rulers such as the Nizam of Hyderabad praised her abilities and foresight. Her warnings about the growing influence of the British East India Company reflect her political acumen and deep understanding of the changing dynamics of her time. She was not just a regional monarch but a national figure whose vision and compassion continue to inspire. Conclusion: The Philosopher Queen’s Enduring Relevance Rajmata Ahilya Bai Holkar’s life is a saga of courage, compassion, and enlightened leadership. Rising from humble beginnings, she overcame personal tragedies to become one of India’s greatest rulers. Her administrative reforms, focus on the welfare of the poor and marginalized, empowerment of women and tribal communities, and patronage of culture and religion transformed Malwa and left an indelible mark on Indian history. Today, as we celebrate her 300th Jayanti year, her legacy is celebrated as a model of good governance and social welfare, inspiring leaders and citizens alike to strive for justice, inclusivity, and progress. Ahilya Bai Holkar remains not just a historical figure; she is juxtaposed of what has been described in history textbooks about women in Hindu society in those time. She became Queen from a non-Royal family, not gone Sati but become queen, a timeless symbol of what visionary leadership can achieve for society. A very little is written about her by modern historians and so little known to our new generation and generations to come. Gopal Goswami Ph. D, is a scholar, Columnist and Social worker

The beauty pageant and the purpose

May 29, 2025, 12:38 am

After the Miss England contestant quit the Miss World contest midway leaving the organizers and public with slacked jaws and frowned brows, no one is yet able to comprehend the ‘exploitation’ as alleged by the contestant. Neither have we understood the context of phrases like ‘behave like monkeys’ and worst of all the word ‘prostitute’ here. No one in this country can fathom any need for a middle- aged- people- free environment for beauty pageants. And if that is not a pre-requisite for any beauty contest, Miss England – Miss Mila Magee, who is a good adult aged 24 yrs, should have known how to interact and behave with middle aged men and women. It’s especially so when we call the global con- test ‘Beauty with a Purpose’. In this context, I can only think of those spoiled grownups in this digital era living in a digital bubble where ‘modern/ contemporary’ is only what is young, mesmerizing, instant and abrupt. Miss Magee should have had the patience and right etiquette to talk to elderly men seated next to her and to his family. At least we/the world would expect that a person anointed by the British pageant (by an intelligent jury) would be accomplished enough to be able to do so. We would like to believe, she is one of the better lots from the younger generation from that country with the most gloriest history/ past. It’s impossible to get the context how interacting with middle aged people translates into an ecosystem ‘stuck in the past’; and having to talk to them is having to ‘play like monkeys’ If this is so, it is time we look at the Gen Z people of her kind who would soon take up the world affairs. We need to know if Miss Magee represented a tip of the iceberg of a bigger problem in the millennials in England (worse global). If this is so, we need to look into the parents and teachers/schools who are responsible for their up- bringing and inculcating such thought processes. This is a matter of concern if a beauty queen with a “Purpose” selected by a beauty pageant of a developed country describes her perception of the environment like this, how bizarre an average youngsters can get. I believe it is within the responsibility of gen X and generation Y to respond genuinely to peculiar behaviour of such young people in public life to prevent further deterioration and most importantly prevent any dam- age to the country’s image. In order to have a responsible generation, any educated adult be it a beauty queen or not, must know that their words and actions have consequences especially in public life and especially when someone is of British origin in Indian soil. They must explain their words in public domain or apologise and should not be allowed to get away without any consequences. We do see youngsters these days deep diving into their mobile phones when seated with elders or mature people talking or explaining patiently any issue or topic. Gen Z (don’t mean all) is too impatient to hear them out and instead too quick to reach out to ChatGPT or any other AI generated tool to discuss and analyse any issue, without probably the basic understanding that the AI tool also needs the support of a human mind and a sharp strong one. These are the kind of young adults for whom talking to elders is ‘silly small talk’ or ‘having to sit there like mon- keys. About the word Prostitute, Miss Magee can’t get the benefit of doubt of poor English vocabulary like a person from another country would have got. The use of this word here doesn’t have sexual connotation as I understand, but conveys the other dictionary mean- ing of the word – ‘unworthy use of talents for financial or other gains. This word in this context is hard to fit in as none of the other contestants and Ms Julia Morley -the CEO and Chairperson of the Miss World Organization has not raised any red flag. I had personally been to the contest venue a couple of times and met the contestants from all over the globe who have been enjoying their time in this profound event of their lives. I must say on the 24th of May soon after the departure of Miss Magee when I got to meet the contestants, I found all girls working peacefully. It is one-off perception of Miss Magee and we should seek explanation from her or her country as this did leave the state of Telangana and the country red faced. Here, I can’t help but mention that we are forced to see colonial era mindset hues and racial tinge to Miss Ma- gee’s perception, behaviour and choice of words to make her allegations. And I believe though, as underscored by Mr Tharoor and many others thereafter, we have never got any apology for our stolen jewels in British museums, we must seek one here as British tabloids and international newspapers and TV channels have carried write-ups and news around this as ‘unethical environment’ in Telangana India. This is maligning our country’s reputation. The word Purpose in the beauty pagents also mean a persona that accepts mistakes and apologise for the same. My view is that, there may have been other ways, may- be more aesthetically ap- pealing ways, to handle the contestants but the motive of the occasional evening dinners were to make the contestants relax and meet the best minds living in the city – the top officials (with families), judges, politicians and film stars considering their long stay of twenty odd days in our country for the purpose of the pageant. Under no circumstances anyone can perceive the environment as unethical except with an intent of maligning us or motive of cheap publicity.

Para-Ethics: The Greatest Compromise On Truth And Ethics

May 28, 2025, 2:10 am

Whenever we think of men of morality, our thoughts go back to the greats like the Socrates, the Buddha or Guru Nanak Dev. These were the people who we can expect never strayed from the right path. But the next question is: Is it possible to imbibe that high sense of morality by ordinary men? If not, can we say, they are leading immoral and un- ethical lives? How can a man justify himself [to be ‘surkhroo’] in his own eyes and before God too? Every person, before slipping into sleep, counts how much good and how much bad he had encountered during the day. The idea of good and evil is embedded in religious thought which extrapolates how the bad are punished in hell, and the good, reward- ed. Even when no evidence as to what happens post- death is available, we tend to believe whatever is said in the name of God, his King- dom, the horrors of Hell and the Joys of Heaven. How ethical we are in our daily operational life? Can we af- ford to act like the Buddha? If we remember how the Sikh Gurus were treated by the world and how they had to suffer? Truth and ethics have the same relationship as our perception and our actions. Truth is the right thought and ethics, the righteous action. Together, they create best per- sons like the Buddha. We are faint shadows of these great men. We are actually the operational reality of these thoughts. We know what is right. We know the truth. We know we should act right. Still, if we act right, we know that we shall be on the wrong side of things. And, society does not tolerate people who cannot charm their tongue when they ought to speak, those who cannot compromise, - say, people like Socrates.... No wonder, his DNA is nearly non-existent in human society. With him per- haps died truth and ethics, which was revived by Christ and Sikh Gurus, though at great personal cost. For the laity, what is left behind to just debate of the Idea of Ethics.

From Ethics to the Idea of Ethics

We are living in an imperfect world, which does not mind imperfections from us. It is a world where errors are worshipped like deities. In fact, it is believed that ‘to err is human’. Truth and Ethics have to suffer indignities at the hands of lesser people. In this world, it is not that we do not have adherents of truth and ethics. There are people, but they are very few, and they suffer silently. They are true to their God, but the world finds them out like errors and treats them under various sections of the law. We have hit this equation now: Truth, Ethics & Suffering. The world kills them, puts them on the cross, or boils them in hot cauldrons, and then, frames them in golden frames, and hangs on the walls, as its prophets.

Truth, Ethics, Suffering & Para-Ethics

Everyone does not have the passion, nor the patience to suffer, in order to become a prophet. Rather, they want to lead lesser lives in an environment which does not support sublime passions like truth and ethics. So, from truth, ethics and suffering, we trudge into the comfort zone of Para-Ethics, in which we just talk of ethics. We refer to greats like Socrates, Christ, and the Buddha and the Gurus, and it lends us a sense of being morally upright, without being strictly ethical or truthful. How about becoming their followers? Morning evening, we visit the shrines. We pay obeisance to great souls. And we remember their couplets and read them aloud wherever needed. When we are talking of Buddha or Guru Nanak, at least people think we belong to their world. I call it the operational area of para- ethical living, where people think of ethics, talk of truth, quote from scriptures, and give examples of great men, but then, when it comes to actual working, they are as imperfect as their world. But the only difference is: now, they feel less guilty. This is what I recognize as Para-Ethics.

SURKHARU [SELF- JUSTIFICATION]

This is a vast area where our world operates. After all, we have to justify our actions to ourselves and to gods, who, we feel are over-looking [nee, looking over] our actions. Perhaps we forget, our thoughts are also being monitored. But, we are too thick-skinned. Truth is the area of human perception. Here too Gods try to intervene. They lay before us clear choices, but, being prone to error, we make wrong choices. Then, comes the area of Action, Ethics. Here too we fail because when our perceptions are flawed, how can our actions be righteous? Once the flow at the beginnings faults, now we are in the operational area where we talk ethics but act foul. And the worst thing is: we think we are doing the right just by thinking of the right. Everyone knows he is neither truthful, nor ethically above board. This truthless talk and ethics-free behaviour helps men to feel ‘surkharu’, and in order to offset the feelings of guilt, our visits to shrines increase.

The Para-Ethical World

The world is mostly moving in the area of the para-ethical. There are some more stunning questions. Can you call anyone unethical? Can you bring them to any court of morality? No. This is a world of self-justified people, who are living on an immoral plane. Injustice, dishonesty, cruelty – the worst of moral crimes are justified by using the most ‘decent’ phrases like ‘saam daam dand bhed’. This is our world. The flawed world. Where neither truth nor ethics holds the court. Here, if it is not entirely falsehood, we live in the realm of para-truth. We have no choices. Survival demands compromise and we are the children of a lesser god. However, in this pessimistic scenario, there are some bright examples who despite compromise, strive for better. Figures like Martin Luther King Jr. or Malala Yousafzai, though imperfect, navigated flawed systems to effect change, suggesting that partial adherence to truth and ethics can still yield meaningful outcomes. Dr. Jernail Singh Anand, [the Seneca, Charter of Morava, Franz Kafka and Maxim Gorky Award and Signs Peace Award Laureate, with an opus of 180 books, whose name adorns the Poets’ Rock in Serbia]] is a tow- ering literary figure whose work embodies a rare fusion of creativ- ity, intellect, and moral vision.

Cold Start Reloaded: Sindoor as India’s Red Line

May 28, 2025, 2:00 am

I ndia’s post-colonial trajectory has been shaped by traumatic partitions, repeated wars with Pakistan (1947, 1965, 1971, and 1999), and a simmering insurgency culture fostered across the borders. Pakistan’s jihadist doctrine especially post- 1979 (Afghan war) was slowly adapted against India, with Kashmir as the epicenter. Unlike conventional armies, India was now facing an enemy hidden within proxies, terror camps, and non-state actors. Post-Kargil, India realized it couldn’t afford long mobilizations. Pakistan had found ways to strike through irregular means while hiding behind its nuclear shield. It became clear that a short- window, high-precision response strategy was essential. Thus, the idea of the Cold Start Doctrine was born designed for swift, limited offensives without crossing the nuclear red line. In Sanskrit and Hindu tradition, sindoor is a powerful red mark that symbol- izes marital sanctity and commitment. In military parlance, naming a strategic maneuver after it sug gests something deeper: an irreversible vow to protect national integrity and sovereign identity. Sindoor: The last red line. If crossed, India would not hesitate. The timing of Sindoor is crucial. The world is distracted by elections in the West, Ukraine remains embroiled in attrition warfare, and the South China Sea is boiling with power projections. India, meanwhile, has faced an unusual escalation of joint military exercises by China and Pakistan near its vulnerable northeastern corridor. These are not routine drills. Analysts note the precision and location near the Chumbi Valley and close to the Siliguri Corridor, the 22-kilometer-wide Chicken’s Neck connecting India to its northeast. It is the only link between mainland India and its eight northeast- ern states. It’s a logistical artery, and any successful strike here would sever national integration. China’s buildup near the Doklam plateau and Pakistan- backed insurgency activity in the region made this area a flashpoint. Intelligence revealed that joint China-Pak mock drills weren’t just rehearsals they were dry runs for a coordinated two- front deception war. Sindoor was thus born as an offensive-defensive strategy to reinforce, deter, and if needed, pre-emptively strike. Rapid troop mobilizations were ordered, ISR (Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissance) missions launched, and psychological operations activated to signal India’s readiness. In the shadow of these drills, India activated its forward deployment readiness under the Cold Start umbrella. However, instead of announcing anything formally, the Modi administration let one word slip through closed doors: Sin- door. This was not meant for the public. It was meant for those who would listen adversaries, intelligence communities, and strategic watchers. A leak calculated to seed uncertainty. The Cold Start Doctrine, long denied officially, is built on the logic of speed and surprise allowing India to respond swiftly to Pakistani aggression with- out breaching the nuclear threshold. But Sindoor indicates an evolved version of Cold Start, one that fuses hard military posture with political narrative warfare. It isn’t about just retaliation. It’s about controlling the sequence of escalation. Sindoor as a doctrine tests red lines, creates counter-narratives, and exposes enemy vulnerabilities by forcing them to overcommit their resources in response to feints and whispers. India’s Panchamrit foreign policy doctrine also ties into Sindoor’s strategic logic. The five pillars Samman (dignity), Samvad (dialogue), Samriddhi (prosperity), and Suraksha (security), and Sanskriti (culture) frame a comprehensive world view. Under Sindoor, this doctrine transforms into realpolitik. When adversaries try to exploit India’s soft spots ethnic identities, border disputes, minority tensions the government doesn’t just respond with tanks. It responds with cultural confidence, economic resilience, diplomatic precision, and calculated military posture. The Siliguri Corridor, or Chicken’s Neck, is the geo- strategic jugular of India. Lose this, and the northeast is severed. China’s infra- structure buildup in the Chumbi Valley and Pakistan’s renewed emphasis on insurgent corridors in Arunachal Pradesh are not coincidental. Intelligence inputs suggest that “mock drills” by enemy forces near this corridor include real-time logistics testing, including drone-based sur- veillance, field communication jamming, and multi- division mobility rehearsals. Sindoor was born in re- sponse to this pattern. It is not merely a symbol; it is a response matrix. Under Sin- door, Indian forces conducted counter-maneuvers in Sikkim, ramped up surveil- lance in Bhutanese buffer zones, and deployed rapid- response units that simulate Cold Start offensives. But crucially, this was done without making headlines. When PM Modi invoked “Sindoor,” he wasn’t ad- dressing opposition par- ties or appeasing domestic politics. He was speaking directly to the ecosystem of radical jihadists who thrive on symbolic defiance. By choosing a term like Sin- door deeply embedded in Indian identity he flipped their narrative. His message: “Your jihad will be met not just with guns, but with a civilization unwilling to kneel.” This was India’s cultural deterrence fused with strategic doctrine. Sindoor wasn’t just a symbolic response. It was India’s most mature attempt to integrate military readiness, political narrative, and cultural identity into one unified strategic doctrine. It showed that India is no longer reactive. It has evolved. But it also revealed the limits of strategic boldness in a system where political will alone cannot override institutional inertia, diplomatic caution, and nuclear calculus. The machinery is in place. The enemy is known. The doctrine is refined. And yet the moment passed. Sindoor has not failed as a strategy. It failed as a timed execution. The window was open, but the hand hesitated. And perhaps that’s the les- son for the next flashpoint. India has the doctrine. What it needs is the nerve not just at the top, but across every node of national power. That is why India is trying to flash its doctrine through proper channels of democracy to the world. If the texts and contexts are still not understood by Pakistan, then, Sindoor remains a red line. Prof Satish Kumar, Faculty of Political Science, School of Social Science IGNOU –New- Delhi and Dr. Amrita Banerjee, Assistant Professor, Coordinator/ H.O.D., Department of Political Science, Bidhan Chandra College (Asansol); Under Kazi Nazrul University INDIA- West Bengal

Long Shadow of Religious Persecution: Hindus, Jews, and the Global Struggle for Cultural Survival

May 27, 2025, 12:54 am

The history of human civilisation is marred by episodes of conquest, cultural erasure, and religious persecution. Among the groups that have faced centuries of oppression are Hindus and Jews, whose resilience in the face of systemic violence and marginalisation speaks to both their endurance and the persistent challenges they face. Recent events, such as the tragic terrorist attack in Pahalgam, Kashmir, on April 22, 2025, where 26 people, predominantly Hindu tourists, were killed, have reignited discussions about targeted violence against religious communities. Jewish people were abducted and many of them are feared to be killed by the Islamist hard liners in Gaza & killings of two Jewish people in New York on 22nd May-2025 , the broader narrative of persecution against these groups, alongside others like the Maya, Inca, Egyptians, Romans, Greeks, Africans, Native Americans and Asian, underscores a troubling pattern of cultural destruction driven by religious ambitions. Here is my attempt to explores these historical and contemporary dynamics, examining the impact of Christian and Islamic imposition on native cultures and the ongoing struggles for identity and survival of the same.

Historical Context: A Legacy of Cultural Erasure

The histories of Hindus and Jews are intertwined with cycles of oppression that stretch back centuries. Hindus, whose civilisation in the Indian subcontinent dates back over thousands of years (5000 years of documented), faced waves of invasions that reshaped their cultural and religious landscape. From the 8th century onward, Islamic invasions into India, beginning with the conquest of Sindh in 712 CE, brought destruction to Mandirs, libraries, and entire cities. Some estimates, though suggest millions of Hindus were killed or displaced over centuries of Islamic rule, with iconic centers like the Somnath Temple and Nalanda & Takshashila University razed by invaders such as Mahmud of Ghazni and Alauddin Khilji. These acts were not military but aimed at imposing Islamic governance and erasing Hindu cultural markers, from temples to traditional practices and that’s evident from memoirs from their times or their Arab counterparts. Similarly, Jews have endured millennia of persecution, from the Babylonian Exile to the Roman destruction of the Second Temple in 70 CE, followed by centuries of Christian and Islamic persecution. In medieval Europe, Jews faced pogroms, forced conversions, and expulsions under Christian rulers, while in the Islamic world, they often lived as Dhimmis(second-class citizens subject to special taxes and restrictions). The Holocaust, orchestrated by Nazi Germany, remains the most horrific example, with six million Jews systematically murdered(though the number is contested by many). Yet, as some social media voices note, the genocide of Jews prompted apologies and reparations from Germany, while the historical massacres of Hindus have rarely been acknowledged by contemporary Islamic, Christian Clerics, Ideologues, or Community as a whole or part thereof, successor states or global institutions and intellectual and scholarly fraternity for that matter. Beyond Hindus and Jews, other cultures have suffered similar fates. The Maya and Inca civilisations(those with similar ethos and cultural practices as Hindus) of Latin America were decimated by Spanish conquistadors in the 16th century, who imposed Christianity and did ethnic cleansing of priest class, destroyed indigenous temples, codices, and traditions. The transatlantic slave trade and colonial exploitation erased countless African cultural practices, while Native American tribes in North America faced near annihilation through disease, warfare, and forced assimilation under European settlers( the famous African say- They gave us Bible in one hand and took everything from us). Ancient Egyptian, Greek, and Roman pagan traditions were similarly suppressed by the spread of Christianity, which often reframed indigenous deities as demonic or heretical. These patterns reflect a broader trend: dominant religious powers, particularly Christian and Islamic empires, have historically sought to homogenise diverse cultures under a singular religious framework, at the cost of native identities, ethos, cultures, food, beliefs etc.

The Pahalgam Attack: A Modern Echo of Historical Violence

The April 22, 2025, terrorist attack in Pahalgam, Jammu and Kashmir, is a stark reminder of the vulnerabilities religious communities face today. Gunmen, identified by Indian authorities as members of The Resistance Front (TRF), an offshoot of the Pakistan-based Islamic terrorist group Lashkar-e-Taiba, opened fire in Baisaran meadow, killing 25 Indian hindu tourists and one Hindu Nepali citizen. Survivors reported that the attackers specifically targeted Hindu men, asking victims their religion before shooting. This deliberate targeting has fuelled outrage across India, with Prime Minister Narendra Modi vowing to pursue the perpetrators “to the ends of the Earth.” The attack, the deadliest in the Kashmir Valley since the 2019 Pulwama bombing, prompted India’s “Operation Sindoor” on May 7, 2025, a series of missile strikes on terror camps in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. The Pahalgam massacre is not an isolated incident but part of a longer history of violence in Kashmir, where tensions over the region’s status have fuelled conflict since India’s partition in 1947. The revocation of Jammu and Kashmir’s semi-autonomous status in 2019 heightened these tensions, with groups like TRF opposing India’s control and targeting Hindu civilians and security forces. Kashmir has earlier seen Hindu genocide and exodus in early ninties when the Islamist has declared Hindus to leave their wives and daughters behind and leave the valley, thousands of Hindus killed and remaining fled Kashmir to take refuge in other parts of the country. Similar conditions prevailing in Bangladesh where Hindus are oppressed and killed. Hindu women are raped, abused and killed each day by Muslims.

Jewish Killings in Washington DC: Clarifying the Narrative

Two Israel embassy staffer soon to-be married were shot dead by Gunman shouting free Palestine in Washington DC while they were leaving the Jewish museum on 22nd May. However, antisemitic violence remains a global concern. In recent years, Jewish communities in the United States have faced rising hate crimes, from synagogue shootings in Pittsburgh (2018) and Poway (2019) to street attacks in New York City. These incidents reflect a broader resurgence of antisemitism, often fuelled by extremist ideologies.

Cultural Destruction and the Role of Religious Expansion

The historical oppression of Hindus, Jews, and other groups is often tied to the missionary zeal of Christianity and the jihadist campaigns of Islam, which sought to replace indigenous practices with their own systems of belief and governance. In India, Christian missionaries, particularly during British colonial rule, targeted marginalised communities for conversion, often portraying Hindu traditions as backward. While less violent than Islamic conquests, these efforts disrupted traditional social structures and contributed to cultural alienation. Similarly, Islamic rule in India and beyond enforced practices like jizya (a tax on non-Muslims) and destroyed cultural artifacts, from Hindu temples to Buddhist stupas and it being done to date in Buddha statues of Bamiyan in Afghanistan by Islamist hardliners. Globally, the imposition of Abrahamic faiths often erased indigenous cuisines, clothing, and ways of life. In Latin America, the Maya and Inca lost much of their culinary heritage as European crops and diets were introduced. In Africa, colonial powers disrupted tribal systems, replacing them with Christian missions that altered family structures and spiritual practices. Native American boarding schools in the U.S. and Canada forcibly separated children from their cultures, banning traditional languages and dress. These efforts were not merely religious but part of a broader colonial project to erase native identities in favour of a homogenised, Western-centric worldview.

Contemporary Challenges and the Path Forward

The Pahalgam attack and the broader history of religious persecution raise critical questions about how societies can address historical grievances while preventing future violence. In India, the government’s response to Pahalgam, including Operation Sindoor, has been praised by some for its decisiveness but criticised by others for risking escalation with Pakistan. Civil society groups have called for a judicial inquiry into the attack, emphasising the need for justice without communal retribution. For Jewish communities, the global rise in antisemitism demands vigilance and international cooperation. Organisations like the Anti-Defamation League have advocated for stronger hate crime laws and community protections. Meanwhile, the struggles of other groups—such as the Yazidis in Iraq or the Hindus in Bangladesh-highlight the ongoing nature of religious and cultural persecution, often tied to state or extremist agendas. Reclaiming and preserving cultural heritage is a vital step toward healing. In India, efforts to rebuild Mandirs and revive traditional practices reflect a broader Hindu cultural renaissance. Similarly, Jewish communities worldwide continue to strengthen their cultural identity through education and advocacy. For indigenous groups like the Maya and Native Americans, revitalisation movements are reclaiming languages and traditions, often in defiance of centuries of marginalisation.

Conclusion: A Call for Solidarity and Reflection

The histories of Hindus, Jews, and countless other groups reveal a shared struggle against forces that sought to erase their identities. The Pahalgam attack is a tragic reminder that such violence persists, driven by ideological extremism. Be it the Jews couple killed at Washington DC on 22nd May, or the abduction of Israel nationals by Islamists from Gaza, the broader threat of antisemitism remains real. As the world grapples with these challenges, solidarity among persecuted communities— whether Hindu, Jewish, Maya, or Native American—offers a path toward mutual support and resilience. Global leaders must prioritise de-escalation, justice, and cultural preservation over divisive rhetoric. The pain of historical genocides and modern atrocities demands not just remembrance but action: protecting vulnerable communities, fostering interfaith dialogue, and confronting extremism in all its forms. It’s time to revise the religious texts responsible for hatred towards other human being or practising other faiths. Texts irrelevant with regards to civil society must be erased and banned from preaching and practice. This need a collective consciousness and efforts from the Muslim society itself, the Arab Muslim world can hugely contribute to this, the reforms seen of late from Saudi Arabia are welcoming, small but beginning of a new chapter to Islamic history. Only through collective effort can we honor the past and safeguard the future for all cultures under threat

A vivid account of INA brigades that fought in Taiping, Malaya

May 27, 2025, 12:41 am

Netaji Subash Chandra Bose, despite having distinct ideology and approach, had held Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru and Maulana Abul Kalam Azad in such a high esteem that he had named three regiments or brigades of the first division of the Indian National Army after them. Another INA guerrilla regiment was formed drawing on some of the finest soldiers of the three brigades and it was called Subhas Brigade despite being forbidden by Netaji to do so. Gandhi-Nehru-Azad were strong votaries of nonviolent resistance and moral persuasion, while Subash Bose believed in armed struggle and revolutionary action. This divergence in their strategies and philosophies was a significant point of difference between them but INA chief thought it fit to name his brigades after them In “My Memories of INA and its Netaji [Roli Books 2025], the new edition of Major General Shahnawaz Khan’s account of Subash Bose and INA gives a vivid account of these brigades in the battles that were fought in Taiping, Malaya, from September 1943 onwards and its advance to Burma (present-day Myanmar) in late November 1943. The original work of Major General Shahnawaz Khan who served as a MP and minister in the Indira Gandhi cabinet, was first published in 1946. A foreword by Professor Sugata Bose Gardiner Professor of History, Harvard University, USA in the new edition is packed with loads of information and anecdotes. Prof Bose quotes General Shahnawaz Khan how he was hypnotized by Subash Bose’s personality and his speeches. In 1943 when Shahnawaz had met Bose, the INA leader had placed a map of India. “… and for the first time in my life I saw India through the eyes of an Indian.” General Shahnawaz recalls that transformative moment as all along, he had been interested only in soldiering and sport. Many in Khan’s clan of Janjua Rajputs from Rawalpindi in Punjab had served in the British Indian Army. “Netaji challenged him to choose whether to owe allegiance to ‘the King or the country’. ‘I decided to be loyal to my country,’ Shahnawaz testified at his court-martial [ in famous 1945 INA trial held at the Red Fort, Delhi] and I gave my word of honour to my Netaji that I would sacrifice myself for her sake” reproduces Sugata Bose whose own work , “His Majesty’s Opponent: Subhas Chandra Bose and India’s Struggle against Empire (The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2011, 2022) is considered as an authentic account of Subash Bose. For taking the anti Raj instance, Shahnawaz was put on trial along with Prem Kumar Sahgal and Gurbaksh Singh Dhillon on the charge of waging war against the King-Emperor. During the trial in November and December 1945, the story of the saga of Netaji and his Indian National Army, recalled Prof Bose, had reached every corner of India. “The Indian people expressed themselves forcefully on the side of Netaji’s soldiers. The slogan ‘Lal Qile se aayee awaz, Sahgal, Dhillon, Shahnawaz’ reverberated across the length and breadth of the country. On 31 December 1945 at the Red Fort, the three were found guilty and sentenced to deportation for life, the same punishment that had been handed to Bahadur Shah Zafar in 1858.” However, as Prof Bose documents in his foreword, within three days, on 3 January 1946, the then British Commander-in-Chief Claude Auchinleck was forced to release Sahgal, Dhillon, and Shahnawaz to a heroes’ welcome from the Indian public. Netaji and his I.N.A. had successfully undermined the loyalty of Indian soldiers to their British colonial masters and replaced it with a new devotion to the cause of free India even when the Union Jack was flying high at all seats of power in India. In “My Memories of I.N.A. and its Netaji” Shahnawaz Khan says he noticed ‘a strange influence’ that his leader exercised over everyone who had met Subash Bose. “His was a personality which captivated everyone who met him, even foreigners. It was he and he alone who welded all Indians in East Asia into one unit and created a feeling of friendship and harmony among the nations of the East and its people. He was greatly loved and esteemed not as a sacred deity but as a man, as a hero, as a friend, and as a comrade.’ In addition to military facts, Prof Bose observes in his foreword how Shahnawaz supplied fine insights into the forging of national unity by Netaji and his INA. Interestingly, the most ardent supporters and admirers of Netaji were found among Muslims. As a leader, Netaji respected every man for what he was worth’ and not based on his religious or provincial identity. The Nagas, as Shahnawaz Khan records, ‘were most helpful to our troops.’ They bitterly recalled the humiliation heaped by the British on their queen. ‘All that we would like to have,’ they assured Shahnawaz, ‘is our own Raja, Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose.’ Describing a battle of the Gandhi Brigade against the Seaforth Highlanders on the outskirts of Imphal, Prof Bose quotes Shahnawaz as saying that that most of the INA troops taking part in that action were ‘raw Tamil recruits from Malaya’ who ‘acquitted themselves most creditably and smashed the British theory of martialand non-martial classes.’ After the INA’s march towards Delhi was halted in Imphal and Kohima, Sh a h n awa z r e c o u nt s the remarkable fortitude shown by INA soldiers and their leader during battles in Burma until the spring of 1945. Perhaps most moving is his telling of the breakout from being trapped in Meiktila towards Pyinmina on 26 February 1945: Everyone looked cheerful. One thing was certain; the enemy would never capture us alive. When we entered the car and started off, Netaji was sitting with a loaded Tommy gun in his lap. Raju had two hand grenades ready. The Japanese officer was holding on to another Tommy gun and I had a loaded Bren gun in my hand. We were all ready to open fire instantaneously. On reaching Pyinmina, Netaji expressed his desire to ‘fight his last battle against the British there’. Shahnawaz was eventually captured by the British near Pegu on 18 May 1945, after Netaji had made his epic retreat from Burma to Thailand on foot with some of his officers, soldiers, and women of the Rani of Jhansi Regiment. The Red Fort trial would turn their military defeat into a spectacular political victory. Prof Bose writes how he had the privilege of meeting Shahnawaz Khan in the 1960s and early ’70s during his visits to Netaji Bhawan in Kolkata. At that time, General Shahnawaz Khan was working with Prof Bose’s father Dr. Sisir Kumar Bose to ensure the welfare of surviving veterans of the Indian National Army and grant them due recognition for their sterling contribution to India’s freedom. Shahnawaz Khan used to tell Prof Bose poignantly: ‘In those streams of blood of the soldiers of the Indian National Army, the blood of Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs and Christians intermingled and flowed freely for one cause – a great, free and united India.’

Does ASHA end at doorstep?

May 26, 2025, 1:10 am

One of India’s greatest strengths in community outreach in healthcare is the vast network of Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA), which stands at 1.03 million as of September 2024, and contributes to the largest volunteer health workforce in the world. As a trusted community health worker selected from within the community, she is vital in enhancing healthcare utilization and coverage under the National Health Mission (NHM). A macro level population study found that there has been an increase of 17% in women receiving at least one ANC visit, 5% in four ANC visits, 26% in deliveries attended by skilled birth attendants, and 28% in facility-based deliveries with the intervention of ASHA in India. A well-equipped and wellsupported ASHA is bound to improve the maternal health, nutrition, immunization, and other community health outcomes through strategic interventions in different regions. The community outreach activities by ASHA, coupled with other significant health provision measures, have contributed significantly to a 61.8% reduction in Maternal Mortality Rate(254 to 97) from National Family Health Survey -3 (2005-06) to National Family Health Survey -5 (2019-21). Although Rs 24,994.45 million (India) and Rs 414.791 million (Haryana) were expended for ASHAs in FY 2024–25, the overall spending as per National Health Mission fell over 20% since 2019–20, reflecting reduced focus and shift in priorities for advancement of ASHA. Ironically, postnatal care remains an overlooked agenda, failing data capturing on four prescribed postnatal visits by WHO, UNICEF, NFHS, and DHS etc. Despite the consistent efforts by ASHA by visiting door-to-door,the postnatal care utilization lags behind other maternal and child health services. Globally, about 30% of women and newborns did not receive postnatal care (WHO, 2022). As noted by the authors in district Faridabad, Haryana, 84.3% of JSY beneficiaries received a visit by ASHA within seven days of childbirth, and 66.8% got postnatal counselling, but only around one-fifth (21.3%) of Janani Suraksha Yojana (JSY)beneficiaries were accompanied for all four recommended postnatal check-ups. An ASHA from the district Faridabad highlighted the logistical and emotional strain of accompanying mothers for postnatal care. She exclaimed, “During postnatal checkups, many mothers resist weighing their babies, fearing the hanging scales are unsafe. They feel the sling offers poor neck support and is disrespectful to the dignity of newborns.” Such experiences greatly influence the perception of quality of care provided by the health centre, and often discourage mothers from seeking immediate next postnatal check-ups. In rural India, deep-rooted traditions discourage taking newborns outside for a month, delaying timely postnatal care. Many JSY beneficiaries echoed these beliefs, meant to protect infants from illness or the “evil eye.” An ANM reported women carrying knives during delivery to ward off negative energies. Such customs often become barriers to care. The scarcity of basic postnatal supplements, especially calcium tablets, at public health centres further demotivates women, and they refrain from visiting the health centre. Some JSY beneficiaries acclaimed; “Why should we walk all the way to the health centre with a small baby, troubling our ASHA didi, if the medicines we need aren’t even available there? After such a long and tiring walk, getting something as basic as calcium should at least feel rewarding.” Many times, mothers-inlaw, who are often culturally aware and familiar with the system, discourage postnatal check-ups—not out of tradition, but due to perceived systemic inefficacy. AnASHA recalled being told by many mother- in-laws; “She’s doing fine. We know there won’t be medicines at health centre - just consultation. You have other homes to visit; don’t waste your time here.” This reflects a growing perception among rural women that routine postnatal care has little value unless a clear problem exists, especially amid service gaps. Postnatal care is influenced by delivery location, staff behavior, and trust in home care. This study found that although 97.9% women received ASHA home visits, only 18.7% were accompanied to health centres for PNC checkups. ASHA satisfaction also dropped with indifferent behaviour of paramedical staff which affected PNC utilization. Many women prefer home recovery, citing better family support and poor facility conditions, as one JSY beneficiary praised traditional care by her mother-in-law; “Why should we visit the health center when the ANMs are impolite, the equipment doesn’t work, and there’s no proper sanitation? Our mother-in-laws offer better care.” These gaps highlight the need for respectful treatment, functional infrastructure, and stronger follow-up to improve institutional postnatal care uptake.The fact can not be refuted that postnatal care is an important aspect and in order to improve postnatal care, strengthening ASHA support through regular training, supervision, and better incentives is essential to overcome cultural resistance, enhance PNC followups, and boost community trust. The institutional and social support to ASHA can significantly improve outcomes, but they cannot compensate for public health systemic inefficiencies. Training ASHAs, elderly women, and local influencers in localized IEC (Information, Education and Communication) campaigns can help reduce harmful cultural practices like newborn isolation and delivery rituals. An improvement in facilitybased care, especially better sanitation, respectful treatment, privacy, and functionality ofequipment—would encourage women to seek institutional PNC. Further, providing essential supplements like calcium and mother-friendly newborn weighing tools can motivate mothersand build trust in the public health delivery system. Bridging public-private referral gaps with structured linkages and counselling protocols is needed to ensure continuity of care.Targeted orientation for influential family members, such as mothers-in-law, can turn skeptics into allies for institutional postnatal care. If India is truly committed to maternal and child health, it must equally invest in the wellbeing of its frontline workers by ensuring institutional support, dignified work environments, timely payments, and modern tools. ASHAs are the foot soldiers of India’s public health system, yet too often they are asked to march without proper equipment and provide services to the rural populace. For real reform, India must devise re-engineered fieldto-institution strategies to confront systemic blockages and postnatal service inconsistencies, ensuring that the burden of failure does not fall unfairly on the shoulders of ASHA workers. [The article is an output from the seed money project, “An Assessment of PostNatal Maternal Healthcare Under Janani Suraksha Yojana (JSY) in Faridabad, Haryana”, sanctioned by Manav Rachna International Institute of Research and Studies.] Dr. Vijayetta Sharma is Associate Professor of Public Policy at Manav Rachna International Institute of Research and Studies. Dr. Anandajit Goswami is Professor, Director, School of Behavioural and Social Sciences, and Research Director at Manav Rachna International Institute of Research and Studies.

Alarming Rise of Militant Networks in Taliban-held areas in Afghanistan

May 26, 2025, 1:00 am

Since the Taliban’s take over of Afghanistani n August 2021, the country has once again become a critical epicenter for global terrorism. Despite assurances in the Doha Agreement, the Taliban has failed to sever ties with transnational extremist networks . Instead, Afghanistan has transformed into a fertile ground where militant groups regroup, recruit, and reassert influence across South and Central Asia. This investigative analysis maps the alarming evolution of extremist dynamics in Taliban-controlled Afghanistan—from the emergence of foreign-led training facilities to regional destabilization and international security consequences.

Rise of ‘Muhajir Tactical’

One of the most dangerous developments in post-2021 Afghanistan is the establishment of a paramilitary training base known as Muhajir Tactical, reportedly led by Syrian jihadist commander Ayoub Muhajir. Located in an undisclosed Afghan province, this facility serves as a key site for military training, ideological indoctrination, and inter-group coordination among extremist outfits. Fighters from al-Qaeda, Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), Uyghur extremist factions such as ETIM, and Jamaat Ansarullah (Tajikistan) are being trained under Muhajir’s command. The camp is said to include: Small arms and insurgency training ranges, improvised explosive device (IED) labs, encrypted communications and surveillance systems. The facility signals a transition from fragmented terror cells to a centralized insurgent infrastructure— under the de facto protection of the Taliban.

Taliban’s Broken Promises

While the Taliban claims to distance itself from groups like al-Qaeda and ISIS-K, independent watchdogs and UN reports indicate otherwise. Al-Qaeda remains deeply embedded in provinces such as Ghazni, Laghman, Parwan, Uruzgan, and Panjshir, where it maintains training camps and logistical hubs (UNSC, 2024; FDD, 2024).

Administrative Support to Extremists

Disturbingly, reports reveal that al-Qaeda operatives have received identity cards from Taliban authorities, granting them safe passage and operational freedom— evidence of Taliban complicity and administrative support. These developments blatantly violate the 2020 Doha Agreement and reflect the Taliban’s refusal to uphold international counterterrorism norms, allowing Afghanistan to become a breeding ground for global jihadist consolidation.

Pakistan, China, and Iran at Risk

For years, Pakistan played a dangerous double game— arming jihadist proxies, exporting terror to neighbors, and masquerading as a victim on the global stage. But the monster it bred is now devouring its maker. The Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), once covertly backed to serve Islamabad’s regional interests, has turned its guns inward, unleashing a reign of terror that has plunged the country into chaos. With over 2,500 terror-related deaths in 2024 alone, Pakistan is witnessing the violent collapse of its own terror architecture. Islamabad’s expectations of Taliban loyalty have evaporated. Instead of restraining the TTP, the Taliban offers sanctuary and silence, exposing Pakistan’s diminishing influence in Kabul. The Durand Line is now a corridor of blood, and the same border Pakistan once manipulated is now bleeding it dry. Its once-prized “strategic assets” have morphed into existential liabilities—attacking security forces, destabilizing border provinces, and pushing Pakistan to the brink of implosion. The deep state’s delusion—that it could control jihadist firepower without being burned—has failed spectacularly. Pakistan is no longer a terror exporter with plausible deniability; it’s a collapsing stage where state and insurgent violence collide. Diplomatically isolated, economically crumbling, and under siege from the very forces it unleashed, Pakistan is falling into the grave it dug for others. It stands today not as a victim of terrorism, but as a textbook example of a state consumed by the extremist ideology it once nurtured for power. The fallout is not just national—it’s a regional time bomb. China’s calculated engagement with the Taliban regime was built on the belief that economic incentives and diplomatic recognition would buy silence on Uyghur militancy. But that gamble is now unraveling. The resurgence of Uyghur extremist groups, particularly the East Turkestan Islamic Movement (ETIM) and the Turkistan Islamic Party (TIP)—both of which are reportedly training at advanced camps like Muhajir Tactical—is emerging as a direct and growing threat to China’s internal security and geopolitical ambitions. Xinjiang, already a powder keg due to Beijing’s repressive surveillance state and mass internment of Uyghur Muslims, now faces the risk of being reignited by foreign-trained insurgents. These militants are not merely ideological actors; they are increasingly well-armed, tactically trained, and connected to transnational jihadist networks with operational sanctuaries in Talibancontrolled Afghanistan. For China, this is a strategic nightmare—a blowback of its own soft-touch diplomacy with the Taliban and muted response to Afghanistan’s descent into extremism. The implications are vast. Militants targeting Xinjiang could also strike at critical chokepoints of the ChinaPakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC), including in Balochistan and GilgitBaltistan. Attacks on CPEC infrastructure, already threatened by Baloch and Sindhi separatists, would now gain a new jihadist dimension. Likewise, parts of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) across Central Asia and beyond are exposed to radical elements emboldened by Taliban hospitality. Beijing’s dream of creating a connected Eurasian trade zone may now backfire into a corridor of instability. The very militant groups China once hoped to sideline through diplomacy and economic outreach are now weaponizing Taliban territory against it. In trying to build roads and rails through volatile terrain without addressing the ideological firestorm brewing underneath, China risks being strangled by its own geopolitical silk threads. In essence, China—like Pakistan—is learning the hard lesson of statecraft: you cannot buy security from the barrel of jihad. The threat is no longer peripheral. It is coming home, armed and ideologically driven, from the very territory China helped normalize.

Iran: Security and Migrant Concerns

Iran has seen an increase in the deportation of Afghan refugees, driven by economic pressure and fears of radical infiltration. Afghan jihadists are suspected of attempting to infiltrate volatile provinces like Sistan and Baluchestan, raising the specter of cross-border violence and ideological subversion.

Financing Jihad: Gold Mines, Drugs

Terrorist groups are diversifying their income streams. Al-Qaeda’s involvement in illegal gold mining in northern Afghanistan has emerged as a major funding source. The gold is trafficked and sold to finance recruitment, training, and cross-regional operations in the Middle East and Africa (Foreign Policy, 2024). Counterterrorism Blindspot Since the chaotic U.S. withdrawal in 2021, the West has largely shifted focus to other global flashpoints such as Ukraine and the Indo-Pacific. This disengagement has created a security vacuum, allowing extremist groups in Afghanistan to regroup without fear of international intervention. Strategic Alarm for India The consolidation of extremist training facilities in Afghanistan, such as Muhajir Tactical, poses an urgent strategic threat to India. The resurgence of TTP could embolden cross-border militancy, particularly in Jammu and Kashmir, while ideological spillovers may affect India’s extended neighborhood.

Risks to Infrastructure and Influence

India’s regional connectivity initiatives—especially Chabahar Port and the International North–South Transport Corridor (INSTC)—may be destabilized by the transnational movement of extremists and the Taliban’s refusal to curb them.

Strategic Imperative

New Delhi must recalibrate its approach through: Enhanced border surveillance and HUMINT/TECHINT integration, stronger bilateral and trilateral counterterrorism alliances and investment in regional influence operations. Afghanistan’s descent into extremism is no longer a theoretical threat—it is a well-documented and accelerating geopolitical crisis. With the Taliban enabling the entrenchment of foreign fighters and militant groups, and with facilities like Muhajir Tactical expanding unchecked, the region faces a dire future. Without decisive action, Afghanistan could once again become the launchpad for global terror—echoing the horrors of the pre-9/11 world. The international community, especially regional powers like India, must prioritize a multi-domain, intelligencedriven, and preventive security strategy. Failing to do so risks allowing the world’s next major security threat to mature unchallenged. Prof. Dr. Nishakant Ojha is a globally acclaimed counter-terrorism and geopolitical expert, renowned for exposing militant ecosystems and shaping strategic doctrines to combat emerging threats across Asia, the Middle East, and beyond.

Cultural Nationhood and Unity: The Civilizational Works of the RSS

May 24, 2025, 1:03 am

Founded in 1925, the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) has played a pivotal role in fostering cultural unity in India. Guided by the philosophy of ‘Bharatiyata’ (Indian-ness), the RSS emphasizes the idea of a unified nation bound by a common civilization, cultural heritage, and historical continuity, despite India’s rich linguistic, social, regional, and religious diversity. Its vision of unity is rooted in shared traditions, moral values, and a deep sense of national pride. Its role is profoundly patriotic, serving as a catalyst for cultural restoration and continuity. As the RSS marks a century of its existence, it is apt to reflect on its role in reshaping Bharat as a cultural entity, despite the nation’s vast diversity in every sphere of life.

Cultural Nationhood and Civilizational Identity: The RSS Perspective

The RSS places strong emphasis on the idea of a shared cultural and civilizational identity that unites the people beyond distinctions of religion, language, or region. Central to its worldview is the concept of Sanskritik Rashtra the notion that India is not merely a political entity but a cultural nation, bound together by centuries of shared traditions, values, and collective wisdom and memories.

Drawing inspiration from ancient epics like the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, as well as spiritual and philosophical systems such as Vedanta, the RSS asserts that these foundational texts and ideas form the core of a unifying cultural consciousness. This common heritage is seen as a powerful force for national cohesion, offering a sense of belonging and identity to all citizens, regardless of their diverse backgrounds. By promoting pride in India’s ancient knowledge systems, the RSS is fostering a deepseated cultural unity one that nurtures respect for diversity while reaffirming the essential oneness of the Indian civilization.

Building National Solidarity Through Shared Festivals and Inclusive

Practices Acknowledging the deeply pluralistic fabric of Indian society, the RSS actively promotes the inclusive celebration of festivals and culturally significant occasions across regional, linguistic, and caste boundaries, reinforcing the belief that diversity is not a barrier but a vital strength of national unity.

The uniform observance of festivals such as Raksha Bandhan, Guru Purnima, the Hindu New Year, and Vijayadashami etc. across the country is not merely ceremonial appreciation of a deeper emotional and cultural integration that transcends local identities. Rather this serves as common cultural threads, weaving together communities from different parts in a shared experience of heritage, values, and belonging. Consistently, RSS leaders including current Sarsanghchalak Mohan Bhagwat Ji have emphasized the importance of unity beyond caste, community, and creed, reiterating the need to view all Indians through the lens of shared ancestry and collective destiny.

Accordingly, grassroots initiatives such as the ‘one temple, one well, one cremation ground’ campaign are aimed at dismantling caste-based hierarchies and fostering inclusive social practices that reflect true egalitarianism. Through such programs and broader cultural outreach, the RSS act as a unifying force that strengthens the bonds of national solidarity by celebrating India’s ancient heritage while advocating for social harmony and mutual respect. Forging Character and Community: The Central Role of Shakhas in the RSS At the heart of the RSS organizational structure lies the institution of the shakha a daily gathering that serves as the foundational unit for character building, ideological training, and community bonding. More than just a routine exercise session, the shakha functions as a vital platform for instilling values such as discipline, patriotism, social responsibility, and spiritual grounding among swayamsevaks (volunteers). Conducted in neighbourhoods, villages, and urban centres across the country, these grassroots-level gatherings bring individuals from diverse social, linguistic, and regional backgrounds together in a spirit of fraternity and shared purpose.

Through a structured curriculum of physical drills, group discussions, storytelling, songs, and games rooted in Indian culture and history, the shakhas nurture a sense of national consciousness and cultural pride. They also play a crucial role in community engagement, organizing relief efforts during crises, promoting educational and service initiatives, and addressing social issues like caste and untouchability. By fostering personal development alongside a collective ethos of service and unity, the shakha acts as both a training ground and a microcosm of the RSS’s vision of a culturally cohesive and socially resilient Bharat. In this way, shakhas are not merely organizational units but dynamic institutions of social transformation, reinforcing the Sangh’s broader mission of nation-building through grassroots cultural revival and civic engagement.

Preserving Culture Through Language: RSS’s Role in Promoting Vernaculars and Sanskrit

The RSS places significant emphasis on the promotion of regional languages and Sanskrit, viewing language not merely as a means of communication but as a vital vessel for preserving and transmitting cultural values, historical memory, and civilizational identity. Recognizing the intimate link between language and culture, the RSS encourages the use of mother tongues in daily life and education, while also advocating for the revival and respectful use of Sanskrit as a symbol of India’s intellectual and spiritual heritage.

The RSS supports a wide network of educational institutions through affiliated organizations such as Vidya Bharati and Ekal Vidyalayas, which operate across the nation. These schools, apart from providing basic education, also integrate teachings on Indian history, ethics, customs, and indigenous knowledge systems delivered in regional languages to foster cultural familiarity and accessibility. This approach instils linguistic pride and cultural rootedness among students, while also nurturing a respectful awareness of India’s broader linguistic diversity. By promoting vernacular languages alongside Sanskrit, the RSS aims to safeguard India’s cultural pluralism, counteract linguistic alienation, and strengthen national unity through the revival of local identities and traditional wisdom.

Fostering Social Harmony and Unity: The RSS Vision of Inclusive National Identity

The RSS has long championed the cause of social harmony Samajik Samarasata by actively opposing caste-based discrimination and advocating for equality and inclusiveness across all layers of society. In numerous communities across India, RSS gatherings serve as crucial spaces where individuals from different castes, communities, and social backgrounds come together, breaking down traditional barriers through shared activities and mutual engagement. Initiatives such as the community meals play a transformative role in challenging entrenched caste divisions, fostering interpersonal bonds that transcend social stratifications, and nurturing a collective sense of fraternity within the broader Hindutva community that reflects the values of dignity, respect, and unity.

The organization affirms that India’s true strength stems from its pluralism, but it cautions that such diversity should serve as a source of enrichment rather than division. Thus, the RSS motivates people to cultivate a unified cultural consciousness that harmonizes multiplicity with oneness. Further, the RSS upholds the ideal of India as a single, indivisible cultural nation where people are united despite regional, religious, caste, or ethnic diversities. It promotes the vision of Akhand Bharat and emphasizes national integration over parochial identities. Thus the RSS stands firmly against identity politics rooted in narrow sectarian interests, and social fault lines. It campaigns against divisive ideologies and seeks to forge a cohesive national identity.

Fostering Unity in Diversity

Through a comprehensive array of outreach initiatives including educational programs, welfare activities aimed at marginalized communities, and various service missions the RSS endeavours to foster a sense of belonging to a single national and cultural family, known as the Rashtra Parivar. It celebrates the foundational traits of Indian culture, particularly its intrinsic inclusiveness and remarkable adaptability, which enable the harmonious coexistence and unification of people from myriad backgrounds under the guiding principles of Dharma (righteous living) and Seva (selfless service). The RSS seeks to cultivate a collective identity deeply rooted in time-honoured traditions such as Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam and Sarve Bhavantu Sukhinah. These enduring philosophies serve as the moral and spiritual foundation for promoting harmony, inclusivity, and unity across the country’s diverse social fabric, reinforcing the ideal that despite multiplicity, India remains one indivisible whole.

Recapitulation

At its core, RSS plays a crucial role in raising awareness about the dangers of social and political fragmentation, striving tirelessly to unite the diverse peoples of India by promoting a shared set of cultural values and an inclusive vision of nationhood. Through its extensive grassroots engagement, it actively involves communities across the country, emphasizing service to every section of society irrespective of religion, caste, or ethnicity thereby fostering a deep sense of belonging and solidarity among citizens.

By anchoring its efforts in the timeless ideals of civilizational unity, disciplined living, and selfless service, the RSS endeavours to nurture a society where diversity is not perceived as a fault line, but embraced as a vital strength that enriches the collective identity of the nation. Over the decades, the RSS’s cultural initiatives and ideological outreach have profoundly influenced the collective consciousness of vast sections of Indian society, reinforcing bonds that contribute to national unity and cultural resilience.

Given the multifaceted challenges India faces in preserving its unity amid diversity, it remains a matter of national interest that the RSS continues to pursue its mission of building a united, culturally vibrant, and harmonious India. This work of RSS will lay the groundwork for a future where all Indians can coexist with mutual respect, shared purpose, and unwavering commitment to the nation’s well-being. Views are personal. Vice-Chancellor, Central University of Punjab, Bathinda

Let’s be proud of our country and Armed forces

May 24, 2025, 12:44 am

On a nationalistic front, the past month has been punctuated with emotions like patriotism, pride and revenge. The feelings of the common Bharatiya have been potently aggressive and intolerant towards terrorism.

The Hindu culture expounds the maximum of Ahimsa Parmo Dharma. Meaning: Nonviolence is the highest moral virtue. But if your adversary habitually practices violence as a way of life, then is Ahimsa your Parmo Dharma ? No! In the Bhagavad Gita, Lord Krishna repeatedly counselled the Kauravas, to be fair to the Pandavas. After the completion of twelve years of exile and one year of Agyaat-vaas, when the Pandavas returned to Hastinapur and claimed their share of the kingdom, Duryodhana refused to give it. In the course of negotiation, Krishna asked Duryodhana to give just five villages to the Pandavas. He assured Duryodhana that in the interest of peace, the Pandavas would not fight for their right. Duryodhana said that he would not give them land equal to even a pin’s head. In that eventuality, the Pandavas stood in confrontation with the Kauravas at Kurukshetra, and the Mahabharata war happened.

It was a fratricidal carnage, but it was the only way forward. The Mahabharata war put an end to all those who supported adharma. Also, Krishna gave a hundred opportunities to Shishupala to err against or abuse Krishna. When Shishupala abused Him for the 101st time, Krishna severed Shishupala’s head from his body, because enough was enough! In the Ramayana, Devi Sita was abducted by Ravana. Ravana’s grandfather Malyavan, wife Mandodari, brother Kumbhkarna, Rama’s envoy Angad, Lord Hanuman and many others, counselled Ravana but he did not agree to return Devi Sita back to Bhagwan Rama. War was the only answer. India has too many axes to grind with Pakistan.

I was in college when terrorism was at its peak in Punjab. In the larger interest of the safety of the country, punitive action had to be taken against the terrorists. The Mumbai attack in year 2008, popularly known as 26/11, left the world stunned and horrified. The terrorists had struck on 5-star properties in Mumbai. Many rich and affluent people, including foreigners were killed. The news became a world news. But did the then government bring the perpetrators of crime to the gallows? Crores of rupees were spent in keeping the caught terrorist Kasab. He was eventually hanged in 2011.

In the past few years, we have seen horrific incidents at Uri, Pulwama and recently at Pahalgam. When the pictures of the killings of 26 male Hindu tourists who were on holiday in Pahalgam, started streaming on the news and on social media, there was disbelief, anger and grief in the minds of the common man. Every logical and concerned mind asked, “Till when will this go on?” How barbaric can the terrorists be? They gunned down Hindu men in front of their wives and children, only because they were Hindus. Will the common man, ever be able to live and breathe without fear of terrorism? And then came the decision that when peaceful talks do not yield results, you have to strike back.

It took just 15 days for the Prime Minister to strategize and align the armed forces to strike. And strike like never before. The pent-up anger of decades was released and spewed, to wipe out a hundred plus terrorists across the border. Civilians in India slept, while our armed forces out-performed with surgical laser precision. And the world woke up to the news that those who had snatched the Sindoor from our Hindu women, had been blasted to pieces in Operation Sindoor. After the sudden declaration of ceasefire, there were questions zig-zagging in the society. Some questioned Operation Sindoor itself. Some asked, why retaliate? Why put so many lives at risk? Others demanded to know why there was a ceasefire. Why this? Why that? I wonder how audacious people can be.

Let us not overlook that the safety of the entire country was at stake. While going to war, there is always a risk of loss of lives, but sometimes war is the only way forward. Is it the time to doubt the intentions and wisdom of a Prime Minister who has upheld the honour, dignity and safety of the country like no other?

Is it appropriate for those who have nothing at stake, to question the moves and statements of the officers of the armed forces, who are the ones who have given their blood for protecting the country from terrorists? And all those voicing dissent and indignation at the way Operation Sindoor was conducted, are verily the enemy within us.

Those questioning the intentions of the government should ask themselves if they are even worthy of being called Bharatiyas. They are akin to cancer that attacks the body, from within. Interestingly, there is no cure for cancer in modern medicine.

Cancer cells have to be killed by chemotherapy. And cancer can be reversed by ancient Indian practices. The present day Bharat believes in the wisdom of our ancient sciences and practices. It would not be improper to mention here that Operation Sindoor was named Sindoor because we believe in the sanctity of Sindoor.

Watching the videos of missiles being shot down in mid-air, and the impenetrable air defence system, took me back to watching the Ramayana TV serial wherein was shown the weaponry used by Rama, Lakshmana, Indrajeet and Ravana. The firing and defusing of weapons in mid-air was portrayed therein. There is a mention of Hanumanji having a Raksha-kavach; a spiritual armour that no one could penetrate. Presently, India has developed its own advanced defence shield, known as Raksha Kavach.

It was built by the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and is a multilayered protection system, designed to protect critical military assets, soldiers, armoured vehicles and defence complexes, against any kind of attack. In ancient times, the Astra-Shastra were given to the sages by the Gods in return for their spiritual penances, for the purpose of Dharma-Raksha.

The present day weaponry including Air-defence systems, Brahmos etc. are made by super-intelligent minds, using technology and science. And India still uses them for self-defence; verily DharmaRaksha! Both the Defence Minister Rajnath Singh and Air Marshal AK Bharti of the Indian army, while addressing the press, quoted from the Sundar Kaand in Ramayana.

The press conference of the Indian armed forces on Operation Sindoor began with the powerful Shiv Tandava Stotram, enunciating India’s indomitable stance against terrorism. It is time each one of us acknowledges what the armed forces do, so that we can live comfortably. The most important question that each one of us needs to ask ourselves is, are we worth their sacrifices?

We are perhaps the only nation that reveres our motherland as Mother India. India has emerged on the world front as a quiet and confident nation who knows what it is doing. India shall make its own rules. It shall not bow down to the whims and fancies of others. There is a sense of calm and surety that has left the world astounded. Let us be proud of our country, our government and our armed forces. Let us not be ungrateful. Jai Hind!

India’s Global Leadership in Biodiversity Conservation

May 23, 2025, 12:47 am

There is a deep and intrinsic connection between nature and life, and this bond becomes even more significant when we talk about biodiversity. Observed every year on May 22, the International Day for Biological Diversity not only reminds us of our environmental responsibilities but also reflects the direction in which our sensitivity towards nature is evolving. This year’s theme is “Harmony with Nature and Sustainable Development.” India, one of the world’s 17 megadiverse countries, boasts a rich and proud legacy in terms of biodiversity. From the icy peaks of the Himalayas to the lush greenery of the Western Ghats and the marine coasts of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India’s landscapes shelter thousands of species and nourish life in diverse forms. Under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, environmental policies have moved beyond bureaucratic boundaries and transformed into people’s movements. Campaigns like “One Tree for Mother” and the LiFE Mission (Lifestyle for Environment) are vivid examples that show how a lifestyle aligned with nature can lead to the organic conservation of biodiversity. Through his “Mann Ki Baat” program, Prime Minister Modi has repeatedly emphasized the importance of wildlife, the climate crisis, and nature, thereby connecting with the public on these crucial issues. India is the world’s largest tiger range country. Over 70% of the world’s tigers live in India—a matter of immense national pride. In 2014, the tiger population stood at 2,226, which increased to 3,682 in 2023. More than 60% of wild Asian elephants are also found in India, making it the largest range country for Asian elephants. India’s wild elephant population has reached 29,964, reflecting successful conservation efforts. There are 33 elephant reserves spread across 14 states, covering an area of 80,777 sq km. India is the only country in the world with a wild population of Asiatic lions. According to the latest lion census conducted in May 2024, Gujarat now has 891 lions, up from 674 in 2020—a remarkable increase of 217. As of 2022, the UNESCO World Heritage Site Kaziranga National Park is home to 2,613 greater one-horned rhinoceroses, representing approximately 68% of the global population of this species. This highlights Assam’s significant role in global conservation. India now has 89 Ramsar sites, and the continuous rise in these wetland areas underscores India’s firm commitment to both conservation and ecological enrichment. Under the visionary leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, India has witnessed positive and impactful changes in the fields of environment and wildlife conservation, garnering international appreciation. It is gratifying to note that in the past 11 years, the Modi government has successfully addressed a long-standing public indifference toward wildlife protection through clear intentions and dedicated action. Today, there is a growing curiosity among people to learn about nature and wildlife. For us, nature and the environment are not just resources—they are embodiments of spirituality and sensitivity. Over the past decade, India has created remarkable examples in wildlife conservation, significantly contributing to biodiversity. The success of initiatives like Project Tiger, Elephant, Lion, and Leopard, alongside efforts to protect other terrestrial and aquatic species, has inspired the world. The reintroduction of cheetahs in India in 2022—after independence— was a historic and proud moment for the country, receiving global acclaim. The cheetah population is now steadily growing. Since 2014, the central government has consistently worked to bridge the gap between forests and human life. Strengthening biodiversity is essential for human survival, and Prime Minister Modi’s unwavering commitment to this cause is evident. Protecting nature and the environment is crucial to securing our future. This vision of Prime Minister Modi is driving India towards rapid growth in both the economy and environmental conservation in the 21st century. India’s biodiversity is not just an ecological asset—it is deeply interwoven with our economic, cultural, and spiritual identity. The traditional knowledge of forest-dwelling communities, the diversity of indigenous crops, and the abundance of medicinal plants all contribute to India’s biological strength. However, climate change, unchecked urbanization, and overexploitation of natural resources now threaten the existence of many species. In response, we must raise awareness, actively protect wetlands and wildlife, empower Biodiversity Management Committees in villages and cities, integrate environmental education in schools, and nurture citizens as true “partners of nature.” During its G-20 presidency, India reiterated its commitment to environmental protection through the mantra “One Earth, One Family, One Future.” Now is the time to transform this vision into a personal mission. We must understand that biodiversity conservation is not just about protecting ecosystems—it is about safeguarding human existence. And for that, collective action is essential. Author is Senior Media Advisor to the Union Minister of State for External Affairs, and Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

SC’s new ruling on civil judge appointments: Reform or roadblock?

May 21, 2025, 1:23 am

In a significant ruling on 20th May 2025, the Supreme Court, in the case of All India Judges Association vs Union of India 2025, overturned its 2002 judgment and made it mandatory for candidates appearing for the Civil Judge (Junior Division) exam to possess a minimum of three years of legal practice. While this may appear to be a reform aimed at ensuring experienced and capable individuals join the judiciary, a closer examination reveals that the move is more regressive than revolutionary.

The Key Takeways of the Judgement

Three years of legal practice is now compulsory for eligibility.
Legal experience will be counted from the date of registration with the State Bar Council after clearing the All-India Bar Exam (AIBE).
Practice certificates must be signed by an advocate with 10 years of experience and endorsed by a judicial officer or principal judicial officer designated for the purpose.
For those practicing in High Courts or the Supreme Court, a designated court officer will be responsible for verification.
Recruitment processes already underway will not be affected by this decision.
Experience as a Law Clerk will now be counted toward the three-year requirement.
The judgment overrules the 2002 ruling that allowed fresh law graduates to appear for judicial exams, a policy supported only by Sikkim and Chhattisgarh. Most High Courts expressed dissatisfaction, citing that freshers hinder judicial efficiency.

Reality Check

Irregular and Unpredictable Judicial Examinations Judicial service exams across Indian states are far from regular. Many states notify vacancies only once every 4–5 years. On top of that, the selection process starting from preliminary to final appointment can take up to 1.5 years. By mandating an additional three years of practice, the Court has inadvertently created a situation where aspirants may have to wait nearly a decade from graduation before becoming eligible. The result? An entire generation of brilliant legal minds may be discouraged from pursuing the judiciary at all.

Disruption for Thousands of Law Students

In their final year, thousands of law students begin intensive preparation for judicial services, committing years of effort and spending substantial amounts on coaching and study resources. Despite the judgment being prospective, it has created widespread confusion. Students who had structured their career paths based on the earlier eligibility criteria now find themselves navigating an uncertain future. The sudden change in rules has upended their expectations, raising concerns about wasted time, financial investment, and the direction of their professional journey.

A Setback for Women in Law

This ruling delivers a particularly harsh blow to women. In a society where women are still under societal pressure to marry young and shoulder disproportionate family responsibilities, asking them to spend five years studying, three years practicing, and then wait several more years for exam cycles to turn is a formula that will push many women out of the race entirely. Just when women were beginning to make significant inroads in judicial appointments, this decision threatens to undo that progress.

The Door to Corruption Swings Wide Open

The Supreme Court’s requirement that experiences certificates be signed by a senior advocate and endorsed by judicial officers might seem like a step towards accountability. However, this opens the floodgates to nepotism, favouritism, and corruption. For those with the right connections or the means to “influence” the process, obtaining a certificate will be no big deal. Meanwhile, genuine aspirants who strictly adhere to ethics may find themselves sidelined yet another injustice in the name of justice. Who will protect these honest aspirants? Who will ensure that the “verification” of legal practice doesn’t become another bureaucratic hurdle riddled with underhanded dealings?

What We Needed vs What We Got

What India’s judiciary truly needs is systemic reform uniformity in exam schedules, a transparent and time-bound recruitment process, and structural reforms in the lower judiciary. What we got instead is a band-aid solution that disproportionately affects young, bright aspirants and women, and incentivizes manipulation over merit. This ruling, while cloaked in the language of reform, is a textbook example of how well-intentioned policy can go wrong when ground realities are ignored. In seeking to keep “inexperienced” individuals out of the judiciary, the judgment ironically risks keeping merit and integrity out as well. The future of judicial reform lies not in exclusion but in transformation. And that transformation must start with accountability, transparency, and above all, empathy for the very aspirants who dream of upholding the Constitution. Parth Gautam, Advocate, Delhi High Court, and Pragati Solanki, Assistant Professor, HLM Group of Institutions, Ghaziabad.

The outrage about freedom of expression can’t be selective

May 21, 2025, 1:12 am

Within hours of Haryana Police arresting Ashoka University academic Alik Khan Mahbudabad, the lead author had posted a strong critique on X, the social media platform formerly known as X. The authors even discussed the issue soon after and agreed that the Supreme Court might step in and grant bail to the professor, as it has done in many cases in the recent past where activists, journalists, academics and critics have been arbitrarily arrested on specious grounds. During the conversation, the co-author pointed out the elephant in the room related to the rising intolerance and authoritarianism in political parties and their regimes. Goes without saying that much of that debate has landed on the doors of “intolerant” right wing, but the abject failure of the left-liberals to behave in a truly liberal fashion is adding fuel to the fire as they have been blatantly selective in their outrage. Protests against assault on free speech and individual liberty have become so polarised along ideological and political lines that they have become a meaningless display of partisanship. It is indeed the duty of all sensible citizens to support the fundamental right of people like Ali Khan Mahbudabad to express their opinions without being carted off to jail on vague and specious charges. But the future looks grim because we as a society have become conditioned to selective outrage. In that context, it is indeed time for the Indian liberal to look at the mirror and accept that she doesn’t practice what she preaches. The first brutal truth is that there is no absolute freedom of speech in India. The First Amendment to the Constitution in 1951 took away those rights. Since then, governments, parties and regimes of all hues have pushed the barriers consistently by targeting critics whom point out uncomfortable facts. In the past, support for freedom of expression and the ability to criticise was not based on ideology. At least not to the extent it does today. In contemporary times, that basic tenet that we must support the freedom of expression of people we dislike has collapsed. And governments are taking advantage of that in a clinically ruthless manner. Let’s look at some events in the recent past to see what exactly is happening across India.

In March 2025, a digital journalist Dilawar Hussain Muzumder was arrested under stringent sections of the SC/STAct by the Assam Police for questioning the managing director of a cooperative bank over an alleged scam. The MD is a tribal. The chief minister is Himanta Bishwa Sharma and the ruling party is BJP.
In March 2025, two female journalists Pogadadanda Revathi and Thanvi Yadav were arrested and slapped with “organised crime” charges by Telangana Police for quoting a a resident who strongly criticised the chef minister. The chief minister is Revanth Reddy and the state is ruled by the Congress.
In 2023, a You Tuber from Bihar Manish Kashyap was arrested by Tamil Nadu Police for posting a video citing. A daily newspapers’ story that migrants from Bihar were being attacked in the state. He spent months in jail. The chief minister is M. K Stalin and the ruling party is a DMK led alliance of which the Congress and the CPI(M) are members.
In 2024, a Republic TV journalist Santa Pan was arrested by WestBengal police for covering the atrocities against Hindu women in Sandeshkhali. The chief minister is Mamata Bannerjee and the ruling party is Trinamool Congress.
In May 2023, the Times Now TV network featured a series of reports that related to allegedly extravagant expenditures to refurbish the residence of Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal. Soon after, a reporter from the network Bhavna Arora was arrested by the Punjab Police on stringent SC/ST charges while she was on an assignment in the state. The chief minister is Bhagwant Mann and the ruling party is Aam Aadmi Party.
In 2023, the offices of the media network Asianet were raided by Kerala Police because of a series of stories that criticised the government. The chief minister is Pinnari Vijayan and the ruling party is a CPI(M) led alliance.
In 2020, a theatre personality Ketaki Chitale shared a Facebook post that was critical of Sharad Pawar. She was arrested by the Maharashtra Police and spent about 40 days in jail for no rhyme or reason. The chief minister was Uddhav Thackeray and the ruling party was an alliance led by undivided ShivSena with Congress and NCP support. The same year, prominent anchor Arnab Goswami too was arrested by Maharashtra Police.
In 2022, a journalist Loknath Dalei “exposed” alleged corruption in the police in the Balasore district of Odisha. The man was arrested, brutally beaten up and chained to a hospital bed on trumped up charges. The chief minister was Naveen Pattnaik and the ruling party was BJD.
A Kerala based journalist Siddique Kappan was arrested by the Uttar Pradesh police while trying to cover the infamous Hathras gang rape incident and spent more than two years in jail. The chief minister is Yogi Adityanath and the ruling party is the BJP.

The authors could just go on and on with similar incidents from all across India. What the discerning reader might have noticed is that the arrests show how ALL political parties are intolerant of criticism and how ALL try to push the boundaries of authoritarianism. What is distressing for the authors is the growing number of such incidents as the proliferation of media and social media make it increasingly difficult for ruling regimes to hide their misdeeds. What is even more distressing for the authors is that protests and outrages over such arbitrary arrests meant to intimidate and silence critics has been shamefully selective. Liberals in India have done the right thing by strongly protesting the arrest of Ali Khan Mahbudabad, the arrest of Dilawar Hussain and many others. Sadly, they have miserably failed the test of true liberalism by refusing to protest or at best issuing bland statements when people who are not liked by the Left-Liberal ecosystem are arrested. That gives ample ammunition to the “right wing” to justify other arrests. The authors have noted with deep regret the fact that even distinguished bodies like the Editor’s Guild of India have failed to defend the freedom of expression of ALL-no matter what their ideological or political leanings. Freedom of expression can never be selective. It is time Indian liberals learnt this lesson.

Mandatory ESG disclosures under Sebi and menace of greenwashing in India

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

As India strides toward a more sustainable and re- sponsible financial ecosys- tem, the Securities and Ex- change Board of India (SEBI) has assumed a pivotal role in integrating environmen- tal, social, and governance (ESG) considerations into corporate reporting. With the implementation of mandatory ESG disclosures under the Business Respon- sibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) frame- work, SEBI aims to foster transparency, accountability, and long-term value creation in corporate India. However, these noble intentions are shadowed by the specter of greenwashing, a growing concern that threatens to undermine the credibility of the ESG movement. This article critically ex- amines the evolution, scope, and implications of SEBI’s ESG disclosure norms while scrutinizing the risks of gre- enwashing that have started to plague India’s sustain- ability narrative. It explores whether the current regu- latory approach is robust enough to curb deceptive practices or if India is merely painting its economy green with insufficient checks on corporate conduct.

Genesis of ESG Disclosures in India: From Voluntary to Mandatory

India’s journey with ESG disclosures began on a modest note in 2012 when SEBI introduced the Busi- ness Responsibility Report (BRR) for the top 100 listed entities based on market capitalization. Over the years, the scope was gradu- ally widened, culminating in the rollout of the Business Responsibility and Sus- tainability Report (BRSR) framework in May 2021. The BRSR framework marks a significant departure from its predecessors by inte- grating sustainability indi- cators with standardized metrics and requiring more granular disclosures across environmental, social, and governance pillars. Effective from FY 2023–24, ESG reporting under BRSR Core has been made man- datory for the top 1,000 listed companies by market capitalization. This move is designed to ensure com- parability, standardization, and consistency in ESG disclosures while enhanc- ing stakeholder confidence. SEBI also introduced the concept of assurance, re- quiring external validation for BRSR Core metrics to further strengthen data re- liability.

Ambitious Objectives and Regulatory Evolution

SEBI’s motivations for en- forcing mandatory ESG dis- closures are commendable. They include: Enabling investors to make informed decisions based on non-financial performance. Aligning India with global ESG standards such as GRI (Global Reporting Initiative), SASB (Sustainability Ac- counting Standards Board), and TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures). Encouraging responsible business conduct that sup- ports India’s climate goals, including net-zero emissions by 2070. In theory, these disclosures should help create a virtu- ous cycle where transpar- ent companies attract ESG- focused capital, thereby incentivizing sustainable practices. However, in prac- tice, the effectiveness of this regulation hinges not only on corporate compliance but also on the authenticity of the disclosed information— a domain increasingly mud- died by greenwashing.

Understanding Greenwashing: The New Corporate Camouflage

Greenwashing refers to the act of misleading stakehold- ers by presenting an overly positive view of a company’s environmental or social per- formance, often through selective disclosure, vague language, or outright misin- formation. In a country like India, where ESG literacy is still nascent among both investors and regulators, greenwashing poses a par- ticularly insidious threat. In recent years, several In- dian corporations have been accused—either directly or implicitly—of overstating their sustainability creden- tials. For instance: Companies have touted carbon neutrality goals while continuing to expand fossil-fuel-based operations. ESG reports often cite to- ken CSR activities or low-im- pact initiatives as major en- vironmental achievements. Some firms engage ESG rating agencies to embellish their scores without sub- stantial improvements on the ground. With India witnessing a surge in ESG-themed mu- tual funds and investor interest, greenwashing is becoming not just a risk but a systemic vulnerability.

Critical Gaps in SEBI’s ESG Framework

While SEBI’s BRSR frame- work is a step forward, it is not without its limitations, which may inadvertently enable greenwashing:

Reliance on Self-Re- ported Data Despite the assurance re- quirement for BRSR Core metrics, much of the data in the broader BRSR report remains unaudited and self- reported. This leaves ample room for manipulation or selective omission of adverse data.
Ambiguity in Material- ity Determination Companies are allowed significant discretion in de- termining what is “material” for disclosure. Without clear guidance, this can result in cherry-picking metrics that paint a favorable picture while ignoring more perti- nent or damaging issues.
Lack of Enforcement Mechanisms There are currently no stringent penalties for mis- reporting or omitting ESG information. Unlike finan- cial disclosures governed by tight accounting stan- dards and auditing norms, sustainability disclosures lack the same rigor or con- sequences.
Limited Coverage of Supply Chain Practices Many ESG risks, especially environmental and labor- related, reside deep within supply chains. The current framework offers only lim- ited oversight or incentive for companies to report on their suppliers’ ESG perfor- mance.
ESG Ratings Arbitrage The unregulated ESG rating ecosystem allows companies to engage with multiple rating providers, selectively highlighting favorable ratings while ig- noring unfavorable ones. This practice, akin to credit rating arbitrage seen during the 2008 financial crisis, erodes investor trust.

Investor Implications: Mispricing Risks and Credibility Erosion For investors, greenwash- ing leads to misallocation of capital. ESG funds may end up investing in companies with poor real-world im- pact, undermining both eth- ical and financial returns. The illusion of sustainabil- ity also poses reputational risks, particularly for global investors who operate under stricter ESG mandates. Furthermore, unchecked greenwashing can lead to a credibility crisis. If stake- holders begin to view ESG claims with skepticism, it may reduce the pressure on companies to genuinely improve their sustainability performance, thereby de- feating the entire purpose of ESG integration.

Global Comparisons: Lessons for India

Countries like the Europe- an Union have introduced more robust legislation to combat greenwashing. The EU’s Sustainable Fi- nance Disclosure Regula- tion (SFDR) and Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) mandate comprehensive ESG dis- closures with third-party audits, materiality map- ping, and clear taxonomies of sustainable activities. India, by contrast, still lacks a taxonomy akin to the EU Green Taxonomy, which categorizes economic activities based on their en- vironmental sustainability. Without such standardized definitions, companies in In- dia can freely label projects as “green” or “sustainable” without objective justifica- tion. Recommendations: Strengthening the ESG Landscape To truly realize the prom- ise of ESG disclosures and guard against greenwash- ing, India must pursue a multi-pronged regulatory overhaul:

Stronger Auditing Norms Mandate third-party au- diting for all major ESG disclosures—not just BRSR Core—using accredited sus- tainability auditors. These audits must follow globally recognized standards to ensure consistency and re- liability.
Centralized ESG Data- base Create a publicly acces- sible ESG disclosure re- pository regulated by SEBI or MCA. This can allow analysts and watchdogs to independently assess data, increasing transparency and comparability.
Green Taxonomy and Labeling Standards Develop an Indian Green Taxonomy that clearly de- fines what qualifies as an environmentally sustain- able activity. This will help eliminate ambiguity and provide a benchmark for ESG labeling.
Penalties for Mislead- ing Claims Introduce financial and le- gal penalties for companies found guilty of intentional misrepresentation in ESG disclosures. This will create deterrence and foster ac- countability.
Stakeholder and Civil Society Engagement Encourage NGOs, aca- demic institutions, and citi- zen groups to participate in ESG monitoring, much like the role of proxy advisory firms in corporate gover- nance.

Conclusion: Walking the Talk on ESG

SEBI’s mandatory ESG disclosure framework is a landmark reform in In- dia’s corporate regulatory landscape, aligning with global trends and investor demands. However, with- out stringent oversight and mechanisms to curb gre- enwashing, the framework risks becoming a box-tick- ing exercise rather than a transformative tool. As India positions itself as a climate leader on the global stage, it must ensure that its ESG ambitions are matched by integrity, enforcement, and impact. Transparency cannot be performative. Accountability cannot be optional. And sustainability cannot be superficial. In the final analysis, the success of ESG integration in India will depend not on how many companies dis- close, but on how many are willing to change. Pankaj Chhuttani, Assistant Professor, School of Law, GD Goenka University, Gurugram

POWERFUL STANDOFF WEAPON

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Introduction

After four days of clinical, calibrated strikes, the Indian Armed Forces achieved the objectives that had been given to them in a calibrated, controlled and decisive manner. While Operation ‘Sindoor’ represented an evolution in our war fighting doctrine showcasing the capability and ability of our Armed Forces. It Is also the first war fought in in a highly informationalised battlefield hence it extended beyond traditional military engagements. Throughout the history of warfare, armies have sought advantage through actions intended to affect the perception and behaviour of adversaries. Information is a powerful tool, and can be termed an element of national power and therefore synchronising information programmes, plans, messages, and products is imperative as part of a whole of government effort. If Operation Vijay was the first televised war in the Indian context, Operation Sin- door can be termed as the first war fought in the digital era. The continuous streaming of visuals, debates and print were constantly available literally in the palm of one’s hand making one of the most powerful tools in shaping perceptions.

Shedding the Balakot Experience

The Armed Forces learning from their experience after the Balakot strikes were now absolutely clear about the requirement of providing clear images of the tar- gets engaged and destruction caused and this was provided leaving no doubt for ambiguity. There was also a marked difference in the manner in which the briefings were conducted post the operation. Briefings by Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri and Armed Forces spokespersons, including Col. Sofiya Qureshi and Wg Cdr Vyomika Singh, clearly conveyed the government’s intent post-operations. Compared to Balakot, the DGs of Military Operations addressed media and took on questions which they answered with a great deal of granularity and clarity while maintaining the confidentiality of sensitive in- formation. India’s astute messaging established clearly that Pakistan is the aggressor in the ongoing conflict and that India’s response has been well-planned and controlled, in contrast to Islamabad’s reckless offensive targeting civilian areas. It also communicated India’s position that while it will not initiate aggression, any attack will get a tough response. However, The expansion of information technology, the widespread availability of wireless communications, social media, and today’s information environment poses new and complex challenges for military operations. In the military Context, it involves tools like propaganda, misinformation, cyber operations, psychological operations and control over media narratives to influence perceptions.

The Triad of Disruption

Social media, propaganda/ fake news and digital social engineering can be termed as the “triad of disruption.” This ongoing threat uses the wide reach of social platforms and skilled information warriors to spread false news and influence public opinion through art of digital social engineering. Unlike traditional weapon technologies, development of information-based tech- niques do not require siz- able financial resources or state sponsorship. Though Pakistan has been using the ISPR Information systems expertise and access to important networks may be the only prerequisites. Because the cost and technical skills required for executing an online disinformation campaign are remarkably low, the number of actors and the amount of malicious content has increased. In this age of AI advancement, manipulation of images to build psychological pressure on adversary and satisfy domestic audiences during active combat is par for the course. Unlike the physical battle- field, the narrative is harder to assess. Based on who you ask, what they have just seen or read on their phones and their particular engagement with their own memory, desires, and critical faculties at that moment, they can tell you very different things about something seemingly very obvious.

Dangerous Distortions

There were significant efforts to shape the information environment. Most were absurd though some had a hint of sophistication. Speaking to Al Jazeezra Pakistan’s Defence Minister, Khwaja Asif said the Pahal- gam attack was ‘orchestrated’ and his government suspects it was a ‘false flag operation’ which remains a ridiculous claim. In fact, even the UNSC rejected this narrative in their 15 May meeting. The theatre of absurdities included the removal of the Northern Army Commander which was followed by that of the Vice Chief of Air while in actual fact both these officers were superannuating. During the four days the claims pelted out were even more bizarre aimed at both creating a di- vision in our society as well as lowering the morale. These included Indian ballistic missiles being aimed at Sikh population centres and gurdwaras. This was an evident attempt to exploit communal sensitivities while in actuality Pakistan had targeted a Gurdwara across the line of control. Apart from that, there were claims of downing five Indian aircraft which included a Rafael. In addition, there was also a claim of having captured an Indian pilot. The fog of war is inherently confusing. But Pakistan’s increasingly aggressive information efforts create new and significant risks for miscalculation in future crises. False narratives and exaggerated claims of Indian military losses and fabricated stories of communal violence were viral on social media platforms aiming to erode public trust. Here, Pakistan was building a narrative shield that portrays it as a victim both with its domestic audience and its global friends in mind.

The Nuclear Leak

In afterbath of the strikes the social and print media were full of claims regarding the damage caused to Pakistan underground nuclear weapon storage complex in Kirna Hills near Nur Khan Air field. The report was soon followed up with satellite imagery, claims of US aircraft visiting the site as well as transportation of huge quantity of Boran from Egypt to control the radiation leak. All were false and finally on 15 May the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) confirmed that no radiation leak or release has occurred from any nuclear facility in Pakistan. Earlier Air Mar- shal A K Bharti had also de- nied that India had targeted any nuclear installation in Pakistan. This was a bid at discrediting the Indian achievements as well as portraying it as an irresponsible nuclear power. Our narrative had been marked by clarity from the beginning, India was targeting the perpetrators and planners of terror. The destruction of a nuclear storage facility was cleverly designed to counter this narrative. It is stated that India is a responsible nuclear power and its actions were deliberate, proportionate, and did not target nuclear infrastructure. The Ministry of External Affairs Spokes- person Randhir Jaiswal has clearly stated that “Our actions were calibrated and entirely within the scope of conventional military operations. Speculative narratives about nuclear escalation are baseless and irresponsible”. The Indian Armed Forces are highly professional and responsible and will never resort to irresponsible actions. Indian ac- tions remained strictly within conventional military boundaries and that nuclear rhetoric would not be allowed to dictate India’s security response.

Conclusion

As Clauzewitz wrote; moral forces on the battlefield have a big impact on its outcome. He also stated that military events could only be planned to a small degree because of the incalculable influence of ‘friction’. Strategic Communication is now contributing to this friction in the modern battlefield milieu. The Web 3.0 is re- making our very notion of reality. The information space consists of domestic, adversarial and international audiences. The requirements of these need to be harmonised, however, our tools have been shaped and sharpened for domestic audiences whereas we need to focus on the external audience in a similar manner as well. There is, therefore, a need to enhance media awareness, and develop robust counter-disinformation strategies to safeguard national interests in this digital age. There will be varying narratives, all churned out by social media cells, by vested interests including disgruntled elements. The responsibility now lies with the individuals themselves to cross check and verify the source and credibility of the information before blindly disseminating it in the digital space. Adding to the social media the main stream media with its continuous tirade of ‘breaking news’ also needs to be less exuberant. In fact, the Economist in a recent article has been critical regarding the Indian news channels which ‘achieved the astonishing feat of making social media appear sane’ Information is power and today a much larger part of the world’s population has access to that power in their hands. The fact is that information has become a new dimension of conflict and has moved from the periphery to a prime slot. It is a new standoff weapon and can be manipulated and accessed from anywhere, on the basis of your smart- phone though non-kinetic it remains powerful. The strategy to win the narrative may be through candour and credibility.

Marital rape and Indian judiciary: Revisiting the exception in law through Gorakhnath Sharma vs. State of Chhattisgarh

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The custom of marriage, which is anthropological, cultural, and legal, creates a socially accepted rights and responsibilities between people. Marriage serves as the foundation for the acceptance of sexual relationships in many cultures. However, there has always been ambiguity in the law around physical hostility and sexual misconduct in marriages. “Forcible sexual assault or violence by one spouse towards the other” is the definition of Marital Rape. Although numerous cultures have historically viewed the establishment of a sexual relationship between a married couple as a “right,” the scope of consent becomes just as significant as it is for nonmarried people. Women are primarily, though not alone, victims of marital rape. Chronic violence is often perpetuated by the couple’s abusive relationships, which tend to develop a vicious cycle. This has been ignored in literary works and regulations and for ages, “marriage” has been utilised as a regular exemption or defence in situations of sexual violence. Additionally, this has resulted in a decrease in seeking assistance, lingering trauma, and the negation of the experiences of victims of marital rape. International conventions and views opposing intimate partner and sexual abuse in marriages have grown since the 20th century (more specifically, the prevalence of sexual assault against women). As of 2019, 150 nations currently have laws that acknowledge marital rape as a criminal offence. However, the number of countries that explicitly criminalize marital rape in their penal codes is reported as 52 by UN Women. Marital rape is not considered a crime by the law or culture in many countries, including India. Even in nations that consider rape as a crime and have laws against it, the victim and the offender are immune from the law’s application if they are married. The “marital rape exception clause” is a common term for this. Because of the progress made in the area of gender equality, the first two arguments are no longer applicable in the current setting. The initial defence was based on the notion that the wife was her husband’s subordinate. Women had no rights within the marriage because they were their husbands’ property. Since the husband was the woman’s master and had authority over her body, it would be impossible to imagine a husband raping his wife in such a situation. This rationale was accompanied by the existence of the unity’s hypothesis. This hypothesis was based on the notion that a woman’s identity blended with her husband’s after marriage. As a result, the law did not grant the married lady a personality apart from her spouse. History of the Marital Rape exception in the Indian context India is among the 36 nations that have yet to make marital rape a crime. The “Hindu Centre for Politics and Public Policy” claims that rather than using legal arguments, mediation and compromise are frequently used to resolve legal disputes regarding “consent” in cases of sexual abuse within marriage. According to some, marriage’s “obligatory sexual interaction” clause violates both Article 14 (Right to Equality) and Article 21 of the Constitution. In order to improve women’s safety and protection, India has passed laws such as the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act and the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005. Appeals from numerous women’s organisations, human rights associations, and ultimately the Justice Verma Commission’s recommendation to criminalise marital rape have added fuel to the fire following the inhumane Nirbhaya case in Delhi and the Criminal Law (Amendment) Act (2013)’s failure to address the problem. The earstwhile Indian Penal Code (now Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023) in §375 (Section 63 of BNS) criminalises the offence of rape. The concept of “rape” is broad and include both sexual relationships and other forms of sexual penetration, such as oral sex. The application of this provision to sexual activities or sexual intercourse between a husband and wife is, however, excluded in Exception 2. Therefore, if a husband rapes a woman, she has no legal recourse under Indian law. There is no explanation given in Exception 2 of §375 of the IPC (the “exception clause”, now Section 63 of BNS, 2023) for why a man and his wife’s sexual interactions or activities are not considered rape. Given that consent is the main topic of this section, it is plausible that an unquestionable presumption of consent applies in situations when the victim and the offender have a marital relationship. The Supreme Court in Independent Thought vs Union of India, held that, “Constitutionally female have equal rights as of male and no statute or act can take away those rights from females and if such statute or an act is passed regarding the same, it should be declared as null and void”. According to the Gujarat High Court, “The total statutory abolition of the marital rape exemption is the first necessary step in teaching societies that dehumanised treatment of women will not be tolerated and that the marital rape is not a husband’s privilege, but rather a violent act and an injustice that must be criminalised”. Judicial Endorsement of the Marital Rape Exception: A Critical Look at Gorakhnath Sharma vs State of Chhattisgarh In India, judicial reactions to marital rape have remained mainly uneven, despite growing societal and legal discussion about the issue. Although courts have periodically acknowledged the seriousness of the problem, the judiciary has frequently been constrained by the marital rape exclusion provision. The institutional immunity granted to sexual abuse within marriage has been reinforced by a series of decisions that have resulted in either diluted or completely denied justice for victims. The February 2025 ruling in Gorakhnath Sharma vs. State of Chhattisgarh is a recent case that has generated new discussion in this area. In addition to highlighting the shortcomings of existing legal measures, the case emphasises how urgently judges must have courage when interpreting laws in accordance with constitutional principles. This case exemplifies how the marital rape exemption serves to protect wrongdoers under the pretence of legitimate marriage. A brief overview of the case is as follows: Facts: The present case was a Criminal Appeal by the husband of the victim under Section 374(2) of CrPC which was filed against the judgement of conviction passed by the Additional Sessions Judge. In summary, the victim’s husband, who was employed as a driver, was the appellant. The appellant physically harmed the victim and engaged in non-consensual unnatural sexual intercourse with her on the evening of December 11, 2017. Due to severe agony from the injuries sustained during the unnatural sexual encounter, she was later hospitalised to Maharani Hospital. She gave a dying declaration to a magistrate while she was in the hospital, claiming that she had suffered because of her husband’s abuse on her. The police recorded her statements and began an inquiry after she tragically died on December 11, 2017, not long after the declaration was made. Gorakhnath Sharma was accused under several sections of the Indian Penal Code (now BNS, 2023) after she passed away, including Sections 376 (now Section 64 of BNS), 377 (unnatural offences), and 304 (penalty for culpable homicide not equal to murder, now under Section 105 of BNS). On February 11, 2019, Gorakhnath was found guilty by an Additional Sessions Judge who heard the case and examined the testimony of several witnesses. For each of the offences, he received a ten-year harsh jail sentence, along with fines for nonpayment. Therefore, the current criminal appeal was filed, stating that the conviction was based mostly on the victim’s untrustworthy dying declaration and that there was insufficient evidence against him. Issues raised Whether crimes under Sections 376 (now Section 64, BNS) and 377 of the Indian Penal Code apply when a husband and wife engage in sexual conduct together? Whether a “dying declaration” by itself enough to convict someone in the absence of supporting evidence? Whether it is possible to use Section 304 IPC (culpable homicide, now Section 105, BNS) in the absence of particular findings outlining the components of the offence? Whether in circumstances of sexual actions between spouses, do revisions to Section 375 IPC (now Section 63, BNS) establish a legal repugnancy with Section 377 IPC? Judgement by the Hon’ble High Court, Chhattisgarh: A single-judge bench of justice Narendra Kumar Vyas overturned the accused’s conviction, clearing him of all charges under Indian Penal Code (IPC) sections 376 (rape, now Section 64, BNS), 377 (unnatural sex), and 304 (culpable homicide, now Section 105, BNS). The court also ordered the accused’s rapid release from custody. In order to highlight the ongoing legal impunity granted to marital rape, the high court ruling referenced Exception 2 under Section 375 of the IPC (now Section 63, BNS), which prevents a husband from criminal prosecution for sexually assaulting his wife. Justice Vyas held that, “It is quite clear that if the wife is not below 15 years of age, then any sexual intercourse or sexual act by the husband with his wife cannot be termed as rape... As such, the absence of consent of the wife for an unnatural act loses its importance”. Shrabana Chattopadhyay is Assistant Professor, IEM’s International Institute of Juridical Sciences (IIIJS), University of Engineering and Management Kolkata. The Supreme Court’s 2017 decision in the Independent Thought case, which interpreted the “marital rape exception” to conclude that sexual contact between a man and his wife under the age of eighteen is rape and is punishable by law, is undoubtedly in conflict with the reliance on the 15-year age limit. But under Section 63 of the new Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, this 15 year has been replaced by 18 year. Critical Analysis of the judgement The ruling in Gorakhnath Sharma vs. State of Chhattisgarh is a prime example of the judiciary’s ongoing reliance on colonial-era legal frameworks, including Exception 2 to Section 375 IPC, which shields spouses from prosecution for marital rape. On the surface, the High Court’s ruling would seem to be in line with the law, but when viewed through the prisms of gender justice, constitutional morality, and developing consent laws, it presents significant issues. First, the majority ignores the wider ramifications of the Supreme Court’s decision in Independent Thought v. Union of India, which established that marriage cannot be a license to exploit by reading down the marital rape exception for minor spouses. The case’s interpretive spirit—that the “right to consent and bodily autonomy” endures even inside a married bond—is evident even though it dealt directly with child marriage. The archaic idea that a woman’s sexual autonomy is extinguished by marriage is maintained by the Chhattisgarh High Court, which treats lack of consent as irrelevant in the case of a wife who is older than 15. Secondly, the unequivocal assertion made by the Court that “the absence of consent of the wife for an unnatural act loses its importance” is also quite concerning. It ignores the fact that spousal immunity was never specifically acknowledged by Section 377 IPC, which made “unnatural offences” a crime until it was recited in Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India (2018), in context of homosexuality. In essence, the Court confuses Exception 2 of Section 375 with Section 377 without properly examining whether marital exemption extends to non-consensual oral or anal intercourse, which are commonly denounced as abuses of human dignity when performed under duress. Furthermore, a crucial piece of evidence—the wife’s dying declaration—was disregarded too hastily. Numerous times, courts have ruled that if a dying declaration is deemed trustworthy and voluntary, it may serve as the only foundation for conviction. Given her death shortly after, the victim’s unambiguous declaration in this instance connecting the accused’s act to her physical trauma should have been subject to more careful court review. Last but not least, the ruling ignores the fundamental rights guaranteed by Articles 14, 15, and 21 of the Constitution namely, equality, non-discrimination, and the right to a dignified life. The Court essentially excludes women from the protection of criminal law by permitting their married status to supersede their right to consent. In conclusion, the High Court’s decision highlights the obvious weakness in Indian criminal law concerning rape in marriage. It serves as an unsettling reminder that judicial decisions can perpetuate the very disparities that the law aims to eliminate when it is not consistent with constitutional principles. In order to balance interpersonal relationships with the fundamental right, a right that shouldn’t disappear at the altar of marriage, the case demands immediate legislative and judicial action.

Nationalism is not a Forwarded Message

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

“The first casualty of war is truth” goes an old saying. Nationalism is about loving our country and standing proud with our people. But today we live in a “post-truth” world where false information spreads faster than ever. Social media and messaging apps are flooded with news: some true, many fake. In such times, what does it mean to be a nationalist? It means supporting our nation with truth and vigilance. We must ask: if we forward every message that praises our side or bashes the other, are we helping our country, or could we be unknowingly spreading lies? True patriotism is not about blindly believing everything we read. To understand nationalism in the age of misinformation, let’s look at a recent example close to our hearts. In April 2025, terrorists attacked pilgrims in Pahalgam, killing 26 innocent people. In response, our forces launched Operation Sindoor on May 7, striking terrorist camps across the border in Pakistan and Pakistan-Occupied Kashmir. Every Indian felt proud of our Army’s swift action. But what followed was not just military retaliation from Pakistan; it was an explosion of fake news on social media. Within hours and days of the strikes, Pakistani social media handles started spreading false news claiming big victories against India. They pushed story after story on Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram, trying to show that Pakistan had struck back harder. In reality, many of these claims were completely fabricated. This was a coordinated effort to confuse people and shake our confidence. While our soldiers were fighting on the ground, another battle was raging online, a battle of information. Some of the fake stories were so outrageous that they would be laughable if they weren’t so dangerous. Here are a few examples of the misinformation spread during the event: Fake “Indian Army Post” Attack Video: One video shared by a Pakistani account showed bodies on the ground with a voiceover saying “these Pakistanis have done a lot of damage” it claimed that Pakistan’s Army destroyed an Indian Army post. The video was later proven to be staged and completely false. Our fact-checkers even noted that the video mentioned a unit called “20 Raj Battalion” which does not exist in our Army. This was a blatant lie aimed at spreading panic. False Strike on Amritsar Base: Another rumour came as a video posted on social media alleging a Pakistani missile strike on a military base in Amritsar with “numerous casualties.” This too, was fake. In fact, the video turned out to be footage of a wildfire from 2024, nothing to do with any attack. The government’s Press Information Bureau (PIB) quickly flagged this post as “Pakistan Propaganda” and urged people not to fall for it. Phantom Fighter Jet Shootdowns: We also saw claims that Pakistan shot down Indian fighter jets, including our advanced Rafale. Pictures and videos were circulated showing the wreckage of the aircraft. These claims were completely false. How do we know? Because the images were from old incidents: one was from a Mig-21 crash in Punjab in 2021, and another from a helicopter crash in 2019. Pakistani accounts took old crash photos and videos and tried to pass them off as current. They wanted to boast that “we shot down India’s jets” but it was all recycled footage. Misleading Surrender Story: Perhaps the most insulting fake story was one that tried to show Indian soldiers surrendering. An old video from 2019 showed Pakistani soldiers raising a white flag at the Line of Control (to retrieve their fallen comrades). Pakistani handles shared this video with a false caption that Indian Army troops were raising the white flag to recover the bodies of Indian soldiers. This claim was not only baseless, it flipped the truth on its head in an attempt to demoralise us. In the race for TRPs, truth is becoming the first casualty. Up to now, we’ve focused on shadowy online rumours and enemy propaganda but what happens when our mainstream media also falters? Unfortunately, during the crisis, some news outlets forgot that their first loyalty should be to the truth, not ratings. This is a dangerous development because people trust these channels for credible information. When that trust is misused, misinformation gets an even bigger megaphone. Take the example of a purported “exclusive” video of India’s airstrikes that made the rounds on news channels. In their zeal to get a sensational story, some channels didn’t vet it properly. Leading NewsChannels, for instance, claimed India captured Islamabad, Pakistan Army Chief Asim Munir was arrested and aired dramatic visuals of missiles lighting up the night sky, implying it was footage of Operation Sindoor, only for fact-checkers to later reveal that the clip was actually from an old Israeli airstrike in Gaza. It didn’t stop there. In print media, even a respected newspaper like The Hindu wasn’t immune: it briefly published an unverified report suggesting Indian Air Force jets had crashed in Kashmir, before quickly removing it when the story turned out to be baseless. These examples show how, in the heat of the moment, parts of our media ended up spreading the very falsehoods they should have been debunking. Why is this kind of sensationalism so dangerous, especially during wartime? Because when mainstream media outlets broadcast a story, people assume it’s been verified. If they prioritise TRPs over truth, they risk becoming unwitting propagandists for the enemy, or at the very least, creating a lot of noise when the nation needs clarity. As a democracy, we strongly uphold freedom of the press – Article 19(1)(a) of our Constitution guarantees the freedom of speech and expression. But this freedom is not absolute; Article 19(2) permits reasonable restrictions for purposes like protecting the sovereignty and security of the State. Put simply, while journalists have the freedom to report and criticise, they are not free to spread false information that could endanger national security or public order. There are also journalistic codes of conduct. The Press Council of India, which sets the norms for print media, explicitly warns against publishing “inaccurate, baseless, misleading or distorted” information. On the broadcast side, the News Broadcasters Standards Authority guidelines urge channels to avoid content that “encourages or incites violence” or undermines national security. In fact, the NBSA has noted that even if provocative or unverified videos are circulating on social media, news channels have an obligation to verify content before airing it. These principles make it clear that patriotism in the press means exercising restraint and rigour, verifying news, not sensationalising it. The challenge, however, is enforcement. Self-regulatory bodies can issue guidelines and even censure or fine offenders, but these measures are often mild. Perhaps it’s time to consider stricter enforcement or penalties for reckless wartime reporting. This doesn’t mean gagging the press or discouraging investigative journalism; it means drawing a line between responsible reporting and harmful rumour-mongering. During a national crisis, a TV channel that knowingly broadcasts fake news (or fails to retract it quickly upon discovering the truth) is betraying the public trust. Some argue that existing laws (like the Disaster Management Act or various IPC now BNS sections) could even be invoked if a news report is shown to directly incite panic or hatred. At the very least, editors and anchors should face professional consequences, such as suspension or larger fines, when they flout basic verification in situations where accuracy is a matter of national security. The youth of India, who consume a lot of news on TV and online, should be able to look up to news professionals as models of integrity and calm, especially in a crisis. It’s often said in journalism, “when in doubt, leave it out.” That adage is never more crucial than during a conflict. The bottom line for our media can be summed up in one urgent reminder: let’s not mistake noise for news. So, in this age of misinformation, how should we define nationalism? Nationalism is not just about chanting slogans or sharing patriotic posts. It’s about standing by our country in truth and in deed. Being a nationalist today means we refuse to be fooled by fake news, even if that fake news flatters our beliefs or insults our rivals. Likewise, if the enemy is trying to mislead us, we honour our nation by not falling into their trap. In short, nationalism in 2025 means being smart, not just emotional. It is up to each one of us, especially the youth who practically live online, to protect the truth. Every Indian citizen can be a digital soldier for our country by doing a few simple things: Verify Before You Share: The next time you see a shocking news snippet or a forwarded message, pause and verify it. Check if any reliable news outlets or official sources are reporting it. Often, a quick internet search or seeing if PIB’s fact-check handle has commented can save you from spreading a lie. Remember, misinformation often comes in the form of unverified “forwarded as received” messages. Don’t let your WhatsApp or Twitter become a weapon for enemy propaganda. Trust Official Sources: In times of conflict or national crisis, rely on official statements from our government, the Army, or trusted news. Our PIB has a fact-check unit precisely for this reason. They have even given a WhatsApp number and email for people to report dubious news. Use these tools if something sounds fishy about our Armed Forces or any critical issue; report it. By doing so, you help stop the fake news from spreading further. Educate Others: If you find a piece of news is fake, politely inform your friends or family who may have shared it. Many people spread fake news unintentionally. By educating one another, we create a chain reaction of truth telling. Encourage a healthy scepticism: it’s not “unpatriotic” to question a viral news story, in fact, it’s patriotic to ensure only the truth spreads about our country. Stay Calm, Don’t Panic: Misinformation is designed to create panic or hatred. By staying calm and thinking critically, we defeat that purpose. For example, if we saw claims of multiple cities under attack (when they’re not), panicking would only serve the enemy’s goals. Nationalism in the age of misinformation requires a mix of patriotism and pragmatism. We must indeed be proud Indians, celebrating our country’s victories, honouring our Army, and standing united against adversaries. At the same time, we must keep our eyes open and our wits sharp. Enemies of India, like those who spread fake news during the May 2025 conflict, want to divide us or mislead us. But we will not be divided. We will not allow lies to poison our unity or our understanding of what’s happening. Tushar V Sharma, Assistant Professor (Symbiosis Law School, Hyderabad) Every time you choose truth over a convenient lie, you are performing an act of nationalism. Every time you stop a rumour and replace it with fact, you strengthen our nation’s fabric. In this digital era, each one of us carries the responsibility of our country’s image and morale in our pockets and keyboards. Let’s pledge to be responsible, to think before we click “share” and to always ask, “Is it true? Is it verified?” before believing any sensational claim. Let’s all stand together to stop the spread of fake news. By doing so, we protect our country’s honour and ensure that the torch of truth burns bright, even in the storm of misinformation. That is nationalism in 2025, patriotic, grounded, and guided by truth. Let’s not mistake noise for news. Tushar V Sharma, Assistant Professor (Symbiosis Law School, Hyderabad)

Will Artificial Intelligence Replace Lawyers? The Evolving Legal Landscape

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

A popular refrain echoes through legal technology conferences and webinars: “Lawyers won’t be replaced by AI, but lawyers with AI will replace lawyers without AI.» This statement offers a degree of comfort to legal professionals navigating rapid technological advancement, suggesting AI is primarily an augmentation tool rather than a replacement. While many practitioners hope this holds true, a fundamental question remains: Is it legally possible for AI, operating independently, to replace lawyers under the current regulatory frameworks governing the legal profession? As it stands, the rules surrounding the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) in most jurisdictions present a significant hurdle. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is becoming more and more prominent in the business world and changing how organisations operate. The legal sector is no exception, with AI being implemented by firms for a number of reasons. Change can often be challenging and can lead to misgivings. It’s natural to ask the question: Will robots replace lawyers? We explore how legal tech and AI are currently used and how the future of the sector is looking. The Current Situation Of AI In Law AI is already present in the legal sector and is becoming increasingly prevalent. The Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA) reported “Three quarters of the largest solicitors’ firms were using AI” at the end of 2022, which was almost twice the amount reported three years previous. It also found at least 60% of large firms and a third of medium sized firms were exploring the potential of AI. Currently, AI is used in a variety of ways. Some firms may use an AI powered chatbot on their website or to automate call handling as a first point of contact for clients. However, much of AIs current use is focused on supporting the work of legal professionals by automating repetitive tasks, streamlining processes by generating contracts, managing firm finances and supporting legal research. AI is already used to support legal research and there are already a number of successful tools used in the sector which use machine learning and natural language processing (NLP). Because these tools can scan thousands upon thousands of legal documents they can help significantly reduce research time and produce more accurate results. They can also generate trends in data, evaluate legal strategies and even predict the outcome of cases. Advantages of using AI powered legal research tools There’s no denying legal research can be time consuming. AI tools can perform these tasks in a fraction of the time, which allows legal professionals to focus on their clients and legal strategies. Because the tools are able to review so much information they may produce more results and discover material which could be missed. It can also identify potential inconsistencies in documents and ensure documentation is legally accurate and compliant. AI can also help save money and improve accessibility to databases, which could be particularly beneficial for smaller firms. Disadvantages of AI powered legal research tools Despite the many advantages, AI powered legal research tools aren’t perfect. Legal work still requires the skills of a legal professional. Lawyers will need to contextualise the research, identify the nuances and adapt the provided results for their current cases. It’s also important to remember that AI can only work with the data it has been provided with. If a database is incomplete for example, then the results could lead to inaccuracies and biases. There are ethical questions around confidentiality and how AI is used and regulated by the legal profession. There are also concerns lawyers could become over reliant on AI. For example, two lawyers in the USA were fined for submitting fake court citations generated by ChatGPT. This alone highlights that, whilst AI powered research can support legal practice, the skills and knowledge of a human lawyer are still a necessity. Finally, consider the other side of the coin. If AI can support the legal world, how is it being used by criminals? We have already experienced ‘deepfakes’ and voice imitation. Legal professionals need to consider how criminals can use AI to manipulate and deceive in the future. Will Robots Replace Lawyers? There are benefits to AI in legal practice – particularly when used to improve workflow and automate the painstaking, repetitive tasks lawyers might have to undertake. That said, it’s unlikely robots will replace lawyers. Practicing law requires human intelligence and emotion, after all, your clients are human too. AI can’t replace your critical thinking, legal advocacy skills, or the relationship you can build with your clients. AI has demonstrated remarkable efficiency in handling repetitive and time-consuming legal tasks, such as: Document Review & E-Discovery, wherein AI tools can swiftly scan and analyze large volumes of legal documents, identifying key information and reducing manual workload. AI-driven platforms can provide precise case law and statutory references, significantly improving research efficiency. AI can also detect crucial clauses, flag potential risks, and ensure compliance with legal regulations. However, despite these advancements, AI cannot replace human lawyers in areas requiring: Negotiation and Mediation, wherein Effective dispute resolution often involves persuasion, empathy, and human intuition, all of which AI lacks. Litigation requires adaptability, argumentation skills, and the ability to assess and respond to human behavior, making AI unsuitable for courtroom representation. AI can analyze data but struggles with abstract thinking, moral considerations, and case-specific nuances. The legal profession is bound by strict ethical and regulatory frameworks that govern issues like: Attorney-Client Privilege & Confidentiality, Bias in AI Algorithms and Accountability & Professional Responsibility. Is AI the future of law? Rather than replacing lawyers, AI is reshaping the legal profession, requiring professionals to adapt and develop new skills. Instead of viewing AI as a threat, lawyers should leverage AI to enhance their capabilities. AI can handle tedious administrative tasks, allowing legal professionals to focus on high-value responsibilities such as: Client counseling, Negotiation and litigation and Legal strategy and innovation. By integrating AI into daily workflows, lawyers can increase efficiency, improve accuracy, and provide better client services. Legal professionals must stay updated on AI advancements and understand how to integrate technology into their practice. This involves: Learning about AI-powered legal research tools, Understanding the ethical implications of AI in law, and Participating in legal tech workshops and training programs. As AI takes over routine legal work, lawyers should focus on skills that AI cannot replicate, such as: Critical Thinking & Problem-Solving – Evaluating complex legal issues and making strategic decisions; Emotional Intelligence – Communicating effectively with clients, understanding their concerns, and offering personalized legal guidance. And Ethical Judgment & Advocacy – Navigating legal dilemmas, ensuring justice, and advocating for clients in court. While AI is undoubtedly transforming the legal profession by enhancing efficiency, streamlining research, and automating repetitive tasks, it is not poised to replace lawyers entirely. The legal field requires human judgment, ethical reasoning, emotional intelligence, and adaptability—qualities that AI currently lacks. Rather than viewing AI as a competitor, legal professionals should embrace it as a powerful tool to augment their expertise and improve service delivery. The future of law lies in a balanced integration of AI and human expertise, where technology handles administrative burdens while lawyers focus on strategic thinking, advocacy, and client relationships. By staying informed about AI advancements, developing essential human-centric skills, and advocating for ethical AI use, legal professionals can thrive in an AI-enhanced legal landscape. Ultimately, AI will not replace lawyers, but lawyers who effectively utilize AI will have a significant advantage in the evolving legal industry. Dr. S.Krishnan is an Associate Professor in Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur Ms. Anushka Singh is a First Year Student of BBALLB (H) in Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur.

Shielding judicial propriety against casual remarks

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Recent proceedings in the Supreme Court and certain High Courts have brought to light a growing concern: judges, albeit acting in good faith, have made oral observations framed in language indicative of personal opinion, with only a tenuous connection to the facts and legal issues under consideration. The Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court, in In Re: Remarks by High Court Judge During Court Proceedings (2024), observed that “The perception of justice to every segment of society is as important as the rendition of justice as an objective fact,” and that “casual observations often reflect individual bias of the judges,” thereby warranting caution on the part of judges. In the era of social media, where news is consumed in brief snippets, such observations can have unintended adverse repercussions for the subjects involved and may undermine the fairness of trial proceedings. This underscores the need for a deeper examination of the role and limits of judicial commentary in the courtroom. Off-the-cuff remarks When a judge of the Karnataka High Court referred to a specific territorial area in Bangalore as “Pakistan,” the Supreme Court promptly initiated suo motu proceedings and strictly advised caution and reasonable restraint. Also, in Imran Pratapgadhi v. State of Gujarat (2025), the Court emphasized that a judge’s personal distaste for particular words or expressions cannot impede the fulfilment of constitutional responsibilities or the delivery of impartial justice. Further, in Ranveer Gautam Allahabadia v. Union of India (2025), even though interim protection from arrest was duly granted, the judges orally lashed out at the petitioner, to the extent of calling him “perverted” with a “dirty mind.” Similarly, Rahul Gandhi v. State of UP and Anr (2025) was a defamation matter involving comments made against freedom fighter V.D. Savarkar, wherein interim relief was duly granted, notwithstanding an oral remark stating that “if the petitioner knew anything about the history and geography” of the nation, he wouldn’t have made such comments in the first place. However, transgressing judicial propriety outside the courtroom, a sitting judge of the Allahabad High Court, whilst delivering a lecture on the Uniform Civil Code at an event, vehemently asserted that the country would function in accordance with the “wishes of the majority.” Challenges There are multiple challenges posed by such misdemeanours on the part of judges. First, such remarks are susceptible to misinterpretation. For instance, in 2021, the Madras High Court casually remarked that the Election Commission of India should be booked for murder for allowing election rallies during the pandemic, thereby impliedly and unintentionally attributing culpability to a constitutional body. Second, it is contrary to the principle of judicial propriety, which demands adherence to decorum, the embrace of impartiality, and the practice of reasonable restraint, irrespective of the informal nature of courtroom interactions. Third, such oral observations often reflect personal biases and accumulated predispositions based on a judge’s life experiences and can bring disrepute to judicial integrity. Fourth, when expressed at the pre-trial stage, such subjective views can potentially prejudice the trial outcome. Fifth, given the expansive reach of legal reporting and live streaming, where judicial observations are often consumed in a piecemeal manner, such comments can result in the premature media trial of the accused. Lastly, from a layman’s perspective, it is particularly challenging to grasp the context and essence of such remarks without specialized legal reasoning. Safeguarding judicial propriety One of the most effective solutions was articulated by the Supreme Court in Election Commission of India v. M.R. Vijay Bhaskar (2021), where it observed: “Language, both on the Bench and in judgments, must comport with judicial propriety. Judicial language is a window to a conscience sensitive to constitutional ethos. Bereft of its understated balance, language risks losing its symbolism as a protector of human dignity.” Furthermore, the widespread live streaming of court proceedings post-COVID has added multiple layers of audience, extending the contours of courtroom spectatorship to individuals beyond the physical premises of the courtroom. This development imposes an added responsibility on all stakeholders in the judicial system. Additionally, the Supreme Court, in In Re: Remarks by High Court Judge During Court Proceedings (2024), called upon judges to first become aware of their own predispositions shaped by personal life experiences, as such awareness is a sine qua non for preventing those predispositions from influencing their language, both on the Bench and in judgments. Also, it would be prudent to draw inspiration from the JCIO (Judicial Conduct Investigations Office) model and consider establishing a judicial conduct accountability body in India, with jurisdiction limited strictly to matters of personal misconduct. JCIO, an independent statutory body established under the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 in England, assists the Lord Chancellor and the Lady Chief Justice in overseeing judicial discipline. Empowered to address even minor misconduct, such as offensive language or rudeness, the JCIO follows a structured process that may involve reviewing hearing recordings, consulting third parties, and obtaining responses from the judge concerned to assess the validity of complaints. Lastly, it is also imperative to institutionalize sensitization and training as periodic exercises to ensure that judicial remarks remain firmly grounded in legal reasoning upholding the fairness of proceedings. Because being higher or supreme comes with no guarantee of being infallible. Shivang Tripathi is a Doctoral Researcher, Faculty of Law, Banaras Hindu University and Dr. Shaiwal Satyarthi is a Professor at the Faculty of Law, University of Delhi

Surveillance and national security: The quandary of balancing privacy and public interest

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The advent of emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence, facial recognition, and biometrics, in conjunction with geopolitical tensions between big powers such as China and the United States, has led to a conflicting relationship between national security and privacy. The interlinked concepts of national security and privacy are inseparable from technological advancement. While national security scholars underscore the dynamic and continually evolving nature of threats, the absence of a universally accepted definition of privacy complicates efforts to safeguard personal data, with both perspectives bearing significant implications for data protection frameworks. The 21st century technological revolution presents a paradigm shift in the understanding of national security and the thinning of data protection and individual privacy. The geopolitics and tech war underlying these challenges are intricate. On the one hand, the United States model of data privacy and national security is deeply rooted in constitutionalism, judicial oversight, and the significance of individual liberty. To contrast, the Chinese model, under the authority of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP), puts precedence on national security before individual rights. Privacy, as a concept, is deeply rooted in an individual’s relationship with society across the interplay of cultural, economic, and political contexts. Various legal theorists, scholars and thought leaders have attempted to define this concept. Fundamentally, privacy at its core comprises the right to solitude, restricted access to the self, and the capacity to regulate the disclosure of personal information. Additionally, there is the issue of ethics as well as privacy. It is argued that the tools that allow for monitoring activities abuse individual rights and, thus the guidance on these should be applied by legislative authorities on issues which would breach the legal frameworks. As a preliminary matter it can be said that the scale of surveillance happening today poses a myriad of problems, from the invasion of privacy to the distortion of state-society relations. There is considerable focus on the need for adequate privacy protection owing to bulk data collection for various public health interventions. There has been a major leap in data transfer and collection with the rise of digital technology in remote work, education, and health monitoring. The proliferation of monitoring has made it impossible to discern between government and commercial spying. Both sectors rely on the same technology and operate through public-private partnerships. Surveillance technology, untamed AI-generated bots within the public sphere, and the distribution of deepfakes and disinformation means protecting one’s privacy, now more than ever, will be impossible. As a result, the newest violation of human rights will flourish. Experts predict a surge in social crimes, violence, harassment, and any other offense that attacks a person’s security or rights. All of this seems to stem from the reality that more advanced AI will be introduced, which poses a grave fear of anticipated inflation, leading to job loss as a consequence and downward spiral into poverty, degrading the value of humanity. People have a right to privacy basically for balancing state power and citizens’ interests, allowing development in democracy, creating social and economic progress, and enhancing individual liberty. Without it, free thinking and free speech, especially with modern technologies, including new media, social networks, etc., would not thrive. Respect for privacy has become an indispensable component in enabling the Internet to function as the information and communication backbone of modern society. The very fabric of freedom of speech, free association, and communication rests on the respect of that information community for privacy. Surveillance is often viewed with disdain due to an entitlement perceived as the violation of people’s personal space. The underlying belief is that surveillance is intrinsically bad because the mere act of gathering data on individuals violates privacy whether this information is eventually misused or abused. However, it is necessary to critically analyze how this construction of privacy is being commonly defined and whether such surveillance-related activity can be summarily regarded as an incursion on human rights. India does not have a comprehensive data protection legal regime like the GDPR fleshed out by the European Union. The absence of clarity about the law amplifies risks, especially in large data collection initiatives such as the Aadhaar and the NPR. The Supreme Court of India declared in the Puttaswamy case that the right to privacy is an integral component of the right to life and personal liberty under Article 21 as well as the freedoms protected by Part III of the Constitution. Speaking of the European GDPR, although it imparts rights to individuals to self-determine the use of their personal data, it remains vague on the timing when national security generally upsurges above the very basics of privacy rights. The regulation provides, within Article 23, a national security exemption, with not much clarity as to its application; hence businesses are left at a loss regarding the treatment of data erasure requests borne out of security concerns. (Council on Foreign Relations, 2019) The European Union does not possess the self-governing capacities regarding the national security domain, such as the statutes and adjudication of privacy rights through state intelligence agencies. It can, however, monitor the privacy rights of extraterritorial espionage companies that are supplied personal information from the EU markets or society members. The four bilateral treaties with the United States are supposed to protect citizens of other countries, their public policies restrict the scope of dissemination and protection for data of EU origin and EU citizens. The geopolitical situations and precedents of terror in the Indian environment endorse the institution of a medium of watchful surveillance to disrupt terror designs, cover terrorist movements, and to upkeep the integrity and safety of the nation and its citizens. Scholars have suggested that countries under severe internal pitfalls, no matter their income standing, may be motivated to invest in their citizens’ surveillance so as to give protection for them. Judicial oversight of surveillance conditioning should be institutionalized in order to avoid abuse of power. Independent review mechanisms, similar as assigned courts, can ensure that surveillance adheres to constitutional principles. Independent review mechanisms, including public reporting on surveillance practices, are pivotal for fostering responsibility. More investments in cybersecurity and privacy-enhancing technologies can mitigate the risks associated with data breaches and unauthorized access. The balance between national security and personal privacy must be guaranteed by political leaders through the use of open oversight, a legal system, and technical solutions. Priorities must be set by politicians along both fronts. Not only should they seek to justify practices that calculate on monitoring but also constantly, while taking care to uphold the public interest, not only should they seek to justify practices that rely on monitoring but also constantly, while taking care to uphold the public interest, evaluate such systems against possible breaches of individual rights as well as democratic ideals. Adapting the legal frameworks should find a balance between security and privacy amid advances in technology and increasing safety threats, thereby ensuring a safe environment for persons. As technology continues to evolve, these questions will take on increasing importance in shaping the future of privacy in our society. Krithika Chandrashekara Jamkhandi, LL.M. Intellectual Property Rights and Technology Law, School of Law, RV University.

Give us Hafiz & Azhar, Munir!

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Right after the terrorist attack in Pahalgam, I wrote in this very column reflecting the anger simmering in our country: “Our blood is boiling, let’s get it over with!” The way India responded to Pakistan’s provocations, it did seem like the mood was indeed set for a final showdown. But suddenly, a tweet from the US President Donald Trump stated that India and Pakistan had agreed to an immediate ceasefire. Everyone was shocked as to how this happened? How did Trump make the announcement even before the two countries involved? But Trump knows how to work his magic. The American team facilitated communication between top officials and leaders from both countries and explained to India that the matter should not fall into China’s hands and hence, the ceasefire was necessary. Just before agreeing to the ceasefire, India declared that any future terrorist activity would be considered an act of war. There is no doubt that war is not good. I have always believed that dialogue is a better option. But Pakistan’s tail is so crooked that one cannot expect it to mend ways. Even after the ceasefire was declared on Saturday evening, Pakistan attempted drone attacks from Jammu and Kashmir to Rajasthan. Our military thwarted them, but Pakistan’s deceit was exposed. As I write this column on Sunday, the border remains quiet but how long that peace will last is anyone’s guess. General Munir, the Pakistan army chief, has twisted Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif’s arm. Even Nawaz Sharif tried to make Shehbaz see sense, but his late night praise of Munir made it clear he is trying to save his government. He certainly doesn’t want to end up like Imran Khan! I have always said the government there (in Pakistan) is controlled by the army and the intelligence agency ISI. Munir’s cunning is evident from the fact that he is trying to curry favour with both the US and China at the same time. The $1.3 billion loan recently approved by the IMF came with strings attached, either Pakistan had to agree to a ceasefire or the money would not have come through. Moreover, given the way India rendered their air defence system ineffective, it would have been impossible for them to hold their ground militarily. Another interesting aspect tied to this is that the failed air defence system called HQ-9 was Chinese-made. China is looking to market this system globally, and its failure in Pakistan could hurt those prospects. Another crucial point is that Pakistan had assumed that the people of Kashmir would come out in its support but that didn’t happen at all. In fact, the people of Jammu and Kashmir opposed Pakistan. I particularly want to praise the chief minister Omar Abdullah, who has put Kashmir on the path of progress. In this entire development, the Congress party, unfortunately, did not take the stand it was expected to. In fact, I would go so far as to say that both Omar Abdullah and Asaduddin Owaisi won the hearts by showing Pakistan its true place. On behalf of the Indian Army, Colonel Sofia Qureshi’s press briefing sent a clear message: No matter what religion one follows in India, all Indians stand united. As for India agreeing to the ceasefire, it aligns with our age-old culture of peace. We are a peaceloving nation that follows the path of Lord Mahavir, Lord Buddha and Mahatma Gandhi. We believe in the ideal of ‘Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam’ (the world is one family). History bears witness that India has never attacked another country. We follow the principle of ‘live and let live’. But if anyone dares to challenge us, we are more than capable to strike back forcefully. We may not get angry easily, but if provoked, we can unleash the ‘tandav’ (fury) of Lord Shiva and carry out the destruction of demons like Goddess Kali without hesitation. Even in the most recent incident, Pakistan first shed the blood of innocent tourists in Pahalgam. When India retaliated, Pakistan bombed civilian areas along the border, killing more than 16 of our people. Despite all this, India did not target civilian sites in Pakistan. Our strikes were solely against terrorists. The Pakistan military, meanwhile, continues to shelter all the terrorists to protect them from being eliminated. However, in the Indian offensive, 10 family members of the notorious terrorist Masood Azhar were killed and five dreaded terrorists were also neutralised. During the funeral of Lashkar-eTaiba’s Mudassar Khadian Khas alias Abu Jundal, the Pakistani army gave a guard of honour. Munir and Punjab chief minister Maryam Nawaz even paid tribute to him. Pakistan military officers also attended the funerals of Jaish-e-Mohammed’s Hafiz Muhammed Jameel, IC-814 hijacker Mohammad Yusuf Azhar, Mohammad Hasan Khan and Lashkar’s Khalid alias Abu Akasha. It is abundantly clear that we do not want war either, because war brings destruction. But we cannot accept terrorism too. Let me put this plainly that if Pakistan truly wants peace and does not wish to see India’s ferocity again, then hand over Hafiz Saeed and Masood Azhar to us, Munir. That is in your best interest. Otherwise, we will not hold back! Jai Hind! The author is the chairman, Editorial Board of Lokmat Media and former member of Rajya Sabha.

Cash transfers at scale: What these schemes reveal about governance in India

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In a country where governance has often struggled to keep pace with its promises, the recent rollout of cash transfer schemes for women has set an audacious benchmark: efficiency with precision. In 2025 it is estimated that 13 crore women will receive a total of INR 2 lakh crores as cash transfers! Since 2020, 14 states have launched and promised to launch cash transfer programs designed to increase women’s financial autonomy. There is extensive evidence of the empowering effects of providing cash transfers which enhance women’s control over financial resources. Such transfers not only lead to an increase in households’ assets, consumption, and food security, but also has deep psychological benefits such as increase in happiness and life satisfaction, and reduction in stress, worries, and depression. As such, unconditional cash transfers are directly linked to women empowerment. Interestingly, several of these schemes including in MP, Jharkhand, Maharashtra, Karnataka have been launched in the weeks leading up to or following elections, which has required a rapid rollout. The need for quick, population-scale rollouts while minimizing errors and leakage presents a significant governance challenge. To do this, states have to register, verify, and disburse funds to crores of beneficiaries without compromising accuracy. This is no small feat. In Maharashtra, 1.8 crore women applied for Ladki Bahin Yojana in 25 days. Karnataka registered 1.33 crore verified beneficiaries between announcement of the Gruha Lakshmi scheme on July 15, 2023 and the release of the first payment on August 30, 2023. In West Bengal, over 1 crore women applied in 8 days. This would have been unimaginable even 10 years ago where benefit transfers were less targeted, often reaching only a fraction of the intended beneficiaries and facing challenges like delay, fraud and leakage. The governance challenge of scaling precision and speed To pull this off, governments across states have relied on a few key levers – Phygital first approach Take the application process where states faced a fundamental dilemma: how do you ensure every eligible woman knows about the scheme and can apply, even in the remotest corners? Governments tackled this by embracing a “phygital” approach—a combination of physical and digital. On one end, digital portals and apps allowed women with internet access to apply seamlessly. On the other, local officials and volunteers went door to door, set up temporary camps, and assisted women with registration. For many women, particularly in rural areas, these face-to-face interactions were essential in driving registration, and temporary outreach camps sprang into action, ensuring no one was left out >>, >>. This dual approach helped the schemes cut through the barriers of digital exclusion and raise awareness. Here, states customised their approach. Maharashtra launched a dedicated app, Narishakti Doot, for the scheme with the effect that 1.3 out of 1.8 crore applications received initially were through online mode. Whereas, Madhya Pradesh and Tamil Nadu chose to only accept offline applications, instead providing a portal and app to the enumerators to upload applications. For offline applications, Tamil Nadu leveraged its network of Fair Price Shops to register beneficiaries whereas Karnataka leaned on its network of Karnataka One, Grama One and Bapuji Sewa Kendras for registration. Precision through existing digital infrastructure After collecting applications, it is necessary to verify them and disburse benefits to eligible beneficiaries, while ensuring benefit does not leak to ineligible persons. What truly enabled this was India’s pre-existing digital infrastructure centred around Aadhaar, which is in-turn linked to bank account, mobile number and ration card. These foundations allowed states to verify the identity of women, catch any income-based (ration card) and age-based (Aadhaar) exclusions, set up to relay timely information to beneficiaries (mobile phone) and eventually transfer the benefit to the Aadhaar-linked bank account. Using Aadhaar as the anchor for verification, cut down what would have been months of manual vetting into days of automated checks. Where Aadhaar or banking coverage was incomplete, states launched parallel efforts to plug the gaps—holding simultaneous Aadhaar enrolment drives, creating or fast-tracking account linkages at banks. States also leaned on other databases like ration card, state IDs, income tax payer list, government’s own HRMS to cross-check other inclusions such as residence in the state, not a tax payer or government employee. By integrating multiple datasets, states not only ensured accuracy but also drastically reduced the scope for leakage. Handling errors For those whose applications were rejected, states established a transparent and responsive grievance system. Once the initial application drive was closed, provisional beneficiary lists were made public, and applicants received SMS notifications on their registered numbers. Those whose applications were rejected were given a set timeline to contest the decision. Here, local units and district officials reviewed grievances and updated corrections swiftly. Hence, a combination of grassroots mobilization and digital infrastructure created a feedback loop that was nimble and adaptive. Beyond cash transfer: Unlocking the full potential of this infrastructure The rapid rollout of cash transfer schemes across India is a powerful reminder of how far we’ve come in using technology to improve governance. What began with Aadhaar in 2009, evolved with direct benefit transfer in 2013, and expanded further to become the backbone of a new welfare model. It’s a model that blends offline engagement with digital precision, reaching crores who were once excluded from the system. By delivering funds accurately and quickly, this system opens the door to increasing investment in social welfare, ensuring more resources reach those who need them. It also sets the stage for adopting proactive governance, where the government identifies eligible individuals and provide benefits automatically, shifting the onus from the citizen to the government entirely. Ankur Bansal, Founder, GDi Partners

Operation Sindoor: India’s Strategic and Civilisational Assertion to Fight against Terror

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In an era marked by global uncertainty and regional volatility, Prime Minister Narendra Modi emerged as a statesman of rare foresight and civilisational gravitas with his historic address to the nation on May 12, 2025. With unmatched clarity, moral conviction, and strategic depth, he unveiled Operation Sindoor—a new normal with counter-terror operation that not only redefined India’s security doctrine but also reaffirmed the timeless wisdom that underpins its national identity. This was not merely a precision response to terror—it was a moment of profound leadership, rooted in dharma and driven by national dignity, the Prime Minister’s message echoed the voice of a resurgent civilisation reclaiming its rightful place on the global stage. In one resolute declaration, PM Modi conveyed that India will no longer tolerate the erosion of its sovereignty, nor will it be constrained by outdated doctrines of restraint. It was a bold, visionary recalibration of India’s geopolitical posture—anchored in wisdom, executed with precision, and guided by an unshakable commitment to protect Bharat. Strategic Precision, Moral Clarity India’s response under Operation Sindoor—neutralising over 100 terrorists, including high-value targets along the Line of Control—was swift, surgical, and strategically calibrated. Far from reactionary, it demonstrated an evolved doctrine of credible deterrence backed by operational readiness and political resolve. PM emphatically stated that terror & talk and terror and trade cannot coexist, and blood and water cannot flow together. The Prime Minister reiterated that any dialogue or future engagement with Pakistan will revolve around only on cross-border terrorism; and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK). This was actually not a rhetorical brinkmanship. It is in fact a principled foreign policy position, grounded in international law, strategic realism, and India’s deep-rooted civilisational ethos. It reaffirms that India will no longer allow the pain of its citizens or the sanctity of its borders to be compromised by diplomatic ambiguity or global appeasement. Operation Sindoor: Symbolism as Strategy The very name—Sindoor—is laden with civilisational significance. In Indian tradition, sindoor represents motherhood, sacred continuity, and the life force of the nation. Naming this operation thus sends a clear and loud message: the protection of Bharat. More critically, the operational restraint shown—targeting only terror infrastructure and military assets, while avoiding civilian casualties—underscores India’s commitment to ethical warfare. It reflects the Gita’s martial philosophy: to fight only when dharma is endangered, and to fight only the unjust, never the innocent. This approach offers a rare model of just war theory in the modern world—where military might is wielded not in vengeance, but in service of higher principles. It sends a powerful signal: India’s strength is governed by its conscience, not in fury. Moreover, this operation reinforces that India believes in the philosophy of Buddha, not of Yuddha. From Strategic Restraint to Strategic Assertion Operation Sindoor marks a clear departure from India’s traditional policy of strategic restraint. As PM Modi noted, India has now built a protective architecture that enables calibrated and immediate response. This evolution represents more than just military preparedness—it reflects a psychological shift in India’s national security paradigm. The era of “first tolerance, then response” has been replaced by “zero tolerance, immediate deterrence.” India is no longer a passive player in the regional security calculus—it is a proactive and principled power. This doctrine also reshapes India’s global partnerships. It aligns with emerging powers seeking strategic clarity and ethical leadership in a chaotic multipolar world. India’s model of civilisational assertiveness—neither expansionist nor apologetic—could well redefine the contours of 21st-century diplomacy. Rooted in Dharma, Guided by Shakti What truly distinguished the moment was not merely the geopolitical decisiveness of India’s actions, but their deep-rooted alignment with the nation’s spiritual and philosophical heritage. The foundational ethos of Indian civilisation has always guided its approach to conflict—not through aggression, but through the imperative of dharma, or righteous duty. The timeless verse from the Bhagavad Gita— “Yada yada hi dharmasya glaanir bhavati Bharata…” (“Whenever righteousness declines and injustice rises, I manifest myself”)—captures the very essence of why and when a civilisation must rise to defend itself. Similarly, the profound wisdom of Guru Gobind Singh Ji— “Chu kar az hama heelt e dar guzshat, Halal ast burdan ba shamsheer dast” (“When all avenues of justice are exhausted, it is righteous to draw the sword”)—resonates deeply in the India’s traditional moral imagination. These are not calls to war; they are ethical frameworks for action in the face of injustice. Operation Sindoor, in this context, is not just a military manoeuvre—it is a civilisational response to the desecration of peace, a reaffirmation of India’s strength. A Nation United in Resolve This address transcended politics. It resonated with 140 crore Indians—across regions, faiths, and ideologies—galvanising a national consensus that India stands united in the face of terror. From city streets to border villages, from students to soldiers, a new national confidence has emerged—one that is neither jingoistic nor timid, but self-assured and mature. The speech was strategic and spiritual, assertive, and composed, modern in its articulation but ancient in its foundation. A Civilisational State on the Global Stage Operation Sindoor is not merely a military response—it is a milestone in the evolution of India’s national doctrine. It represents the convergence of shakti (strength) and dharma (righteousness), but more importantly, it reflects the unwavering willpower, ethical grounding, and strategic foresight of a civilisation determined to chart its own destiny. In a world often driven by transactional alliances and tactical ambiguity, India’s stand is rooted in timeless values and guided by a vision that balances assertiveness with restraint, strength with morality, and tradition with transformation. This is the emergence of a civilisational state that does not merely react to threats—it anticipates them, confronts them with dignity, and redefines the terms of global engagement. Message is loud and clear that India will not bow down to rhetoric of nuclear threat blackmailing. With Operation Sindoor, India has not just defended its borders—it has reasserted its soul. This marks the rise of a confident Bharat: self-assured, anchored with ethics, and strategically resolute. This is not merely a new India. This is a wise India—guided by timeless principles. A righteous India—anchored in dharma and moral virtue. A determined India—resolute in purpose, united in spirit, and fearless in action. Jai Hind. Vande Mataram! (Views expressed are personal) Prof Raghavendra P. Tiwari, Vice Chancellor, Central University of Punjab

Why India’s strategy for identifying legitimate targets worked

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

At a time when Wahhabi-inspired terror networks have been dismantled globally—including in their heartlands such as Saudi Arabia—three well-known terrorist hubs continued to operate openly within Pakistan: Bahawalpur, Muridke, and Sialkot. These sites, long identified as centers of extremist activity, became legitimate targets for India in the aftermath of the devastating Pahalgam attack. India’s response was swift, precise, and underpinned by a coherent strategic doctrine. This doctrine, articulated by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, is based on three key tenets: swift and decisive retaliation to any terror attack on Indian soil, an end to nuclear blackmail, and indiscriminate targeting of terrorists and their supporters, even across the border. Speaking to the nation, the Prime Minister reiterated that while “this is not an era of war,” it also “cannot be an era of terrorism.” His statement, “blood and water cannot flow together,” encapsulates the shift in India’s approach to cross-border threats. India’s decision to strike Bahawalpur, Muridke, and Sialkot was not only tactically astute but also resonated with the international community. Countries grappling with terrorism found India’s actions relatable and justified. In many ways, this mirrored actions taken by Iran against Pakistani-based terror threats, Saudi Arabia’s strikes on the Houthis, and the U.S. operation that eliminated Osama bin Laden on Pakistani soil. By penetrating deep into Pakistan’s mainland and targeting these long-protected terror enclaves, India shattered the illusion of impunity. The leadership—both political and strategic—was central to the operation. National Security Advisor Ajit Doval crafted the plan, and Prime Minister Modi approved its execution, describing the targeted institutions as “global universities of terrorism.” While Pakistan anticipated a conventional military standoff along the border, India employed operational misdirection and caught it off guard. On the night of May 6, India executed precision strikes that reportedly eliminated over 100 militants. These attacks were not directed at civilian or general military infrastructure—thereby avoiding unnecessary escalation—but were limited to internationally recognized terrorist installations, many of which were named in UN Security Council reports. Bahawalpur, Muridke, and Sialkot have long been associated with groups like Lashkar-e-Taiba, Jaish-e-Mohammed, and Hizbul Mujahideen—all of which are proscribed under UN resolutions. The Muridke complex, for instance, is the headquarters of Lashkar-e-Taiba and has been linked to Osama bin Laden and the 2008 Mumbai attacks. Spread over 82 acres, the complex houses a madrassa, residential facilities, commercial zones, training grounds, and even a fish farm—all allegedly repurposed for radicalization and military training. Multiple investigations and charge sheets have traced the origins of terrorist attacks on Indian soil back to these locations, confirming their role in promoting cross-border terrorism. India’s response, therefore, was both a matter of self-defense and a global precedent. It demonstrated that a sovereign state has not just the right but the obligation to dismantle terrorist infrastructures when the host nation refuses to act. In retaliation, Pakistan escalated the conflict through drone strikes aimed at civilian infrastructure—targeting schools, religious institutions, and public spaces from Srinagar to Bhuj. This prompted India to intensify its operations in three phases: dismantling terror hubs, striking urban centers like Lahore, and neutralizing strategic air bases. The psychological and military impact on Pakistan was considerable. Yet, despite the heightened tensions, India exercised restraint. The situation did not spiral into an extended conflict. A ceasefire was eventually re-established, with India having achieved its key strategic objectives. It continues to hold important diplomatic levers—such as the Indus Waters Treaty and international aviation agreements—to keep pressure on Islamabad. This campaign reflects a mature and calibrated national security doctrine—one that prioritizes decisive action against legitimate threats while safeguarding diplomatic credibility and economic stability. The message is unambiguous: terrorism will be met with unwavering resolve, but India will respond with legitimacy, precision, and strategic clarity.

ONE REASSURING TAKEAWAY FROM OP SINDOOR

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The one question that everyone needs to ask is simply this - what, or rather who was India’s biggest support during the recent conflict with Pakistan. We saw how China stood by Pakistan, how the United States, Japan, Russia, UK, France....everyone supported the IMF loan to Pakistan with only India abstaining. Who stood by India? Did one single country come out unequivocally in our support, the way China and even Turkey were backing Pakistan? And yet India held her ground. This is because her biggest strength came from within, it is the people of India that stood united behind the government. This is what gave Prime Minister Modi and our armed forces the biggest support they needed. Lets begin with the political class. The Opposition stood firm behind the Prime Minister’s decision to launch Operation Sindoor. Post Pahalgam a go-ahead was given by the political class to the PM to take whatever actions needed and when he did, no questions were asked. Whatever questions there were, are coming now at a time when there seems to be a ceasefire, or atleast a pause in place. In fact some of the faces that articulated India’s viewpoint on the global stage came from the Opposition with Shashi Tharoor, the Congress MP and Chairman of the Standing Committee on External Affairs taking the lead. He was not fielded by the government or even the opposition but as he says, did so in his capacity as an Indian. That he is one of the more articulate faces in India today and has his own credibility on the global stage gave him - and India - the extra heft he needed to get our point of view across. It was a view that needed to be voiced as Pakistan has proved that it is an expert at managing narratives. We needed to counter their fake propaganda and Tharoor did an excellent job. Others who spoke up included Assaduddin Owaisi and J&K Chief Minister Omar Abdullah. Another source of strength were the people of India. Despite Pakistan’s best attempts to divide us on communal lines, starting from the nature of the Pahalgam attack, the Hindus and Muslim remained united, as Indians first. Later during Operation Sindoor Pakistan made a false claim that India was targeting Nankana Sahib gurudwara and had even planned to attack the Golden Temple and blame it on Pakistan. However no one bought this cheap attempt to divide the Hindus and Sikhs. This display of communal harmony was also singled out for praise by Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri during each one of his daily briefings. As he commented, “India’s steadfast unity is a challenge for Pakistan which is trying to impart a communal hue to the situation by claiming that India is targeting Nankana sahib gurudwara, or even the ludicrous claim that India is firing missiles at Amristar.” This unity has indeed been our biggest strength and one hopes that it remains so even in the aftermath as we try and take stock of what the PM refers to as the “new normal” between India and Pakistan.

IMF loan to Pakistan: fresh Scrutiny amid India-Pakistan conflict

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In May 2025, the International Monetary Fund disbursed another $2.4 billion to Pakistan—$1 billion under its $7 billion Extended Fund Facility (EFF) and $1.4 billion under the Resilience and Sustainability Facility (RSF). These disbursements were made despite Pakistan’s recent escalation of hostilities along the Line of Control, a deadly cross-border attack that claimed civilian lives in Pahalgam, and amidst ominous nuclear sabre-rattling. Let that sink in. A country under scrutiny forcross-border aggression is receiving billions in international aid with minimal political or strategic conditions. LONG-STANDING RELATIONSHIP OF PAKISTAN WITH IMF Faced with structural weakness in the economy, long-term balance of payment issues, and external shocks, the prime minister of Pakistani government Shehbaz Sharif has once again turned to support from the IMF. The IMF and Pakistan have a long historical relationship: since Pakistan joined the fund in 1950, the IMF has provided a total of 24 programs to the country and Pakistan is one of the largest IMF debtors after the countries such as Argentina, Egypt, and Ukraine. Despite continued assistance from the IMF, the Pakistani economy has failed to take off even as other Asian countries, including in south Asia, have done so. Pakistan’s current economic issues highlight a complex interplay between poor economic management decisions, foreign policy strategies that have undermined the growth and domestic stability, misguided IMF loans that sustained debt dependencies while enforcing severe austerity measures. Pakistan has received repeated IMF support since 1988, with over 20 loan programmes approved—often justified by its large population, fragile economy, and geostrategic location. The current $7 billion EFF was approved in 2024 after a previous short-term bailout ended, continuing a decades-long pattern of financial rescue despite limited structural reform. The IMF’s rationale is that Pakistan has made measurable progress on economic reforms: a primary fiscal surplus, falling inflation, and rising reserves. These are milestones achieved on paper. But the IMF is not merely a bookkeeper—it is a geopolitical actor with influence. And it is this contradiction that demands urgent scrutiny. Timing and Regional Fallout: The Pahalgam Attack and Broader Implications The bailout follows closely on the heels of the Pahalgam terror attack in India, where suspected cross-border links further strained bilateral relations. Critics, including Indian MP Gaurav Gogoi, warn that the influx of funds may embolden Pakistan’s military establishment, with possible consequences for regional security. This concern is not isolated. Many Indian commentators and policy analysts argue that continued bailouts without reform enforcement risk perpetuating a dangerous cycle—economic support enabling policies that threaten neighboring nations. The IMF defends the bailout as necessary for economic stabilization and climate resilience, but critics argue that the institution is overly reliant on macroeconomic metrics, failing to account for: • Geopolitical instability • Governance issues and corruption risks • Repeated loan failures without systemic change While the IMF has imposed conditions—including tax reform, restructuring of state-owned enterprises, and climate-risk management—its ability to enforce compliance remains questionable. Pakistan’s economy seems to be on the road to recovery, bringing it back from the brink of a default in 2022 with multiple loans from the IMF. But all economic recovery will come to a halt as Pakistan will be facing deep economic crises after the Indian government took strict diplomatic actions following the Pahalgam terror attacks in Kashmir. The government’s reaction to the terror attack includes halting bilateral trade with the Pakistan, expelling Pakistani officials from the high commission, cancelling visas under the SARCS visa exemption scheme, and suspending the INDUS water treaty. Apparently each of these actions is accepted to put more pressure on Pakistan’s already fragile economy. Reports suggest that the prices of basic food items like rice, flour, vegetables, fruits, and chicken have surged sharply. As per media reports, the price of rice has jumped to Rs 340 per kg, while chicken price has surged to Rs 800 per kg.The end of India-Pakistan trade is expected to make this problem even more severe. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) cut Pakistan’s economic growth forecast to 2.6% for this fiscal year in a report on April 22, down from the earlier prediction of 3% made in January. India has strongly opposed the bailout, citing a long history of misused IMF aid by Pakistan, with 28 loan programs in the past 35 years but little sign of sustainable reform. Indian officials have expressed fears that: • Funds may be diverted to military or extremist activities • Pakistan’s military influence over economic decisions undermines civilian reform • IMF funds could embolden destabilizing behavior in the region India abstained from the IMF vote, with Foreign Secretary officials calling for a reassessment of Pakistan’s eligibility for global financing. Pakistan’s Grey List Status Raises Questions on IMF Loan Decisions Pakistan has already taken a loan from China of around 5.5 lakh crore rupees, and taking another loan would increase its debt burden. According to the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), established in Paris, France, countries that support terrorism can be blacklisted, restricting access to international financial support and loans from institutions like the World Bank and IMF. Pakistan’s relationships with Turkey and China have helped it avoid being blacklisted. However, Pakistan remains on the grey list due to concerns about its actions against terrorism. Given this, it’s puzzling why the IMF is providing loans to Pakistan despite its alleged involvement in terrorism and terror funding. The Big ‘Why’ Why does the international community, especially through financial institutions, continue to decouple economic metrics from political and security realities? Why are nations like India—who have borne the cost of terror, instability, and repeated provocations—expected to accept this pattern of bailouts without any accountability mechanism? And why is the IMF, an institution that claims to stand for stability and sustainability, not demanding basic guarantees of regional peace as a condition for such unprecedented support? The IMF may insist that its mandate is purely economic. But global economics does not exist in a vacuum. The money flows into a system, and that system—in Pakistan—is shaped by a security establishment with a long history of undermining regional peace. If we are serious about accountability, then financial support must come with real strings attached. If we are serious about sustainability, then stability—true political stability—must be part of the definition. Navigating Economic Aid and Geopolitical Risks The IMF’s agreement to provide Pakistan a $1 billion loan, against the protests of India, is an illustration of how economic necessity has to be spliced with regional security in a complex manner. For Pakistan, the funds form a lifeline during dire financial straits, but India’s musings about misuse and ineffective reforms raise some doubt over the meaning of this kind of support in the long term. As the waters of tension begin to boil between these bordering nuclear powers, the world community must tread a careful line between the pressing necessity for economic help and the necessity of solving fundamental security problems. In the end, the loan will highlight the necessity for more careful decisions in the area of global finance, and the effort toward dialogue between India and Pakistan must be renewed. Even though the funds could help stabilise Pakistan’s economy in the short run, their overall repercussions, both in terms of economy and geopolitics, are going to be a function of how the two countries use them and whether or not the two can get past their deep-seated rivalry to seek a path to cooperation. Dr.S.Krishnan is an Associate Professor in Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur Labdhi Tervecha is a 1st year student of BBALLB (H) of Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur Sukriti Gaur is a 1st year student of BBALLB (H) of Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur

Haryana: The Powerhouse of Faith, Industry, and a Viksit Bharat Vision

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Haryana is not just a geographical entity—it is a land where sacred heritage and industrial innovation walk hand in hand. It is here that Mother Saraswati is believed to have originated, where the eternal Goddess of Knowledge, Mantra, resides. It is the land sanctified by the presence of Panchmukhi Hanuman and blessed by Kapalmochan Sahib. From the divine penance site of Rishi Ved Vyas to the spiritual echoes of Guru Gobind Singh Ji, Yamunanagar in Haryana embodies a confluence of sanskriti (culture), shraddha (faith), and seva (service). And it is this very region that is scripting an extraordinary story of Bharat’s industrial, economic, and democratic evolution. Yamunanagar today is not just a city on the map—it is a shining symbol of India’s industrial resilience. Whether it’s the booming plywood industry or the precision production of brass, copper, and steel equipment, Yamunanagar powers not just Haryana’s economy but strengthens Bharat’s industrial backbone. The exports of high-quality components for petrochemical and industrial plants to global markets from this very land are a testament to the entrepreneurial spirit of its people. Under the leadership of the double-engine BJP government—now gaining greater momentum with a triple-engine model comprising the Centre, state, and proactive local governance—Haryana has entered a new era of vikas (development). The goal is clear: to build a Viksit Haryana as a pivotal force in achieving the larger vision of Viksit Bharat by 2047. This journey of progress is deeply rooted in the ideology of Babasaheb Ambedkar, who viewed industrialisation not merely as an economic tool, but as a means of social justice. Recognising the limitations of small landholdings, Babasaheb believed industries would empower the Dalits and marginalised by providing stable jobs and dignity. This vision was shared by national stalwarts like Dr. Syama Prasad Mookerjee and Deenbandhu Chaudhary Chhotu Ram, who dreamt of rural prosperity anchored in both agriculture and local industries. Chaudhary Charan Singh too emphasized this synergy between agriculture and manufacturing as the twin engines of India’s economy. It is in this spirit that Haryana’s “Mission Manufacturing” was launched—an ambitious thrust towards inclusive industrialisation. Its objectives are clear: empower the youth, especially those from Dalit, backward, and deprived communities, provide skill training, reduce costs for enterprises, boost MSMEs, harness cutting-edge technology, and make Make in India a global standard. But none of this is possible without a reliable, robust, and renewable energy backbone. The recent inauguration of the third unit of the Deenbandhu Chaudhary Chhotu Ram Thermal Power Plant marks a significant milestone. It is more than an infrastructure project—it is the fuel for the dreams of young entrepreneurs and job creators in Yamunanagar. Nearly 50% of the nation’s plywood is manufactured here. With increased power supply, industries—whether making furniture or exporting industrial-grade utensils— are poised for a productivity leap. Electricity is the new currency of development. It powers industries, runs trains, irrigates fields, and lights up rural homes. Recognising this, the Modi government has transformed India’s power story—from widespread blackouts under the Congress era to a near doubling of power generation capacity in the past decade. Today, Bharat not only meets its own energy needs but also exports electricity to neighbouring countries. Haryana alone generates 16,000 MW and is marching toward a 24,000 MW target. In parallel, India is witnessing a solar revolution. The PM Suryaghar Muft Bijli Yojana is empowering households to become power producers themselves. With over 1.25 crore registrations across the country and massive uptake in Haryana, rooftop solar panels are reducing household bills to zero, generating income, and creating a burgeoning ecosystem of solar skills, MSMEs, and jobs. This is the decentralised, people-powered energy model of tomorrow. Industrial growth must be matched with financial access—and here too, Haryana stands tall. During the COVID-19 crisis, the government protected small industries with timely financial interventions. MSME definitions were reformed, allowing them to grow without losing benefits. Special credit cards and expanded guarantee coverage have removed bottlenecks that once stifled enterprise. The success of MUDRA Yojana, now a decade old, reaffirms the government’s deep commitment to grassroots entrepreneurship. The engine of Haryana’s economy also rests on its farmers—resilient, resourceful, and respected. The BJP government is actively supporting their growth and welfare. Haryana now procures 24 crops at MSP. The PM Fasal Bima Yojana has delivered insurance claims worth over ₹9,000 crore. Through PM-Kisan Samman Nidhi, more than ₹6,500 crore has reached farmers’ accounts. Abolishing the colonial-era Aabiyana tax is another landmark decision, relieving farmers of outdated burdens and forgiving over ₹130 crore in pending dues. The synergy between sustainability and income generation finds an expression in the GOBARdhan Yojana. This visionary scheme turns waste into wealth, encouraging farmers to generate biogas from cow dung and crop residues. The newly inaugurated plant in Yamunanagar not only contributes to clean energy but also saves the municipal corporation over ₹3 crore annually—serving both Swachh Bharat and rural income goals. The BJP’s model of governance is founded not on slogans but on service, substance, and speed. In contrast, Congress-ruled states continue to languish in misgovernance. From stalled development in Himachal to rising costs in Karnataka and environmental degradation in Telangana, the Congress has shown a consistent inability to deliver. Their politics remains focused on power grabs and policy paralysis, while BJP states surge ahead with reform, resilience, and results. Haryana is rapidly emerging as a symbol of this transformative governance. Be it empowering the four pillars—garib (poor), kisan (farmers), yuva (youth), or naari (women)—or strengthening the twin foundations of agriculture and industry, the state is forging ahead with purpose and pride. In every village and city, in every factory and farm, the winds of Viksit Haryana are blowing strong. And as this wave of development rises, it will lift the nation with it. Haryana is not just developing—it is defining the future of Viksit Bharat. Rekha Sharma, Member of Parliament, Rajya Sabha

Indus Waters Treaty: Outdated peace tool or strategic asset?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the aftermath of the recent Pahalgam terrorist attack, which tragically claimed the lives of several Indian security personnel and reignited a wave of national outrage, attention has once again shifted to a strategic tool often overlooked in the broader India–Pakistan conflict narrative—the Indus Waters Treaty (IWT). Signed in 1960 under the auspices of the World Bank, this landmark watersharing agreement between the two neighbours has remarkably endured through decades of war, diplomatic standoffs, and cross-border hostilities. Yet, in the face of shifting geopolitics, recurring terror incidents, and rising calls for strategic recalibration, a pressing question re-emerges: Is the Indus Waters Treaty an outdated relic of Cold War-era diplomacy, or can it be repurposed as a powerful instrument of modern statecraft?

A Treaty from a Different Time

When the IWT was signed, water was largely viewed through a humanitarian lens, distinct from the strategic considerations that dominate today’s security discussions. The treaty allocated exclusive use of the three eastern rivers—Beas, Ravi, and Sutlej—to India, while granting Pakistan rights over the western rivers—Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab. Despite multiple wars and enduring hostility, the treaty has survived, often hailed as a rare testament to resilience amidst conflict. However, in today’s climate, where terrorism continues to spill across borders, the premise of unconditional water-sharing is being increasingly challenged. The Pahalgam attack has reignited debate within India over the treaty’s contemporary validity and strategic utility.

Climate Change and Strategic Realignment

Climate change has dramatically altered the environmental landscape in which the IWT operates. Melting glaciers, unpredictable monsoons, and frequent droughts have intensified the competition for water resources in the subcontinent. Pakistan, in particular, is one of the most waterstressed countries in the world, according to World Bank and IMF assessments. Given these realities, many Indian analysts and policymakers argue that water must now be viewed not just as a cooperative asset, but as a strategic lever. The logic is simple: if Pakistan continues to engage in proxy warfare and cross-border aggression, India must consider all forms of pressure— economic, diplomatic, and hydrological.

Rhetoric vs. Reality: Can India “Turn Off the Taps”?

Following every major terrorist incident—from Uri (2016) to Pulwama (2019), and now Pahalgam (2025)— calls within India for a tougher stance on the Indus Waters Treaty have intensified. Public sentiment often swings towards dramatic action, with demands that India “turn off the taps” to Pakistan as a form of punitive pressure. However, while emotionally resonant, such a course is riddled with complex legal and diplomatic challenges. The IWT is a binding international agreement, brokered with World Bank involvement. Any unilateral move to abrogate or violate its provisions could tarnish India’s hard-earned reputation as a responsible global actor committed to the rule of law. It would invite diplomatic backlash, potentially strain relations with key allies, and embolden Pakistan’s narrative of victimhood on international platforms. Moreover, such actions could have unintended regional consequences. China, which controls vital upstream portions of the Brahmaputra and other rivers flowing into India, could retaliate by disrupting water flows in the northeast—a vulnerability India can ill afford to ignore. Thus, impulsive “tap-turning” is neither legally feasible nor strategically prudent. Instead, India must approach the IWT not with emotional reaction, but with calculated, long-term strategy: leveraging what is permissible under the treaty while preparing for contingencies with diplomatic and infrastructural readiness.

A Tactical Middle Path: Maximum Utilisation Within Treaty Limits

Recognising the impracticality of unilateral abrogation, India’s best path lies in maximising its entitled usage of the eastern rivers— Beas, Ravi, and Sutlej—under the existing framework of the treaty. Several critical infrastructure projects have been conceived but languish due to bureaucratic delays, environmental concerns, or political inertia. Notable among them are the Shahpur Kandi Dam Project in Punjab, the Ujh Multipurpose Project in Jammu and Kashmir, and the proposed Second Ravi-Beas Link. Each of these projects is pivotal not only for meeting domestic irrigation and power needs but also for ensuring that India’s rightful share of water is fully harnessed before any surplus flows across the border. Fast-tracking these projects through special task forces, single-window clearances, and strategic funding can significantly alter the water dynamic. Doing so would allow India to tighten its control over eastern river flows, without violating treaty obligations—thus exercising “hydrological assertiveness” within the boundaries of international law. This approach would also act as quiet but potent strategic signalling to Pakistan: that while India remains committed to lawful behaviour, it will not hesitate to safeguard its national interests with full resolve.

Legal and Diplomatic Complexities

The Indus Waters Treaty, though bilateral in nature, operates under the watchful eye of the World Bank, which acts as a neutral facilitator. Recent disputes, such as those over the Kishanganga and Ratle hydroelectric projects, have underscored the legal intricacies involved. India has consistently maintained that Pakistan has weaponised the treaty’s arbitration mechanisms to stymie India’s legitimate development activities. By dragging New Delhi into prolonged legal battles, Islamabad aims to slow India’s hydroelectric ambitions and sustain its dependency on Indian generosity. Conversely, Pakistan has increasingly sought to internationalise the water issue, linking it to the broader Kashmir conflict—a move that contravenes the treaty’s core principle of bilateral resolution. For India, this highlights the need for a robust, proactive legal and diplomatic posture. New Delhi must continue to defend its infrastructure projects rigorously within the treaty framework, expose Pakistan’s obstructionism internationally, and reinforce the principle that bilateral agreements must be honoured in spirit and letter.

The Treaty as Leverage in a Broader Strategy

The time has come for India to stop viewing the Indus Waters Treaty in isolation. Instead, it should be integrated into a comprehensive national security framework that links diplomatic engagement, economic instruments, and strategic signalling. Rather than “weaponising” water irresponsibly—which would damage India’s image and potentially destabilise the region—India must practice calibrated assertiveness. Maximum lawful utilisation of water resources, transparent communication of its intentions to the international community, and conditional diplomacy tied to terror-free engagement can transform the IWT into a quiet but effective strategic lever. The goal is not to deprive ordinary Pakistani citizens of water, but to convey clearly that cooperation cannot be taken for granted when hostilities persist. In this way, India can reshape the narrative: making it clear that peace is not a passive gift, but a mutual responsibility with tangible benefits and consequences.

Conclusion: Retooling, Not Repealing

The Indus Waters Treaty, once hailed as a diplomatic marvel, must now evolve to reflect the hard realities of a changed world. Its continued relevance hinges not merely on tradition, but on mutual respect, responsible governance, and strategic foresight. India need not dismantle the treaty; instead, it must recalibrate its approach—asserting its rightful claims and enforcing compliance with modern strategic imperatives. By doing so, India sends an unmistakable message: that its commitment to peace is strong, but not unconditional; and that enduring peace cannot flow indefinitely without accountability, reciprocity, and a recalibrated balance of power. India need not dismantle the treaty; instead, it must recalibrate its engagement—asserting its rightful claims, enhancing domestic utilisation, and reinforcing accountability. In doing so, India sends an unmistakable message: that its commitment to peace is firm, but not infinite; and that true stability cannot flow perpetually without reciprocity, compliance, and a revised balance of power attuned to today’s geopolitical and environmental challenges. Dr. Rubina Khan & Shivanshu Katare, Assistant Professor (Law), Jaipur National University

Technology’s role in child development: A dilemma for parents

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The relationship between children and screens has become increasingly complex in today’s digital landscape. As parents grapple with the challenge of managing screen time at home, schools are rapidly integrating technology into the educational sphere, often with little regard for the implications this has on children’s development. This contrast complicates parenting and raises broader questions about the role of technology in our lives, particularly when those who create these products impose restrictions on their children’s usage. Parents are becoming more aware of the potential harms associated with excessive screen time, including obesity, sleep deprivation, and impaired social skills. Studies suggest that prolonged screen exposure can lead to a range of physical and mental health issues, prompting many parents to enforce strict limits on their children’s screen usage. They advocate for outdoor activities, reading, and family interactions as healthy alternatives to digital entertainment. Yet, this approach can sometimes backfire. Children inundated with enticing screen-based entertainment options may resist these restrictions, leading to family conflicts. The struggle to balance screen time and other activities can be exhausting for parents, who often feel they are fighting an uphill battle against the magnetic pull of screens. Conversely, schools are embracing technology as an integral part of modern education. Classrooms now have tablets, laptops, and interactive boards facilitating dynamic and engaging learning experiences. Educators recognise that digital tools can enhance understanding, foster collaboration, and prepare students for a workforce increasingly reliant on technology. However, this shift creates a cognitive dissonance for parents. How can they reconcile their efforts to limit screen use at home with an educational system that promotes it? This inconsistency can confuse children, who may feel torn between the expectations set by their parents and the realities of their classroom environment. The behaviour of leading figures in the tech industry amplifies the irony of this situation. Many high-profile executives, including those from companies like Apple, Google, and Facebook, have openly admitted to enforcing strict limits on their children’s screen time. For example, Steve Jobs, Apple’s late co-founder, was known to restrict his children’s use of iPads, stating that they were not allowed to use the devices during the week. This disconnect raises critical questions about the technology itself. If these industry leaders are cautious about screens’ impact on their families, what does that imply about the products they create? It suggests a deeper understanding of the potential risks associated with excessive screen use, prompting a more careful approach to technology in their households. As we delve deeper into this screen time paradox, we must also consider how the increased reliance on technology in schools might stifle creativity and critical thinking in students. While digital tools can enhance learning, they can also lead to passive information consumption. Children may become accustomed to relying on technology for answers rather than engaging in deeper, more critical thinking. This reliance can lead to intellectual laziness, where students disengage from the creative processes that foster innovation and independent thought. In a recent announcement, Denmark’s Education Minister revealed plans to push through a law banning smartphones and tablets in schools during lessons and break times. This decision reflects a growing recognition of the need to protect children from the potential downsides of constant connectivity. By limiting screen usage in educational settings, Denmark aims to foster a more focused and engaged learning environment, encouraging students to interact with their peers and surroundings rather than become absorbed in their devices. The conversation surrounding screen time must not be solely about restrictions; it should also focus on fostering a healthy relationship with technology. Parents and educators must work together to create a balanced approach that incorporates technology meaningfully while also encouraging offline activities that promote physical health, mental well-being, and social skills. This balance can be achieved through open dialogue between parents and schools, where both parties can share their perspectives on screen time and collaborate on strategies that benefit children’s overall development. Technology innovation can be a powerful educational tool, but it should not come at the cost of children’s creativity and critical thinking skills. As we continue to navigate this digital age, society must recognise the nuances of screen time and its implications for future generations. By fostering a balanced approach to technology use, we can ensure that children are equipped with the tools they need to succeed in a tech-driven world and develop the creativity and critical thinking skills necessary to thrive in it. In conclusion, the screen time dilemma requires careful consideration and a collaborative approach. Parents, educators, and tech industry leaders must create a healthy and balanced relationship with technology that prioritises children’s well-being. By acknowledging the complexities of screen time and working towards solutions that benefit education and personal development, we can pave the way for a future where children can thrive both on and off the screen. Captain Indira Vashishta Carena is an Ex Airline Pilot, a motivational speaker and a columnist.

A Battle India Must Win: MHA’s Anti Narcotics Strategy to Decimate the Menace

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

India’s Legacy of Resilience and Collective Spirit India, a land of extraordinary diversity and deeprooted traditions, has long been celebrated for its resilience and unity in the face of adversity. From the snow-capped Himalayas to the coastal shores, the strength of the Bharatiya spirit is reflected in every village, town, and city. Our farmers, soldiers, educators, scientists, and entrepreneurs form the lifeblood of a nation that thrives on collective wisdom and progress. Amidst commendable progress in holistic development and innovation, India continues to navigate the complex challenge of drug abuse and trafficking. In fact, drug menace does not discriminate — it affects cities and villages, the affluent and the poor, the educated and the vulnerable alike. It fractures families, undermines productivity, and the future of our youth becomes at stake. Recognizing the gravity of the situation, the Government of India, under the sagacious leadership of Shri Amit Shah, has launched a comprehensive, multipronged war against drugs. Spearheaded by the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), the approach reflects a national resolve to protect our communities, uphold our values, and build a healthier, drug-free India to actualise PM Modi’s vision of Viksit Bharat@2047. A National Crisis Demands a National Strategy Drug abuse is no longer a regional issue it is a national concern that spans from the border districts of Punjab and Manipur to metropolitan centres like Delhi, Mumbai, and Bengaluru. Traffickers exploit porous borders, digital platforms, and inter-state transport to fuel a trade that thrives on addiction and despair. The MHA’s national strategy tackles this challenge on multiple fronts: intelligence-led policing, cross-agency coordination, public participation, technological intervention, and international cooperation. The establishment of the Narco-Coordination Centre (NCORD) has significantly improved the synergy between central and state governments, ensuring that no agency works in isolation. Similarly, the formation of Anti-Narcotics Task Forces (ANTFs) in every state has allowed for focused, targeted actions against drug trafficking networks.

Unprecedented Drug Seizures: A Sign of Strengthened Enforcement

In 2024, India achieved a record milestone with drug seizures worth approximately Rs 25,330 crores — the largest in its history. This figure reflects more than just operational success; it is proof of a system working in sync to dismantle a dangerous ecosystem. These seizures occurred across India, with significant busts in Punjab, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, and the Northeast. The nationwide ‘Drug Disposal Fortnight’, coordinated by the MHA, led to the destruction of over one lakh kg of seized narcotics valued at Rs 8,600 crores. Such efforts signal India’s unwavering commitment to a zero-tolerance policy on drugs. These operations were not limited to a few hot spots; rather, they represent a shift toward all-India vigilance, ensuring every state is both protected and empowered to act.

Strengthening Borders, Protecting the Nation

India’s geographical and geopolitical realities make some regions particularly vulnerable to cross-border drug smuggling. Punjab, for instance, shares a sensitive international border with Pakistan, making it a frequent entry point for narcotics. Similarly, the Northeast, with its proximity to the Death Triangle (formerly known as the Golden Triangle), faces unique challenges. To counter these threats, the MHA has bolstered border security infrastructure. The use of drones, smart fencing, thermal sensors, and AI-powered surveillance systems has significantly reduced infiltration. The Border Security Force and other paramilitary agencies, empowered under the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act, have become formidable deterrents, intercepting contraband and arresting traffickers with increased efficiency.

Leveraging Technology: A Modern Weapon in the Drug War

Modern problems require modern solutions and the Government of India is embracing technology as a powerful ally. The MANAS Helpline (1933), a toll-free, 24x7 service, allows citizens across India to report drugrelated crimes, seek help, and get guidance. It ensures accessibility, anonymity, and a quick response — three crucial components in effective intervention. Additionally, the NIDAAN portal, a national database of NDPS offenders, is now integrated with the Interoperable Criminal Justice System. This allows law enforcement agencies across states to track habitual offenders, analyze trends, and dismantle trafficking rings with precision. These tools transform drug control from a reactive exercise into a proactive, data-driven mission.

Nasha Mukt Bharat Abhiyaan: Empowering India’s People

India’s anti-drug movement is not limited to police stations and courtrooms it thrives in communities, schools, and homes. The Nasha Mukt Bharat Abhiyaan is one of the largest social campaigns ever launched to combat substance abuse. Initially rolled out in 272 high-risk districts including those in Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Odisha, and the Northeast it has now expanded its reach nationally. NMBA uses community engagement, school interventions, awareness drives, and partnerships with faith-based and civil society organizations to change mindsets and prevent addiction. In Punjab, for example, institutions like Art of Living, DJJS, ISKCON, and Brahma Kumaris have been instrumental in spreading awareness and offering holistic support. The campaign is reshaping how India addresses drug abuse — moving from silence and stigma to solidarity and support. Healing the Nation: Rehabilitation and Reintegration Stopping the supply of drugs is only one side of the coin. India is also focusing on rehabilitation and reintegration for those affected. New de-addiction centres, peer-led counselling programs, mobile treatment vans, and family support systems are being developed across states to provide accessible, compassionate care. Punjab’s experience offers a template. Faced with a severe crisis, the state has expanded its de-addiction infrastructure, improved counselling availability, and introduced vocational training to support recovery and reintegration. Similar efforts are now being mirrored in states like Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, and Assam. Families are central to this process. Across India, parents and spouses play a vital role in recovery. Their resilience, hope, and commitment are the emotional scaffolding upon which successful rehabilitation is built.

Leadership That Listens and Acts

A campaign of this scale requires strong leadership. At the national level, Union Home Minister Shri Amit Shah has been pivotal in unifying enforcement agencies, improving legal frameworks, and boosting international cooperation against drug cartels. His vision underlines the importance of a people-first, data-informed, and zerotolerance approach. At the state level, governors and chief ministers are playing transformative roles. In Punjab, Governor Shri Gulab Chand Kataria has emphasized early intervention, unity, and cultural engagement. His initiatives under the Punjab Against Drugs Movement have encouraged grassroots action — from religious leaders and educators to students and small business owners.

A Pan-India Movement: From Crisis to Cultural Shift

India is witnessing a remarkable shift. What was once considered a law enforcement issue is now recognized as a public health emergency and social challenge. From border villages in Punjab and Arunachal Pradesh to schools in Goa and Bihar, the national dialogue around drugs has matured. Digital platforms are amplifying awareness campaigns, while youthled groups are launching street plays, podcasts, and art competitions focused on prevention. The cultural narrative is changing: from shame to support, from helplessness to hope.

Reclaiming India’s Future, Together

India stands at a critical juncture — where the deep scars of addiction meet the unyielding force of national resolve. The drug menace has infiltrated every corner of our nation, transcending caste, creed, class, and geography. It has tested our families, burdened our institutions, and threatened the potential of our youth. And yet, even in this challenge, India’s greatest strength shines through — its unity, its resilience, and its collective will to rise. This battle is no longer confined to police stations or courtrooms. It is being fought in classrooms where teachers inspire awareness, in playgrounds where children learn resilience, in panchayat halls where communities discuss prevention, and in places of worship where spiritual leaders guide recovery. From the slums of metro cities to the border villages of the Northeast and Punjab, this movement pulses with the energy of everyday citizens — parents, volunteers, doctors, educators, and young change makers — all choosing hope over despair, and healing over silence. At the forefront of this national mission stands Union Home Minister Shri Amit Shah, whose resolute leadership has transformed India’s fight against drugs into a robust, multi-layered war against one of our gravest social threats. Under his direction, the Ministry of Home Affairs has redefined the contours of antidrug policy — integrating cutting-edge surveillance technology, empowering law enforcement, strengthening international cooperation, and most importantly, putting people at the centre of the response. His vision has not only galvanized a national movement but has also instilled a sense of urgency, purpose, and unity across all states and sectors. India’s approach today is a global model in the making — a rare fusion of enforcement and empathy, data and dignity, policy and participation, science, and soul. With national vision, state-driven action, and community-rooted resolve, the goal is no longer just to contain the problem — it is to eliminate it. The journey ahead is long, but the direction is clear. With Shri Amit Shah’s steadfast leadership, the tireless commitment of our agencies, and the indomitable spirit of our people, India is charting a bold path forward — one that leads not just to recovery, but to renewal. Together, we rise — for a drug-free India, for a stronger, healthier tomorrow. The author is Vice Chancellor, Central University of Punjab, Bathinda.

An Examination of the true Scope of Secularism

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The recent escalation of communal tensions in several regions of India necessitates a thorough analysis of the concept and essence of “Secularism” as intended by the architects of the Indian Constitution. The Constitution openly references secularism, particularly through its inclusion in the Preamble via the 42nd Amendment; yet, issues remain over whether the current interpretation and implementation of secularism genuinely reflect its constitutional foundations. Though the term Secularism, while not explicitly defined in the Indian Constitution, typically denotes the separation of religion from state matters. It is a system that prohibits religion influence in governmental affairs and vice versa. A secular state is neither religious nor irreligious rather it upholds neutrality, guaranteeing equal protection and treatment for all religions. Contrast of Western Secularism and Indian Secularism Western secularism and Indian secularism seemed to contradict each other. The Western worldview, founded by Thomas Jefferson’s “wall of separation between Church and State,” emphasises religious organisations’ complete separate from government. This strategy protects individual rights and conscience while maintaining public order. The Indian model, developed by the Constituent Assembly, takes a different path. Indian secularism seeks to end religious discrimination, not atheism. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar said a secular state cannot force a religion on its citizens. H.V. Kamath also claimed that India’s secularism respects all religions. Thus, Gandhi’s Sarva Dharma Sambhav (respect for all religions) and Nehru’s Dharma Nirpekshata (religious impartiality in government) dominated post-independence thought. Independent India allowed religious freedom, separated the State from religious entities, and respected all faiths. The reality is that Indian secularism has become state-sponsored minority favouritism and majority discrimination. Political parties use secularism to promote religious groups for electoral benefit, deepening communal differences rather than promoting “unity in diversity.” No major civilisation practices “Indian-style” secularism. Unlike India, other nations recognise religion’s impact on national identity and thrive without pretending secularism. The Church of England is the state church in the UK. Monarch is Supreme Governor. Britain is a stable democracy. Israel calls itself Jewish. Judaism is central to its national identity, yet Christians, Muslims, and Druze have strong minority rights. The Quran is Saudi Arabia’s constitution. No effort is made to artificially separate State and religion. Although the US has a separation of Church and State, Christianity strongly influences its culture, legislation (such Sunday laws), and public affairs. Powerful nations either embrace their religious background or maintain a token distinction. India’s erratic selective religious interference policy is unique. In reality, secularism weakens nationalism. Sanatana Dharama-based culture is stifled by India’s secularism. India was historically a spiritual society with numerous pathways. Western secularism has alienated Indians from their culture, causing identity issues. A nation like India without a strong culture faces internal strife and external threats now a days. Unlike the other countries as comparison to Shintoism is important to Japanese identity. Thailand’s national identity includes Buddhism. The Russian Orthodox Church is crucial to Russia’s revival. Stance of Constitution and Indian Judiciary Although the term ‘secular’ was officially incorporated into the Preamble by the 42nd Amendment in 1976, the essence of secularism was previously ingrained in the Constitution through multiple Articles: Articles 14-16 provide legal equality and forbid religious discrimination. Articles 25-28 ensure the right to religious freedom, contingent upon public order, morality, and health considerations. Article 44 advocates for a Uniform Civil Code (UCC) as a guiding concept. But the critics say that it is antidote to the concept of secularism. Further, Article 27 prohibits governmental financial support for religious activities. Thus, framing of these provisions clearly envisage the motive of the framers to uphold the religious neutrality as well as for protecting religious liberties. The Indian judiciary has been instrumental in defining the evolving notion of secularism. In Sardar Taheruddin Syedna Sahib v. State of Bombay (1962), the Supreme Court underscored the secularism in Indian Constitution. The pivotal Kesava nanda Bharati v. State of Kerala (1973) case established secularism as an integral part of the basic structure doctrine of the Constitution and immune to parliamentary alterations. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India (1994), the Court articulated that secularism entails the equitable treatment of all religions and denounced the incorporation of religion in politics. In Aruna Roy v. Union of India (2002) and Abhiram Singh v. C.D. Commachen (2017), the Supreme Court reiterated that secularism encompasses non-discrimination based on religion and is fundamentally associated with democracy. Challenges to the Secularism Notwithstanding robust constitutional support, secularism in India encounters numerous challenges due to the disparity in governing the religious institutions: The politicisation of religion often serves electoral purposes, undermining the secular foundation. The disparate application of legislation, predicated on religious identification, undermines the dedication to the UCC. State oversight of Hindu temples but not mosques or Christians raises problems of religious impartiality. Article 27 vs. Minority Welfare the Ministry of Minority Affairs and other social projects have been condemned for promoting religious differences and eroding secularism. Critics say the CAA violates secularism by excluding Muslims, violating Articles 14 and 15(1) of the Constitution. The government claims fair classification under Article 14 protects oppressed and persecuted Islamic minorities from Pakistan, Bangladesh, Afghanistan. Again, the present waqf bill amendment acts also endeavoured to hold the essence of secularism by allowing non-Muslim properties declared as Waqf, it plays a crucial role in serving religious, charitable, and social welfare needs, especially for the underprivileged. However, its impact has often been reduced due to mismanagement, encroachment, and lack of transparency. The Waqf (Amendment) Bill 2025 creates a secular, transparent, and accountable framework for Waqf governance. Waqf properties, designated for religious and philanthropic purposes, necessitate structured governance due to the legal, financial, and administrative duties involved in their management. The function of Waqf Boards and the Central Waqf Council (CWC) is regulatory rather than religious, guaranteeing adherence to legal standards and protecting public interest. The Bill establishes a progressive and equitable framework for Waqf administration in India through the implementation of checks and balances, the empowerment of stakeholders, and the enhancement of governance. In concluding, it can be said that India’s secularism is distinct from the Western model. It is more about managing the complex interplay between multiple religions in a pluralistic society rather than enforcing strict separation. However, the gap between the ideal and the practice is significant. In practice, secularism in India often appears selective and politically expedient, leading some critics to describe India not as a theocracy, but as a “hypocrisy” in secular terms. The constitutional dream of a secular India envisions a society where all religions are treated equally and the State remains equidistant from all faiths. Achieving this vision requires political will, judicial vigilance, and societal commitment. Secularism, as envisaged by the framers of the Indian Constitution, is integral to the sustenance of India’s democracy and pluralism. While the legal and constitutional framework for secularism exists robustly, its actual realization demands vigilant enforcement and continuous societal engagement. The need of the hour is to depoliticize secularism, protect it from misuse, and foster a truly inclusive civil society where religion becomes a personal choice rather than a political weapon. Only then can the myth surrounding Indian secularism transform into an enduring reality. Mainan Ray, PhD, Legal Academician and Advocate at Calcutta High Court

Indian Muslim protests: An interesting phenomenon

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The protests by Indian Muslims in the wake of the Pahalgam terrorist attack have emerged as a thoughtprovoking phenomenon, marked by spontaneity, spiritual intensity, and deeprooted patriotism. These demonstrations, which cut across geography and class, are being widely discussed by social scientists for their scale, sincerity, and implications. Just days before the attack, Indian Muslims were actively protesting the Waqf Amendment Act. However, the horrifying nature of the Pahalgam incident deeply disturbed a large number of people within the community, prompting a spontaneous redirection of their demonstrations. The earlier protests were paused in favor of a greater cause—expressing outrage at the terrorists and at Pakistan’s support for such acts. What made these demonstrations truly remarkable was their sheer scale. Unprecedented in size and fervor, they came as a surprise—even to those who often criticize Indian Muslims for not speaking out during national crises. These were not calculated or token statements in any way but purely instinctive. That’s why the streets witnessed organic protests, candlelight vigils, and a powerful wave of condemnation on social media, all of which helped affirm and consolidate the Indian Muslim national identity. This public outcry also challenged long-held stereotypes that Indian Muslims prioritize the global Muslim community (Ummah) over their national identity. On the contrary, these events showed a profound emotional connection with their fellow Indian citizens, regardless of religion. Perhaps most striking were the scenes from the Kashmir Valley, where protests of such nature are rare. Muslim religious leaders, youth, and women took to the streets in large numbers, defying fears of retaliation by militant groups. Their bold participation warrants deeper sociological and political analysis to build upon their sensibilities. Importantly, this wave of condemnation was not confined to Kashmir. From Delhi and Lucknow to Bhopal, Gurgaon, Punjab, Karnataka, Khargone, and Harda, Indian Muslims rallied in solidarity with the victims. These demonstrations were self-initiated—without any central political or religious leadership orchestrating them. In a community often criticized for lacking unified leadership, this organic mobilization was both significant and empowering. Social media played a crucial role in amplifying the outrage. Posts from within the community and reports in mainstream media moved the nation. Heart-wrenching videos of grieving families and survivors triggered a collective sense of grief and moral responsibility. Muslim religious and political figures, organizations, scholars, and ordinary citizens voiced their unequivocal condemnation of terrorism and even supported the government’s firm stance against Pakistan. Their message was clear: this tragedy could have befallen anyone, and the shared experience of being Indian—beyond religious lines—was deeply felt. Victims like Adil Hussain were mourned by all, while acts of bravery by individuals like Nazakat Hussain, who saved a family from Chhattisgarh, were widely lauded. These stories of compassion and courage cut through the divisions, highlighting the shared humanity of all Indians. At a deeper level, this phenomenon can be seen as a spiritual and religious response—a mystical realization that death recognizes no religion. Many Muslims were also religiously compelled to denounce the killings, viewing them as profoundly un-Islamic. While terrorists may misuse religious rhetoric, the overwhelming majority of Indian Muslims embrace the true spirit of Islam—one that rejects violence and upholds justice and compassion. It’s important to recognize that every religion has its extremists, but they do not represent the faith as a whole. Indian Muslims, like others, are diverse, thoughtful, and peace-loving. The nation-wide protests have sent a strong and necessary message: Indian Muslims are often misunderstood, but they are no different in their humanity, religiosity, patriotism, and desire for peace. They stood up not just as Muslims, but as Indians—united in grief, compassion, and the call for justice

Leave some puzzles for the thinkers

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

A few days ago, I attended the funeral of an acquaintance. A common friend, who is well known for having a poor braking system for his utterances, whispered to me, ‘He passed away on the wrong day. Sunday would have been better.’ I didn’t take offence at his inappropriate sarcasm since he rarely utters ordinary sentences. Previously, when he was under severe depression because of losses in his business, he had remarked at a funeral, ‘I am feeling jealous of the deceased. How nice it would have been if I was lying down on the funeral pyre instead of him.’ When the funeral pyre was about to get lit, I became senty. ‘Sab ka number aayega. Basically, life is a bubble. For everyone, the end will be the same- departure to nowhere in an unstylish white dress, leaving behind material assets, likes, dislikes, ambitions, frustrations, lovers and haters. One logs out of all social media accounts in one go. An obituary, which is basically a bundle of lies, is some consolation.’ After the funeral, there was a discourse by a preacher. He reinforced the concept that one should lessen attachment to materialistic things and live life with a purpose. ‘I could have done more good deeds but for my procrastination,’ I consoled myself. After I stepped out of the crematorium, I got a call from my old class-fellow who had shifted to USA long back. He was in town. I got invited to a party of old classmates residing in my city, which was to be held in the evening. Such parties have always been full of unfiltered chitchat and raucous laughter. Excessive intake of food and drink is the norm and could only be prevented by offering strong opposition to the pleasure centre of the brain. As I moved further, I glanced (and then ogled) at a recently introduced model of an SUV. ‘I must work extra hard for the next few months so that I can own this beauty,’ I said to myself. By the time I got into my vehicle, my return to the maya jaal of life was complete. Recently, I happened to go through a post on social media which mentionedaccording to quantum physics, death may be an illusion. I tried to delve deeper into this by reading from different online sources. I do have a good IQ (one can be boastful once in a while). But the concepts remained foggy and I ended up applying Zandu balm on my forehead. A proverb has been prevalent amongst the Punjabis since the late eighteenth century- Khada peeta lahe da, baqi Ahmed Shahe da. This basically implies that we should eat and drink to our heart’s content because one’s possessions are likely to be taken away by invaders like Ahmed Shah Abdali. Many invaders and looters entered Hindustan via Khyber Pass and subsequently passed through Punjab to the rest of the subcontinent. This explains the Punjabi mindset of actively scouring for opportunities to shake a leg, have a peg, dress up flashily and to frustrate the dietician. Why did I come into this world? What will happen after I die? Does God exist and in what form? Let the scientists, thinkers and spiritual leaders remain occupied in trying to solve these unsolvable puzzles. Simply say ‘Sanoo kee’ and get on with your life!

Lingering echo of Goodbye: When farewell feels like a release and a tether

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The end of an academic year is always a curious blend of emotions, a bittersweet symphony that plays out in the hallowed halls of our college. As an assistant professor, I’ve witnessed this cycle repeat for nearly fifteen years – the eager arrival of fresh-faced students, their journey through knowledge and growth, and then, the inevitable farewell as they step out into the vast expanse of the world. This departure, this act of saying goodbye, carries a weight that often surprises us all. Suddenly, the final year students, on the cusp of a significant life transition, become acutely vulnerable. The comfortable structure of college life dissolves before them, replaced by the daunting question of “what next?”. It’s during these poignant moments that they often seek out guidance, a listening ear amidst the swirling anxieties. And in those conversations, a profound truth often emerges: more than answers, they crave to be heard, their fears and hopes acknowledged. It’s a bittersweet feeling for us educators too. We’ve watched these young individuals evolve, nurtured their potential, perhaps even offered a stern word or two when needed. Over time, a unique bond forms, a sense of protectiveness akin to a parent for their child. Releasing them into a world that feels undeniably harsher, less forgiving than the sheltered environment we’ve cultivated, can be emotionally taxing. The last few weeks, the final exams, the farewell ceremonies – these become precious, almost sacred moments. Both students and teachers cling to this shared time and space, a tacit understanding that this particular constellation of people, within these familiar walls, may never quite align again. Perhaps it’s more than mere destiny that orchestrates these temporary unions. The silence that descends after the final farewell is deafening. The once bustling corridors, filled with the vibrant energy of youthful chatter and hurried footsteps, now echo with a quiet emptiness. You walk past empty classrooms, each desk a silent testament to the laughter and learning that once filled the space. It’s in these quiet moments that the true weight of departure settles in. You remember the small victories, the late-night study sessions, the shared anxieties before exams – fragments of a shared history that now feel like cherished relics. You recall a student who struggled with self-doubt, their voice barely a whisper in the initial classes, who now stands tall, ready to face the world with newfound conviction. You remember another who overcame personal challenges with quiet resilience, their graduation a testament to their unwavering spirit. These are not just names on a transcript; they are individuals whose journeys have intertwined with your own, leaving an indelible mark on your heart. And as they step out into the world, carrying with them the seeds of knowledge and guidance you’ve sown, a silent prayer escapes your lips – a wish for their happiness, their safety, their success in a world that can be both breathtakingly beautiful and unforgivingly cruel. The letting go feels like releasing a part of yourself, a hope carried on their young shoulders, into the vast unknown. My mind often wanders back to the day these students first arrived, barely seventeen, their eyes wide with a mixture of apprehension and excitement as they navigated orientation or their initial counselling sessions. We’ve seen them blossom, their personalities take shape, their intellect sharpen. We’ve cheered their triumphs and offered solace during their setbacks. And now, we stand at the precipice of their next chapter, a silent hope echoing within us that they will carry fond memories of their time here, that we, their mentors, will hold a positive space in their recollections as they carve their own paths. It’s a funny twist of life’s narrative when some of my former students, now parents themselves, arrive at the very same school to pick up their children, just as I do for my own son. It’s a stark reminder of the cyclical nature of life, and also of my own journey, having joined this institution as a fresh graduate, barely older than the students I now guide. I, too, have evolved within these walls, alongside them. Indeed, goodbyes are hard. They tug at the heartstrings, leaving a lingering ache of what was. We latch onto memories, replaying shared laughter, inside jokes, moments of collective learning. Perhaps it’s our human instinct to resist change, to find comfort in the familiar. Yet, as the quote beautifully reminds us, “Sunsets are proof that endings can be beautiful too.” The finality of farewell can feel like a loss, a closing of a significant chapter. It can evoke a sense of being adrift, like the poignant lyrics of Adam Levine’s “Lost Stars,” stating turn the page, may be we’ll find a brand new ending” - yearning for a guiding light in the face of uncertainty. Or perhaps, like the turning of a page in a well-loved book, as Bob Seger’s “Turn the Page” suggests, this ending is simply a prelude to a brand new beginning, an unwritten chapter brimming with possibilities. There are moments that crystallize this bittersweet reality. The hesitant handshake from a usually boisterous student, their eyes holding a depth of emotion rarely seen. The quiet “thank you, ma’am” that carries more weight than a formal address. The lingering glances back at the college building as their cars pull away, carrying them towards an unknown horizon. These are the instances that underscore the profound impact of our shared journey, the invisible threads that connect us even as physical distance grows. And while a part of us mourns the ending, another part swells with pride and hope for the bright futures that await them. The cycle will begin anew in July, but the echoes of these goodbyes, the memories forged, will forever resonate within these walls and within our hearts.

Neutralise and Prevail: Building a Global Anti-Terror Framework

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam, Jammu & Kashmir, executed by Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT) operatives Asif Fauji (alias Moosa), Suleman Shah (alias Yunus), and Abu Talha (alias Asif), with logistical assistance from local collaborators Adil Guree from Anantnag and Aasif Shaikh from Sopore, serves as a stark reminder that terrorism in the 21st century is no longer an isolated phenomenon. It is transnational, technologically sophisticated, and often state-supported. Such incidents demand that India — and other nations battling the scourge of cross-border terrorism — urgently rethink and restructure their counterterrorism strategies. Neutralizing this evolving threat landscape requires an integrated approach that combines domestic resilience, international strategic partnerships, high-technology utilization, financial warfare, and psychological operations. A crucial first step is the immediate creation of a layered domestic security architecture. India must operationalize a fully empowered National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC 2.0) that integrates the intelligence capabilities of RAW, IB, NTRO, NIA, military intelligence, and state police forces into a unified strategic command. The traditional fragmentation of intelligence and operational responsibilities has proven ineffective against networked and agile terrorist groups. Intelligence fusion must become seamless and real-time, with quick reaction forces placed on permanent standby, driven by predictive analysis rather than reactive deployment. Countries facing similar insurgent threats — such as Egypt in the Sinai, Kenya in the Lamu region, and Nigeria in the Sahel — must similarly prioritize building integrated national counterterrorism hubs. Moreover, the new reality demands the creation of specialized, region-specific special operations units. For India, this implies raising Kashmir Theatre Special Forces: highly trained, mobile, mountain-warfare- and urban-combat-capable units that can preempt, neutralize, and dominate terror operations in volatile areas. Other nations must adapt similar models. These special forces must operate with real-time intelligence backing and the authority to conduct both independent and coordinated joint operations. They must be equipped to execute search-and-destroy missions in dense terrains, counter urban hostage scenarios, and preempt cross-border infiltration attempts. Simultaneously, the next wave of security must be AI-driven. Artificial intelligence, machine learning, and data analytics must be embedded into the surveillance and operational grids. AI can power predictive intelligence on infiltration attempts, track suspicious financial transactions, monitor public sentiment trends, and provide early warning of radicalization patterns. India must accelerate the deployment of AI-enhanced smart fences along the Line of Control, deploy drone swarms equipped with thermal and motion detection capabilities, and implement AI-based urban monitoring systems. Countries like Israel and the United States have already made significant advancements in these domains, and India must actively pursue technology-sharing agreements to fast-track its capabilities. Some Gaps in India Framework-Despite notable improvements over the years, India’s intelligence network continues to suffer from several critical gaps that undermine national security efforts. Chief among these is the lack of seamless coordination between central agencies like RAW, IB, NTRO, and state-level intelligence wings, leading to duplication, turf wars, and delayed responses. Real-time intelligence fusion and predictive analysis remain weak, with most operations being reactive rather than anticipatory. The over-reliance on human intelligence (HUMINT) without adequate integration of technical intelligence (TECHINT), cyber intelligence, and open-source intelligence (OSINT) further handicaps timely threat detection. Moreover, the intelligence-sharing mechanisms with state police forces are inconsistent, creating operational silos that terrorists exploit. India’s surveillance and interception capabilities also lag behind in rural, border, and maritime areas due to outdated technologies and manpower shortages. Institutional issues such as political interference, inadequate legislative backing for intelligence reforms, limited accountability frameworks, and poor investment in counterintelligence further erode operational effectiveness. In a fast-evolving threat environment marked by AI-driven cyberterrorism, drone-enabled infiltration, and hybrid warfare tactics, these structural deficiencies make it imperative for India to undertake a sweeping modernization and integration of its intelligence architecture. Terrorism, however, is not sustained only by weapons; it is fueled by radical ideology. A critical priority must be neutralizing the internal radicalization ecosystem. The internet and encrypted platforms have become breeding grounds for violent extremism, where recruitment, indoctrination, and command dissemination occur unchecked. States must develop cyber command structures that use AI to monitor, map, and dismantle digital radicalization cells. India’s experience with online radicalization in Kashmir must be tackled proactively, combining cyber monitoring with community outreach programs. Engagement with moderate clerics, educational leaders, and civil society actors can build grassroots resilience against extremist narratives. Saudi Arabia’s de-radicalization centers, Indonesia’s community-based rehabilitation models, and India’s own soft measures in the Kashmir Valley provide effective templates to adapt and expand. Yet domestic action, no matter how robust, is insufficient in an interconnected world. Global terrorism requires a global counterterrorism alliance based on mutual strategic inputs, intelligence sharing, operational cooperation, and joint threat neutralization. India must deepen its strategic counterterrorism alliances with key partners. With the United States, the cooperation must extend beyond existing agreements like COMCASA and BECA. Real-time intelligence exchanges, satellite-based surveillance over critical infiltration sectors, and cyber threat analysis collaboration must be operationalized. Joint Special Forces exercises such as Vajra Prahar must evolve into counterinsurgency-specific drills, simulating Kashmir-like environments to develop muscle memory for rapid response. Similarly, Israel remains a critical partner in counterterrorism technology, intelligence sharing, and radicalization management. India must tap into Israel’s advanced counter-radicalization techniques, especially their use of psychological operations and strategic communication to win the information war against extremists. Co-development of AI-based border monitoring, anti-tunnel detection systems, and directed-energy anti-drone systems must be prioritized. France, having faced brutal urban terrorism during the Bataclan and Nice attacks, offers valuable expertise in urban counterterrorism operations, critical infrastructure protection, and multi-agency response frameworks. India should adapt French urban CT doctrines to safeguard public spaces, tourism hubs, religious places, and soft targets in volatile regions. Strategic partnerships must also extend eastward. Australia and Japan, both Quad partners, can assist in maritime domain awareness to block terror financing via illegal maritime routes. The UAE and Saudi Arabia, key Gulf allies, have transformed into proactive counterterrorism players. India must enhance financial intelligence-sharing agreements with these nations to choke terror financing routed through hawala networks and cryptocurrency channels. Real-time monitoring of suspicious financial flows must be instituted through joint financial action taskforces. At the operational level, the creation of International Counterterrorism Fusion Cells is necessary. These hubs, modeled after U.S. Fusion Centers, would house Indian, American, Israeli, French, Emirati, and Australian officers, enabling real-time collaborative intelligence processing, targeting, and actionable response planning. Such cells would allow the seamless tracking of transnational terrorist movements and dismantle sleeper cells before they execute attacks. An additional layer of readiness can be achieved through Operational Cooperation Cells: small elite mixed teams of Indian and partner-nation special forces, kept on permanent standby for cross-border or internal rapid neutralization operations in case high-value actionable intelligence emerges. Such cells would mirror the collaboration seen in operations like Neptune Spear, which eliminated Osama Bin Laden. Border management must also leap into the future. India’s Comprehensive Integrated Border Management System (CIBMS) is a step forward, but smart borders must become the new norm — integrating motion sensors, AI-based facial recognition, night vision surveillance, and satellite-fed intelligence grids. Partnering with Israeli and American firms to expand CIBMS’ scale and efficiency would enable India to create impermeable borders against infiltration and smuggling. The financial lifeblood of terrorism must also be decisively cut. Strengthening the capabilities of India’s NIA and Financial Intelligence Units (FIUs) to track, seize, and dismantle terror-linked assets is crucial. Globally, India must continue leveraging the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) platform to maintain pressure on nations that sponsor terror. Pakistan’s grey-listing was a diplomatic victory but must be sustained until verifiable systemic change is achieved. Finally, the battle must also be waged on the psychological front. Strategic communication, or narrative warfare, is the new frontline. India and allied nations must expose, globally and consistently, the civilian cost of terrorism, the economic destruction caused by insurgency, and the duplicity of state sponsors like Pakistan. Simultaneously, governments must publicize the success stories of deradicalized youth, the revival of normalcy in conflict-prone areas, and the deep cultural resilience of communities resisting radicalization. Winning the information war will delegitimize the terrorist cause in the eyes of their potential recruits and supporters. The Pahalgam attack should not be treated merely as another tragedy. It must become a catalyst for a doctrinal transformation — for India and for every democracy threatened by asymmetric warfare. The new doctrine must stand on four solid pillars: Domestic Security Reinvention through unified intelligence and predictive surveillance; Strategic International Cooperation through intelligence fusion, joint operations, and technology co-development; Financial Warfare targeting the underground financial networks that sustain terror; and Psychological Warfare that wins hearts, minds, and narratives at the global stage. The global message must be clear: democracies will not merely defend against terror; they will pre-empt it, they will dominate the operational space, and they will dismantle the very ecosystem that sustains violence. Prof. Dr. Nishakant Ojha — Global Counterterrorism Authority with Operational Expertise Across the Middle East, South Asia, and Terrorism-Affected Nations

Sanctions Over Strikes: Why War with Pakistan is a Strategic and Economic Mistake

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the complex and often volatile landscape of South Asia, India has frequently faced provocations from Pakistan, ranging from cross-border terrorism to diplomatic hostility. In response, the instinctive call for military action is understandable, but misguided. Those advocating for war with Pakistan must consider its grave economic implications in addition to human misery on both sides of the border. A military confrontation would not only divert attention from India’s developmental goals but also deliver a strategic walkover to China, discourage global investors, and jeopardise vital economic infrastructure situated dangerously close to the western frontier. War is the mad animal of human history—untamed, unpredictable, and insatiable. Once unleashed, it rarely follows the commands of those who summoned it. It feeds on fear, nationalism, and vengeance with devastating consequences. Rather than fighting this beast head-on, India must work to tame it through diplomacy, strategic restraint, and economic leverage. In the modern world, true strength lies not in destruction, but in development and discipline. The High Cost of Conflict India, currently the world’s fastest-growing economy, is at a pivotal growth moment. The country’s trajectory toward becoming a $5 trillion economy and a manufacturing powerhouse under initiatives like “Make in India” may not withstand the disruption of war. Even a short-lived conflict can result in flight of capital, supply chain shocks, inflation, and waning investor confidence. The long-term effects could reverse years of economic progress. I have always said that capital-is-a-coward and does not stay where it is threatened. Historical evidence backs this. The 1999 Kargil War, though limited, led to slowed economic activity and an abrupt shift in budget priorities from development to defence. Today, with India more integrated into global markets, a conflict would lead to deeper and damaging repercussions. Military engagement with Pakistan would split India’s strategic focus and military resources. This is exactly the kind of geopolitical distraction Beijing could exploit - from border incursions to economic encroachments. India can ill afford to weaken its deterrent posture against China by opening another front. Global investors are actively looking at India as a credible alternative to China. They seek stability, and military conflict sends the opposite message. Capital markets would react swiftly and negatively, new investments would stall, and existing ones could be rerouted to safer nations. In today’s world, investment flows are already cautious; such uncertainty could take decades to reverse. Industrial Corridors in the Crosshairs The danger of war is not restrictive—it’s geographic. Some of India’s most critical economic assets are alarmingly close to the Pakistan border. Gujarat, home to the Jamnagar petrochemical complex owned by Reliance Industries and the strategically vital Mundra Port operated by the Adani Group, are close to the international borders. These are not just business hubs—they are economic lifelines for us. The Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC), a spine of India’s manufacturing ambition, also passes through vulnerable zones. Any attack or disruption here would paralyse key supply chains, disrupt export logistics, and require enormous rebuilding costs. Beyond the infrastructure, such a hit would damage investor psyche and future prospects irrevocably. Humanitarian and Social Fallout War inevitably brings loss of life, homes, and hope. India’s young, ambitious population deserves a future built on education, innovation, and opportunity. Redirecting resources toward conflict, rather than development, is a disservice to a generation on the cusp of global leadership. So what are the civilised alternatives… Instead of bombs and boots, India must use economic tools. Sanctions and stepped-up diplomatic isolation have proven effective in the modern geopolitical arena. Pakistan’s FATF grey-listing has already restricted its financial manoeuvrability. Coordinated action with international partners can intensify this pressure. In addition to the 5-pronged strategy already implemented, halting bilateral trade in non-essential commodities, pushing global banks and financial institutions to scrutinise funding to Pakistani entities, and tightening remittance channels to block support for extremist networks will drive long-term solutions. These measures can inflict economic pain without costing Indian lives or infrastructure. Moreover, they can be implemented, scaled, and reversed with far more precision than any military campaign. India’s voice is gaining weight on global platforms—G20, BRICS, and the United Nations. By consistently highlighting Pakistan’s role in fostering terrorism, India can build international consensus for sustained punitive measures. Unlike warfare, which may win battles, this approach helps win the narrative, crucial in the information age. Sceptics argue that sanctions are slow. But haste in geopolitics often leads to regrets. Strategic patience, coupled with economic pressure, can grind down adversarial capabilities over time. Unlike military campaigns that might trigger cycles of retaliation, economic warfare allows control, escalation, and recalibration without bloodshed. The reality of us being neighbours cannot change, and war will never lead to peaceful coexistence. The U.S. sanctions on Iran and North Korea demonstrate how sustained economic pressure, despite its flaws, can limit a nation’s options and force diplomatic engagement. The bottom line is….to choose progress over provocation. India’s ascent to global power status rests on sustained peace, economic vitality, and international trust. Military action against Pakistan would impact these gains, alienate allies, embolden China, and create economic chaos. Those beating the drums of war must understand that this is not 1971. Today’s wars are won not on borders but in boardrooms, trade routes, and stock exchanges. India must opt for wisdom over wrath. Sanctions, diplomacy, and international partnerships are the weapons of modern statecraft. Let us lead with vision, not vengeance, and ensure our children inherit growth, not grief.

Quotas, Questions and the Constitution: The debate over 4% Muslim reservation

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

On March 21, 2025, the Karnataka Assembly has passed a bill amending the Karnataka Transparency in Public Procurement (KTPP) Act to establish a 4% reservation in public contracts for Category II(B), including backward castes within the Muslim community. This reservation pertains to government civil works contracts valued up to Rs. 2 crore, an increase from the prior limit of Rs. 1 crore. The goal of this legislation is to increase the participation of underserved Muslim communities in public procurement processes. Since the governing Congress party argues for the need and the opposition BJP doubts its constitutional legality, it has caused significant political debate. Karnataka Governor Thawar Chand Gehlot has forwarded a bill that was approved by both houses of the state’s legislature to President Droupadi Murmu for her approval, granting Muslims quota in government contracts. The BJP claimed the Bill was illegal because there is no provision in the Indian Constitution permitting religion-based reservations. It said that the Bill is a reflection of the ruling Congress’s appeasement tactics. What is this law about? The KTPP Act, 1999, was enforced to promote openness, fairness, and responsibility in how public entities in the state handle their procurement processes. The Act establishes clear and consistent procedures for inviting, processing, and accepting tenders related to the procurement of goods, services, and civil works by government departments, public sector undertakings, and local bodies. The Act seeks to simplify procurement processes to help avoid irregularities and ensure that public funds are used efficiently. Major amendments over time Since it was first introduced, the KTPP Act has seen various updates to tackle new challenges and enhance procurement practices. Some important changes were made in 2007, to introduce e-procurement and e-procurement platform to bring in best practices in public procurement. In 2017, overcome the unemployment problem in the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes Community and to encourage their participation in such number of works not exceeding 17.15 percent for persons belonging to the Scheduled castes and not exceeding 6.95 percent for the persons belonging to the Scheduled tribes out of the total number of Government construction works upto Rupees 50.00 lakhs. The 2020 amendment, increase the limit for value of procurement of goods and services for application of provisions of this Act from rupees one lakh to rupees five lakhs. The recent amendment of 2025 to the KTPP Act, which established a 4% reservation in public procurement contracts for contractors from Category II(B) of the state’s Other Backward Classes (OBC) list, encompassing Muslims This reservation is relevant for civil works contracts worth up to Rs.2 crore and for goods or services contracts valued at up to Rs.1 crore. The amendment seeks to foster inclusivity and create economic opportunities for communities that have been historically marginalised. The latest amendment has ignited much political and legal discourse. Critics, particularly members of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), contend that the reservation is illegal, because it confers advantages based on religion, which is prohibited by the Indian Constitution. The Karnataka government asserts that the quota is predicated on social and educational backwardness rather than religion, aiming to elevate marginalised populations. The dispute prompted the Governor of Karnataka to submit the law to the President of India for approval, citing apprehensions over its constitutionality. Constitutional position Critics contend that the introduction of reservations or special benefits exclusively based on religious identity could infringe upon the secular essence of the Constitution and provisions such as Article 15(1), which forbids discrimination based on religion. Although the Constitution permits affirmative action for classes deemed socially and educationally disadvantaged under Article 15(4) and 16(4), it is imperative that any classification relies on objective measures of backwardness rather than solely on religious identity. The Supreme Court in Indra Sawhney v. Union of India (1992) unequivocally determined that religion, in itself, cannot serve as a foundation for reservation; however, the backwardness of a religious group may be taken into account if it is suitably categorised. Consequently, establishing a direct connection between the findings of the Sachar Committee and religion-based reservations, in the absence of a thorough socio-economic evaluation and classification, may be perceived as constitutionally questionable and could potentially be invalidated for contravening the principle of equality before the law as enshrined in Article 14. The Sachar Committee Report (2006) indicated that Muslims in India, albeit the largest minority, are disadvantaged compared to most other socio-religious groups regarding socio-economic development. It emphasised that Muslims exhibited low literacy rates, particularly among women, and faced inadequate access to higher education and government employment opportunities. The population was identified as under-represented in official institutions such as civil services, law enforcement, and the court, while being predominantly employed in low-wage informal sector positions with no job security. Financial exclusion was a significant issue, as locations with Muslim populations exhibited a scarcity of bank branches, resulting in restricted access to credit and savings services. The research noted the ghettoisation of Muslims in metropolitan areas, partially attributed to discrimination in housing and education. The committee determined that the community was experiencing systemic social and economic marginalisation and suggested inclusive development strategies, enhanced data collecting, focused government initiatives, and affirmative action to ameliorate their circumstances. What lies ahead? The discourse regarding reservations for Muslims, prompted by the Sachar Committee’s findings and recent policy measures such as Karnataka’s 4% quota in public procurement, highlights the intricate interplay of social equity, constitutional tenets, and political determination. Although there is compelling evidence indicating the socio-economic marginalisation of specific segments within the Muslim community, the approach to remedying this situation—especially when articulated in religious contexts—invokes constitutional and legal considerations that warrant thorough examination. The issue now lies with the President of India, subsequent to the Governor’s referral, and the actions undertaken will probably establish a precedent for analogous policies throughout various states. Consequently, it is imperative to defer to the constitutional review and any prospective judicial interpretation prior to reaching conclusive determinations, while remaining cognisant of the necessity to harmonise equity with adherence to constitutional principles. Dr. Zeeshan is an Assistant Professor of Law at Amity University Rajasthan and Dr. Alisha is an Assistant Professor of Law at Symbiosis Law School, Pune.

Contours of a deal: Trump, Modi and the trade puzzle | TDG Explainer

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent suggested an announcement on India could be imminent, following a recent visit by VP JD Vance to New Delhi. As President Donald Trump prepares to mark the first 100 days of his second term with a rally in Michigan, his administration is signalling possible breakthroughs in trade negotiations with key Asian partners, including India, Japan and South Korea. Scott Bessent, U.S. Treasury Secretary, said in advance of a White House press briefing that “Asian countries, including India, Japan and South Korea, have been the most forthcoming” in pursuing new trade agreements, foreign media reported. He suggested an announcement on India could be imminent, following a recent visit by Vice President JD Vance to New Delhi. “They made some very good progress,” Bessent noted, referencing talks between Vance and PM Modi. Bessent also reported that the U.S. is edging closer to a potential deal with South Korea, reportedly saying, “I can see the contours of a deal.” He added that “substantial talks” have been held with Japan as well. Despite concerns from economists, Bessent downplayed fears of major disruption. “I wouldn’t think that we would have a supply chain shock. And, I think retailers they have managed their inventory in front of this,” he said, according to the US media. The Trump administration is also pushing to remove the so-called “internet tax” in the European Union, Bessent confirmed. On the domestic front, Bessent reiterated the administration’s plan to boost American manufacturing by allowing companies full expensing of factories and equipment purchases, retroactive to January 20, the day Trump was sworn in for his second term. “The Trump administration wants to provide companies looking to relocate to the US full expensing of factories and equipment purchases,” Bessent reportedly said. As Trump prepares for a campaign-style rally in Macomb County, Michigan, later today—his first major public event since returning to office—he took to his Truth Social platform to celebrate the milestone. “100 VERY SPECIAL DAYS. MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN!!!” Trump wrote, adding praise for RNC spokesperson Danielle Alvarez and Border Patrol agent Paul Perez for their media appearances earlier in the day.

India Will Give A Crushing Response

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The horrific massacre of 26 Indians in Pahalgam last week was deeply personal. It hit every single Indian all over the country, not just because the victims were mostly tourists (25 of them and one local, the pony rides operator who was matryd saving others lives) who came from all over, but also that the nature of the targets. Unlike Phulwana or Uri or Pathankot these were not military targets but soft targets. And during the attack a very chilling and personal nature was delivered - Modi ji se kehna (Go Tell Modi) is what they told one of the survivors after brutally killing her husband in front of her. The Prime Minister did not hesitate to pick up the gauntlet. Cutting short his visit to Saudi Arabia he has been monitoring India’s response from the front - whether it is dialling global leaders, meeting with the CCS or the defence forces to plan out a strategy. As he thundered at an election rally in Bihar - “we will chase them to the ends of the earth...not just the terrorists but also their backers will not be spared.” Although the rally was in Bihar the PM spoke both in Hindi and in English. He was also addressing a global audience. The terror attack has happened at a time when there is a short tolerance for terrorism of any kind but particularly Islamic terror - unfortunately terror has a religion. The Pahalgam attack singled out Hindus, the religion of the victims was asked before shooting them. The outpourings have been strong, the condemnations global. Whatever response India takes, will get a strong backing. That message is clear. The options before India are both short term and long term and range from military to the political to the diplomatic. The downsizing of the diplomatic missions, the sealing of that Wagah-Attari border and putting the Indus Water Treaty and the Shimla agreement in abeyance are the immediate responses. Speaking to NEwsX Cover Story, Lt General DS Hooda was what the Northern Army Commander in Chief during the 2016 surgical strike was categorical when he said that a military response should not be ruled out. However unlike 2016 (Uri attack) and 2019 (Phulwana) when India took Pakistan by surprise with its response, this time Pakistan will be prepared. Lt Gen Hooda (retd) says that India has the capability to engage in a long term Ukraine style response. But, my question is, will this be playing into the Pak Army Chief Asim Munir’s hands? For this is the relevance he is seeking when he made the provocative comment that Kashmir is Islamabad’s jugular vein. India’s security and military sources have evidence that the attack was state sponsored. The timing is also suspect, at a time when tourism was returning to the Valley, when the US Vice President JD Vance was visiting and at at time when Prime Minister Modi was out of the country, that too visiting Saudi Arabia. There are also other options on the table which include taking back PoK or supporting Balochistan quest for freedom. No Pakistan is best for India said Lt Gen P Ravi Shankar (retd) when asked whether a strong or weak Pakistan works better for India. His suggestion is for India to start taking ownership of PoK by first filling the seats reserved for PoK (by proxy) in the J&K assembly, raising issues that concern PoK and so on. Certainly India is going to be measured yet grandiose in its response. A strong, firm and consistent message needs to be sent and in Prime Minister Modi we have the right man to deliver it. The Opposition too is being supportive, from Rahul Gandhi to Omar Abdullah to Asaddudin Owaisi.

PAHALGAM terror attack: STRATEGIC PATEINCE MUST NOW BE IN THE PAST

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Introduction There is an image that portrays a sense of loss and an immense tragedy. A lady still wearing her wedding bangles sitting next to her slain husband, a young Naval Officer, in a pristine meadow surrounded by a dense forest. No words are required to explain the emotions. On 22nd April, Pakistan attempted to shatter the peace in Kashmir, leaving 26 dead who were targeted based mainly on their religious identity. A brutal window of terror has been opened with the attendant heartrending loss of innocent lives. Undoubtedly, it is an attempt to create a communal divide. The attack at Baisaran meadow, a scenic spot in Pahalgam, is horrific and occurred at a time when the dividends of peace were being felt in the Valley and tourism was on the rise. The timing of the attack is also significant and can’t be ignored. It has taken place at a time when the Indo-US relations are getting closer and the Vice President of US was visiting India. Further, the Indo-Saudi relations are also at its peak with the Prime Minister visiting Riyadh on the day of incident. Pakistan suffering from an economic crisis and increasing incident in Baluchistan including the Jaffar train incident in March and Khyber-Pakhtunistan feels the best way to divert the attention of its population is to attack India. Pakistan felt that the peace dividends in Kashmir was now visible. For the Pakistan Army, India remains its obsession which is evident from the remarks of the General Asim Munir lately in which he talked of the two-nation theory. Addressing the Overseas Pakistani Convention in Islamabad, he said “Our stance is absolutely clear, it was our jugular vein it will be our jugular vein, we will not forget it. We will not leave our Kashmiri brothers in their heroic struggle”. Pakistan’s Army realizes that it can not take India on in a conventional contest having lost all of the four wars it had fought. Keeping this in mind its focus was on three issues; firstly, developing a nuclear capability. Secondly, carrying out a proxy conflict by using terrorists and thirdly, cultivating collusivity with China. It feels that the first and third can prevent a strong reaction by Indian while the second continues to bleed India by thousand cuts. Hence, 22nd April can be seen as a continuum of the attack on Parliament in 2001, attack in Mumbai in 2008, Uri in 2016 and Pulwama in 2019. Incidentally, it was only after the last two incidents India reacted by targeting terrorist bases across the border. For Pakistan, its relevance in the Kashmir narrative is evaporating. This is evident from the call of the Bandh given post attack in the Kashmir. While terrorists have attacked on victims based on their religious identity, the local people came out and risked their own life to rescue those caught in the attack. Further, the shutdown in Kashmir was initiated by the citizens of Kashmir itself against the terrorism thereby sending a clear and loud message to terrorist that their roots will not be allowed to grow there. This seems to be a defining moment. The terrorist attack has been claimed by The Resistance Front (TRF), an offshoot of Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), clearly has the backing of the Pakistan Army. Pakistan will of course use the cloak of plausible deniability to prevent itself from being held accountable for the terror attack and thereby, mold world opinion in its favour. The fact is that India is dealing with a highly professional and ideological neighbour who’s decision making structure are bereft of any political constraints. In the light of this we need to evaluate our response matrix to ensure that we remain one step ahead in the escalatory ladder. A whole nation approach to tackle Pakistan is the only solution. Unfortunately, in our bit to show the normalcy, we seem to have lowered the guard as far as area domination by security personnel is concerned. As per reports, there was no Security Post in the area which is frequented by a large number of tourists. Poor intelligence is one of the causes of the incident. Intelligence failure due to the fallacy of peace has created intelligence voids. The intelligence grid must be restored to prevent both infiltration and escape. We need to use better technology to counter the terrorists, as well as identify the sympathisers. As such an act can’t be carried out in the absence of local sympathisers. Terrorism a Tactic of the Weak Terrorism will remain a tactic of the weak who lack the courage and strength to fight militarily. A comprehensive solution is thus needed to counter and prevent such attacks. The Pahalgam attack is simply not just an attack to internationalise the Kashmir issue but is also aimed at destabilising India internally and creating a communal divide. Our response while being strong must be guided by professional inputs and not by mass public incitement or sentiments. Across the globe, countries have strongly condemned this incident and came out in support of India this includes US and China. The Chinese Ambassador Xu Feihong said, “Shocked by the attack in Pahalgam and condemn (it). Deep condolences for the victims and sincere sympathies to the injured and the bereaved families.” And stated that they “oppose terrorism of all forms”. In a call with Prime Minister Narendra Modi, President Trump strongly condemned the terror attack and expressed full support to India to bring to justice the perpetrators of the “heinous attack”. In a post he had said that “India and the United States stand together in the fight against terror”. Afghanistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs spokesperson also condemned the attack and expressed sympathy to the families of those who lost their lives. “Such acts threaten the security and stability of the region.” The Pakistan Army has suffered many losses in its border skirmishes with Afghanistan. Pakistan has recently commenced the expulsion of Afghan refugees across the Durand Line and also carried out air strikes against Afghanistan. There is a sense in Pakistan that the TTP BLA have been given safe sanctuary in Afghanistan. Pakistan also feels that there is an improvement of India’s relationship with Afghanistan. India’s response to this internal security challenge is being watched by those across the border. There is no doubt that the incident was pre-meditated and carried out with religious orientation factoring in a new dimension in the terror matrix. The gravity of the challenge was evident when the Prime Minister quickly cut short his trip to Saudi Arabia and Home Minister rushed to Kashmir While the response matrix is being debated what matters is that we have to be a step ahead in the escalatory ladder but can’t be impulsive irrespective of the domestic compulsions. One must keep in mind that often suppression of violence is mistaken for establishment of peace. For enduring peace, it is not only elimination of violence but good governance, deradicalization and denial of space for terrorists to operate. India’s Reactions All options ranging from political, diplomatic economic and military will be analysed. Which option is chosen or what combination of options are chosen will be exercised. Some of them have already been announced. These include suspension of Indus Water Treaty, closing of the Attari Border with immediate effect, the expulsion of diplomats, reduction of staff of High Commission’s from 55 to 30, Pakistan Military Advisors being declared persona non grata and an order for some Pakistani visa holders to leave within 48 hours. At the conclusion of yesterday’s CCS’s meeting to review the overall security situation, the Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri said, “that the perpetrators of the attack will be brought to justice and their sponsors held to account”. He also spoke about the recent extradition of Tahawwur Hussain Rana and said that India will be unrelenting in the pursuit of those who have committed the act of terror and have conspired to make them possible. The escalation ladder has many steps ranging from economic, diplomatic, political and military. Military steps could include surgical strikes and surgical air strikes which have taken place earlier. Post the attack on the Indian Parliament, we also saw Operation Parakram being launched with a large-scale mobilisation of troops. The range of military option is immense across all spectrums. These include localised action across the LoC to precision strike by air and long-range vectors against high value targets, targeting of LeT and JeM ideologues and end with conventional war. Multiple means and methods exist within the full spectrum. These could also include a naval economic blockade and the activation of the LoC by suspending the existing Ceasefire Agreement. The fact is that time for strategic patience is now in the past. Speaking at Arjan Singh Memorial Lecture, Raksha Mantri Shri Rajnath Singh condemned the attack and assured that “will take every step that is necessary and appropriate and we will not only trace those who perpetrated this incident. We will also reach those who, hiding behind the scenes, have conspired to carry out such a ‘napak’ (impure) act on the soil of India.” While retaliation is inevitable, the manner in which we propose to respond is best left to those currently in authority. We need to meet this challenge with resolve and ensure that our response acts as a deterrent for preventing reoccurrence of such instances. Conclusion Since August 2019, India has achieved great success in containing terror in J&K. the security forces ensured that terrorists were on the backfoot. Tourism was on the rise and the local economy was benefitting. But while a large number of tourists is a visible sign of peace but their presence always needed to be weighed against such black swan events. The massacre in Pahalgam seems to have turned the clock back. The attack is a clear reminder that the state remains under the constant threat from the forces that seek to cause instability. The assault therefore demands an appropriate strategic response while simultaneously there is also a need to introspect dispassionately as to why it took place. The government has acted wisely in announcing a series of diplomatic measures. There is no doubt when anger and grief dominate, a muscular response comes to the fore. But the use of kinetics has its own consequences. What is more important is prevention of such events. The primary perpetrator is Pakistan and its proxies only understand the language of coercion and violence and not rationality. Every act of theirs has to be responded with firm and punitive measures. While at the same time we need to be aware of Israel’s action of extreme against Hamas which pushed by sentiment has not provided a solution. India must continue to respond decisively to terror attacks through enhanced intelligence, precision operations and by holding their direct perpetrators and state sponsors accountable. The Pakistan Army must pay for its support to terrorists We need to also continue our efforts to blacklist individuals and groups under UN sanctioned regime and maintain pressure in forums like FATF. Responsible statecraft and deterrence are the key. The Prime Minister Narendra Modi has said that the attackers and conspirators would be punished “beyond their imagination”. The Pahalgam attack should be seen as a watershed moment and the solution lies in an all government approach to fundamentally alter the benefits to Pakistan for sponsoring terrorism. As we all know the truth is that a moth-eaten Pakistan still remains a global hub of terror, despair and darkness.

Credit where credit is due

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The contribution of Indian revolutionaries during the freedom struggle and role of Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose in the events leading to country’s freedom have not been well documented, argues Prem Prakash who is the only living media personality to have seen functioning of 14 prime ministers from Jawaharlal Nehru to Narendra Modi in his professional capacity. In his new and revealing book titled, “History That India Ignored” [Vitasta], Prem Prakash, 94, chairman of the Asian News International [ ANI] laments how many youngsters in India are unaware of a massive naval mutiny and about the martyrdom of naval officers who lost their lives in fighting for India’s Independence. A small memorial still exists at Colaba, Mumbai. Prem Prakash, a self-confessed admirer of ‘Punditji” [ Jawaharlal Nehru] and Mahatma Gandhi terms it “tragic” that Independent India has ignored the revolutionaries. “When the Indian National Army and Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose succeeded in reaching Imphal, the British were alarmed and compelled to think afresh about continuing their rule in India. The naval mutiny in Bombay followed by one in Karachi as also in the Royal Indian Air force was enough to show that forces the British relied on to rule India were going against them. The British Prime Minister Clement Atlee himself made it clear that the decision to leave India was taken not because of Mahatma Gandhi or the Congress. ‘Minimal,’ was the exact word he used to describe the influence of the two in the British Raj’s decision to leave India,” records Prem Prakash. For Prem Prakash, it was rather unusual of Jawaharlal Nehru to have visited Singapore before the independence where he had met Lord Louis Mountbatten in 1946 but not reported back the conversation to the Congress or its president Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. Prem Prakash thinks Mountbatten had managed to convince Nehru during his stay in Singapore that the solution to India’s Independence lay in its partition. Maulana Azad, who was the Congress president at that time writes in his autobiography, India Wins Freedom, that Nehru did not report to him about his discussions with Mountbatten in Singapore when he returned from there. He was entitled to receive a report as president of the Congress party. Maulana Azad held him and Vallabh Bhai Patel as being responsible for the partition of India, asserts Prem Prakash. The author is candid in writing that a large section of Muslims had opposed partition on religious grounds and they did not recognize Mohammad Ali Jinnah as their leader. “And they proved their rejection of Jinnah in 1937 when the Muslim League failed to win any Muslim majority in any province where the elections were held. The question that Muslims of India asked was: where were they going to go? This was an unanswered question that bothered them. How could they leave India which was their home for generations and that is where they did all their business. Yet Jinnah was about to be thrust upon them by the British…” Prem Prakash aptly chronicles some mass antipartition demonstrations by the Muslims organized by All India Azad Muslim Conference and several other Muslim organizations in Delhi, appealing to the British and India’s leaders not to divide the country. “They declared and reminded everyone including the British that Muslim League or its leader Mohammed Ali Jinnah had no right to speak on behalf of Muslims of India.Their concern was the unanswered question why should they leave, giving up their homes, businesses and employment in India. Azad Muslim Conference opposing the Partition alleged that the idea of dividing India was to keep Muslims backward and suffer economically. Prem Prakash also quotes famous Deobandi scholar Maulana Syed Hussain Madani’s book, Muttahida Qaumyat Aur Islam, that had passionately argued against the idea of Partition. So was Alama Mashriqi who considered separatist leaders as power hungry and misleading the Muslims. He alleged that the separatists were serving the British agenda. The British ignored the fact of massive demonstrations in Delhi including the one by the Muslim weavers of Bihar and Eastern UP against the Partition. Not just Muslim voices were ignored by the British, but voices of other non-Hindu communities as well. The Akali Party led by Master Tara Singh and Chief Khalsa Diwan were also opposed to the idea of Pakistan. The Parsi community largely resident in Bombay Presidency, but in smaller numbers all over India was a prosperous one. They were opposed to the idea of Partition. Frank Anthony, leader of the AngloIndian community speaking also for the Christians did not approve of Partition. Yet the British were pushing it. Jinnah, in Prem Prakash’s assessment, had managed to convince the British and the Americans that he alone was their friend in the subcontinent, while the Hindu Congress was left-oriented. Prem Prakash wonders why the history of the Independence struggle as has been written since 1947 gives all credit to nonviolence, non-cooperation and time spent in jail by the Congress leaders. The armed struggle fought by the revolutionaries has been downplayed or ignored. Sample this observation, “The fact remains that mass awareness to fight for Independence was inspired by Mahatma Gandhi. His total stress on nonviolence failed to get the people of India to rise and fight when he gave a call for ‘Do or Die.’ Mahatma Gandhi’s exact call to the people was: ‘Here is a mantra, a short one that I give you. You may imprint it in your hearts and let every breath of yours give expression to it. The mantra is ‘Do or Die’. We shall either free India or die in the attempt. We shall not live to see the perpetuation of our slavery. The only people who were doing this long before this call by Mahatma Gandhi were the revolutionaries. While I do not wish to undermine the role of the Congress and Mahatma Gandhi, it is important that we give due credit to all those young and old revolutionaries who fought and died for India.”

India’s resolve is now stronger

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The cowardly and dastardly attack by Pakistan through its operatives has sparked outrage across the globe, with Prime Minister Modi condemning it as a “desperate and cowardly act” and assuring the victims’ families that the “conspirators and perpetrators will face the harshest response” and that India will “pursue these attackers to the ends of the earth.” India has received resounding support from the USA, Russia, Saudi Arabia and several other countries. This attack truly reflects the desperation of a failed state which has nurtured a jihadi army chief, fed on a staple diet of fundamentalism far more than he can digest. It was highly uncharacteristic and against all norms of military discipline for him to speak in a rebellious and rabid manner at the Overseas Pakistanis’ Convention in Islamabad, in the presence of the Pakistan Prime Minister. His comments have shocked the conscience of those who value army ethos and have extinguished all hopes for the future of a democratic Pakistan. The indelible “Bangladesh scar” embedded in the DNA of the Pakistani army will never heal, for it has been used as a perpetual excuse for military dominance over Pakistan, trampling human and civil rights forever. The recent attack was Pakistan’s desperate attempt to reignite the anti-India frenzy, justify military control and derail normalcy and development in Kashmir, seemingly timed deliberately during the visit of U.S. Vice President Vance to India. We salute Prime Minister Modi for his most prompt and proactive response to this barbaric attack — from cutting short his visit to Saudi Arabia, with the immediate visit by Home Minister to Kashmir to assess the situation firsthand, asserting dominance along the Line of Control and International Border, sealing the Attari border, expelling some Pakistani officials from the Pakistan High Commission, halting visa facilities, sending back Pakistani nationals, and suspending the IndoIndus Water Treaty. Pakistan’s history is one of notable betrayals. In 1999, during Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee’s tenure, India launched the Delhi-Lahore bus service, a landmark ‘Bus Diplomacy’ initiative to foster peace and strengthen bilateral ties. Yet, while these efforts were underway, Pakistan was covertly planning an incursion. In May 1999, the Kargil War erupted when Pakistani troops and militants crossed the Line of Control (LoC) in Jammu and Kashmir’s Kargil sector, occupying Indian positions. This act of aggression undermined India’s peace initiatives, revealing Pakistan’s duplicity. Despite India’s genuine pursuit of dialogue and coexistence, Pakistan’s hostile actions during the Kargil conflict betrayed the trust extended through diplomatic gestures. India has always followed the policy of peaceful coexistence and tried to settle matters peacefully but Pakistan has only reacted with hatred and enmity. Pakistan must realize that its desperate and inhumane attacks will only hasten its own downfall. India has defeated Pakistan in every direct confrontation — in the wars of 1965, 1971, and 1999. The 1971 war dismembered Pakistan and stands as a historical humiliation they have never recovered from. Similarly, India has throttled Pakistan’s attempts at proxy warfare firmly defending the unity and democratic fabric of the nation. Pakistan must now understand that the India under Prime Minister Modi is a new India — strong, secure, prosperous, and invincible — an Atmanirbhar Bharat, a Shashakt Bharat, a Swabhiman Bharat, and an Ek Atma Bharat, powered by the unwavering resolve of over 140 crore patriotic Indians. The abrogation of Article 370 stands as a monumental achievement, heralding a new era of empowerment, equity, and development in Jammu & Kashmir. The Modi government has transformed the “Tasveer” of Jammu & Kashmir, ushering in an unprecedented wave of development, and the “Taqdeer” of its people by exceeding their aspirations and reaffirming their confidence in the Indian Constitution. This transformation has deeply frustrated a desperate Pakistan, suffering from three major setbacks: first, the abrogation of Article 370; second, the international community’s rejection of its attempts to raise the Kashmir issue; and third, the consistent decimation of its sponsored terrorists — over 400 neutralized in the last decade — with terrorist recruitment now nearing a complete standstill. Under the Modi government, strengthening national security and infrastructure became a top priority. Border infrastructure has seen remarkable growth, with 15,106.7 km developed through comprehensive integrated border management systems. This includes border outposts, fencing, mobile towers, advanced technology deployment, enhanced lighting, road networks, and robust control and command systems. These measures have strengthened surveillance, enabled early detection of activities across the border, helped dominate tactical features, plugged infiltration routes, and asserted India’s territorial control. Coastal security along the 7,516.6 km coastline has also been significantly fortified. Today, no one can challenge the might of India. The people of Kashmir have overwhelmingly protested against acts of terrorism, recognizing that Pakistan’s designs aim to strangle their livelihoods. Even former separatist sympathizers have joined candlelight marches, condemning violence and supporting peace. The indomitable Indian spirit and unwavering support for Prime Minister Modi remain firm because his religion is India — its security, safety, and welfare. His response to threats has been prompt, decisive, and without hesitation, reflecting resolute , unflinching and inspiring leadership. Under his stewardship, the government has steadfastly secured every citizen against both external and internal threats. India will respond decisively — at a time, place and manner of its choosing. The author is a former Director General, ITBP, and former Chairman, Haryana Electricity Regulatory Commission. Views expressed are personal.

Indus Waters Treaty deserves immediate abrogation

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

A shocking and tragic terror attack on 25th April 2025 at Pahalgam by state-sponsored terrorists from Pakistan prompted India to take a bold strategy and diplomatic steps to act decisively against Pakistan. Due to the consequences of it, India has put the Indus Waters Treaty of 1960 held in hold. This action has put the Treaty on the Centre stage of IndoPakistan relations. India's bold step to hold the Indus Waters Treaty reflects a paradigm shift in Indian diplomacy, as the Indus Waters Treaty had not been affected since 1960, even during the Indo-Pakistan conflict of 1965, 1971, and the Kargil war of 1999, and other major Indo-Pak standoffs. The Indian action will realign the mechanism for the regional water security management of Transboundary water resources as well as the future perspective and gold post for Indo-Pak relations. After the expiration of the short-term Standstill Agreement of 1947, which provided a status quo to all the administrative arrangements existing between the British Crown and the state would continue unaltered until new arrangements were made. On April 1, 1948, India stopped water flow from canals into Pakistan. However, the Inter-Dominion Accord of May 4, 1948, resumed water flow from India to the Pakistan parts of the Indus basin, subject to the annual payment. This was the first time India exercised Water as a diplomatic Aqua-weapon. Later, Pakistan approached an international forum in 1951 against this arrangement. Hence, after the nineyear-long deliberation on 19 September 1960, India and Pakistan signed the water treaty, which was effective retrospectively from 1 April 1960. The Treaty was formalized and fine lines under the MB of the United Nations, the World Bank, led by president black. The Other signatories to the Treaty were International Bank for reconstruction and development ( IBRD ) World Bank as a broker and other countries like Australia, Canada, West Germany, New Zealand, United Kingdom and the United States is a partner to the plan of external financing under the ages of IBRD funds for developing infrastructure for the water management in a Indus water system basis in Pakistan as during the process of partition newly defined international border divided Indus basin in a such a fashion that leaving Pakistan as the lower riparian and India as the upper riparian. Most of the irrigation canals came into Pakistan where whereas the major water reservoirs, namely Madhopur on the Ravi River and the other at Ferozepur on the Sutlej River, continue to remain with India. Due to this highly complex pre-independence situation, India was obligated to support Pakistan by extending a fixed contribution of £62.06 million (approximately $131 million at the time) toward the cost of new irrigation infrastructure in Pakistan in ten instalments as an obligation. Being an international transboundary river treaty, the Indus Waters Treaty is guided by the key principles to enhance and foster cooperation and sustainable management of shared water resources based on equitability, preserve human and environmental ecosystems, thereby leading the path of peace and stability in the region. The treaty delimited and fixed the rights and obligations of both countries concerning the use of the waters of the Indus River system. Pakistan has unrestricted control of 70% of the western rivers like Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab, located in India, with a mean annual flow of 99 billion cubic meters. The remaining 30% of water of western rivers is available for India’s limited use for irrigation as well as unrestricted non-consumptive uses such as power generation, navigation, floating of property, fish culture, etc. However, India got control over Eastern Rivers, Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej with a mean annual flow of 41 billion cubic meters (33-million-acre feet) for water utilization. The treaty has detailed regulations for India regarding building projects over the western rivers. The treaty has well welldefined three-tiered mechanism to resolve disputes. Article IX, Annexures F AND G have specified three measures, including a Permanent Indus Commission (PIC) having commissioners from both India and Pakistan as a forum of exchange of Hydrological data and other measures to implement the treaty. If needed, may approach a Neutral Expert and finally through a designated Court of Arbitrators. It is worth mentioning that the present role of the World Bank is highly Limited as a facilitator to initiate the process of dispute settlement related to the implementation of the Indus water treaty. The role of other countries that were signatories during the finalization of the treaty was confined to a period of 10 years to support Pakistan financially in developing water management infrastructure only. Though there is no specific clause placed in the Treaty regarding unilateral abrogation, Article 62 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties provides enough scope to review the provisions of the treaty in the basic changes of circumstances from the time of implementation of the treaty. Since the Treaty is based on good faith and mutual friendship and relations there any act of omission of such principles, like enemy actions, acts of terror, and other unlawful measures, occurs, it provides the scope for any Country to abrogate the Treaty. Hens India has all right to act against the wishful intentions of Pakistan. Though the Indus Waters Treaty has sustained for more than 65 years despite a very volatile Indo-Pakistan relationship. However, the treaty remained in question due to its very significant tilt of water distribution towards Pakistan. The treaty is also silent on issues like the protection of the environment and the ecosystem of the region. The J&K legislative assembly has passed the resolution in 2003 and again in 2016, demanding revision, citing that the treaty is greatly influencing the growth of irrigation and hydroelectric projects in the state. A public litigation PIL is also pending in the Supreme Court of India against the treaty and to declare it unconstitutional. The first action on the need to review of treaty was raised by India in 2016 as a counter response to the attack on an army camp in Uri by Pakistan. The government of India has also officially communicated to Pakistan in Jan 2023 and again in Sep 2024 to renegotiate the Indus Water Treaty, as the actions and intentions of Pakistan are against the spirit and objectives of the treaty. India has to exercise various available options to implement the treaty held in abeyance. As such, the very first measure is to ensure complete stoppage of a huge volume of surplus overflow of Sutlej water from the Firozpur barrage, and Ravi water from the Madhpur barrage. As an Intermediate measure, there is a need to develop rapid and trans river canalization in northern India. As a long-term measure, India has to develop more reservoirs and hydro projects in Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, and Himachal Pradesh. India has to gear up with its full throttle to negotiate with China on the creation of infrastructure development, hydro projects, and energy systems out of the Indus water river system as a part of CPEC in the illegally occupied part of Kashmir by Pakistan. The dispute of the Indus Waters Treaty may influence other trans boundary river water treaties between India and neighbouring countries. It includes the Mahakali and Kosi Agreements with Nepal, the Ganga Water Treaty with Bangladesh, and most significantly, is Brahmaputra database relationship with China. Hence, India has to redesign strategies to handle international pressure to maintain sustainable relations and arrangements of the water sharing mechanism. The future war will be based on the control over Cyber, Space, Energy, and effective control of water and maritime resources. The Indus Waters Treaty is imbalanced, unrealistic, and obsolete in the present form and scenario. India must stick to its guns; we have the legitimate right to abrogate the existing Indus Waters Treaty and renegotiate sustainable India-centric and Kashmir-oriented transboundary river water and ecosystem management with Pakistan. The treaty deserves abrogation with immediate effect. Major General J.K.S. Parihar, Sena Medal, Bar to Vishisht Seva Medal (Retd.), Former Additional Director General, AFMS and Expert on Defence and International Strategic Affairs

Rattan Sehgal, the Spy Master who never got his due

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the murky world of Cloak and Dagger, many things happen, some believable and some unbelievable, which leave an indelible print on how events unfold. There are multiple incidents which take place behind the scenes as depicted in the espionage stories of John le’ Carré, one of the greatest British novelists of the modern era. There is a comical side too which was captured so well in his satirical cartoon strip, ``Spy Vs Spy’’ by the Cuban-American cartoonist, Antonio Prohias for the Mad Magazine in the 1960s and thereafter. In the Indian context, there have been many spies who changed the course of history but remain unsung to this day. Rattan Sehgal, a high-ranking official in the Intelligence Bureau, who was forced to take pre-mature retirement following a huge controversy in 1996-97 involving US functionaries of the CIA in New Delhi, was one person. He passed away on April 23. Sehgal, had all what it takes to be the Spy and the role he performed was out of the movies. A voracious reader, he was reading a book even in the hospital before his end came. He was once tipped to be the man who would one day be the director of the IB, the organization he served for most of his working life. A blue-eyed boy of MK Narayanan, the most revered official of the intelligence community in the past 40 years, who shaped and destroyed the careers of many, had recognized his potential very early ad thus helped him to get several key postings, much to the envy of many of his colleagues. Rattan Sehgal was always upto the job he was assigned and this was reflected in the unending anecdotes he would share with friends without actually revealing the inside stories. He was an authority on Jazz music and a regular at the Golf Club, He was well versed with cooking and followed daily events very minutely. In fact, he fitted the description of a Spy as portrayed by John le’ Carré in his novels which also were adapted as movies and TV serials. Many believe that Rattan Sehgal became a victim of the internal succession war within the IB, where he was compelled to quit in circumstances which have never been put in public domain with clarity. There is a section which is of the view that since he was emerging as the possible DIB, the powerful Bengali lobby engineered his exit with great precision and execution. The story which was often spoken about was regarding his rivalry with his 1964 IPS batchmate Moloy Krishna Dhar, who like him was an exceptional and outstanding functionary of the spy agency. Dhar was forced to seek voluntary retirement a few days before his superannuation since evidence had surfaced regarding his birth certificate which he had produced to seek extension of service. Dhar was born in what later became Bangladesh and he had claimed that due to the partition of India, his birth records could not be traced. Subsequently, he produced a birth certificate which if it had been accepted would have given him a two years extension, thus making him a claimant or the position of the DIB. However, in a secret inquiry conducted by the Government which involved the R&AW operative in Mymensingh in Bangladesh, it was established that the authenticity of the new document was in doubt. Confronted with the findings, Moloy Krishna Dhar, had to leave under a cloud. For some reason, the senior functionary’s colleagues in the organization thought that the entire thing had been engineered by Rattan Sehgal and it was aimed at eliminating Dhar from the race. Whether this was true or not could not be established but the lobby was determined to fix Sehgal. The story which was narrated by officials was that Sehgal who was additional director looking after counter-espionage activities had got mixed up with the CIA Station Director in New Delhi and surveillance conducted at the behest of the then acting DIB, Abhijit Mitra showed footage where he was seen accepting a T-Shirt and a Golf ball at the Ambassador hotel from the CIA operative. His meetings with the Americans were described as unauthorized since he had not taken the required sanction even though it was a part of his job to deal with various agencies. His earlier visit to Rome where he had met some CIA functionaries, was also brought into the inquiry. The final decision on the matter rested with the top boss, and when during the HD Deva Gowda government, seniority became a principal for appointments, Arun Bhagat, former Delhi Police Commissioner who was the DGP of the BSF at that time, was appointed the DIB. This despite the fact that Bhagat had never served in the organization. Arun Bhagat was not familiar with the functioning of IB and depended on the matter on some of his new colleagues, who had formed an airtight case against Rattan Sehgal for what was perceived to be an official indiscretion. There were leaks to the press by the lobby that wanted to see him out and during this period many other secrets tumbled out. One such secret was regarding the proposed visit of Arun Bhagat to Langley, the CIA Headquarters where the newly appointed DIB was to travel for a meeting. He was booked on First class in Air India, where a scheme existed that if you travelled in that category, your companion could travel free. Bhagat’s wife was to accompany him to London and this became a talking point within the IB. However, while all this was going on, Bhagat asked Sehgal to put in his papers thus ending a glorious career. Sehgal left his Bharti Nagar residence and moved to Gurgaon where he lived till the end. What worked for him was that when MK Narayanan became the NSA, he rehabilitated him in the intelligence community which had made him an outcast. It is another matter that after Bhagat’s retirement, Shyamal Dutta a batch junior to Sehgal and Dhar became the DIB. In normal course it should have been 1964 batch after 1961 to which Mitra and Bhagat belonged. But it was 1965, which produced both Dutta who became the IB boss and AS Dulat, who was appointed as the R@AW chief by Atal Behari Vajpayee. Rattan Sehgal had missed the bus. Rest in peace. Your anecdotes, wit and humour would always be missed.

Awakening books lying in sleeping mode in our libraries – Books never die

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Globally, for centuries, our libraries have been preserving our culture and history besides serving the cause of promoting education and scientific research. Libraries provide equitable access to a vast array of information resources lying in books and periodicals kept there. Many a literary giants, scientists and scholars of yesteryears are products of their habit of regularly visiting a library for the old treasure as well as the contemporary books on each subject. Individuals who may not have the financial means to purchase books themselves always depended upon public libraries for newer reading. In this information technology age, the libraries have also started transforming to digital databases of books and other resources. In many an advanced countries libraries have proved to be a best community hub place also where people gathered to connect for community events, workshops, and programs that promoted social interaction for better civic engagement. Notwithstanding, the developing countries are yet to catchup with such interventions in library space. We may be having a large number of public libraries, sadly, in India, we are many times far behind the international standards of their functioning which are not readers friendly. The utility of library resources to have access for research, study and intellectual exploration has been brutally curtailed in our country due to apathy of governments and universities. To save these crumbling institutions of learning through books, no serious effort has been made though. The rot has been further accentuated by internet due to over dependence of readers, particularly students and teachers on information tools and the glut of information in our hands particularly by Artificial Intelligence (AI). This has baffled the general readers and researchers alike as they are not able to sieve much for real crux of information with that authenticity with which a printed book or a periodical or a research paper in a library could provide at one place. Our teachers and students both have lost original thinking which is so crucial for development of our young minds for a profound society. The TV and unbridled biased social media have stolen our peace and tranquility which we used to get from reading a hard copy newspaper or a book in our hands in and out of a library. Here, though we talk of Making India Great Again (MIGA), seldom we realize the fast demise of our libraries and book reading culture in India which should draw our immediate attention for a serious course correction. Books are kept in sleeping mode In our libraries now a days books remain on sleeping mode. Libraries shelves are shabby and in schools and colleges cupboards containing books are kept locked too, unfortunately. India’s libraries both Central and State funded. be in university campuses, colleges and schools or municipal or panchayat libraries, all possess precious books. But, the use of library resources is very minimal. Books always long for the conversation with the reading souls. Let us awaken them. Let us dust off these light houses for 360-degree enlightenment. Immediate interventions in the following areas are desirable so that we do not extinguish the flames of learning which our books in our libraries for our posterity : Firstly, there are no regular trained librarians. Even if there are some, their wages are very low and seldom they make any positive interventions to encourage book reading in our youth in particular. Even in schools and colleges library personnel strength is grossly inadequate. Gradually, all colleges should have library science as a subject option too to create a manpower base for our libraries. We need many a library assistant too. Secondly, the timings of opening and closing of libraries are only in consonance with bureaucratic guidelines of opening of offices as of now. Municipal libraries open at 9 AM and close between 4 to 5 PM. There are long weekends closure of libraries on Saturdays, Sundays and on other holidays. Even, reading room newspaper facility is not provided on weekends and holidays. Normally, our schools and college libraries also follow the same pattern. A very few exceptions of opening of some of the university campus libraries may be there, but that reach is inadequate. Public libraries are utterly failing the readers. Thirdly, now the public libraries both municipal and other limited universities extension libraries have started charging excessive securities as well as annual charges attracting heavy GST@18% thereon. Now, it seems that governments want to earn from book reading also. Our libraries charge for internet utility too. Fourthly, sitting space in most of the public libraries is inadequate. Infrastructure of proper reading tables and chairs, adequate lights, washrooms, internet resources are much in wanting. Old and irrelevant books are never pruned and never put to sale for public. Benefits of reference and rare books and treatises must be opened to be explored. The continued decadence of the conditions of our libraries must stop. Fifthly, no efforts are made to digitalize the cataloguing of books. Digital catalogs allow users to search for books by title, author, subject, or even keywords, making it easier to find books of interest. Digital catalogues are accessible anytime and anywhere. India is yet to start it take off journey of digitalization in library domain. In western developed nations readers can browse, search, and even reserve books with just a few clicks. Sixthly, the users with disabilities are a thoroughly a neglected lot. There is no exclusive space and reading facilities for them in our libraries. Indian libraries mostly do not have brail books even. Seventhly, no one every think about establishing exclusive children’s libraries as in other nations. There is no separate space for senior citizens and silence zones. Such a thoughtlessness is frustrating. Public libraries should have library committees. Separate financial budget be allocated for public libraries. Let us learn some lessons from learned friends of our libraries in our recent past in India. One was our Noble Laureate Rabinder Nath Tagore who donated good part of his noble prize money to establish libraries in rural side in Calcutta and was also elected the first president of All-Bengal Library Association in 1925. He was one of the pioneers of education as well as Indian Library Movement along with Dr S R Ranganathan whose concepts of Library Science were given practical shape in village libraries by Tagore. Both played significant roles in the development of the library movement in India. Ranganathan, often called the “father of library science in India,” is known for his Five Laws of Library Science, which provide a philosophical foundation for library practices. Ranganathan’s Five Laws: “Books are for use,” “Every book its user,” “Every user his book,” “Save time of the reader,” and “Library is a growing organism”. Let us save our society from degeneration by awakening sleeping books in our libraries who can become our savior in a world which is full of strife with social, political, economic and war issues staring us. Solutions lie in books “A library is an ever-blossoming garden from where the seekers of knowledge find the honeyed sweetness of life “. Thus said an oriental teacher Professor Baljit Singh Sajjad. Brij Bhushan Goyal, Org Sec. Alumni Association Satish Chander Dhawan Govt. College, Ludhiana (India) 9417600666, brijbgoyal@gmail.com

THE INDUS TREATY IS DEAD – AND SO IS OUR TOLERANCE FOR JIHADI TERROR

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The blood spilled in Pahalgam was the final drop that made the river overflow. Once again, Hindu pilgrims and families, symbols of India’s pluralistic civilisational soul, were targeted and slaughtered by jihadi terrorists. But this time, Bharat did not merely condemn. It chose action—not the noisy, reactive kind that makes headlines for a week, but the silent, unyielding kind that redefines a nation’s strategic posture for generations. The abrogation of the Indus Waters Treaty by India is not merely a technical withdrawal from an outdated agreement; it is a profound civilisational response to decades of terror, betrayal, and strategic naivety. It marks the end of India’s tolerance—not just for bloodshed, but for a lopsided moral burden it carried for far too long. Ever since the announcement, a chorus of doubters has risen—academics, media pundits, retired bureaucrats—asking, “How will India implement it? You cannot change river courses overnight.” Some, in their eagerness to appear pragmatic, have even floated bizarre fantasies about giant pumps emptying rivers. What they fail to grasp is a fundamental truth about the Modi doctrine: India does not speak first and act later. In this government’s playbook, action precedes announcement, and execution precedes publicity. The seeds of this moment were sown much earlier, perhaps even in 2016, when in the aftermath of the Uri terror attack, Prime Minister Narendra Modi stated with chilling clarity: “Blood and water cannot flow together.” Those who dismissed this as rhetorical flourish failed to see the groundwork being laid, brick by strategic brick, across India’s river systems. Projects like the Kishanganga Hydroelectric Plant, operational since 2018, were not mere infrastructural additions—they were geopolitical tools. The revival of the long-stalled Ratle Hydro Project on the Chenab, the reactivation of the Tulbul Navigation Project to regulate Jhelum’s flow, the expedited construction of the Shahpurkandi Dam, and the ambitious Ujh Multipurpose Project were all steps in a silent chess game where India repositioned itself as the true master of its rivers. These projects were not just about hydroelectricity or irrigation; they were about reclaiming sovereignty over resources that history, bad diplomacy, and misplaced idealism had frittered away. To truly grasp the magnitude of this moment, one must revisit the original sin: the signing of the Indus Waters Treaty in 1960. Brokered under the World Bank’s watchful eye, it was hailed as a model of cooperation. Yet, for India, it was a colossal strategic miscalculation. Jawaharlal Nehru’s government, in a bid to appear magnanimous on the world stage, handed over control of 80% of the Indus Basin waters to Pakistan—despite being the upper riparian state, despite the bloody Partition that had just unfolded, despite clear warnings that geography must never be surrendered to sentiment. For decades, India lived with this burden, adhering to the treaty’s terms even during the wars of 1965, 1971, and 1999, even as Pakistan exported terror and mayhem across the border. India kept the water flowing, even as blood flowed in Kashmir, Mumbai, Delhi, and countless other places. But no longer. Critics, clinging to their familiar scripts, ask: “Where will India store this water?” It is a question that misses the forest for the trees. First, India doesn’t need to store all the water—it simply needs to use its rightful share, something it has criminally underutilized for decades. Despite having the legal right under the treaty to use 20% of the western rivers’ waters, India has historically tapped a paltry 3–4%. This was not due to technical incapacity, but political inertia born out of fear—fear of international censure, fear of conflict, fear of being seen as ‘aggressive.’ That era of hesitation is over. Second, Bharat is a water-stressed nation. From the drought-prone fields of Rajasthan to the parched valleys of Ladakh, from Punjab’s depleting groundwater table to the semi-arid tracts of Himachal Pradesh, there is a desperate thirst that these waters can quench. Engineering ingenuity, whether through inter-basin transfers, lift irrigation, or river interlinking, can put these diverted waters to work for Bharat’s own people. Water that once sustained Pakistan’s terror factories can now breathe life into Indian agriculture, industry, and homes. Third, the deeper point is strategic—not hydraulic. Even if India never diverts every drop, even if every canal is not built tomorrow, the abrogation changes the geopolitical calculus irreversibly. It strips Pakistan of one of its few strategic guarantees and places its internal stability at the mercy of Indian discretion. When your neighbor uses terrorism as state policy, turning off the tap is not aggression—it is self-defense by other means. The abrogation also serves a powerful internal purpose. It signals that India, under Modi, is unshackling itself from colonial-era treaties and assumptions. No longer will New Delhi subordinate its sovereign interests to imagined notions of ‘world opinion’ or misplaced guilt. A Bharat that can reach the Moon, host the G20, and build Digital India can surely reimagine its water future as well. This decision must become a catalyst for national renewal in water management—an awakening that accelerates the building of the National Water Grid, the embrace of climate-resilient infrastructure, and an aggressive drive toward rainwater harvesting, aquifer recharging, and desalination where necessary. The question is no longer whether India can store every drop, but whether India has the vision to transform every challenge into opportunity. History suggests it can. Meanwhile, Pakistan stands on the brink. Its agricultural heartland—Sindh and Punjab—faces an existential threat. A country that failed to invest in water conservation, that allowed politics and terror to override policy and governance, now confronts an unthinkable future. Food shortages, social unrest, and political chaos are not distant possibilities—they are visible on the horizon. This is not revenge. It is realism. It is the cold assertion of India’s national interest after decades of provocation and restraint. It is the manifestation of a new Bharat Doctrine: maximum effect, minimum cost, zero apology. The Indus waters rise from Indian mountains, flow through Indian lands, and sustain Indian people. It is fitting, then, that their destiny should finally be determined in New Delhi—and not in Rawalpindi, not in Washington, and certainly not in Geneva. Bharat has turned a page. The river has changed course. The future will flow differently now. (The author had presciently analyzed the suspension of the Indus Waters Treaty as a turning point in India’s strategic response to jihadist terror in a widely discussed Organiser article.) *Shri Siddhartha Dave is an alumnus of United Nations University, Tokyo, an eminent columnist and a former Lok Sabha Research Fellow. He writes on Foreign Affairs and National Security.

India’s Strategic Legal Role in Global Peace, Security

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

A magnitude 4.5 earthquake occurred in Myanmar on April 14, 2025, at a shallow depth of 10 km, heightening the probability of aftershocks. This incidence occurs subsequent to a catastrophic earthquake measuring 7.7 on the Richter scale in March. In response, India initiated ‘Operation Brahma,’ sent a contingent of Indian Army Engineers to evaluate the damage in Naypyitaw and Mandalay. The crew is assessing essential infrastructure, including the Old Ava railway bridge over the Irrawaddy River. Moreover, India has extended humanitarian assistance, comprising 15 tonnes of relief supplies, to aid impacted populations and the Indian diaspora in the Yangon region. India has emerged as a significant player in the landscape of global humanitarian assistance and global security, founded on a strong legal and policy framework. India demonstrates its commitment to international peace and security as well as the promotion of human rights through leadership in disaster response, global health diplomacy and establishing confidence-building measures through defence cooperation. India’s strategic role in these activities illustrates the legal obligations that underpin its national security and foreign policy objectives. Legal Framework Supporting Disaster Relief and Global Health Initiatives India has been at the forefront of disaster response operations both domestically and globally through a solid institutional and legal structure. The Disaster Management Act, 2005 has provided domestic legislation as a legal framework for preparedness and responding to disasters including the mobilization of the National Disaster Response Force (NDRF). India has, at times of crisis, assisted other nation-states through domestic and international humanitarian assistance mechanisms, thereby demonstrating its legal and moral obligations to provide humanitarian assistance under international law. From responding to assistance to Nepal following the 2015 earthquake to aiding Sri Lanka in the face of unprecedented flooding, India’s rapid responses reaffirm India’s commitment to the principles of international humanitarian law (IHL). Moreover, India’s response to the Turkey and Syrian earthquake in February 2023 which included the rapid development of the deployment of ‘Operation Dost’ illustrates how states adhere to international obligations under IHL and promote human dignity. India has also become a global leader in public health diplomacy. Utilising its vast pharmaceutical industry, the degree to which its national laws (Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940; Patent Act, 1970) creates an environment for India to provide valued health care goods such as medicines and vaccines to poorer developing countries. One of the actions taken during the COVID-19 pandemic (the “Vaccine Maitri”) was a clear demonstration of India’s adherence to the International Health Regulations (2005) and commitment to ensuring that access to health care is reasonably equitable. Legal Aspects of Defence and Counterterrorism Cooperation Aware of the diverse threats to global security, India has supported its defence partnerships and counterterrorism practice through bilateral and multilateral agreements. The legal authorizations which govern this aspect of India’s national security practice are the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act and the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act; techniques consistent with both the constitutional separation of powers and constitutional limitations of government. India has developed strategic defence agreements with global allies i.e., the Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA) with the United States, the BrahMos missiles initiative with Russia, and defence purchases with France and Israel. The core legal jurisdiction to carry out these relations will be under treaties related to international defence cooperation which covers non-proliferation and arms control. India’s unwavering counterterrorism approach promotes seeking a wider legal framework at the global level through the many years of work on its Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism (CCIT). It has taken a role in the framework of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) in the fight against terror-funding globally, and has also partnered with Interpol and the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) on counter-terrorism initiatives globally. National Security Strategy as a Pillar of Foreign Policy The bedrock of India’s foreign policy is a sound national security strategy supported by law. It follows from articles in the Indian Constitution including Article 51 directing the state of India to strive for international peace and security. This premise strengthens India’s strategic diplomacy. The policy of “Aatmanirbhar Bharat” works towards self-reliance in defence manufacturing which is supported by Indian legal structures: Defence Procurement Procedure (DPP) and Defence Acquisition Procedure (DAP) which both help facilitate indigenous production of defence-fighting the criminal acts on water, or acts of terrorism-as well as ensuring compliance with international trade and export control. India also participates in regional security forums and global security forums such as the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (Quad) and BRICS which have legal foundations in the form of ‘diplomatic’ or ‘international law.’ These actions enhance India’s strategic role in the Indo-Pacific and beyond, involving greater stability and a rule-based order in international geopolitics. India’s all-encompassing approach to humanitarian assistance, global health security, and security cooperation is grounded in robust legal frameworks and policy foundations. Leadership in these areas shows a commitment to international law, multilateral cooperation, and cooperative strategic diplomacy. Continuing to enhance its legal frameworks and international behaviour, India strengthens its status as a responsible actor in the global arena related to security, peace, and sustaining it on a global-scale. Adv. Kushal is a practicing advocate at Supreme Court of India; Senior Panel Counsel for Government of India in Delhi and Dr. Alisha is an Assistant Professor Law at Symbiosis Law School, Pune

Akshaya means eternal, Tritiya 3rd day

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Akshaya Tritiya is coming up on April 30th, 2025. Akshaya means eternal or indestructible and Tritiya means third day. Akshaya Tritiya or Akha Teej, falls on the third day of Shukla Paksha, in the Vasanta month of the Lunar calendar. The Treta Yuga is said to have begun on Akshaya Tritiya. There is a tradition of buying gold on Akshaya Tritiya. The price of the precious yellow metal is sky rocketing like never before. One would think, who would buy it at a Lakh of Rupees for 10 grams? But there are buyers galore; for the romance of Indian women, as well as investors with gold, is eternal or Akshaya! Indian festivals revolve around worship of different forms of God. These festivals are a constant reminder to connect, time and again with the eternal divine being. Spirituality was a way of life, for our forefathers. They recognized the divinity immanent in each atom of the universe. From time to time, they worshipped this divinity in its various forms on dates that were determined by the position of the stars and the planets. This naturally meant that astronomy and astrology were an integral part of our culture. On Akshaya Tritiya we worship Goddess Lakshmi and Vishnuji. Goddess Lakshmi is the Goddess of wealth and prosperity. Akshaya Tritiya is said to be the most auspicious day to start anything new like a business, make investments, donate something or generally do anything that you wish to be endless. The Bhagwat Puran tells of Krishna’s childhood friend Sudama, who was extremely poor. On the insistence of his wife Susheela, Sudama agreed to visit Krishna. He was determined to not ask Krishna for anything, because Krishna being the Lord incarnate, knew everything anyways. Sudama wanted to take a gift for Krishna, but sadly, there was nothing to give. Susheela borrowed a handful of beaten rice (Poha) from her neighbour. Sudama tied the potli to his waist. When Sudama met Krishna in his palace, he realized that his childhood friend Kanha, was now the King of Dwarika. Krishna and his palace was laden with riches of all kinds. Sudama was too embarrassed to offer his lowly gift of Poha, to Krishna and hid it within his Angavastram. Krishna in his inimitable mischievous style, asked Sudama what he was hiding in his angavastram. Krishna took the potli and savoured the Poha immensely. When Sudama got home, he saw that not only his home, his entire village had been transformed. The houses, roads etc. were beautifully constructed. His wife Susheela was dressed like a queen. That day was Akshaya Tritiya! In return for a handful of Poha, Krishna blessed Sudama with Akshaya wealth! This day is also said to mark the birth of Lord Parshuram, an avatar of Lord Vishnu. Another instance mentioned in the Bhagwat Puran is when the Pandavas were sent into exile, there was obviously the question of how they would get their daily food. Being of royal lineage, they were not used to living in the jungles and fending for their own food. An ‘Akshaya Patra’, (a vessel in which food would never get over) was given to Yudhishthira, the eldest Pandava by Surya deva. Some texts say that this Akshaya Patra was given to Draupadi by Krishna. The vessel was such that it was blessed to have enough food in it, till the Pandavas and Panchali too had finished their meal each day. The Mahabharata also tells of a time when Draupadi was dragged into the court of Duryodhana. Dushasana dragged her by her hair into the hall where the Pandavas and Kauravas were playing dice. In the presence of the elders of the Kuru clan, as well as the ministers and courtiers, Dushasana tried to outrage her modesty by disrobing her. The irony of it … Draupadi, a woman with five husbands, stood there helpless, crying and begging for help. She beseeched each of her husbands, Yudhishthira, Arjun, Bheema, Nakul and Sehdev, for help. Sadly, none of them came forward to help her because Yudhishthira had pawned her in the game of dice, and had lost her. She now belonged to the Kauravas. Draupadi held the pallu of her saree tightly and even clenched it between her teeth in the last dying effort to save herself from being humiliated and disrobed in the presence of all. When she realised that her husbands were helpless and she too was no match against the physical might of Dushasana, she called out to Krishna to help her. She then let go of the pallu of her saree and surrendered completely to Krishna’s will. It is said that she called out, “Oh Vrindavan Vehari Krishna! Oh Dwarkadhish Krishna! Oh Atma Nivasi Krishna! Save me!!!” The moment she called out to Krishna as Atma-nivasi; the in-dweller of the heart, He uttered, “Akshayam!!!” The pallu of her saree became Akshaya or unending! Dushasana kept pulling her pallu and Draupadi started rotating and chanting, “Krishna … Krishna … Krishna …”, as Dushasana unravelled yards and yards of her saree. The saree had become Akshaya because of the grace of Krishna. Finally Dushasana fell down, exhausted. Krishna returned the favour done by Draupadi long ago, when Krishna’s finger had bled while peeling sugarcane … she had torn off a part of her saree and tied it as a bandage on His finger. This was Krishna’s way of converting disgrace to grace! Draupadi was saved from being disrobed and was clothed in an endless robe! Coming back to Akshay Tritiya; buy precious metals or start something new by all means, if possible. But do think about helping somebody or giving something to the lesser fortunate like a meal or clothes … however small the offering. The Lord, resides in the lesser fortunate as ‘Daridra Narayan’ just as He resides in you and me. And it is important to offer something to God … Sir Sathya Sai Baba says, “God never asks anything from anyone. But when people give to Him with a full heart, He returns a thousand-fold. You know the story of Kuchela. For the gift of a fistful of dry rice, Krishna granted him lifelong prosperity. Rukmini Devi was able to win Krishna for herself by offering Him just a single Tulasi leaf. So, whenever God accepts anything from anyone, He grants unending bounty in return. That is why it is said, Patram Pushpam Phalam Toyam - a leaf, a flower, a fruit or some water. At least these must be offered to God. Why? Only when we offer, we become eligible to receive. If you go to a bank and simply ask for your money, they will not give it to you although you have every right over it. You need to fill a withdrawal slip and sign it. Only then can you claim your money. So, you must give something first, in order to receive. This is Divine Law. Even if it is tiny or insignificant, it must be offered to God.” Do think about what you will offer to God this Akshaya Tritiya.

Phlebotomizing a fragile and sectarian nation: The Pahalgam brutality and intimidation

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The torpid town of Pahalgam in the Anantnag district of Union Territory of Jammu & Kashmir, on the banks of the Lidder River overlooking the Betaab Valley is considered a sacred town in Hindu mythology. The town forms the base camp for the Amarnath Yatra to the Amarnath temple that takes place annually in the temperate months, resulting in a seasonal influx of pilgrims and is an important revenue generator for the Kashmiri populace. On 22nd of April 2025, the panoramic meadows of the Baisaran Valley bore witness to bedlam and a sick cold-blooded barbarity as insurgents and terrorists from The Resistance Front, the designated terrorist organization in India, off-shooted from the cadres of the Laskar-e-Taiba and Hizbul Mujahiddin and responsible for more than 25 imbecilic attacks on paramilitary security forces, government employees and the minority communities of Jammu & Kashmir – massacred 26 tourists on religious grounds. Prima facie, it appears as a serious breakdown in security protocols and points to a massive intelligence failure in the Valley. Questions will be asked as to why the dense pine forests surrounding the Baisaran meadows were not heavily guarded in view of the under way tourist season, despite the recent similar attacks in 2024 at Reasi and the 2023 Anantnag encounter of the militants with the security forces. As with the previous attacks, the militants came armed with M4 NATO carbines and the Chinese knock-offs of the Kalashnikova assault rifles, wearing military-styled gear to access the valley. 26 tourists were massacred in gruesome fashion on sectarian grounds. The local traders and guides tried to their best to stop the mayhem, leading to deaths and several injuries amongst them as well. It was a brutal act of cowardice and sick in mentality and execution, and is rightly being condemned across all political and social spectrums nationally and internationally. As the National Investigative Agency (NIA) investigates this terrorist incident and counter-terrorist operations have commenced to identify the perpetrators and flush them out, Indo-Pak relations are once more in the spotlight. “Bleeding India with a Thousand Cuts” is a well-established military doctrine followed by the Pakistani military against India from the 1970’s till now. The repercussions of this was evident in the Sikh/Khalistani secessionist movement, the setting up of terrorist training camps all along Pakistan forward-areas to perform covert, low-intensity guerrilla warfare on a regular basis with the military aid of the Pakistani Rangers, Levies Force and the Frontier Constabulary, and the funding to North-Eastern militant and insurgent groups along the North-East Frontier Agency (NEFA) region. Pakistan swiftly dismissed all allegations of its involvement in the attack, akin a plausible deniability, denouncing the attacks as “home-grown” and “revolutionary” in nature. India’s response is decisive and rightly so - the suspension of the Indus Water Treaty, closure of the integrated check post at Attari–Wagah Border, a travel ban for all Pakistani nationals to India under the SAARC Visa Exemption Scheme and cancellation of all previously issued visas. Military and political liaisons at both countries are downgraded, with Pakistan similarly considering the Indian political retaliation as an “act of war” and closing the Pakistani airspace to Indian flights along with suspension of the Shimla Agreement of 1972 and other bilateral agreements & trade. India should not fall back on the age-old mantra of following a jingoist foreign policy along with diplomatic detangling, which only rebounds and reverses in another proxy war mongering and seems to go on forever. What India first needs to do is to ask some hard-hitting questions to her bureaucracy and policy planners - How did this intelligence failure happen? Why was a notable tourist spot reeling from previous violence and bloodthirst from last year not adequately protected and covered by paramilitary and military forces? Why was there a complacency of this magnitude where almost 2000 tourists were led into an unsecured area without a proper bandobast and a lacklustre response time? Who is to take blame and accountability for this terrorist attack - The Ministry of Home Affairs or the National Security Advisor? When India has symptomatic problems, one often ponders whether the changes proclaimed and rhetorically promoted by the Govt. of India in the UT of Jammu & Kashmir were aesthetic or cosmetic changes only. The Pahalgam attack is a very tragic incident highlighting the dangers of religious fanaticism and terrorism. It’s a complex issue with far-reaching consequences and conclusions foregone, including potential escalation of cross-national violence and increased tensions between communities on sectarian and communal grounds. Before hankering to the populist chants of going to war and jingoistic rhetoric made by nationalists on intellectual online forums, addressing the root causes of extremism in the Valley and securing the gaps and voids remain crucial. Dr Shadab Ahmed is an Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeon, and a noted columnist, Author and poet on Indian History.

Pakistan’s Diabolical Design

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

At times from dawn to dusk, there are times of quietude. Only gurgling melodies of sounding cataracts are heard. The chirps of the myriad species of the avian world constantly regale the ears of proximate listeners. The chitters of the furry squirrels that keep scurrying beneath the dense bushy vegetations offer a medley of mellifluous delight. Their musical concert ensorcels the souls by warming the cockles of every heart. This is actually the celestial charisma of Kashmir which once upon a time presented a concrete manifestation to the divine of concept of a “heaven on earth”. But unfortunately, the place with its pristine beauty of snow-clad mountains and verdant valleys has lost its salubrious appeal to the very tale of horrendous carnages and ghastly killings. The recent massacre in Pahalgam has once again appalled humanity to the hilt. Unequivocally, the reprehensible writer of this grotesque story of ruins and rubbles is none other than but our next door nefarious neighbor Pakistan. The pugnacious Pak ( antithetical to its very name) has been fighting a proxy war in Kashmir in the name Jihad since its inception.This very pattern of Pakistan against India bears resemblance with the forked tongue of a poisonous snake that is innately structured to spit out venom and kill the prey. In this case, India is a prey. But times have changed and so has the approach of India changed to deal with our diabolical neighbour. Now India chooses not to be a mere passive prey who will fearfully shut her eyes and surrender to be devoured by its predator . The analogy of the forked tongue has been brought into use to drive home the dual satanic style of Islamic ( read unislamic) terrorism. On the one hand manifesting its brazen shrewdness, Pakistan has been unabashedly striving to seek diplomatic support on the international forum by dubbing the insurgency in Kashmir a crusade for freedom and on the other, it is promoting terrorism on the Indian soil. The hostile nation certainly, antagonist to the idea of peace in South Asia, is now not just confined to its geographical boundaries rather it is an integral part of that massive terror network which is all pervasive, all operational and fatally functioning. It is subverting the world peace even by targeting many other nations like Untied kingdom, United States of America, France et al. Thus, it is not an astounding fact that the Prime Minister of India keeps waxing eloquent and terms Pakistan the “mother ship of terrorism at various international forums. Undoubtedly, India has attained a comprehensive victory in the arena of International politics and world diplomacy by systematically isolating Pakistan. It has fully unmasked the malevolent minds of blood thirsty terror outfits which unleash chaotic anarchy all over the world. Such bellicose bigots are the living personifications of repulsive ideologies of jingoism and xenophobia. Though they claim to be the ideologues of Islam, in sooth, they have nothing to do with the sacredness of Islam and its canons. These fundamentalists have reduced Islam merely to the religion of fear and much to our chagrin that lexicons like “islamophobia” are nowadays the part of our popular day to day parlance. This diabolical design of Pakistan is further exposed when its overt and covert involvement is established in many heart- wrenching bloody episodes taking place elsewhere in the world. The wires of most of the massacres taking place in any corner of the world often get connected with Islamabad. Indubitably, the cloak of Pakistan’s hypocrisy is blown off. Now it stands stark naked in front of the world community. Though the hawkish nation does not have any traces of remorse and shame on its already blackened and exposed face. All the nooks and crannies of the POK and the various other parts of Pakistan are the safe haven for terror organisations like TLF, Lashker-e-Taiba,Jaish Muhmaad, Al Quaeda which are in complete cahoots with the modern day active world-terror organisations like IsIs, Daesh and Taliban. When it comes to Kashmir, Pakistan has been found clamouring in high staccato and attempting to blindfold the world by stating that Kashmir is a disputed territory. Therefore, the prevailing dissent among the freedom fighters over there is responsible for all the riotous bloodshed which is evidently its own handiwork. No one today among the pacifist nations is anymore ready to buy Pakistan’s fake narrative. It is nothing but a hogwash. The sensitive peace-loving countries all across the globe have waken up to the reality. Now they have begun to understand that on the pretext of “Kashmir’s struggle for freedom” Pakistan is just patronizing a large deadly network of ghastly terror not only pan India but all across the globe. The misled entrenched minded dogmatic militia of terror groups pose a potent threat to the idea of world peace. Otherwise no responsible and civilized country in the world will ever have the temerity of giving shelter to the proclaimed terrorist like Osama Bin Laden, Masood Azar, Daud Abraham and so on . Unambiguously, India has fared very well in the spheres of diplomacy but the lacuna within the state is also quite deep and depressive. Whereas on the one hand the international community is convinced of India’s stance against Pakistan’s terror policies and has also assured support to stand united with India in her endeavors to eradicate the scourge of terrorism but on the other hand a few black sheep in Kashmir are seething with anti state sentiments. Here lies the double whammy for India. she is fighting a pitch battle against the vile forces from across the border and simultaneously, the regime is flummoxed and flustered because the exponents of defunct organisations like Hurriyat in Kashmir and other terror sympathizer elsewhere in the country are fishing in the troubled waters by brainwashing the impressionistic youth. Therefore the battles against Pakistan should be waged with a comprehensive set of strategies comprising not only surgical strikes. There is certainly a paramount need to win the hearts of Muslim community within the borders. Only then can India succeed in breaking the deadlock of Kashmir and outsmart Pakistan in all fashions. Shiv Sethi is an eminent columnist and literary critic.

Autism and Education: Bridging the Gap Between India and the West

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

When it comes to how children with autism are treated in schools, the contrast between India and many Western countries is more than just a difference in rules—it’s a reflection of how India values human diversity. It’s about how much people are willing to understand, adapt, and include those who experience the world differently. Inclusion: More Than a Policy Inclusion is more than a buzzword in many Western classrooms—it’s a commitment. Autism is officially recognised, and schools are required to provide individualised support. Whether it’s a personalised learning plan, the presence of a trained aide, or placement in a supportive mainstream environment, the goal is clear and it states “Help each child thrive in his/her way.” In India, while the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act of 2016 exists, proper understanding and implementation remain inconsistent. Special schools are available, but they’re often costly and limited to urban areas. Rural families are left with a few options. And while it’s spoken of inclusion, it usually doesn’t go beyond paper. Listening to the Child One of the most powerful things one can do for any child is to listen. In many Western education systems, autistic children are encouraged to voice their preferences—how they learn, what helps them feel safe, what overwhelms them. And those preferences are taken seriously. In India, the existing system is still deeply top-down. It’s expected that all children follow the same rigid path. Autistic students are often forced into academic settings that don’t suit them, not because they lack potential, but because no one paused to ask what they truly need. The Value of Life Skills In Western schools, learning to cook a simple meal, manage money, travel independently, or build relationships is seen as important as passing a test. These aren’t extras—they’re essentials. Because being able to live with confidence and dignity matters more than a perfect score. In India, the focus remains locked on grades. Many parents, out of deep love and concern, push their children into traditional academics, even when it causes distress to them. Life skills, emotional growth, and social confidence are often left behind. Who Will Look After Them Tomorrow? In the West, conversations about adulthood start early. There are systems in place—supported housing, adult social care, guardianship planning—to ensure that autistic individuals are not left behind when their parents are no longer around. In Indian system this is the unspoken fear in many households. It’s not spoken enough about the future. There are a few long-term care options and little state support is available. Parents are often left carrying the full weight of worry, unsure who will care for their child when they no longer can. Acceptance Begins at Home In many Western families, acceptance of autism has grown over time—helped by open dialogue, community support, and public awareness. Parents learn to celebrate their child’s differences by embracing them. In India, stigma still casts a long shadow. Diagnosis is often delayed. Some families hide it. Even when they accept it, the pressure to “fix” the child or make them appear “normal” persists. It’s not due to a lack of love—it’s the weight of Indian social expectations and a lack of support that makes acceptance feel so hard. Seen, Not Hidden In the West, it’s not unusual to see autistic children and adults in parks, schools, public transport, and workplaces. Their presence is visible, and their differences are accommodated, if not always perfectly, then at least openly. In India, too many autistic children remain behind closed doors—not because they can’t be included, but because society still doesn’t know how to include them. It’s to be learnt that spaces are created where difference isn’t just tolerated but embraced. The Path Forward If a future is desired where autistic individuals are supported, empowered, and respected, it must move from words to action. That means adopting the following measures. * Making life skills part of every school’s curriculum * Equipping teachers to understand and embrace neurodiversity * Creating real, accessible care and housing options for adults * Enforcing disability rights laws in practice—not just on paper * And encouraging families to replace pressure with patience, and fear with understanding Final Thought Autistic children don’t need to be changed—they need to be seen, heard, and supported. While Western countries are moving in that direction, India still has a long way to go. there is knowledge. There is passion. What is needed is the will. Inclusion isn’t about making autistic children fit in the world. It’s about reshaping our world to fit every child. Dr Prriyam M Gunjal is a London based Psychologist who has Specialisation in Autism education

Declare Pakistan a Terrorist State and Impose Global Economic Sanctions

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The brutal attack by Pakistani terrorists on innocent tourists in Pahalgam must be seen not only as a threat to India but as a global warning—especially for countries like the United States. This attack was strategically timed during the successful visit of U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance to India and his discussions with Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The international community, particularly the U.S., is aware that 25 years ago, on March 21, 2000, just hours before President Bill Clinton’s visit to India, Pakistani-backed terrorists massacred 37 Sikhs in the Chittisinghpura village of Anantnag. A year later, Osama bin Laden’s terrorists carried out the deadliest attack in New York. In this context, the time is ripe to teach Pakistan a lesson, as it has been orchestrating terrorist attacks on India for over 45 years. This time, the Pahalgam attack was condemned by most major world powers—including, significantly, China. History also reminds us that four decades ago, both the U.S. and China supported Pakistan’s military and its intelligence agency, the ISI, in every possible way. However, in the last ten years, Indo-U.S. relations have vastly improved, with significant strategic cooperation agreements. Meanwhile, China too has been attempting to foster better relations with India. Europe and African nations have consistently stood with India on the issue of terrorism. Interesingly, even the Islamic nations that Pakistan has long relied on for support and economic aid are now siding with India against terrorism. Countries like Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Iran are deepening both economic and strategic ties with India, further isolating Pakistan on the global stage. In the Pahalgam attack, the terrorists explicitly invoked religion. Just a week earlier, Pakistan’s army chief had made public statements about the 1947 Partition and the supposed separate identity of Hindus and Muslims—clearly signalling that the Pakistani military and ISI are preparing for large-scale communal division and violence in India. This comes at a time when Jammu and Kashmir, under President’s Rule, has made developmental strides. After the abrogation of Article 370, assembly elections were conducted, leading to increased social and economic stability. Tourism in the region was booming, and the people of Kashmir were beginning to enjoy the fruits of peace. This terrorist attack has deeply disturbed the local population. It is ironic that during the 1980s and 1990s, despite thousands of deaths due to terrorism, the U.S. and European nations extended direct or indirect support to terrorist groups under the guise of human rights. It took the 9/11 attack on the World Trade Center for America to finally wake up. India has consistently advocated for a united global front against terrorism at the United Nations and other international platforms. In recent years, with the efforts of Prime Minister Modi, global forums like the G-20 and G-7 have passed resolutions calling for joint action against terrorism. It is also a fact that European countries like the UK, France, and Germany have themselves been victims of terrorist attacks. Several nations in Asia and Africa have suffered the same fate. Therefore, any country that continues to financially support a state that harbours terrorists is essentially feeding terrorism. Historically, Russia has always stood with India on this issue. Today, countries like the U.S., Russia, the European Union, ASEAN nations, and most of the Gulf States are entering into new agreements to elevate their relations with India to unprecedented levels. In recent years, India has signed defense agreements with nearly 100 countries. India is now not only importing advanced weaponry but also exporting it to many nations. Pakistan’s reckless leaders and military officials occasionally issue nuclear threats, forgetting that India is a more capable nuclear power. While a nuclear conflict is unlikely, India is fully capable of responding decisively to the proxy war that Pakistan has waged for decades. Terrorism is like a virus—much like COVID—that can re-emerge and wreak havoc on the entire world. The situation between India and Pakistan should not be compared with the Israel-Palestine conflict. Pakistani terrorism has affected not just India but also neighbouring countries like Bangladesh, Nepal, and the Maldives. The terrorists trained in Pakistan have carried out attacks not only in India but also in the U.S., UK, Australia, and Canada. Therefore, India has consistently urged the global community to declare Pakistan a terrorist state and to cut off all forms of financial and military aid it receives. If the world can impose strict economic sanctions on countries like Russia and Iran, then why can’t it do the same to Pakistan, despite the overwhelming evidence against it? The only way to eliminate terrorism from its roots is to sever its access to resources—its food, water, and oxygen. And that starts with economic isolation.

India’s high trajectory on DEW (Directed Energy Weapons) and its global impact

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO)has announced the successful trial of a Mk-II(A) 30 kW Laser-Directed Energy Weapon (DEW) system on 13 April 2025 at the National Open-Air Range (NOAR), Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. The Mk-II (A) Laser weapon has demonstrated its precision to engage the target like fixed wing Drone, missiles, helicopters, swarm drones and smaller projectile at the long range that to at the speed of light making them disintegrated and dysfunctional by piercing the laser beam into target, leading to counter drone attack, and destroying enemy surveillance sensors and antennae. Till now, the armed forces and paramilitary forces have been using IDD&IS systems, with 2-kilowatt lasers on LOC to counter small drones within the range of merely 1 to 2 km. The successful trial of Laser DEW is a testament of the capabilities of India to develop and operate DEW, the weapon system of the future, and space war, thereby to attain the elite position along with the US, Russia, and China to have the capabilities of developing and operational deployment of such advanced systems. In addition to the US, Russia, China, and India, the militaries of prominent countries like France, the United Kingdom, Germany, Israel, and Pakistan are also developing DEW systems. Whereas countries like North Korea, Iran, and Turkey may have a DEW system in their setup. The concept of Directed Energy Weapon (DEW)was conceived by the US during the regime of President Reagan as a strategic defence initiative (nicknamed the Star Wars Programme). DEW, a futuristic weaponry technology that can be independent of the environment, all weather, absolutely stealth, and should be able to function in space as a counter-defensive or assault system to ensure tactical and strategic superiority in space. A directed-energy weapon (DEW) is a high-energy system those are based on the direct application of a focused hypersonic electromagnetic beam generated by Lasers, microwaves, particle beams, or ultrasonic sources. DEW identifies its target by radar or by its inbuilt Electro-Optic (EO) system. These ranged weapons are capable of destroying or making dysfunctional any given target by piercing and cut through the target, like personnel, vehicles, tanks, artillery missiles, ships, UAVs, Aircraft, satellites, or any kinetic or non-kinetic targets by the virtue of its property of highly focused intense beam of energy clubbed with hypersonic speed without a solid projectile as well as not influenced by the adverse impact of gravity or atmospheric conditions. Hence combination of speed and precision makes DEW a lethal and futuristic tool of military warfare. Over and above, the DEW systems are much more cost-effective compared to the conventional arsenal. 30 KW standard Laser weapon typically acts as a deterrent and destroyer of fixed-wing drones and other medium-sized static or kinetic targets. A 100-kilowatt laser weapon acts as a lethal weapon against UAVs and artillery, whereas a 300-kilowatt laser system is capable of destroying small aircraft, vehicles, and missiles. Laser weapons of one megawatt can effectively counter large missiles and hypersonic systems. The US military has established itself as the most lethal and highly advanced force in developing and deploying Directed Energy Weapons (DEW) systems in operational roles. The US has already developed laser weapons with a power output of up to 300 kW and is now heading towards manufacturing DEW systems with a power output of 500 kW. Directed energy systems are in an active operational role in all the arms of US forces, including the Army, Navy, Air Force, as well as space and strategic forces. The Valkyrie, the most advanced and lethal laser weapon of the US armed forces, has been developed by Lockheed Martin under the Army›s Indirect Fire Protection Capability-High Energy Laser (IFPC-HEL). The Valkyrie, a 300-kW energy laser system mounted on a heavy tactical truck and acts as a counter-offensive mode against offensive unmanned aerial systems, munitions, as well as cruise missiles. The system is undergoing upgradation up to 500 kW. The laser system, ranging between 20 to 50 kW, has been deployed with its new Infantry Squad Vehicle (ISV) assault vehicles. The US forces are gearing up to deploy high-powered microwave (HPM) weapons in the desert. The HPM weapons are capable of countering entire swarms of drones. The other noted DEW systems operated by the US Navy are High Energy Laser with Integrated Optical Dazzler and Surveillance System, or HELIOS, and AN/SEQ-3 Laser Weapon System (LaWS). These DEW systems can be deployed on ships, land vehicles, and aircraft. Russia has acquired significant capabilities and competence to develop, manufacture, and deploy DEW systems. Russia has developed High-Energy Lasers (HELs) and High-Power Microwaves (HPMs) to counteract drones, missiles, and disrupt electronic and navigation systems. The “Peresvet” laser is highly effective in engaging drones as well as blind satellites up to 1,500 km above Earth. Zadira is another newly developed laser weapon based on the application of the wide electromagnetic band. Stupor is an HPM device that is capable of counteracting drone controls and cameras up to a range of two kilometers. China has taken a very big leap in developing highly compact and powerful Laser weapons up to 100 KW energy and is heading towards deploying 300 KW laser weapons. China is all set to develop high precision capacities in anti-satellite warfare to counterattack rival countries’ satellites in orbit itself to make them disable or destroy. China has also acquired the competency and infrastructure to develop high-power microwave (HPM) directed energy weapons. These weapons generate very high-intensity electromagnetic pulses up to one gigawatt and comparable to nuclear energy. Such weapons are capable of firing thousands of intense pulses within a couple of seconds. As per the assessment, China has already installed a DEW weapon system on one of its Type 071 amphibious assault ships, ground-based systems, and potentially even space-based platforms. Pakistan is dependent on China and other countries to acquire directed energy weapon systems. Pakistan is far away from India in developing and manufacturing laser or microwave weapons. However, they have got capabilities to develop Drones and laser-guided missiles with the help of China. With the present global scenario of the DEW system especially the Chinese aggressive approach to ensuring space superiority, restructuring its future space station into a Space military hub, and augmenting its counter-defence in space by incorporating DEW systems, India is bound to augment and upgrade the quality of Directed Energy weapons including developing, manufacturing and subsequent tactical deployment. There is a strong need for India to focus on developing a Directionally Unrestricted Ray-Gun Array, a 100-kilowatt lightweight high-intensity laser system at par with available DEW with the US and China, so as to achieve proficiency to counteract drones, missiles, and artillery shells. The further upgradation to the range of 300 to 500 kW will facilitate an advanced platform in the future. In the same manner to counter the growing precision by China in the domain of high-power microwave (HPM), plasma, and simulating the developing artificial solar energy, India must take the project of developing linear electron accelerator technology. The linear electron accelerator technology, coupled with the Beam Directing System (BDS) of auto focusing of the high-power laser beam onto a distant moving target in the required operating range, is the future of DEW in the next two decades or so. Maj. Gen. J.K.S. Parihar, Sena Medal, Bar to Vishisht Seva Medal (Retd.), Former Additional Director General, AFMS and Expert on Defence and International Strategic Affairs.

INDIA-US TIES – A POSITIVE OUTCOME EXPECTED

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

India is carefully and successfully crafting a policy to navigate the tariffs on exports through a judicious mix of strategic restraint, proactive trade negotiation and leveraging competitive advantages by favourably positioning itself in a shifting global landscape. This is because President Trump’s tariff policy offers relief to nations taking “significant steps to remedy non-reciprocal trade arrangements”. Our negotiations aim to double bilateral trade to $500 billion by 2030 and include concessions like tariff cuts on US imports including abrogating a digital services tax affecting US tech firms. Higher is tariff on competitors like China, Bangladesh and Vietnam which will provide India a relative edge in electronics, machinery and textiles. In fact, India can capture the market share successfully. Considering the success of PM Modis’ US visit, India is handling the tariffs with patience and adapting its resilient economy of growth to evolving trade dynamics. In fact, the proposed visit of Vice-President Vance has given positive indications. Reportedly, India and US are in the process of finalizing a bilateral trade agreement which may be a win-win situation for both countries. This is also a reflection of PM Modi’s visit to the United States which marked a new era in India-US relations, refurbishing the strategic partnership between the two countries. Since PM Modi’s religion is India and welfare of all Indians, this visit exhibited the exceptional ability of PM Modi to advance India’s national interests. He navigated complex bilateral dynamics and the visit underscored the deepening strategic partnership. Major successes were scored in defence, technology, trade, energy and counter-terrorism. The visit further strengthened the PM’s personal bond with President Trump, reaffirming the earlier “Howdy-Modi” and “Namaste-Trump” engagements. President Trump’s commitment to “Make America Great Again”, (MAGA) was adopted by a slogan -”Make India Great Again” (MIGA), combining the two to make it MEGA- conveying shared declaration of national unity, pride and economic progress. Positive and constructive discussions on various issues led to a diplomatic triumph. The two countries set a target to double bilateral trade to $500 billion by 2030. We were able to mitigate the impact of the aggressive trade policies, especially the reciprocal tariffs announced before the meeting. This is because India had already lowered tariffs on select US goods. The US agreed to increase US oil and gas exports to India, which will reduce India’s reliance on other countries. India offered concessions without compromising India’s core interests and I am sure that the US has realised that it can count on India as a trusted partner, very relevant in the US economic agenda. The US assured continuous support for India’s Generalized System of Preferences benefits. PM Modi’s engagement with tech leaders of America, including Elon Musk, was a pivotal point in Indo-US tech collaboration. This resulted in progress on issues like Tesla’s manufacturing plant in India, launch of the US-India Compact initiative aimed at strengthening cooperation in AI, space and semiconductors as also an invitation to the US campuses universities to establish campuses in India. A significant achievement was the announcement of a 10-year military collaboration, which included the sale of F-35 fighter jets to India, which marked India’s entry into the elite club of nations possessing fifth-generation stealth fighters. Apart from this, other achievements included the launch of the Autonomous Systems Industry Alliance (ASIA) to counter China’s expanding naval presence in the Indian Ocean, co-developing small modular nuclear reactors, advancing India’s energy security goals, securing predator-armed drones and agreeing to expand joint military exercises including the Malabar naval exercise, which also includes Japan and Australia. The visit paved the way for increased defence collaboration with American companies agreeing to set up production facilities in India. Regarding the Russia-Ukraine conflict, PM Modi held sway with his dictum- “We are not neutral; we are on the side of peace.” Symbolically the most significant achievement on the counter-terrorism aspect was President Trump’s approval of the extradition of Tahawwur Rana, a key accused in the 2008 Mumbai terror attacks, who has landed in India. This proved India’s success in aligning the US stand in terrorism with India’s. Both countries agreed to enhance intelligence sharing and also signed an agreement to strengthen cyber security renewable energy collaboration, focusing on solar power, wind energy and electrical vehicles. India and NASA agreed to enhance space exploration cooperation and the US pledged support for India’s semi-conductor manufacturing mission. Hence, we see that PM Modi leveraged his personal rapport with President Trump to secure and great successes for India in national interest, and laid the foundation of robust cooperation between the two countries in the future, which would result in constant economic growth and geopolitical stability. The author is a former Chairman, Haryana Electricity Regulatory Commission. His views are personal.

Kesari – 2: A Veridical exposure of Jallianwala Bagh Genocide!

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

“Get the f*** out of my country”, a dialogue by Akshay Kumar will go down as one of the proudest and most encaptivitating dialogues in Bharatiya cinema. The resounding applause and a realisation about the resilience exhibited by our ancestors captured the mood as one exited the theatre after watching Kesari Chapter 2: The Untold Story of Jallianwala Bagh. To summarise, this cinema is a masterpiece. The cinema not only brings to light the grit and tenacity of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair but also presents how Jallianwala Bagh was a well orchestrated genocide committed by the imperialist British. The cinema is very hard hitting and makes one traverse an entire spectrum of emotion from extreme joy to extreme sorrow, from being the proudest to the most despair, it is a roller coaster that grips the audience. The cinema takes us through history to make us understand the value of our freedom and the amount of sacrifice made by our ancestors to free us from the clutches of the British. Let’s understand the cinema in detail. Kesari Chapter 2 captures the fight of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair against the British as he took the crown to court for the Jallianwala Bagh genocide. The cinema is a courtroom drama that takes creative liberties to depict the fight of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair. In contrast to the real-life case of defamation filed by Michael O’Dwyer in London High Court against Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair for his book Gandhi and Anarchy, in which he held Michael O’Dwyer responsible for Jallianwala Bagh genocide, the cinema shifts the entire landscape to Bharat and portrays General Dyer as the main antagonist instead of Michael O’Dwyer. Some are criticising the use of this creative liberty and trying to label patriotism showcased as jingoism. Such naysayers should be discredited and discarded as the cinema never shows Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair winning the case, but only brings the atrocity to public knowledge, as was the case in real life. Thus, irrespective of these creative liberties, the cinema captures the essence of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair’s fight against the crown and the atrocities of the British against their colonised people. The cinema starts with how Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair served the British and how he received knighthood for his services, and eventually, post the Jallianwala Bagh incident, how he fought the British Empire in court for their atrocities and genocide in Jallianwala Bagh. The cinema is very well made. The scenes are very well shot and take us back to the 1920s. Owing to the impeccable Production Design & costumes, the British era comes to life on the big screen. The direction by Karan Singh Tyagi is above par excellence. The director weaves the main plot with multiple subplots to put forward an edge of the seat cinema that leaves one satiated. The writing by Amritpal Singh Bindra again deserves a mention. Though the cinema is based on the book ‘The Case That Shook The Empire’ by Raghu Palat and Pushpa Palat, the adaptation in the form of a cinema is simply perfect. The dialogues by Sumit Saxena and Akshat Ghildial are a show stealer. There are multiple dialogues that one remembers long after the cinema concludes. The background score and the music by Shashwat Sachdev, Kavita Seth, and Kanishk Seth is one to savour. The songs, especially ‘O Shera’ and ‘Kithe Gaya Tu Saaiyaan’, touch the heart. Also, the revisit of ‘Teri Mitti’ in one of the most powerful scenes gives goosebumps. The soul of the cinema lies in towering performances by the lead actors. Akshay Kumar’s portrayal of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair will be remembered for decades. The multiple layers of his personality, from being a jurist to a British loyalist to a freedom fighter, are very well portrayed on screen. His performance in one of the last monologues of the cinema makes the audience feel every bit of the emotions. Very powerful, very impactful. The performance of R Madhavan as a courtroom genius touches the right nerves. He comes across as a very assured opposition to Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair. His performance is smooth, and we end up admiring him even more by the end. Ananya Pandey comes as a surprise package, she has matured as an actress. This is especially so in her courtroom monologue, where her performance scales. The performance of all foreign actors, Simon Paisley Day (General Dyer), Michael James Parr (Major Briggs), Mark Bennington (Michael O’Dwyer), and Steven Hartley (Judge McCardie) is praiseworthy. In all of this, Simon Paisley Day is the show stealer with his portrayal of General Dyer. He puts across a performance that is worth hating. His poised expressions of hate towards Bharatiya make one grind his/her teeth. Tirath Singh, played by Amir Sial, doesn’t fail to impress either. The character of Parvathy Nair, Sankaran Nair’s wife, played by Regina Cassandra, could have been better. An alternate good actress from the Malayalam industry could have been more apt to bring more authenticity. However, one small character played by Krish Rao of Pargat is the strongest small character I have seen in a cinema in a long time. He is the literal push in the cinema. The child actor has done a tremendous job. The portrayal of sorrow and courage of Pargat is one of the most powerful things that one takes home after the cinema. The beauty of this cinema lies in the coalescence of well crafted scenes and powerful dialogues. The depiction of a crumbling British empire through a scene where a newspaper is shown crumbled and the crumbled part has a written depiction of the Empire is magical stuff. Similarly, the top view scenic depiction of Ananya Pandey going to the court in a white dress as a female lawyer while the rest of the men advocates are dressed in black, is shown beautifully. This depiction, in conjunction with a later dialogue by her when Akshay Kumar is asked by reporters whether he is assisted by a female lawyer, she replies, “Doesn’t your England have Queens?” is a wonderful portrayal of a strong woman character. Similarly, the power of wearing a Kada by Akshay Kumar before starting a legal battle against the British gives goosebumps. Another powerful scene where General Dyer is shown standing in the middle of the British flag after being removed from the field service brings the widest of smiles. The real depth of emotions in the cinema is reached when Akshay Kumar reads a letter from the father of Pargat, played by Krish Rao, on how his son was killed by the British, and even in his final moments, how he kept the krantikari in him going. The scene is very powerful, and it makes one teary-eyed. Also, the significance of Ram Navami in olden times, even during the British era, is nicely depicted in the cinema. The cinematography is just brilliant. The director of photography has done a great job. The use of voice over and real life pictures at the start and the end to narrate and build context about history and the aftermath of the incident gives a sense of completion to the cinema. The dialogues of the cinema supplement the overall tonality. Subtle one-liners like “The empire is shrinking” and “Kanoon ki yahi toh Khubsurati hai ki har waqt koi na koi, koi kanoon tod raha hota hai” raise the entire essence of the cinema. Similarly, power packed dialogues like “ Aap mujhe goli maar dijiye and faasi pe latka dijiye, lekin ek baat dhyan se sun lijiye, get the f*** out of my country” signal peak cinema. The amalgamation of great cinematography with power-packed dialogues provides a spectacular viewing. The theme that the cinema captures needs to be explored as well. The cinema is a story of victory, a story of unification, a story of two parallel Bharats, a story of Dharmic Jagriti, and a story that shows how Jallianwala Bagh was a genocide. There have been many stories of Balidan in our quest for freedom, but the story of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair is the story of victory, where one man’s fight brought the atrocities of the British in front of the world. The story is also a story of unification, where a person from the southern part of Bharat went to Punjab to fight for the cause of the people from the northern part of Bharat. An analogy can be drawn where one Shankara, in the early itihaas, born in Kalady, travelled the length and breadth of the country to unite everyone, and one Sankaran, born in Palakkad district, again travelled the length of Bharat to unite Bharatiyas against the British. The cinema tells a tale of unity. Today when some indulge in petty politics and are hell bent to divide Bharat into South & North, this cinema comes as a tight slap to those morons. The cinema also wonderfully captures the two Bharats that existed during the British era. In a single scene, the director gut-wrenchingly portrays the knighthood of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair, while on the other hand, a small boy is seen carrying his little sister, who was shot in Jallianwala Bagh. The juxtaposing gives chills & forces you to think about the dichotomy that existed at that time in full view. The one conversation between Shankaran Nair & Pargat when they meet for the first time defines the complete character of that young boy who refuses to accept the offer of Nair to study & have a career, instead he politely but yet affirmatively tells that I can never go to your school of thought. This envices two Bharats that existed, one which served the British & the other which fought them so that we could live in a free nation today. It was such supreme sacrifices that we now take freedom, freedom of speech and freedom of everything for granted. This is so much so that some even have a huge problem to stand up in the theatre halls for the National Anthem. Can we say that the two Bharats still exist? The dharmic jagriti of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair is also portrayed well. We see that when he is fighting the British, there is no Tilak on his forehead, but when he becomes part of the freedom struggle, there is Tilak on his forehead, signifying a Dharmic Jagriti. Him being more aligned to his roots and Samskriti serves as a guiding path for him to pick up the fight against the British. Moreover, the cinema goes all out to prove that Jallianwala Bagh was a genocide. The filmmakers deserve all the applause for it. Through a systematic point-by-point depiction of how General Dyer planned the killings of Bharatiyas and then how the Britishers went on to downplay the incident, the filmmakers put forth a tale of how oppressed we were that even to tell our story of genocide, we had to fight. With every scene we feel grateful to the filmmakers and just can’t thank them enough. No matter how ironic it is to see that the Hindi cinema industry took almost a 100 years to celebrate the life of Sir Chettur Sankaran Nair, the cinema packs a punch. There are still naysayers and ambience polluters who are nitpicking to downplay the cinema. Like the unnecessary raising of controversy around the placement of a song performed by Masaba Gupta in the cinema. Those who have seen the cinema, recognise the need for fillers in such intense cinema. Also, the development of the character of R Madhavan revolves around the scene in the film. Anyhow, for those who don’t understand cinema and want to raise unnecessary controversy around subjects, they should not be taken seriously. The cinema deserves all our love and should be seen with family members. Promoting such cinema will help in pushing content on similar subjects. Kesari can be a franchise to bring stories of valour, bravery, resilience & success of Bharat to the celluloid. I hope the makers think seriously in this direction. We should thank Karan Johar for supporting a cinema that celebrates the life of a true hero and explicitly portrays the Jallianwala Bagh incident for what it was, and that is a genocide. Also, such a well-crafted cinema has brought to public debate the lack of remorse shown by the British for a case such as the Jallianwala Bagh genocide. Though the Britishers have committed multiple genocides across the globe but when such powerful cinema reignites the public attention towards an important incident such as the Jallianwala Bagh, one wonders at the extent of shamelessness of the British not to apologise for such a horrific crime. In the present world we hope that this veil of shamelessness will be lifted and the British Parliament to practice their preached and lectured values of human rights come out and say ‘Sorry’! The writer is the Executive Chief Communication Officer, Vishwa Samvad Kendra, Mumbai. Views expressed are the writer’s personal.

RED SEA FLASHPOINT: U.S. STRIKES HOUTHI TARGETS IN YEMEN AMID RENEWED ATTACKS ON GLOBAL SHIPPING

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The United States has carried out a fresh wave of airstrikes in Yemen, targeting sites controlled by the Iran-backed Houthi movement. The strikes, conducted in coordination with the United Kingdom and other international partners, come in response to renewed Houthi attacks on commercial vessels traversing the Red Sea one of the world’s most critical maritime trade routes. The Houthis have claimed responsibility for these assaults, framing them as retaliation against Israeli actions in Gaza and as an expression of solidarity with the Palestinian cause. In doing so, the group has once again propelled itself onto the center stage of global geopolitics, transforming the Red Sea into a volatile zone with far-reaching economic and legal implications. The Houthi movement, also known as Ansar Allah (Partisans of God), originated in the early 1990s in Yemen’s northern highlands. Founded by Hussein al-Houthi, the group initially represented the grievances of Yemen’s Zaidi Shia Muslim minority. Over time, the Houthis evolved from a socio-religious revivalist group into a potent armed faction and, eventually, a de facto governing authority in large parts of Yemen, including the capital, Sana’a. The group maintains close ties to Iran and is widely considered a proxy force within Tehran’s broader regional strategy. Alongside Hezbollah in Lebanon and Hamas in Gaza, the Houthis form part of the so-called “axis of resistance” which is an informal coalition aimed at countering the influence of Israel and the United States in the Middle East. Coming back to the Red Sea, which connects the Mediterranean to the Indian Ocean via the Suez Canal, serves as a vital lifeline for global commerce. More than 12 percent of global trade, including critical energy supplies, passes through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait at the southern end of the Red Sea. Recent attacks by the Houthis have forced numerous commercial vessels to avoid the route altogether, opting instead for the far longer and costlier journey around the Cape of Good Hope. This rerouting has contributed to rising shipping costs, supply chain delays, and commodity price spikes, further straining a global economy already grappling with inflationary pressures. In December 2023, in response to these growing threats, the United States and its allies launched Operation Prosperity Guardian. The operation is a multinational maritime security initiative designed to ensure freedom of navigation in the Red Sea and adjacent waters. It operates under the Combined Maritime Forces (CMF), a 34-nation coalition headquartered in Bahrain. The coalition’s mandate is clear which is to protect international shipping, deter further Houthi aggression, and reinforce international legal norms. The operation has included naval escorts, intelligence sharing, surveillance flights, and targeted strikes against Houthi missile and drone launch sites. A LEGAL PERSPECTIVE: FREEDOM OF NAVIGATION AT STAKE At the heart of this conflict lies a fundamental principle of international law i.e. freedom of navigation. This principle, enshrined in the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), is also recognized as part of customary international law. Some of its key articles include Article 87 (freedom of the high seas), Article 58 (freedom in the exclusive economic zone), Article 36 (straits used for international navigation), and Article 38 (transit passage through straits)—explicitly guarantee the right of all ships, regardless of nationality, to move freely through international waters. The Convention also safeguards the right of innocent passage through territorial seas and archipelagic waters under Articles 17 to 26 and 52. These rules are designed to balance the sovereign rights of coastal states with the global interest in unobstructed maritime transit. Indeed, the International Court of Justice (ICJ) has, in various rulings, affirmed freedom of navigation as a customary legal principle. From the 1949 Corfu Channel Case to more recent disputes, the ICJ has consistently emphasized that all states have a duty to respect free maritime transit even in times of political tension. REGIONAL AND STRATEGIC IMPLICATIONS There are questions about the effectiveness and sustainability of Operation Prosperity Guardian. While the coalition has enjoyed initial success in deterring some attacks, the Houthis have demonstrated a capacity for rapid adaptation, using drones, missiles, and asymmetric tactics to circumvent traditional naval defenses. Moreover, the crisis complicates an already tense diplomatic environment. Efforts by the U.S. and regional powers to broker a lasting ceasefire in Yemen may suffer setbacks. Meanwhile, the humanitarian situation in Yemen remains dire, with millions still dependent on international aid—much of which also moves through maritime routes. THE ROAD AHEAD As Washington weighs its next steps, officials are emphasizing both deterrence and diplomacy. Yet with each missile launched and vessel diverted, the stakes grow higher. The crisis in the Red Sea is no longer a regional dispute—it is a test of the world’s ability to uphold foundational norms of international law in the face of growing geopolitical fragmentation.

A letter king size!

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

And finally when the King’s letter came, it was king size—both in affection and in appreciation! King Charles III wrote a personal letter to India’s iconic social worker Bunker Roy, in the last week of March, almost regretting the gap of two years in remaining in touch. This is Charles’ first letter to Roy after taking over as the king of the United Kingdom and 14 other Commonwealth realms in 2022. Responding to Mr. Roy’s letter of December 2024, King Charles wrote in his reply of March 23, 2025: It was great joy to receive your December letter… Your letter reminded me of all the years I have known and admired all your heroic efforts in Rajasthan… Now, Bunker Roy, who founded the Barefoot College (Also known as the Social Work and Research Centre, Tilonia) in Rajasthan’s Ajmer district along with his equally illustrious wife, Aruna Roy, had seemingly almost given up on hearing again from the King who had been very pally with him as Prince Charles! “This is from a friend to a friend,” Bunker Roy, now in Tilonia convalescing after Covid-19 and other ailments which followed. “This time the gap had been big,” Bunker Roy, a member of the former Planning Commission and Padmashri awardee, said conceding that Charles’ silence appeared unusual going by the past association. The communication from King Charles, who is also a patron of the Barefoot College which caught the world’s imagination pioneering the concept of Barefoot—Barefoot solar engineers, Barefoot doctors, Barefoot teachers and the like-- conceded the gap and attributed it to the changed life style and the time constraints of the person with a challenging assignment in hand. “…finally! I cannot imagine what happened to your earlier one (communication), but I fear I have been somewhat overwhelmed in the last two years”. The King, as Prince Charles in the past, had visited Tilonia village in Kishengarh tehsil of Ajmer more than once. As Prince, King Charles’ itineraries in India in the past included a trip to Tilonia and a photo session with Bunker Roy. Perhaps making up for the gap this time the British king lavished praise on Bunker Roy who was a path breaker in developmental perspectives in the seventies and eighties at the global level. “You have clearly become a phenomenon—in fact a ‘National Treasure’—and I am constantly singing your praises whenever I can, especially in Africa,” King Charles, who was diagnosed with cancer in February 2024 and is presently undergoing treatment even while maintaining a full schedule of engagements, said. Only recently King Charles made a state visit to Italy to send a message across on the UK’s “soft power” and its interest in things abroad. While King Charles did not indicate any immediate plans to visit India and Tilonia he invited Bunker Roy to meet him whenever he happens to be in the UK next. “There is much to discuss as I have many initiatives going on around the world and long for an opportunity to see you, if you ever come to the United Kingdom at any stage”. “Yours most sincerely” signed off his letter with the words, “In the meantime I send you countless thoughts and kindest possible wishes”.

Modi’s Vision, Shah’s Execution: Waqf (Amendment) Bill: The Magna Carta of Muslim Empowerment

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Injustice in landholding is one of the fundamental determinants of social justice. And land redistribution based on democratic ethics is a powerful weapon against any form of social injustice. Hindrances in access to land and natural resources, invariably, have defined not only economic but also social and political deprivation of the masses. However, these deprivations have also generated powerful reactions which have resulted in new regulations for restructuring the extant, archaic and regressive political construct. In India, the existing inequalities in the distribution of wealth, power and social status, specifically in the context of the Muslim community, has impeded the efficient use of resources, depressed the rates of economic progress and prevented the achievement of minimum social and political stability. History shows that countries with greater justice in asset holding have grown faster. In this context the transformative vision driven by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and executed with strategic precision by Union Home Minister Amit Shah, the Government of India has introduced many bills to deepen democracy. Recently, Modi government has successfully passed the Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2025. This landmark reform marks a defining moment for the empowerment of India’s Muslim community. For decades, Waqf properties—meant for the welfare and upliftment of the community—remained enmeshed in opaque practices, mismanagement, and elite control. The amendment aims to dismantle these entrenched structures and usher in a new era of transparency, accountability, and inclusive governance. Under Modi’s vision and Shah’s assertive execution, the Bill sets a clear course for empowering ordinary Muslims, ensuring women’s representation, and redirecting Waqf resources toward genuine public welfare. Government’s Ideological Commitment to Unified Governance The passage of the Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2024 in Parliament is not merely a legal development—it is emblematic of the Government of India’s deeper ideological commitment to building a more transparent, inclusive, and unified Bharat. At the heart of this push is Union Home Minister Amit Shah, whose recent legislative efforts continue to shape the government’s vision of “One Nation, One Law.” This reform is part of a broader series of governance efforts—such as the abrogation of Article 370 and personal law reforms—meant to harmonize India’s legal landscape and reinforce constitutional equality. It demonstrates the government’s resolve to unify legal standards across all communities, ensuring justice is not fragmented but delivered uniformly, without preference or prejudice, through consistent and inclusive frameworks. Curbing Legal Loopholes and Enhancing Transparency The amendment seeks to address long-standing concerns around the management of Waqf properties by eliminating discretionary and elitist powers and emphasizing accountability through proper documentation. One of the most impactful changes is the removal of the “deemed waqf” provision, which previously allowed properties to be designated as waqf simply due to religious use. This clause had long been criticized for creating legal ambiguities and encouraging land disputes. Under the new law, clear proof of ownership is mandatory, aligning Waqf governance with mainstream land laws and reducing the scope for arbitrary claims. The focus on ownership evidence ensures that no community or institution can override national laws, promoting clarity in land rights and reducing opportunities for exploitation and unlawful encroachment. From Faith-Based Exemptions to Rule-Based Accountability This emphasis on documentation and legal scrutiny over faith-based exemptions reflects a growing belief within the Government of India: that religious institutions managing public assets must adhere to modern standards of transparency. As Amit Shah stated in Parliament, “No land can be claimed based on faith alone; laws must apply equally to all citizens.” This represents a clear pivot toward standardized governance and a rebalancing of trust with legal integrity. It marks a transition from traditional informal practices to a transparent system, where publicly utilized assets are governed through documentation, audits, and processes benefiting the wider population. Empowering Muslim Women through Legal Reform One of the most progressive aspects of the Waqf Bill is its powerful commitment to gender justice and women empowerment. The Bill mandates the inclusion of Muslim women in Waqf boards and related decision-making bodies, giving them a platform to voice their perspectives and influence policy. In cases of family waqfs, the amendment ensures that women receive their rightful share of inheritance—a right often denied under patriarchal norms. Much like the landmark Triple Talaq legislation, this reform demonstrates the government’s consistent push to uphold women’s rights within community-specific legal frameworks. Amended Bill ensures women’s participation, promotes fairness and equity, giving them a rightful role in managing assets meant for community welfare and strengthening institutional balance. A Call for Pluralistic Participation: Another notable feature of the amended Bill is the provision allowing non-Muslim members to be included in Waqf Boards and the Central Waqf Council. While this move has sparked debate, the government maintains that public bodies dealing with public resources, especially those linked to state land or taxpayer money, should reflect pluralistic participation. It’s a step toward institutional transparency and a reimagining of public faith management through inclusive governance. Such representation enhances oversight, encourages cooperation across communities, and ensures that institutions serve national interests, not limited circles or sectarian interests. Transforming Waqf Assets for Public Good The Waqf amendment Bill also ensures the strategic utilization of waqf assets—worth thousands of crores—for community upliftment. These properties will now be channelled toward education, health, housing, skill development, and employment opportunities for underprivileged Muslims. A significant share of Waqf income will also support scholarships, women-led initiatives, and youth training programs. This ensures that the real beneficiaries—the poor and marginalized—finally receive the support they deserve. It converts dormant land and wealth into tools for development, empowering underprivileged communities with better infrastructure, learning access, and dignified livelihoods. Ending the Monopoly of Elites: For far too long, Waqf institutions were captured by politically connected elites, operating behind closed doors. The new Bill breaks this monopoly by mandating digitized records, regular audits, and greater decentralization of decision-making. Power is being returned to local stakeholders and ordinary citizens, fulfilling the original charitable vision of Waqf foundations. By challenging elite control, the reform encourages grassroot ownership, transparency in operations, and genuine community-driven development that aligns with the spirit of public good. Amit Shah’s Strategic Leadership: At the helm of this transformation is Shri Amit Shah, whose political foresight and legislative determination have brought about this historic reform. Amid opposition from various quarters and misrepresentations in public discourse, Shah defended the Bill as a necessity for justice and clarity. His ability to confront complex issues with resolve further establishes him as a modern-day Chanakya—blending civilizational wisdom with contemporary statecraft. His leadership reflects strategic conviction in promoting legal equality, resolving sensitive matters with decisiveness, and securing public trust in reform processes affecting millions. Therefore, it may not be an exaggeration to equate Mr. Shah’s abilities and commitment with the political acumen, determination and patriotism of Sardar Patel, the first Home Minister of Independent Bharat. Toward a Transparent and Inclusive Future: The Waqf (Amendment) Bill is not an isolated piece of legislation. It forms part of a broader governance philosophy promoted by the Government of India—one that seeks to modernize India’s institutions, bridge legal divides, and ensure equality for all under the Constitution. While some may interpret these moves as challenging minority autonomy, the government frames them as foundational steps toward national integration, fairness, and legal coherence. It envisions a future where all citizens participate equally in public systems, and institutions are built on trust, efficiency, and fairness beyond communal lines. A Bold Step Toward Legal and Social Equity: In a country as diverse as India, the challenge has always been to balance tradition with progress. The success of the Waqf reform will ultimately depend on its implementation—whether it brings real empowerment, fosters fairness, and upholds the democratic ideals of inclusion and equity. This Bill is not just a legal document—it is a symbol of the Modi Government’s resolve to ensure justice and dignity for every citizen. Under the strategic guidance of Amit Shah, India has taken yet another bold step toward rewriting outdated narratives and building a modern, cohesive society. This legislative step, if implemented sincerely, holds the promise of transforming institutions into engines of equitable development, benefiting generations to come through fairness and opportunity. The author is Vice-Chancellor, Central University of Punjab, Bathinda. Views are personal.

A combat with the rising inflation – is India ready?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The economic impact of inflation across the globe is building a furious roller coaster, and India may be next in line. Mitigating the adverse effects of inflation and ensuring sustainable economic development is a priority for good governance. Given India’s diverse social and economic landscape, the country is particularly vulnerable to the turbulence caused by economic unrest. While moderate inflation is considered healthy and indicative of decent economic growth, it is the unchecked rise in inflation that poses serious challenges. It disrupts the economy and has far-reaching consequences for businesses, MSMEs, individuals, and households. Continuous efforts to maintain and enhance structural reforms across industries and supply chains is the key to economic stability. A balanced mix of fiscal and monetary measures is essential to maintain equilibrium between demand and supply. India is currently experiencing the profound economic and social implications of inflation. Purchasing power is gradually declining, household savings are shrinking, social inequality is widening, and businesses are facing cutthroat competition. Inflation control has become a critical concern. Despite the government’s proactive approach to building a trillion-dollar economy, several additional measures are essential for achieving sustained and inclusive growth. One crucial step is protecting the vulnerable segments of society. Policies like Direct Benefit Transfers must be implemented efficiently to avoid leakages. Streamlining the Public Distribution System will help elevate lower-income households and foster economic equality. Addressing inflation in the long run will require an integrated approach involving fiscal, monetary, structural, and logistical reforms. Promoting artificial intelligence and renewable energy independence are also pivotal in protecting vulnerable populations and managing inflation effectively. Fiscal policy measures such as reducing indirect taxes on essential goods can lower prices, boost household savings, and reduce inflation. Offering extended subsidies on fuel can temporarily ease the financial burden on the public, leading to increased liquidity in the market. Policies supporting renewable energy independence could transform the economic landscape. This sector is labor-intensive and promises employment opportunities in the long term. As these industries expand, they will contribute to sustainable economic growth and reduce reliance on imports, making the economy more resilient to global price fluctuations. Investing in solar, wind, and hydropower can help India achieve self-reliance in energy and stabilize prices across industries. Revamping monetary policy is another essential strategy. The Reserve Bank of India can utilize its monetary tools to control inflation. Lowering the repo rate would make borrowing easier, thereby empowering individuals and businesses. Tools like Open Market Operations and Security Liquidations can help stabilize markets in the short term. Adjusting the cash reserve ratio could enhance overall liquidity and provide further control over inflation. Long-term reforms must be consistent and focused on increasing productivity among the youth through skill development and educational investments. Though revamping education is a long-term endeavor, it promises lasting benefits and helps ensure a brighter future for India. Simplifying business policies can attract industries to India. The country’s unique geography and cultural appeal can draw international sectors such as the movie industry, provided business policies are favorable. Easing land investment regulations can also streamline the flow of investments across various verticals. Boosting and investing in supply chains is crucial for tackling inflationary pressures. Investments in irrigation, soil improvement, agricultural technology, and better seeds will gradually help eliminate food inflation. Removing bottlenecks in food supply chains will reduce freight charges and ensure steady supplies. Strengthening trade policies remains a vital economic driver. Increasing exports, attracting investments, and retaining foreign direct investments (FDIs) are necessary for trade stability. The government’s steps to simplify Free Trade Agreements and Bilateral Trade Agreements are proving beneficial and are expected to be even more impactful in the future. Encouraging household savings and investments can also serve as a buffer against inflation. Higher interest rates on deposits and the promotion of inflation-indexed bonds can help middle-income households hedge against inflation. A balanced approach with seamless coordination between the government and the private sector is slowly but steadily pushing the country forward. While India faces significant challenges, the opportunities in this evolving economic powerhouse generate a strong wave of positive sentiment. India is indeed marching forward with excellence. Yash Kalra is a dynamic and accomplished businessman based in Jaipur, known for his multifaceted expertise in economics, financial management, strategic planning, travel and tourism, and event management. Holding an MBA in Economics and Finance, he is a respected member of several national and international commerce platforms and possesses a powerful global network spanning over 100 countries.

The Lesser Man And A Slave New World

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Let us remain human, error prone, we do not need perfection. So long as we keep on making mistakes, we shall remain human. Let us love our mistakes. - Anand The 20th century author Aldous Huxley writes a dystopian novel Brave New World based on the promises of science and technology. The world that has come up now may be new, but hardly ‘brave’. We are undergoing a resistless change, rather a transformation, leaving the past behind, and embracing the future at a breakneck speed, so that nothing is completely visible, and we are having only hazy images of reality . When we stop somewhere, earth below our feet starts running, and the sky comes into motion. Where are we headed for? If the march is only up to the grave, why are we dreaming of things which will make us slaves, or create slaves for us? Creator versus Creator I do not contend man’s wish to be a creator. But the first world that God created is so beautiful, so satisfying. He has not created slaves. He has given brain and a little free will to every object. Yet He wields great power over his creation. But does He interfere? He intervenes rarely, but sometimes violently too, when we do not listen to his voiceless commands. We want to create robots. A robot has a plastic mind, whereas a man has a living mind. A robot cannot grow in its perceptions, a man grows up from a child to an adolescent and then to an adult. A robot does not need a woman to procreate, but a man does. And most of all, a robot is a remote controlled slave, which a man is not. Man is a proud being, cast in the mould of God himself, and by sacrifice, he can rise to the level of God. Sacrifice, love, affection – these words have no meaning for a robot. Moreover, God specialized in giving different faces and different minds to his created beings. I don’t think we can perform this feat? Our creations are featureless and thus faceless too. Finally, while God wanted us to become supermen, we are after creating a LESSER MAN. Freedom is the most lovable word after life, and slavery, the most detestable after death. But we want to create slaves, and then turn their slaves ourselves. Shall we ever have mighty figures like Ravana or even Bhishma? Can we think of a world of human beings which witnesses great wars like Ramayana, Mahabharata or even Troy? We have at the most Terminators who appear like men, but are machine-monsters. We should be afraid of those creations which do not die. Because, life has only one distinguishing mark. And it is that it can die. Machines are immortal, hence figures of fear if they replace us. Science and technology should remain subordinate to the wellbeing of mankind. We cannot allow any activity in our home which will finally obliterate us. If we allow the technological advances to go on unchecked, and undirected, it will put into danger everything we have created. So, the greatest issue before us, and the gravest threat is that we should remain human, error prone, we do not need perfection. So long as we keep on making mistakes, we shall remain human. Let us love our mistakes. The ‘Perfect’ Tragedy Efficiency is good, but perfection is a dangerous idea. Our machines are perfect. Our aeroplanes, our trains, our computers, our mobiles – all are nearly faultless. This is a Universe of Perfection which we have created around us. But the tragic aspect of it is that we are ourselves Imperfect. This perfection can wipe us out. Killer life systems have destroyed our time. We are hopping from operation to operation. Take food, rush to laptop. Have a power nap, rush to laptop. Here is a message on mobile. Here is a link for a meeting. Sometimes I think our ceaseless work will lead us out of existence. AI: The Oracle However, there is another aspect to the emerging AI world. We are scared of its devastating reach into human thought systems as it can replace man very easily. It is a danger far greater than any Ramayana or Mahabharata war. We need technology neither as a slave, nor as a master. We do not want to create robots to take our commands without protest. We do not want men to become so dependent on machine, that they cannot get up from their bed, and move on their own feet. That would be the worst day for mankind. We can appreciate the perfectionist part of technology, at least machines do not lie, if they have no emotions, they also have no enmities, nor any biases, nor any personal likes and dislikes. Unless twisted, they speak the truth. In medical science, how we depend on machines. There was a time when people who held on to truth were killed by the rulers. Machines cannot be stopped from telling the truth. Grok is the highest in artificial intelligence, and it surprises us with its fast paced performances, and its perfection too. If they speak the truth, they are like Oracles of the Postmodern Age, who are not afraid of anybody and say what they perceive. At the same time, they spell fear for us. Too much dependence on them weakens our hold on life systems. So, the right course for mankind would be to remain close to God, nature, and use technology only as an assistance, not as complete replacement. The decision should remain with man, however faulty is his perceptions. Electricity is no less dangerous. But how many people die of electric shock? On the other hand, it runs every gadget, including charging our mobiles and laptops. AI too should be looked upon like electricity. And its further research directed towards the welfare of mankind, not towards creating A LESSER MAN, AND A SLAVE NEW WORLD. Dr. Jernail Singh Anand, [the Seneca, Charter of Morava, Franz Kafka and Maxim Gorky awards Laureate, with an opus of 180 books, whose name adorns the Poets’ Rock in Serbia]] is a towering literary figure whose work embodies a rare fusion of creativity, intellect, and moral vision.

The Blame Game Ends Now: India’s Future Depends

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

A Nation Built, Yet Undermined India today is not suffering from a lack of vision or resources. Under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership, the government has delivered sweeping reforms, built world-class infrastructure, enabled digital inclusion at scale, and positioned India as a formidable global power. Whether it’s defense, manufacturing, health tech, or financial inclusion, the architecture for a modern India has been decisively laid down. Yet, despite this momentum, every market correction, job loss, or industrial underperformance is met with the same tired reflex: blame the government. This knee-jerk response is not only intellectually dishonest—it is actively sabotaging the nation’s progress. The real drag on India’s growth is not policy paralysis, but execution paralysis. The problem lies not in governance, but in a widespread culture of dependency, complacency, and entitlement. This analysis aims to shift the spotlight where it belongs: on the institutions, industries, and actors that continue to underperform despite unprecedented support. PM Modi Has Delivered – It’s Time for India to Break Free from Entitlement and Embrace True Governance! Defense Sector: When Funding Isn’t the Problem, But Vision Is India’s defense allocation for FY 2024–25 stands at ₹6.2 lakh crore, ranking it among the top three military spenders in the world. Out of this, ₹1.72 lakh crore is earmarked specifically for capital acquisitions—marking an unambiguous commitment to self-reliance and modernization. The policy intent is crystal clear: 500+ items have been embargoed from import to boost domestic production. Aatmanirbharta in defense is no longer a slogan—it is national policy backed by serious investment. And yet, results remain underwhelming. DPSUs miss delivery timelines, field outdated platforms, and struggle with systemic inefficiencies. The private sector, rather than building indigenous capabilities in critical domains like AI warfare, drone swarms, or hypersonics, seems more interested in lobbying for contracts than investing in R&D. Whenever goals aren’t met, the blame is passed on to bureaucracy or regulation. But innovation cannot be outsourced to the government—it must be led by technocrats, scientists, and entrepreneurs willing to take risks and think long-term. Strategically, India’s military posture is no longer about merely holding the line—it’s about shaping the regional order. The Indian Army, with over 1.2 million active personnel, is not only the second-largest standing force globally but also one of the most combat-experienced, with decades of operational engagement from high-altitude warfare in Siachen to counterinsurgency in Kashmir. When compared to superpowers, the U.S. military projects power globally through advanced technology and expeditionary capabilities, while China focuses on rapid modernization and regional dominance through asymmetric tools like cyber and missile systems. India, under Modi’s leadership, is carving its own strategic path—investing in indigenous defense manufacturing, advancing integrated theatre commands, and embracing next-generation warfare in AI, quantum, and space. With a nuclear triad in place, a blue-water navy emerging, and robust ties with QUAD partners, India is positioned as a pivot state in the Indo-Pacific. The strategic scaffolding is ready. What remains is for the rest of the Indian system—bureaucracy, industry, academia, and citizens—to shed inertia, match the tempo, and convert this potential into undeniable power Innovation Ecosystem: Obsessing Over Valuations, Ignoring Real Value India now hosts over 114,000 recognized startups, making it the world’s third-largest startup ecosystem. With initiatives like Digital India, Startup India, and ₹14,000 crore mobilized under the Fund of Funds, the government has gone all in to nurture innovation. Platforms like UPI—which handled over 12 billion transactions in March 2024 alone—have revolutionized the way India transacts, all built and maintained by the state. Despite this extraordinary foundation, India’s startup ecosystem remains shallow. The obsession with unicorn status, flashy IPOs, and VC valuations has eclipsed focus on hard-tech, deep-science, and core infrastructure innovation. Nowhere is this clearer than in the semiconductor sector. With ₹76,000 crore pledged to create a chip ecosystem, the government offered global giants a golden opportunity. Yet, firms backed out citing “commercial unviability”—code for “we want high returns without high risk.” This isn’t entrepreneurship. It’s opportunism. India doesn’t lack policy support. It lacks private sector courage. PLI Schemes: From Strategic Lever to Soft Target The Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, with an outlay of ₹1.97 lakh crore across 14 sectors, is arguably the most aggressive industrial stimulus India has ever seen. And the results are beginning to show: mobile phone exports have crossed $15 billion, and India now ranks second in global smartphone production. But in several sectors, the scheme is being gamed. Many firms entered merely to claim incentives without investing in end-to-end value chains or building globally competitive capacity. When profits didn’t come easy, they exited, citing “policy confusion.” The issue isn’t with the scheme. The issue is with those treating it like a subsidy program rather than a performance-linked opportunity. The state opened the doors. It’s the players who chose shortcuts over scale. Academia and Research: A Disconnect from National Purpose It’s a common trope that India lags behind in innovation because of low public R&D spending. This is a myth. The Indian government accounts for nearly 57% of the nation’s total R&D outlay—a far cry from countries like the US and China, where private enterprise contributes over 70%. Despite generous funding, Top India’s premier institutions produces low translational output. Research often remains academic rather than application-oriented. Commercial patents, tech transfers, and private partnerships are far too rare. Meanwhile, the private sector contributes little to national R&D, choosing to ride global IP or depend on the state for technological hand-holding. If India’s innovation engine feels stalled, it’s because academia and industry remain siloed, not because the government failed to provide capital or capacity. The Cash Cow Syndrome: When the State Bears All the Risk Across sectors, the same pattern recurs: profits are privatized, but losses are nationalized. In the power sector, state discoms make populist promises, default on dues, and expect central bailouts. In banking, bad loans from reckless corporate lending forced the Centre to recapitalize PSU banks to the tune of ₹3.1 lakh crore. In agriculture, reform resistance persists—yet there’s a constant demand for MSP hikes and waivers, which cost the exchequer ₹2.17 lakh crore. This is not governance failure. It’s elite welfareism disguised as crisis management.India is being drained not by a negligent state—but by an entitled ecosystem. A Leader Who Builds, Not Just Speaks :- In a political landscape crowded with rhetoric, Prime Minister Narendra Modi remains singular: a doer. His leadership is not just transformative—it is relentless. Consider the facts: Make in India has revitalized domestic manufacturing, from defense to railways. Digital India and the JAM trinity (Jan Dhan-Aadhaar-Mobile) have brought financial and digital inclusion to the last mile. PM Gati Shakti is transforming infrastructure planning through real-time geospatial coordination. Swachh Bharat and the world’s largest vaccination campaign were executed with speed and scale unmatched globally. Whether it was abrogating Article 370, executing the Balakot airstrikes, or crafting India’s rising diplomatic stature through over 100 international engagements, Modi has shown clarity, conviction, and consistency. This isn’t headline governance. This is legacy-making. Sharp Takeaway : From Blame to Responsibility India today stands at the threshold of becoming a global superpower. The government has put in place the frameworks, infrastructure, and vision needed to unlock its full potential. But the burden of nation-building cannot fall on the state alone. The private sector must invest—not just in factories, but in ideas. Academia must shift from publishing papers to producing patents. Citizens must move from entitlement to engagement. The narrative of blaming the government for every shortfall is not only lazy—it’s corrosive. If India is to truly rise, it will be because all its stakeholders decide to build, not just benefit. Prime Minister Modi has done more than govern. He has delivered. Now it’s the nation’s turn to respond—with action, ambition, and accountability.India doesn’t need more handouts. It needs more hands that build. Dr Nishakant Ojha- an Internationally renowned xpert in Foreign Affairs and Strategic National Security Issues .

Extraditing Justice: Rana’s Case and the Need for Deeper India-US Legal Ties

April 18, 2025, 3:36 am

Tahawwur Rana’s extradition to India represents a significant milestone in increasing collaboration between India and the United States in combating terrorism but also conveys a powerful message that those involved in serious crimes cannot evade justice by crossing international borders. Nonetheless, numerous high-profile cases are still unresolved, underscoring the existing delays and bureaucratic obstacles in the extradition process between the two countries. To ensure justice is served promptly, it is crucial to establish a more efficient, transparent, and time-sensitive extradition framework. Both nations should work to strengthen legal collaboration, tackle procedural issues, and foster mutual trust to improve the outcomes of extradition efforts. While this case marks a positive start, ongoing commitment is necessary to ensure that all offenders face justice. The Extradition Treaty between India and the United States was signed on June 25, 1997, and became effective on July 21, 1999. This treaty establishes a legal basis for the extradition of fugitives between the two nations, allowing either country to request the return of individuals who are charged with or have been convicted of criminal offences. The Extradition Treaty between India and the USA incorporates essential provisions to guarantee a fair and lawful extradition process. A fundamental principle known as dual criminality requires that the alleged crime must be recognized as an offense in both nations. The offence should be an extraditable offence which is defined as those crimes that carry a minimum penalty of one year in prison. Nonetheless, extradition may be refused under the political offense exception, which safeguards individuals who are sought for political motives. Additionally, the death penalty clause permits the U.S. to deny extradition if the case involves capital punishment, unless India offers specific assurances. The rule of specialty ensures that prosecution is limited to the particular offense for which extradition was granted, thereby providing legal protections for the accused. Tahawwur Rana’s extradition to India represents a notable diplomatic achievement in India’s quest for justice for the victims of the 2008 Mumbai terror attacks. Rana, who is closely linked to David Coleman Headley-responsible for conducting reconnaissance for the attacks who thought to have played a significant role in planning and facilitating the assault that resulted in the deaths of more than 200 individuals. Securing Rana’s presence in India is essential for further exposing the intricate network of conspirators behind the attacks. His questioning and subsequent trial could yield valuable information regarding the operational relationships among Lashkar-e-Taiba, David Headley, and other entities, potentially including the involvement of Pakistani intelligence agencies. His appearance in an Indian courtroom could bolster the evidentiary foundation and reinforce India’s long-standing assertions regarding Pakistan’s role in supporting terrorism. Additionally, this extradition enhances the credibility of India’s legal and investigative framework on the international stage and propels India’s ongoing efforts to ensure that all those responsible for the 26/11 attacks are held accountable, regardless of their location. However, with this diplomatic achievement, yet its practical implications for revealing new insights or achieving justice may be limited. This is largely due to the fact that David Headley, the principal figure behind the 2008 Mumbai terror attacks, has already provided extensive testimony and is currently serving a 35-year sentence in the United States. Consequently, Rana’s involvement may be viewed as secondary. His extradition is unlikely to substantially enhance the investigation or prosecution of other individuals implicated, especially since vital evidence has already been gathered and presented during Headley’s testimony. True justice for the victims of the Mumbai attacks hinges on securing the extradition of David Headley himself. As the main conspirator who conducted thorough reconnaissance of the targeted locations and worked closely with Lashkar-e-Taiba and ISI operatives, Headley has direct knowledge of the attacks’ planning and execution. His trial in India would not only bring closure to the families of the victims but also represent a significant step toward holding all accountable parties responsible within Indian jurisdiction. However, the complexities surrounding Headley’s cooperation with U.S. authorities and his plea agreement make his extradition a challenging endeavour. Nonetheless, India must persist in its efforts to secure his custody as a matter of justice and national integrity. India has submitted over 65 extradition requests to the United States, but only 11 have led to successful extraditions. This statistic underscores the considerable obstacles faced in the extradition process between the two countries. Many requests have been stalled for years or denied due to discrepancies in legal standards, procedural holdups, or issues related to human rights, prison conditions, and the death penalty in India. With nearly one-third of India’s total extradition requests worldwide aimed at the U.S., this slow progress raises significant concerns regarding the efficacy of current legal cooperation between the two nations. This scenario highlights the urgent need for India and the United States to enhance their extradition framework through stronger diplomatic and legal collaboration. Addressing gaps in mutual legal understanding, aligning procedural requirements, and fostering clear communication between law enforcement agencies are vital steps to move forward. Furthermore, a strong political commitment, supported by strategic diplomatic efforts and timely follow-ups, can facilitate the swift resolution of outstanding cases. Building stronger bilateral relations cantered on mutual legal assistance and trust is essential to prevent fugitives from taking advantage of legal discrepancies or differences in judicial systems. Only through ongoing efforts and a shared commitment can both countries ensure that justice is delivered promptly and effectively. V Abhinav Deep Dora, Assistant Professor, Vignan Institute of Law, VFSTR, Guntur, Andhra Pradesh Prof V Vijay Lakshmi, Professor, Dr Br Ambedkar college of Law, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh

The Underrepresented Queens in Indian Curriculum

April 18, 2025, 3:31 am

To the question of what history is, it is the study of past events, particularly human affairs. It is otherwise the whole series of past events connected with a particular person. So history is the study and documentation of the past. History is an umbrella term comprising past events as well as the memory, discovery, presentation and interpretation of these events. India’s struggle for independence was really a saga of courage, resilience, and sacrifice deeply rooted in the love and patriotism of its people. On a fascinating journey through the chapters of India’s struggle for independence, the spotlight shifts to an ensemble of remarkable women who, against the challenging backdrop of their time, played pivotal roles in shaping the destiny of our nation. This article sheds light on the incredible stories of women freedom fighters who played pivotal roles in the independence movement, making immense sacrifices to secure a free and sovereign India. Having looked at history in particular the freedom struggle, many queens laid down their lives fighting against the enemy. Their sacrifices were underrepresented in history. It was the Moghul rulers who invaded India and it was later followed by British rule for more than 150 years. For the most period, India was under these alien rulers. But who made it to history textbooks? This question has been debated over the last few years on TV channels and other platforms. If the invaders and the aliens impressed the historians, they did a great injustice to these queens. The historians treated Indians as subalterns. Their long-drawn battles were not highlighted anywhere in their research. On the contrary, these pseudo-scholars glorified the history of the invaders and the alien rulers of the country. India was projected in the darker side to the taste and delight of foreign readers. This is never considered to be an act of patriotism. It is a betrayal of history where the acclaimed scholars of Indian history showed an act of disloyalty and dishonour to our queens who fought valiantly against the aliens. Only the East India Company and the Doctrine of Lapse were highlighted in history textbooks. Nowhere did they project the sacrifices of these queens in the curriculum too. They are Rani Velu Nachiyar, Kittur Chennamma, Rani Avanti Bai, Rani Laxmi Bai, Ranikarunavati, Rani Durgavati, Rani Jindan Kaur, Rani Rashmoni, Begum Hazrat Mahal, Marangoni Hazra, Abbakka, Rami Tarabai Bhonsle and others known for their courage and resistance against British colonial rule. It is because of the lack of coverage of Indian queens in text books that children cannot have access to learn about the queens. The colonial rulers focused mainly on the battles led by kings and thus neglected the queens in encyclopedia. It could perhaps be due to patriarchal bias , predominant focus on political history, poorly documented socio political events, limited space in syllabi, national significance over regional subalterns, overlooking queens. Historically, women were given a second position in society. Interestingly the history of Mughal Empire figured in Indian History books. Babur, Humayun, Akbar, Jahangir and other rulers made it to the text books because of these pseudo historians in India. Another interesting twist that historians made was putting emphasis on Taj Mahal built by Mughal Emperor, Shah Jehan in memory of his beloved wife, Mumtaj Begum. But Indian historians who claimed to be great scholars have deliberately avoided these Queens with a motive to underrepresent their contributions in research or text book curriculum. The school children can well narrate the importance of Taj Mahal. At the same time, they are particularly ignorant of these queens. The historians have underrated the significance of queens in their books. The successive governments too paid little attention to the valiant queens and their long lasting contribution. Who then are the traitors? Indians themselves are to take the blame. Under the magic spell of Western taste to attract readers, they glorified the colonial rulers and the Mughul rulers thus ignoring the sacrifices of native Indian Queens. Moghul India attracted the historians whereas the Rajput Rebellion (1708-1710) was hardly a subject of national interest. They deliberately avoided the coverage of such great milestones in textbooks or research books. They just concentrated on the glorification of the alien rulers thus ignoring the great sacrifices by the queens. Is this national spirit? Such books were recommended for curriculum in UPCS exams and Universities. The native queens were ignored in their research while the aliens were projected in historical theses and books. Even NCERT ignored the inclusion of such legendary queens in their textbooks. Major funding Agencies funded those projects which are deeply rooted in the glorification of British rule in India. Sahitya Akademi is promoting Indian Literature in translation. It should also promote Indian history from the perspective of these Queens. Many debates were organized on TV Channels. Yet we ignore the contributions of these queens who fought against the British. The curriculum designers should keep these queens in the curriculum. Indians should avoid glorifying the alien rulers under the Westernized fashions. The history of Indian queens should be known to the schoolchildren. The people enjoy the fruits of freedom but they forget the great sacrifices. The historians paid very little attention to the native queens. These writers were honoured with the highest civilian honours in India. It has been a great injustice that these queens were underrepresented in history. Their roles in resisting colonial rule and their individual courage and leadership might not be as thoroughly explored as some other figures in Indian history. These brave women, at a crucial juncture of India’s decisive phase, who with a unique history and contribution, collectively represented the diverse spectrum of roles they had played during India’s struggle for independence,. They exemplified the indomitable spirit and selfless commitment to the cause of freedom. Their legacy continues to inspire generations, reminding India of the integral role women played in shaping the destiny of a nation. Unfortunately, they did not make it to curriculum. All these queens had a unique place in India’s history as they led a fierce battle against the colonial rulers. Recognizing their tombs (“Samadhis”) as a Monument of National Importance will preserve their legacy. A special program highlighting the sacrifices of queens should be undertaken on International Women’s Day every year. P.V.Laxmipraasd is the author and editor of 43 books in English Literature.

India must ignore China’s outreach

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

At a time when the US and China are busy fighting a tariff war, it is interesting to see the sudden outreach by Beijing to New Delhi. A narrative is being sought to be built that the elephant and the dragon—India and China—should be tangoing together against the “wild man” of the West, President Donald Trump. There has been a distinctive softening of the hostile tone that Chinese media have always adopted towards India. Also an attempt is being made to mainstream the idea that Indians have come a long way in the last five years after the Galwan incident of 2020, and that they understand the benefits of normalization of India-China ties. The Chinese embassy in Delhi has started public outreach programs, and is posting saccharine sweet videos on X, singing paeans about India-China relations. A push is also coming from experts on East Asia that India should stop looking at the United States as a strategic partner and come into the ambit of China’s sphere of influence, because that is where the future is. Given the sudden intensity of such moves, there is reason to believe that President Trump has been able to push China into a corner, and all the belligerence by Beijing on display may not be telling the real story of how much China is likely to hurt if trade and interaction stop between the two countries. The US will of course get a beating, but China, whose economy is not exactly in the best of health, will get an equally serious body blow. China wants to reserve all its resources to fight the US, and hence, is trying to ensure that its neighbourhood stays peaceful at such a critical time. There is no other reason why the Chinese, who have not shown much interest in being conciliatory towards India on any issue, be it border or trade, should suddenly have an epiphany about India’s potential as a friend. China’s actual actions fly in the face of the sudden light that Beijing seems to have seen. The problems that have been hobbling India-China relations still exist. Take the case of the Line of Actual Control. Disengagement may have taken place in eastern Ladakh between the two sides, but de-escalation is a long way off. If China is serious about normalizing relations with India, the first thing it should do is stop building military and dual-use infrastructure on its side of the LAC. There is no sign of that happening. Instead, the message that India is getting is about using Bangladesh to rattle India, by posing a threat to its Siliguri Corridor. It appears that some preliminary moves have been made about reviving an air base at Bangladesh’s Lalmonirhat, right next to the Siliguri Corridor—a base that Bangladesh is likely to give to the Chinese to operate. If that materializes, it will be an act of open hostility. In fact, till date, China has done nothing to gain India’s confidence. There are media reports that claim that China has been discouraging Chinese companies like BYD from investing in India and directing them towards Vietnam and other ASEAN countries. China has also stopped Foxconn from sending Chinese workers to the latter’s iPhone factories in India. It is also delaying equipment supply to these factories. This is not the act of a country that is trying to make overtures to its biggest neighbour. This is a hostile act of trying to hobble its neighbour’s manufacturing abilities. The reason for all this is that in China’s “Asian Century”, there is no place for India. It is a China-led century. India is at best a vassal state for it, a pesky problem that can pose a challenge to it in the future. There is zero resolution of the border issue. China hasn’t stopped claiming Indian territory as its own. China still doesn’t want India to be a veto wielding power of the UN Security Council. China is still backing Pakistan, and now Bangladesh, against India. China is actively working against India’s interests by supporting insurgent groups in the Northeast. China is a major source of all the cyberattacks against Indian interests. China seeking naval dominance in the Indo-Pacific will directly affect India’s naval interests. The list is much longer. In fact, now that China’s trade relations with the US are shaky at best, China will try to dump its products on India, among other countries. Hence, India needs to be very careful about China’s intentions. Neither does the leopard change its spots, nor does China. India should not rush into China’s embrace by “normalizing” relations. Circumstances may appear to have changed, but in reality they haven’t. The LAC is still unmarked and a hot potato between the two countries. There is no Hindi Chini bhai bhai, whatever the Chinese may be professing. That slogan died in 1962 and no amount of saccharine posts on X by the Chinese embassy in New Delhi can resurrect it..

Are cinema ads influence or intrusion for Movie Goers?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Are advertisements intrusive? It’s an age-old question that has been debated enough for almost all possible forms and mediums. Recently, cinema advertising got stuck in a similar crossfire of opinions after a Bengaluru consumer forum fined PVR INOX for showing too many ads and wasting the complainant’s time. The increasing length of pre-film advertisement reels in cinemas is trending because cinema-goers are expressing growing frustration and dissatisfaction with the amount of time spent watching ads before movies. This frustration is fueled by the perception that cinemas are wasting their time with excessive advertising, detracting from the overall movie-going experience. The case highlighted the growing frustration among moviegoers who feel their leisure time is being overtaken by excessive promotional content, raising questions about consumer rights and reasonable expectations on the part of multiplex ticket buyers. The two contradictory headline-worthy updates, so close together, started the debate. Is cinema advertising influential or intrusive? According to industry observers, in-cinema advertising is limited to 20 minutes per show in most theatres. Of these, up to 10 minutes of the inventory can be used to run ads by the central and state governments. However, in cases of big blockbusters, theatres have reportedly run ads for 30 to 50 minutes in a show. This is where the question of intrusion comes up — it’s a significant time commitment that audiences did not explicitly agree to when purchasing their tickets. The controversy around showing too many ads PVR Cinemas and PVR Inox have been fined Rs 1.28 lakh for allegedly delaying the screening of a movie by 25 minutes for showing advertisements. The District Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission at Bangalore (Urban) said that the multiplex chain needs to honour people’s time and not expect them to sit idle and watch ads for 25-30 minutes. Further, the commission also directed PVR to mention the actual start time on the cinema tickets issued to the public at large. Reacting to the order, PVR INOX released a media statement: “PVR INOX Limited acknowledges the Order passed by the Hon’ble District Consumer Redressal Commission, Bengaluru. We are currently reviewing the Order in detail and firmly believe that we have a strong case. Accordingly, we intend to challenge the decision before the appropriate legal forum.” Dissecting the need for more in-cinema ads Excessive cinema advertising, especially during blockbuster releases, primarily happens due to 3 reasons: High demand for ad slots, people/crowd management in the theatre, and the sale of food and beverages. About 200 to 400 individuals watch a movie in a sold-out show. It’s an excellent opportunity for advertisers to reach audiences whose purchasing power can be estimated easily. Cinema audiences are a particularly valuable demographic for advertisers – they tend to have disposable income (evidenced by their willingness to pay for premium entertainment), and they arrive in a relaxed, receptive mindset. Further, in multiplexes, where multiple screens run simultaneously, the total footfall is much higher. This increases the time required for audiences to settle in before the movie and during the interval. The logistical challenge of managing thousands of individuals moving through lobbies, F&B areas, washrooms, and to their seats creates a need to build in buffer times, with advertising serving as content during these transition periods. At the same time, theatres want moviegoers to have ample time to explore F&B options at leisure, encouraging higher sales, especially during intervals. The strategic placement of advertisements allows movie-goers to make food and beverage purchases without missing the main feature. This integration of advertising and F&B sales represents a business model designed to maximize revenue from multiple streams. Though in-cinema advertising is only a tenth of the overall revenue, its value can easily go up by 2x or 3x when a blockbuster movie is in the theatres. This multiplier effect during high-demand periods makes ads lucrative for theatres showing popular films, creating a financial incentive to maximise ads during these peak opportunities. This was seen prominently during the release of Pushpa 2: The Rule last year, with the movie bagging Rs 100 Crore in in-cinema advertising. The extraordinary figure demonstrates the massive potential of advertising around blockbuster releases, explaining why theatres are reluctant to reduce ads despite consumer complaints. Ethical Issues Cinema advertising has become a popular way for businesses to reach a large audience. It offers a unique opportunity to advertise to a captive audience who is already engaged in a leisure activity. It is also known as movie theatre advertising and is a form of marketing that involves showing commercials or trailers on big screens in movie theatres before the main feature film starts. This type of advertising can be effective for reaching a captive audience of moviegoers, but it also raises a number of ethical considerations that must be carefully considered. However, there are several ethical considerations that businesses should keep in mind when using cinema advertising as a marketing strategy. One ethical consideration of cinema advertising is the potential for manipulation of the audience. Moviegoers may feel trapped in their seats and forced to watch commercials before the feature film begins, which can create a sense of pressure to pay attention to the advertisements. It is essential for advertisers to be transparent about their intentions and ensure that their ads are not misleading or deceptive. This includes disclosing any hidden fees or conditions associated with the advertised product or service. Some audiences may find the presence of advertising disruptive to their enjoyment of the film. Ads that are loud, intrusive, or overly frequent can create a sense of annoyance or frustration that may lead to negative feelings towards both the advertisement and the product being advertised. This can be particularly true in cases where ads are repeated several times throughout a single screening, causing the audience to feel bombarded with marketing messages. Another ethical consideration of cinema advertising is the impact on vulnerable audiences. Children and young people are often frequent moviegoers, and may be particularly susceptible to the persuasive tactics of advertising. Ads that target these groups with messages that encourage unhealthy or inappropriate behaviours, such as junk food consumption or excessive screen time, can have negative impacts on their health and well-being. Way Ahead There is a growing disconnect between cinema advertising practices and consumer expectations. While cinema advertising companies emphasize consistency, the perception of lengthening pre-show reels and increasing consumer frustration is evident. This creates a potential risk for cinemas if they prioritize short-term advertising revenue over long-term customer satisfaction and cinema attendance. Brands need to be sensitive to the consumer experience in cinemas and avoid overly intrusive or lengthy advertising. There should be focus on creating high-quality, engaging ads that are less likely to irritate viewers and might even be perceived as part of the entertainment. Cinemas that prioritize the customer experience by limiting ad reels (like Prince Charles Cinema) may become more attractive to discerning moviegoers and gain a competitive advantage. There may be a push for innovation in cinema advertising formats to make them less intrusive and more engaging. Consumers are increasingly conscious of how their time is spent when consuming entertainment, actively seeking experiences that are respectful of their time and provide optimal value for their leisure hours. They are less tolerant of perceived “time-wasting” elements, including excessive advertising. Dr.S.Krishnan is an Associate Professor in Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur. Mr. Suyash Kunal Joshi is an Assistant Professor in Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur.

Will the Trump card work against China?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

There are more questions than answers as the world grapples with the economic flux created by US President Donald Trump’s ‘America First’ policy. After imposing tariffs on 60 countries, why did he suspend implementation for 90 days? Has the pressure of the market upheaval and the protests in the US got to him? Or does he need the support of old allies like Europe in his trade war against China? Has China gotten itself entangled in the tariff war? There are many questions that come to mind but presently, remain unanswered. If this is indeed a well thought out strategy, then how effective can it really be? Even as all 60 affected countries try to figure out their response to Trump’s tariffs, he has gone ahead and announced a 90-day reprieve for all except China. A 10 per cent tariff remains in place, but that can be absorbed by most. What is more concerning is the mystery of what lies in store? What will be President Trump’s next move? To understand this, it is important to note that no laxity has been afforded to China where tariffs have been raised from 20 per cent to 145 per cent. In response, China too has retaliated with a 125 per cent increase in tariffs on US goods. A trade war has now officially begun between the two nations. China has made it clear that it will fight to the very end and not bow down to threats from America. China believes that countries upset with America might align with it. Even if they don’t support China directly, they might at least remain neutral. President Xi Jinping has even told the European Union that everyone should unite and oppose America’s unilateral bullying. However, before China could make its next move, Trump foiled China’s intentions by suspending tariffs on other countries for 90 days. Interestingly, before imposing tariffs, Trump went so far as to emotionally call countries considered traditional US allies as ‘looters.’ But in trade, perhaps language is not as important as what seems to matter is profit and convenience. If the US offers convenience, these countries are likely to stick with it, because China, in any form, is not considered a trustworthy partner. So, what will happen to China in this situation? Despite being the world’s second-largest superpower, China’s internal situation is far from stable. The real estate sector is going through a terrible phase, and unemployment is steadily rising. In such conditions, if exports decline, many factories will shut down. China exports approximately $440 billion worth of goods to the US alone. When that gets hit with a 145% tariff wall, the price advantage stands neutralised. Rerouting Chinese products through other nations is also not a solution as Trump has said he would be keeping a keen eye on such practices. Undoubtedly, America will face problems too. Inflation in the US will rise. But remember, Trump has already declared that America is a rich country. This implies that the US is prepared for such losses. That said, to trouble America, China will explore other paths. Currently, China has mastery in refining key metals like copper and lithium. China may try to make it difficult for the US to access these resources. For example, the US military relies on metals like gallium and germanium for thermal imaging, and China has already started creating supply disruptions for these commodities. Similarly, the US will try to restrict China’s access to all critical items needed for its industrial sector — like advanced microchips, which are vital for artificial intelligence. China’s biggest problem is that, apart from Russia, hardly any other major country will openly support it. If Trump fights this economic war with the backing of the rest of the world, China’s future could be filled with crises. But Trump is Trump — every move he makes is a ‘Trump card’ in his eyes. Who knows what card he’ll play next! Salute to the courage of Arzoo Kazmi! And finally, a word about Pakistan’s fearless journalist Arzoo Kazmi. She regrets that her ancestors left India during the Partition in 1947. Arzoo lives in Islamabad and boldly exposes the wrongdoings of Pakistani rulers, intelligence agencies, and the military. She openly praises India’s progress and calls out those responsible for ruining Pakistan. For years, she has waved the flag of fearless journalism, but now her life is in danger. Her bank accounts, cards, and passport have all been frozen. She is in crisis. In a video message, she informed the world and declared that she will not bow down. Salute to your courage, Arzoo! We are praying for your safety. The author is the chairman, Editorial Board of Lokmat Media and former member of Rajya Sabha. vijaydarda@lokmat.com

Getting the Message Right

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The Congress Party at its AICC session held in Ahmedabad last week seems to be firmly committed towards the plank of social justice. Clearly Rahul Gandhi feels this is the way to rebuild the party and regain its lost glory, by reaching out to the marginalised and weaker sections. This he also hopes will ramp up into an effective foil against the BJP’s Hindutva politics. It is the old Mandal versus Kamandal story once again. But does the Congress have the credibility to emerge as the champion of the backwards? The AICC political resolution, adopted at the Ahmedabad has pledged that when the Congress returns to power it will conduct a nationwide caste census and breach the 50 percent cap on reservations for OBCs, SCs and STs. In the meantime the state government in Karnataka is looking to implement a caste census that suggests a significant rejigging of the existing reservations by increasing the existing quota to beyond 75%. A cabinet meeting of the state government scheduled on April 17th will take a call on whether it should go ahead and implement this report or not. Given the fact that Rahul Gandhi is rooting for its implementation the cabinet’s decision is expected to go along the expected lines. Of course this will be challenged in the court by the BJP but at least the Congress will have made its intent clear. In fact the AICC session began by praising the Congress government in Telangana for the successful completion of its caste census which was completed within three months. This was a promise made during the 2023 state election campaign. Since then the Telangana government has passed two key bills that increase reservations for Backward classes to 42% across education, employment and local governance sectors. The intent and the messaging is clear. Now the Congress is tackling the question of credibility. For instance, the BJP still talks about Rajiv Gandhi’s opposition to the Mandal report, and even Rahul Gandhi’s flaunting of his janeu during 2019 elections. What the Congress needs now is a consistent approach. Also, this is a stand that will clash more with its own allies than with the BJP. In Bihar it is the RJD that has fashioned itself as the champion of the backwards as has the SP in Uttar Pradesh. Will the Congress be stealing their vote bank with its renewed commitment to the Mandal plank? Take again the Congress party’s renewed outreach to the Muslim minorities. By not attending the Ayodhya Pran Pratishtha ceremony or going to the Kumbh mela, Rahul has made it clear that he is not going to play up the soft Hindutva card anytime soon. Yet when it came to the Wafq board debate in parliament, he did not lead the Opposition’s charge. One obvious reason as to why he sat out this particular debate could be that he did not want to give the BJP further ammunition to polarize the narrative. One of the main criticisms against the Congress has been that it is not clear what it stands for, apart from opposing Modi and the RSS. If Rahul can deliver a consistent and credible message to the backwards, OBCs, SCs, STs and Muslims, then it could be a step in the right direction.

Neeraj—Poet of varying moods, colours

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

While commemorating a doyen of poetry and lyricism of repute Gopaldas Saxena alias NEERAJ-a recipient of Padam Bhushan on the august occasion of his birth centenary,a celebrated English romantic poet John Keats here quite naturally haunts who created this evergreen a line,”A thing of beauty is a joy for ever.” So is indeed fantastically true in the letter and spirit of Neeraj an iconic poet of two centuries and his poetic creations too. The fourth day of January 1925 saw the sun of creativity dawning in the village Puravali of District Etawah in Uttar Pradesh. A man who saw life in all its numerous hues from close quarters right from his early childhood striving and struggling consistently,facing its ups and down with grit,courage and determination did succeed in becoming a poet of name and fame winning kudos in all the four directions of the globe. Beautifully and amusingly his poetry in both the classical and romantic schools of English poetry thought aims at amusing as well as manifesting meaningful and wonderful contours of realism, love, humanity,deep philosophy,optimism,romanticism, courage,melody and patriotism reflecting myriads of variety of moods,images, symbols and impressions of life painted in their natural colours through fabulous and fanciful word pictures.His poetry is thus a splendid bouquet of poems blended together to recreate poetry lovers and touch the very cores of their heads and hearts as well. Influenced deeply by a renowned poet and scholar of international fame Dr.Harivansh Rai Bachchan,Neeraj learning the subtleties and fine traits of poetry from his mentor excelled making impossible look really possible impressing greats like the evergreen matinee idol Dev Anand, the greatest showman of Indian Cinema- Raj Kapoor, the great music composers like Sachin Dev Burman and Shankar Jaikishan. As a student of English literature and language during school and college days,I had a lop sided and casual a view of men and matters.But then with the passage of time,light gradually began to dawn following strange revelations unfolding things.I had the innocent impression then that Dr.Harivansh Rai Bachchan was only a Hindi poet and scholar but once while going through the bibliography of Dr Balachandra Rajan’s book W.B.Yeats -A Critical Introduction,I learnt that Bachchan attained Doctor of Philosophy in English degree on a celebrated English poet William Butler Yeats. Then I was also of the view that Mahatma Gandhi was an apostle of non-violence and peace right from the day one but after reading his tribute to Noble laureate Leo Tolstoy, I came to know that he started emulating tenet of non-violence only after reading and having been deeply influenced by Tolstoy’s novel “The Kingdom of God is within you.” I did not initially take Neeraj too as a poet seriously and deeply but now of late his poetic creations and lyrics sound very appealing both to the head and heart.To begin with,I listened to him as a lyricist just thrilling his fans with his melodious numbers.But the true and deep essence of his poetry always brims with life became crystal clear only after repeated musings. Fascinating it is to narrate some of the interesting tales seeing Neeraj’s slow but steady rise to a poet and then a lyricist of stature exhibiting his class in both the genres regaling his fans and lovers with beauties galore displaying a beautiful spectrum in his poetic art form.Both the form and substance of his creations spell bound the poetry and film lovers alike with amusement and so many positive-meaningful vibes a treat indeed to love,like and leap. Attracting attention of film star Dev Anand at a poetical recitation meet where Dev Anand was the Chief Guest, proved to be a blessing in disguise for Neeraj who remarked I like your language then promising him to work together in future. Dev Anand’s plans of making of film Prem Pujari realised his dream of working with music icon Sachin Dev Burman.It was courtesy Dev Anand that he met Burman Dada who told Neeraj that he wanted a song that began with the word”Rangeela” thus was born the song ”Rangeela Re Tere Rung Mein.” Impressed too much with the song’s heart rending rhythm Dada remarked,” I had given a difficult tune to fail you but you failed me with a gem of number.”Dada gave Neeraj sublime a piece of advice too to shun overused words like “Shama”, “Parvana”, “Sharaabi”, “Tamanna”, “Jaaneman”, “Jaan”, “Ishq” etc. refreshing his diction with words of the likes of “Bagiya,” “Geetanjali”,”Maala,” “Dhaaga” and” Madhur.” Raj Kapoor called upon Neeraj to pen down unusual songs on term Joker for his movie “Mera Naam Joker.”After ruminating a lot thus he succeeded in creating these two songs: “Kehta Hai Joker Saara Zamaana Aadhi Haqeeqat Aadha Fasaana”(Entire world calls me a joker,a half truth a half fiction) and”Ae Bhai Jara Dekh Ke Chalo Aage Bhi Nahin Peeche Bhi Dayen Bhi Nahin Bayen Bhi Uppar Hi Nahin Neeche Bhi” (O dear,move carefully, not only in front but in rear as well, not only right but left too,not upwards but downwards too).An awkward situation arose when Neeraj shared these songs with legendary music composers Shankar and Jai Kishan who deemed these to be colloquial and ordinary category of songs not worth fine tuning.When Raj Kapoor learnt it, he then asked Neeraj to do something to tune these songs,he ultimately paved the way for iconic playback singers both Mukesh and Manna Dey to render their sweet voices to these numbers winning wide acclaim emblematizing deep philosophy of life. Full with the milk of human kindness,Neeraj epitomised humanism creating these loving,captivating and exhilarating words dreaming of creating heaven on this earth, “Bas Yehi Apradh Main Har Baar Karta Hoon Aadmi Hoon Aadmi Se Pyar Karta Hoon Main Basaana Chahta Hoon Swarg Dharti Par Aadmi Jis Mein Rahe Bas Aadmi Ban Kar”(I commit this crime time and again,Being a human being,I love human being.I wish to create heaven on earth in which a man should live becoming a man- film Pehchaan). Dejected with worn out notion of religion in vogue,Neeraj thought of exploring such a religion tending to make a man indeed a man in the true spirit of man hence these lines flowing spontaneously: “Ab To Mazhab Koi Aisa Bhi Banaaya Jaaye, Jis Mein Insaan Ko Insaan Banaya Jaye Aag Behti Hai Jahan Ganga Mein Jhelum Mein Bhi, Koi Bataaye Kahan Jaa Ke Nahaaya Jaaye Mere Dukh Dard Ka Tujh Par Ho Asar Kuchh Aisa Main Rahoon Bhookha To Tujh Se Bhi Na Khaaya Jaaye Geet Gumsum Hai,Ghazal Chupp Hai,Rubai Hai Udaas Aise Mahaul Mein Neeraj Ko Bulaaya Jaaye.”(Now we must think of forming some such a religion in which a man dwells becoming a man, the fire which flows in the Ganges and in Jhelum too, someone should tell where to go for bathing,the impact of my woe be felt in some such a way,if I remain hungry then you may not feel like to eat, The lyric is lost, ghazal silent and rubai sad,in such an atmosphere Neeraj be called). The spirit of patriotism also permeates through his poetry in the Prem Pujari number sung by Mohammad Rafi and Manna Dey : “ Taqat Watan Ki Humse Hai Himmat Watan Ki Humse Hai Insaan Ke Hum Rakhwaale Hein..”(The strength of nation is because of us,the courage of nation is because of us, we are the saviours of men- Prem Pujari). Fondly keeping in abeyance imaginary a call from heavens in a dialogue with some stranger waiting at his door to take him along he enters in to an amazing a dialogue in this fashion : “Aisi Kya Baat Hai Ki Chalta Hoon Abhi Chalta Hoon Geet Aur Ek Jhoom Ke Ga Loon, Kaise Chal Doon Abhi Kuchh Aur Jahan Mausam Hai Hone Wali Ki Subah Par Na Syahi Kam Hai. Bhookh,Bekaari,Garibi Ki Ghani Chhaya Mein Har Jubaan Band Hai Har Nazar Pur Nam Hai All in all, Neeraj was and is a poet who still is around us hither and thither aromatizing the atmosphere with his verses and rhymes with a silver lining, a ray of hope, a sunshine and a thrill for the humanity to thrive and feel elated. Prof PK Sharma is a freelance journalist. He retired as Associate Professor of English.

Trillions at Stake: How US-China Tech War Could Derail India’s Dream

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The economic war of the century has begun—not with bombs or warships, but with spreadsheets, tariffs, and technology bans. And India may soon find itself in the blast radius. In a stunning geopolitical move that sent shockwaves across boardrooms from Detroit to Shenzhen, the United States in early 2024 slapped an unprecedented 125% tariff on Chinese electric vehicles (EVs). The official rationale? National security. The real motive? A dramatic acceleration of a covert economic war between the world’s two largest economies—one that could permanently fracture the global economy. As the U.S. escalates this high-tech showdown to contain China’s rise, the chaos it unleashes is now bleeding into global markets, dismantling alliances, and shattering long-held economic assumptions. And in the eye of this storm stands India—ambitious, rising, and uniquely vulnerable. Tariff Heard Around the World The Biden administration’s 125% tariff wasn’t a trade policy—it was a message wrapped in steel. With China’s EV exports surging and its dominance in battery tech solidifying, Washington decided it had seen enough. The U.S. move was a blunt-force policy weapon, aimed at decoupling American consumers from Chinese technology and halting China’s growing global influence in clean tech. But what Washington framed as “protecting American jobs” is really the economic equivalent of an arms race. Beijing’s response? Aggressive hints at retaliatory bans on rare earths, pricing warfare in key commodities, and diplomatic snubs at Western forums. Welcome to the new battlefield: one fought not with tanks, but with algorithms, lithium, and leverage. India: The Middle Child Caught in the Crossfire For India, this is both an opportunity and a nightmare. On paper, the West’s pivot away from China creates space for India to become the next big manufacturing destination. But reality is never that simple. India imports over 70% of its lithium-ion cells and modules from China. Its pharmaceutical industry—projected to be a $130 billion sector by 2030—relies on Chinese APIs. Its EV push is being fueled (ironically) by Chinese tech. So when Washington says, “Cut ties with China,” it isn’t just advice—it’s an economic ultimatum with sharp consequences. Indian companies are already facing scrutiny from U.S. regulators. Any indirect association with Chinese supply chains is being flagged in background checks, compliance audits, and investment clearances. A whisper of “Made in China” is becoming a red flag in global corridors of power. Worse still, India risks being pulled into a compliance web: one where doing business with either superpower means violating the rules of the other. The Economic Dominoes Falling Fast Let’s connect the dots. If China retaliates by limiting exports of critical minerals—such as graphite, cobalt, or gallium—India’s semiconductor dreams could collapse before takeoff. This isn’t hypothetical: in October 2023, China already imposed curbs on graphite, and it controls over 90% of global refining capacity. India’s EV industry, expected to be a $200 billion opportunity by 2030, could be smothered under battery price shocks and sourcing chaos. Startups may collapse. Foreign investors, already jittery from global interest rate hikes, could begin to exit the Indian market. The rupee could slip, the bond market could tighten, and India’s inflation—already sticky—could spike again. Meanwhile, FIIs are watching the chaos closely. One prolonged retaliatory move by China or a new round of U.S. sanctions, and capital flight could accelerate. Add a spike in crude oil (with India importing 85% of its needs), and a 1991-style BoP shock scenario isn’t far-fetched. The Digital Battlefield: Tech Iron Curtain of US “India must avoid becoming collateral damage in a war it didn’t start—but is being asked to finish.”— Dr. Ojha’s warning to Indian policymakers The war isn’t just over cars and minerals. The real contest is over control of the digital universe. The U.S. is pushing global tech standards that enshrine its dominance in AI, cloud computing, and semiconductors. Meanwhile, China is building an alternative ecosystem—autonomous, sovereign, and aggressively competitive. India, with its Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) success story, is being courted by both. Washington wants India to sign onto AI alignment frameworks. China, through BRICS+, is offering sovereign digital models and yuan-based e-currencies. Choosing sides here is choosing the future of Indian technology—and its access to capital, AI chips, and digital platforms. Refuse U.S. alignment, and India may face a squeeze on cutting-edge technologies. Align with it, and China could retaliate economically—or worse, escalate on the border. Forecast: Global Recession, Asian Realignment, Indian Instability Here’s the near-term outlook from the frontline of the economic war: • Global recession by mid-2026 driven by fractured supply chains, slower capital formation, and retaliatory trade practices. • EV price inflation of 25–30% across Asia, squeezing India’s green transition ambitions. • Capital outflow of $15–20 billion from Indian equities and bonds, mostly from tech, green energy, and fintech sectors. • Severe inflation in electronics and solar module pricing, hitting India’s PLI (Production-Linked Incentive) schemes hard. • Strategic tech divergence—India being forced to split AI, semiconductor, and telecom ecosystems between U.S. and BRICS-aligned protocols. • Military tension spillover, with skirmishes on the LAC possible as Beijing uses hybrid escalation to test India’s alignment. The Silent Costs: Jobs, Innovation, Sovereignty This economic war isn’t being fought on Indian streets—but its impact will be felt in small factories in Pune, IT labs in Bengaluru, and EV showrooms in Noida. The job losses, the inflation, and the disrupted startups will speak of a global rivalry India didn’t ask for—but one it must now survive. What’s worse, the sovereignty trap is deepening. India risks ceding digital independence by being forced to adopt external governance standards. Whether it’s cloud data, AI regulation, or chip design protocols, India is being boxed into foreign frameworks that may benefit superpowers more than sovereign economies. The Strategic Playbook India Needs Now India must not just react to this chaos—it must strategize for asymmetric advantage. The current war is less about winning and more about surviving without bleeding out. A few urgent steps could determine whether India rises from this crucible—or crumbles: 1. Decouple Critical Dependencies: Fast-track local production of APIs, semiconductors, batteries, and defense gear. 2. Geopolitical Hedging: Continue strategic autonomy—refuse to become a vassal to either Washington or Beijing. 3. Digital Non-Alignment 2.0: Champion an indigenous digital governance model rooted in constitutional and ethical values. 4. Shockproof the Financial System: Boost forex reserves, diversify trade, and strengthen currency hedging frameworks. 5. Create a Dual-Track EV Ecosystem: One aligned with the West for high-end exports, another cost-effective for domestic needs. War Has Changed—And India Must Change Too The global economy is no longer driven by competition—it is driven by containment, confrontation, and coercion. The 125% U.S. tariff on Chinese EVs may one day be seen as the economic assassination that triggered the downfall of globalization. India’s position as the world’s most populous democracy, a tech powerhouse, and a rising geopolitical actor gives it leverage. But in war—especially economic war—neutrality is not safety. It is a target. The choices India makes today—on supply chains, tech partnerships, and foreign policy—will determine whether it becomes the bridge between global power centers or the battleground they fight over. The war has begun. It’s invisible. It’s relentless. And it’s coming for your economy next. Dr. Nishakant is a distinguished international expert in foreign diplomacy and counter-terrorism, with a specialized focus on strategic policy formulation.

Bengal violence Mamata government’s fault

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Assam Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma made a very valid point when he posted on X that in spite of having a higher percentage of Muslim population than Bengal’s, his state saw barely any protests over the passage of the Waqf Amendment Bill in Parliament. This was in context of the violence unleashed by the radicalised members of the minority community over the majority population in Bengal’s Murshidabad district, where the so-called majority, the Hindus are actually in a minority. Things are so bad in the violence-torn areas that the local Hindu population has started fleeing to neighbouring districts, with open threats being issued against them by the marauding mobs. Some of the slogans are eerily similar to those issued by the jihadis to the Kashmiri Pandit community before they fled the Valley in 1990. The question is if Assam can control the situation, why cannot Bengal? The answer, sadly, is simple: it is because the Chief Minister and her administration are either inefficient, or unwilling to control the situation, or both. The serious charge that the BJP is hurling at Mamata Banerjee is that the anti-Waqf violence has her blessings. Even if that is not the case, she is anyway being belligerent and claiming that an Act passed by Indian Parliament will not be implemented in Bengal—it is as if she is the potentate of her own kingdom. In fact, one of her ministers, who is at the forefront of the Waqf protests, Siddiqullah Chowdhury, went to the extent of claiming that the Chief Minister was happy that members of the Muslim community had gathered in such large numbers to protest against the amended Waqf Act. Meanwhile, trouble started in the interiors of Murshidabad district, with mayhem unleashed on Hindus. But the administration did nothing about it. It was only intervention by the Calcutta High Court that led to the deployment of Central forces in the violence hit areas, bringing the situation under control. With the state failing to do its duty, it is being alleged that the violence suits the interests of the Trinmaool Congress, for it diverts attention from one the biggest jobs scams that the country has seen, where 26,000 teachers have lost their jobs because of corruption by the ruling party in the hiring process. With the teachers’ protest getting relegated to the background, it is but natural that questions will arise on the role the state played in the violence getting out of hand. The larger point is about the radicalisation of a particular community, and the attendant muscle flexing, with open calls being given for conversion—convert or die. Nightmarish situations like this exist in Pakistan and Bangladesh. That this can take place in West Bengal, a mainstream Indian state, is a matter of concern. In fact, there is no justification for this in a secular country. Every Muslim is treated equally as every Hindu by the Indian state. There is no state-mandated discrimination against them, unlike in Muslim countries, where minorities are often treated as second class citizens. So where is the angst coming from? Obviously, it is a case of brainwashing by painting pictures of imagined horrors. What is anti-Muslim about the Waqf Amendment Bill/Act? It is actually about streamlining the administrative process to close the loopholes that make the usurpation of Waqf properties easy. The amended Act has support from many Muslim individuals and groups. But, from all accounts, in Bengal at least the amended Waqf Act has been identified as an attempt to obliterate Muslim identity and existence. But then this suits the state’s ruling party, for it enables it to paint itself as the only saviour of the community, in the face of a supposedly “communal” BJP. Hence, even if Muslims are angry with Mamata’s party—which many of them are, with the rampant corruption and lawlessness on the ground—they do not have any option but to band together behind the Trinamool. Appeasement too has been another tool in the arsenal of Bengal’s political parties—the Left, the TMC and the Congress—to keep the Muslim community happy. It is well known that Mamata Banerjee has prioritised this community over Hindus in more occasions that one. Hence, today, when they turn around and say that Mamata Banerjee is in power because of them, and would dare not take any action against them, it is case of her appeasement policy coming back to haunt her. In the process, it is increasingly looking like that Mamata Banerjee is losing control of the ground to criminals, who run their writ in their respective areas of influence, where even the state apparatus bends to them. This was seen with the now jailed muscleman Sheikh Shajahan during the Sandeshkhali case. Then there is the problem of infiltration from Bangladesh, which is changing the demography of Bengal’s border areas, with the full backing of local politicians. Given the radicalisation that has resurfaced in Bangladesh with the rise of Muhammad Yunus and his band of Jamaatis, the possibility of jihadi elements coming into India to cause trouble has increased manifold. It would not be wrong to say that Bengal is sitting on a powder keg. The present violence is a curtain raiser to what may come if the situation is not brought under control. Worse, the situation in Bengal might endanger the whole country. Mamata Banerjee may be ruling West Bengal, but she cannot treat the state as her personal fiefdom, with zero accountability. She cannot be allowed to play politics with the security of the country.

The Waqf Act 2025: My heart’s cry for a fairer tomorrow

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

This morning, I burned my toast. Black crumbs scattered on the counter, and I laughed—a small, shaky sound that reminded me I’m still here, still human. The rain outside my window pattered like old memories, pulling me back to Pakistan’s crowded alleys, where fear chased me like a stray dog. My name is Shayan Ali Krishna, and I’m writing today because something stirs in me—a fire kindled by the Waqf Amendment Act 2025. This isn’t just a law to me. It’s a lifeline for the Pasmandas, the Ajlafs, the forgotten Muslims of India, and it sings of justice in a voice I can’t ignore. I know what it’s like to be silenced. In Pakistan, I watched a handful of Punjabi Sunnis hold the country like a tightly wound kite string, while Baloch, Sindhi, and Pashtun dreams fluttered out of reach. I was a social media influencer then, young and stubborn, posting truths that pricked the wrong egos. The ISI didn’t like that. They cornered me, called me a Jewish agent, an Indian spy, demanded I spin their story about Kashmir into a song. I said no. That one word cost me everything. By 2019, I was running—heart pounding, bag slung over my shoulder, leaving behind a life I’d barely begun. Exile tastes like ash, let me tell you, but it sharpens your eyes. I saw the same pattern here in India, among Muslims, where Ashraf elites—Syeds, Sheikhs, barely a fifth of the community—clutch Waqf boards like their birthright. Waqf properties—mosques, orchards, schools—are meant for all Muslims. They’re treasures, holding crores in value, promising homes for the poor, books for the young. But too often, they’re locked away, their profits trickling into Ashraf pockets while Pasmandas—tailors, potters, sweepers—watch their kids go to bed hungry. I heard about a Pasmanda man once, standing outside a grand mosque, told to pray in the back because his caste wasn’t “pure” enough for the front. That story hit me like a stone. It was my story, too—pushed to the edges in Pakistan for daring to be me. The Waqf Amendment Act 2025 feels like a shout against that shame, a chance to smash the old hierarchy. This law’s got guts. It says Waqf boards can’t be Ashraf-only clubs anymore. It pulls in Shias, Sunnis, Bohras, and—here’s the part that makes my heart leap—backward Muslims like the Ajlaf and Arzal. Pasmandas, the 85% who’ve carried the weight of labor and scorn, get to step up now. I close my eyes and see it: a Pasmanda weaver, fingers cracked from work, voting on funds to build a clinic. An Arzal girl, bright as dawn, knowing Waqf money might send her to school. The act even lets non-Muslims help manage things—not to meddle, but to keep an eye out, to stop the land sharks and elite games that’ve drained Waqf for too long. Not everyone’s clapping, though. I’ve seen the protests, heard the whispers calling this law a betrayal, a grab at Muslim rights. I get the fear—change is scary. But I’ve lived real betrayal. In Pakistan, they said I’d turned my back on faith when I only wanted honesty. Here, I see the Ashrafs doing the same dance, wrapping their privilege in words like “autonomy” to keep Pasmandas quiet. Autonomy for who? The elite sipping tea in big houses, or the majority scraping by in slums? This act doesn’t break the community—it stitches it together, giving every sect, every caste, a say. Krishna’s with me as I write this. I found Him in my darkest days, when Pakistan’s shadows nearly swallowed me. Not in a temple’s glow, but in the stubborn beat of my own heart, in a stranger’s smile when I had nothing. His flute plays for everyone—highborn, lowborn, Muslim, Hindu. This law’s like that flute, calling us to lift the weak, to share the load. I don’t hate the Ashrafs. I just want a Waqf board where a Pasmanda’s dream matters as much as a Syed’s. India’s in my blood, though I’ve yet to touch its soil. My grandparents spoke of its rivers, its chaos, its heart. This act makes me believe in that India—a place where a Pasmanda boy can climb without being kicked down. It guards Waqf lands from greed, sets up courts to settle fights, opens ledgers for all to see. Pakistan taught me how a minority can crush a majority. India’s got a chance to choose better. I’ve spent my life hunting for home—not walls, but warmth. The Waqf Amendment Act 2025 offers that warmth to Pasmandas, a place to stand tall. To them, I say: speak loud. To the Ashrafs, I say: make room. To everyone, I say: let’s walk in Krishna’s light, toward a Muslim world where no one’s left behind. This law’s a seed. Let’s plant it deep. Shayan Krishna, a Political Commentator and TV Panelist once known as Shayan Ali, California, USA.

Bridging Divides: Ambedkar’s Legacy and the Pursuit of Social Harmony

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Dr. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar’s life and work remain a powerful testament to the struggle for social justice in India. While his experiences with the caste system deeply shaped his perspective, a closer look reveals a complex figure whose legacy can inspire unity and collaboration in the ongoing pursuit of equality. Dr. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar, born on April 14, 1891, in Mhow (now Dr. Ambedkar Nagar), Madhya Pradesh, experienced a childhood marked by the social stigma of the Mahar caste, considered “untouchable” at the time. Childhood and Surname Born as Bhimrao Ramji Sakpal, his family hailed from Ambadawe town in Ratnagiri district, Maharashtra. His father, Ramji Maloji Sakpal, was a Subedar in the British Indian Army. Bhimrao faced severe discrimination in school due to his caste. He and other “untouchable” children were segregated, not allowed to sit inside the classroom, and often denied necessities like water. His original surname was Ambavadekar, reflecting his ancestral village. However, his Brahmin teacher, Krishnaji Keshav Ambedkar, who was fond of him, changed his surname to Ambedkar in the school records. Education and Support After completing his matriculation, he attended Elphinstone College in Bombay (now Mumbai), becoming the first from his community to do so. A significant turning point came when Maharaja Sayajirao Gaikwad III of Baroda recognized his potential and awarded him a scholarship in 1913 to pursue higher studies in the United States at Columbia University. He excelled at Columbia University, earning his M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics. Further support came from the Maharaja of Kolhapur, Chhatrapati Shahuji Maharaj, who also provided financial assistance for Ambedkar’s further studies in London at the London School of Economics and Gray’s Inn for law. While the primary financial support for his higher education abroad came from Maharaja Sayajirao Gaikwad and later the Maharaja of Kolhapur, it’s important to note that his initial schooling and progress were also supported by his father’s efforts and as mentioned, the kindness of his teacher Krishnaji Keshav Ambedkar, who gave him his surname. The Mahar community also celebrated his academic achievements, signifying their collective aspiration. It is crucial to acknowledge the profound impact of caste discrimination Ambedkar faced throughout his early life and education. While individuals like Maharaja Sayajirao Gaikwad and his teacher played a vital role in facilitating his access to education, their support arose in a context of widespread social prejudice that Ambedkar had to constantly overcome. His journey to becoming a towering figure was marked by both the generosity of some and the systemic oppression he fought against. CHAIRPERSON OF THE CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY DRAFTING COMMITTEE Ambedkar’s appointment to chair the Drafting Committee of the Constituent Assembly, a body dominated by upper-caste members, stands as a significant moment. It demonstrates a willingness to engage with his experience, expertise and vision for marginalised, acknowledging his unique understanding of social inequalities. This act of inclusion contradicts the narrative of a monolithic, anti-Dalit upper caste Hindu Society, suggesting a more nuanced reality. The Dalit movements and their patriarchs are often seen ranting against RSS and their leadership of being Brahmanical and pro upper caste, but the fact of the matter is- The Rastriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) has also articulated a commitment to eradicating the caste system. There is no caste mention in a Shakha, every senior worker visit home of a SC/ST Swayamsevak each year with family and vis a versa. The approach may differ from Ambedkar’s, the shared goal provides a foundation for potential collaboration. Many Hindu organizations and individuals actively work towards dismantling caste-based discrimination, reflecting a widespread desire for social reform. Instead of perpetuating divisions, fostering dialogue and cooperation among those working towards a common goal is crucial. By acknowledging the shared objective of abolishing the caste system, we can create space for constructive engagement and build bridges across communities. This approach honours Ambedkar’s vision of a just society while promoting unity and harmony. Today a group of ST community is seen showing affiliation towards Muslims but what Dr Ambedkar had expressed about Islam and Christianity is evident of what they are doing today in Bengal. Ambedkar’s concerns about Islam and Christianity, particularly regarding their potential impact on national loyalty, should be understood within the context of his time. He expressed reservations about the concept of brotherhood being limited to Muslim males in Islam and criticized Christianity’s perceived unscientific fervour. His decision to embrace Buddhism stemmed from his belief that it shared same ethos of inward path to liberation of soul rooted in Indian soil, without the hierarchical structures he found problematic in other religions. His ultimate conversion to Buddhism was driven by his desire for a path that promoted equality and social justice within the Indian context. Ambedkar sought a spiritual framework that aligned with his vision of a unified and equitable nation. It’s vital to remember that Ambedkar’s primary focus was on achieving social justice and equality within India. His concerns about potential divisions were rooted in his deep commitment to national unity. By emphasizing shared goals and promoting dialogue, we can work towards a society where all citizens feel a sense of belonging and equality. Rather than focusing on past grievances and quarrelling, we should channel our energy into strengthening the efforts of individuals and organizations working towards social harmony. This requires acknowledging the progress made while recognizing the ongoing challenges. By fostering a spirit of collaboration, we can create a society where Ambedkar’s vision of equality becomes a reality. By acknowledging the positive actions and shared goals of various groups, we can move towards a more inclusive and harmonious society, honouring Ambedkar’s legacy by building a future where all citizens are treated with dignity and respect would be a great tribute to his hardship and wish. Gopal Goswami, Ph. D is a Researcher, Columnist and Social Worker

The impact of research and publications in ranking & accreditation

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Ranking & Accreditation of colleges and Universities plays a significant and pivotal role in the overall development of the Indian higher education system. It enables both the parents and students to find the institutions and programs of their choice. With the advent of globalisation and the inclusion of education as a service sector in General Agreement in Trade Services (GATS), the way has been paved for international collaboration and exchanges in the educational sector including networking and collaborations of research. Institutions from India are too eager to export their education, and thence arises the need to determine the quality of education. To determine the quality, Ranking & Accreditation becomes more the necessary. Publications, especially high-quality research papers and other scholarly works are crucial for both University Rankings and Accreditation processes as they demonstrate Research Output, Impact, and reflect the overall Academic Quality - which are key factors in evaluating institutions. Many Universities in India are now focused on enhancing their global academic competitiveness. Various strategies are being implemented to restructure, reform and transform Universities aimed at improving the ranking in the global university league. One significant strategy is to encourage academicians to place priority on publishing in high-impact international journals. The question arises as to how Research and Publications then impact the Ranking & Accreditation. University rankings often consider the number and quality of research publications, including journal articles, conference papers and books as a key indicator of academic strength. The peer review process of high-impact Journals serves as a quality control mechanism. The number of citations a University’s publications receive, as well as the impact factor of the journals or conferences where they are published are strong indicators of the research’s influence and significance. In almost all national and international Ranking & Accreditation platforms, Research Output and Publications are profoundly scrutinized. Equally important becomes to consider where Research and Publications impact the Ranking & Accreditation. India’s National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF), QS World University Rankings and Times Higher Education World University Rankings all incorporate research metrics along with other factors like teaching quality, faculty reputation and internationalization. NIRF, a national framework for ranking universities and colleges in India, considers research, publications and citations as key parameters. NAAC (National Assessment and Accreditation Council), established by the University Grants Commission (UGC), evaluates the performance of universities and colleges, and research and publications are among the key areas assessed. A quality in research and publication, thus, itself becomes an important indicators of academic excellence. To maintain the ever-increasing spirit of international academic competitiveness, Quality Research and Research Impact’s tactful and planned persuasion becomes more the critical. How can the Universities and Institutions achieve excellence in Research - The first step would be to hire dedicated faculties in specific roles of research, who have the proven dedication and flair to advance the spirit of education by research and innovation. Mentorship of young researchers by accomplished peers in the education sector can and will play a significant role in influencing Quality Research. The Indian Universities should pursue domestic and international collaborations rigorously to improve the quality of research and joint publications. How can the Government promote excellence in Research - The present ranking system has a metric of number of publications per faculty, but it should also include a metric focusing on the quality of research publications assessed on the basis of cumulative impact factor and publications in high-impact factor journals of international repute. Both the NIRF and NAAC have removed the metric of research funding received from private/industry corporations, in spite of the fact that private corporations provide large amounts of funds to the Universities for research. It should be tactfully revived in the NAAC accreditation as well as in NIRF ranking systems. Another predominant factor plaguing the Indian Research Sector is the fact that Research Funding available to all the Higher Educational Institutions (HEI’s) is not balanced. Government funded institutions grow and sustain on tax-payers’ money, while the private ones do not have any such support. To keep the playing ground level is an essential pre-requisite here. The present allocation of Research Grants to Public Universities is higher, however these needs to be equally distributed to Private/Deemed to be Universities as well. Lastly, all agencies involved in Ranking & Accreditation should use a common source to determine research impact, output and factor. It has been observed that certain ranking agencies prioritize the Journals indexed in UGC Care List, whereas certain agencies only consider Scopus and Web of Science. To maintain impartiality and fairness to all disciplines, specialties, inter-specialities and cross-specialities in the higher education sector, there is an urgent need to rationalize and nationalize the same. Research and Publications forms a major activity in a University and it won’t be mistermed to boast that Research and Publications tremendously boosts a University’s credibility and facilitates credit transfer both nationally and internationally. Conceptualizing a good research environment with research support and incentives are more the essential before desiring a good ranking & accreditation, aligning with international standards as per the Washington Accord. Dr Shadab Ahmed is an Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeon, and has been involved in quality assurance programs of several institutions.

Ambedkar Jayanti — A Strong Foundation of Dalit Empowerment

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

On April 14, the nation celebrates the birth anniversary of Babasaheb Dr. Bhimrao Ambedkar as a symbol of social justice and equality. Dr. Ambedkar, the chief architect of the Indian Constitution, was not only the designer of India’s democratic framework but also the voice of the marginalized sections of society who were sidelined for centuries. As the country moves toward the goal of “Developed India 2047,” it is no longer enough to merely remember Ambedkar’s thoughts and contributions—we must also implement his principles through policy. It is a matter of great satisfaction that under the leadership of Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi, the Central Government has made concrete efforts to realize Dr. Ambedkar’s dreams. A Legacy of Long Neglect For years in India, political discourse attempted to politically limit and socially ignore Babasaheb. He was neither given due space in policy nor in cultural narratives. His ideas were confined to books, whereas today they have become the foundation of national planning. In independent India’s first election, organized efforts were made to defeat him. He was also sidelined in Nehru’s cabinet, forcing him to resign. Denying him the Bharat Ratna for four decades after independence represents the peak of neglect towards the Dalit community. Many such instances highlight the dismissive attitude of past governments towards Babasaheb. Panch Teerth — From Reverence to Devotion Under PM Modi’s leadership, the Centre has brought Dr. Ambedkar’s ideas to the forefront of policymaking. It has developed five key places associated with his life as ‘Panch Teerth’ — Mhow (birthplace), Nagpur (Diksha Bhoomi), Mumbai (Rajgruha), Delhi (Mahaparinirvan Sthal), and London (residence during education). The initiative is not just about building memorials but about connecting younger generation with his ideology. Restoration of Justice, Honour In 1990, the BJP-supported government posthumously awarded Dr. Ambedkar the Bharat Ratna, restoring his rightful honor. The BJP has given notable representation to Dalit leaders in high offices. The election of Shri Ram Nath Kovind and later Smt. Droupadi Murmu to the post of President marks a historic milestone for the nation. Schemes Changing the Landscape Today, the Dalit community is not merely a beneficiary but an empowered partner in nation-building. Under Prime Minister Modi’s leadership, the government has worked to bring Dalits into the mainstream of self-reliance through initiatives in education, health, basic facilities, employment, entrepreneurship, and economic empowerment. Education the Foundation of Equal Opportunity The post-matric scholarship scheme for SC students has been revamped with an allocation of ` 59,000 crore, benefiting over 4 crore students in five years. Programs like National Fellowship, Top Class Scholarship, and an increase in foreign scholarships from 60 to 100 have opened new avenues for higher education. A provision of `19,995 crore for free coaching and ` 249 crore for hostel construction has been made. Support in Health and Dignity The Ayushman Bharat scheme has provided health security to approx 36 crore beneficiaries, including a significant number from Dalit and marginalized communities. Over 10 crore free gas connections have been distributed under the Ujjwala scheme, and more than 12 crore toilets have been built under the Swachh Bharat Mission—ensuring dignity for Dalit, deprived, and tribal families. Housing the Foundation of Dignified Living Under the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (Rural), nearly 3 crore pucca houses have been provided, and over 58 lakh houses have been built under the urban scheme. These houses ensure basic amenities like electricity, water, toilets, and cooking gas. Employment, Entrepreneurship, and Self-Reliance Over 40% of employment under MGNREGA has been provided to SC and ST communities. Schemes like Stand-Up India, Mudra Yojana, VCF-SC, ASIIM, and PM-SURAJ Portal have provided loans, technical training, and startup support to thousands of SCSTOBC entrepreneurs. Empowerment of Women —the SHG and Lakhpati Didi Under the Deen Dayal Antyodaya National Rural Livelihood Mission, over 10 crore women have been connected to Self-Help Groups (SHGs), the majority of whom are from SC and ST communities. Through the ‘Lakhpati Didi’ initiative launched by Prime Minister Modi, the target is to empower 3 crore women, and over 1 crore women are already on the path to becoming ‘Lakhpati’ (earning `1 lakh or more annually). This has had a direct impact on the socio-economic empowerment of Dalit and rural women. Inclusion with Dignity At the core of all these schemes lies Dr. Ambedkar’s vision of equality. The government’s policies prove that social justice is no longer just an ideal—it’s a reality of governance and implementation. Initiatives like the Ambedkar International Centre, Panch Teerth development, and integration of his thoughts in curricula demonstrate that the government is not just honoring the past but shaping the future. Toward Social Harmony Prime Minister Modi’s mantra—“Sabka Saath, Sabka Vikas, Sabka Vishwas, aur Sabka Prayas”—sends a powerful message toward social harmony. According to him, Dr. Ambedkar was not just a leader of Dalits but the rebuilder of India. This vision transcends politics and symbolizes the reinstatement of social justice. Dr. Ambedkar’s birth anniversary is not just a day of reverence but an opportunity for introspection—a day to resolve that we shall build an India where no community, caste, or group is left behind. The author is Union Minister of State for Rural Development, Government of India

Hanuman Janmotsava

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Today, 12th April, 2025 is Hanuman Janmotsava, the birthday of Hanumanji. It is celebrated on Chaitra Poornima (full moon day in the Chaitra month). Hanuman Janmotsava shall be celebrated yet again on 19th October, 2025. This is because Hanuman Janmotsava is also celebrated on Kartik Chaturdashi (fourteenth day of Krishna Paksh in the Kartik month). Some believe that Hanuman ji was given a new life after being hit by the Vajra of Indra on this day. Some texts say that Mother Sita blessed Hanumanji with immortality on this day. We celebrate the day as Hanuman Janmotsava and not Hanuman Jayanti. Because Jayanti is celebrated of a noble person who was born and has now left the body; whereas Janmotsava is celebrated of one who is born and is alive at the moment. When Bhagwan Rama took jala-samadhi, he instructed Hanumanji to stay on the Earth till people sang the name of Rama. Since the name of Rama is sung even today, Lord Hanuman lives on; because he does not have the permission of Bhagwan Ram to leave the Earth. Hence we celebrate Hanuman Janmotsava. Many a devout soul claims to have had glimpses of Hanumanji in the higher Himalayas. Lord Rama’s favourite and most staunch devotee was Hanumanji. He was blessed with Ananya bhakti. Hanumanji was born to the couple Anjana and Kesari. The Ramayana tells us that King Dashratha did not have progeny, so he performed the Putrakameshti Yagna. A celestial being emerged from the Yagna fire and offered him an urn full of kheer, for the king to give to his queen, saying that the queen would become pregnant thereafter. King Dasharatha, having three wives, divided the kheer into three equal portions and gave them to his queens; Kaushalya, Kaikeyi and Sumitra. The story goes that Sumitra left her bowl of kheer on the windowsill and went to bathe. While she was bathing, an eagle picked up the kheer from her windowsill and flew off. The eagle dropped the kheer, while flying over a mountain. (The mountain is now called Anjanadri or Hanuman Halli, near Hampi in Karnataka.) Anjana was meditating, when the bowl of kheer, dropped down into her lap. Anjana thought that the Lord had sent prasadam for her and she consumed it with devotion. She gave birth to a son who was named Anjaneya. He was also called Kesari Nandan (being born in the house of Kesari.) Since the prashad had come along with a gust of wind, the child was also called Vayu Putra (son of wind). Meanwhile, when it became known that Sumitra’s share of kheer was ‘taken away’, Kaushalya and Kaikeyi gave a portion each, of their own share of kheer to Sumitra. Rama was born to Kaushalya and Bharat was born to Kaikeyi. Sumitra bore twins who were named Lakshmana and Shatrughana. It is beleived that the portion of kheer that was given to Sumitra by Kaushalya, led to the birth of Lakshmana and Kaikeyi’s portion led to the birth of Shatrughana. There are many stories that tell about the naughtiness of the child Anjaneya. He often made mischief in the Guru’s ashram where he was sent to study. All the Rishis in the ashram were at their wits end about how to channel the energy of Hanuman and discipline him. One day, when Anjaneya was really hungry, He saw the sun in the sky and thought it was an apple. He started to fly towards the sun, wanting to eat the bright, shining apple in the sky. Indra was devastated, thinking that if Anjaneya ate the Sun, there would be no light left for the world. In order to stop him, Indra attacked him with his Vajra (thunderbolt) and gave him a mighty blow on the face. Due to this blow on the face by Indra, Anjaneya’s chin got twisted to one side and his face got disfigured. This is when he came to be known as Hanuman (one with a disfigured face). When Hanumanji fell down to the ground, deeply unconscious with the impact of the Vajra, Anjana, Kesari and Vayu and begged for their son to be revived. Shiva brought Hanumanji back to consciousness. Hanuman ji is believed to be an Ansh-Avatar (miniscule part) of Shiva himself. Hanumanji played many a role in assisting Bhagwan Rama in his sojourn on Earth. When Sitaji was abducted by Ravana; Rama and Lakshmana looked far and wide for her. The army of Sugriva, also joined in the search. Hanumanji leapt across the ocean and went to Lanka in search of Sitaji. He came back after finding her and reassuring her that Rama would come soon, to rescue her. Noteworthy is the fact that when Rama sent Hanumanji to Lanka, He did not give him detailed guidance and instructions, about how to conduct himself there. Hanumanji entered Lanka, assuming the size of an insect. He checked the palace looking for Sitaji and through a congenial dialogue with Vibheeshana, found out that Sitaji was in Ashok Vatika. When he saw Sitaji, sitting under a tree in the Ashok Vatika lost deep in thought, he realised that if he appeared before her, she would get intimidated and may not even believe his story because he was a monkey, not a human. Such was his presence of mind that he sat atop the tree and started singing, Ram Katha. When Sitaji heard the singing, she looked up, and Hanumanji dropped the ring of Lord Ram in front of her. That convinced her to believe that he was the messenger of Rama. Hanumanji induced a confrontation with Ravana, just so that he could give Ravana a taste of the might of Rama’s messenger and invoke fear in the mind of Ravana’s army. He set Lanka on fire, scared the day-lights out of everyone there and returned in style, unscathed! When Lakshman was unconscious after being hit by the Shakti fired by Inderjeet, during the battle between Rama and Ravana he needed medical aid. Ravana’s Vaidya Raj Sushen did not want to treat Lakshman saying that he was the brother of the enemy of their king. Hanumanji counselled him, saying that a Vaidya’s first duty is to treat the patient who comes in his hour of need. At this time, Lakshman needs treatment. It does not matter who the enemy is. It only matters that you are a doctor; you should keep the well-being of your patient in the forefront. Vaidya Raj Sushen agreed to treat Lakshman, but he said that he needed some medicinal herbs that grew only on the Himalayas, and there was no way to make them available now. He also said that if the sun rose and the treatment was not done, Lakshmana would not survive. Hanumanji took it upon himself to fly to the Himalayas and bring the requisite medicinal herbs. When he reached there, he couldn’t recognise the right herb, so he just picked up the entire Dronagiri mountain for the Vaidya to harvest the Sanjeevani booti from. Such was his might and commitment towards his Lord Rama. Truly a role model, whose live is worth emulating!

Can deliberations at Ahmedabad lead to some course correction for congress?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

“A political ideology is a very handy thing to have. It’s a real time-saver, because it tells you what you think about things you know nothing about.” — Hendrik Hertzberg As the Congress meets at Ahmedabad for its all-India session on April 8 and 9, the grand old party stares at an uncertain future and existential crisis. Prospects of a split, revolt, mutiny or disquiet are real and not without reasons. Since 2014, a series of defeats in Lok Sabha and in most of the assembly polls have shaken Congress’ self-belief and faith in ideology. Take for example Congress handling of the waqf bill. As if the absence of Gandhis from the heated debate was not enough, party ideologue Jairam Ramesh and AICC spokespersons did little to counter the BJP on key issues. Much of the parliamentary debate was left to Gaurav Gogai, Syed Naser Hussain and Imran Pratapgarhi indicating once again that the Congress’ socio-economic thinking has been reduced to a near farcical “sab chalta hai” in Sonia-Rahul-Mallikarjun Kharge era. In May 2022, the Congress was locked in an ideological debate at Udaipur, Rajasthan where the party’s inhouse ‘Chintan Shivir’ was held. A section of the party delegates had demanded an outreachprogramme leading to a sharp north-south divide among the delegates. On the second day of the camp, that was May 14, 2022 discussions were held on whether the Congress, as part of its revival plan, should conduct a ‘religious outreach’ programme? Or, should the thrust be on sociocultural and political issues? The delegates from states like Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat and Bihar were vocal that the primacy of negating religion should be replaced by ‘pro-active’ gestures. These delegates suggested that Congress leaders should conduct ‘Dahi Handi’ contests, place Ganesh idols at pradesh (state) and district Congress committee offices and celebrate the Navadurga festival in their respective areas of influence. But a section of leaders from southern India, including a Congress Working Committee (CWC) member, Dr Chinta Mohan, Jairam Ramesh and other reportedly objected to it pointing that the party should stay away from mixing religion with politics. “Avoid getting into the BJP pitch,” a senior leader is said to have commented. But those from Uttar Pradesh seemed convinced that unless the Congress showed its ‘genuine’ Hindu credentials, the party’s electoral fortunes would continue to suffer. The prophecy came true when the Congress performed below par in MP, Rajasthan and Chhattisgarh. These differences continue but the Congress leadership is reluctant to confront ideologically tricky situations it has found itself for the past eleven years. Cultivating the majority Historically, the Congress’s bid to mix religion and politics has remained problematic. There was a huge contradiction in the way Jawaharlal Nehru, independent India’s first Prime Minister, and Mahatma Gandhi viewed religion and politics. For Mahatma Gandhi, religion was integral to secularism. Gandhi, who otherwise agreed with his disciple Nehru on a range of issues, felt that The Nehruvian secular prescription would not work for India. “Politics bereft of religion” is “absolute dirt”, Gandhi would often say. But Nehru, as I have mentioned in my book, 24, Akbar Road (Hachette), was firm in his definition of secularism that meant separation of religion from the political, economic, social and cultural aspects of life. Religion, in Nehru’s scheme of things, was a personal matter that the State should disassociate from at all costs. In a letter to his home minister Kailashnath Katju in 1953, Nehru had written, “The fate of India is largely tied up with the Hindu outlook. If the present Hindu outlook does not change radically, I am quite sure that India is doomed.” It was the observation of a man who had realised that the communalism of the majority community had the potential to resemble nationalism. In September 1951, Nehru got all the CWC members of Purushottam Das Tandon’s team to resign, thus obliging Tandon, a right-wing Congress president, to resign. It may have been a mere coincidence that in the same month, the Bharatiya Jana Sangh, the BJP’s forerunner, was formally launched, with both Atal Bihari Vajpayee and L.K. Advani being present at the occasion. Nehru, who had become the Congress president after Tandon’s resignation, pronounced the bottom line of the party’s secular creed at a meeting at the Ram Lila grounds on Gandhi Jayanti in 1951. “If any man raises his hand against another in the name of religion, I shall fight him till the last breath of my life, whether from within the government or outside,” he had said. Contrary to popular perceptions, the Congress fancies itself as a pro-Hindu party. When Indira Gandhi returned to power in 1980, she tried to cultivate the majority community and had accepted an invitation to launch the Vishwa Hindu Parishad’s `Ekatmata Yatra’. The VHP was then a nascent outfit and such mass-contact programmes had the potential to tap into religious sentiments and mobilise favourable opinion. According to bureaucrat and author S.S. Gill, Indira’s final stint as Prime Minister revealed a lack of social solicitude towards Muslims. A hint of that had come from CM Stephen, an Indira loyalist. In his book, The Dynasty — A political biography of the premier ruling family of modern India (1996), Gill quotes Stephen, who had declared in 1983, “The wave-length of Hindu culture and the Congress culture is the same.” Earlier, Indira had bitterly opposed the creation of a separate Punjab state on linguistic lines as she closely identified with her minority Hindu supporters in the undivided state, which then included modern-day Haryana too. Indira had just taken over as Prime Minister for the first time in 1966 when a demand for the creation of a Punjabi Suba, or Punjabi-speaking state, was conceded. In her book, My Truth (Vision Books), Indira had recalled her concerns of 1965 when she was minister for information and broadcasting in Lal Bahadur Shastri’s cabinet and a committee under the then Lok Sabha Speaker, Sardar Hukum Singh, had favoured the creation of a Punjabi Suba. Indira wrote that she was opposed to the formation of Punjab on the basis of language as it had let down the Congress’s Hindu supporters. “To concede the Akali demand would mean abandoning the position to which it (the Congress) was firmly committed and letting down its Hindu supporters in the projected Punjabi Suba… this startling reversal of Congress policy was totally unexpected.” Barely six months before her assassination in October 1984, Indira had sought to assure the majority community that, “if there is injustice to them or if they did not get their rights, then it would be dangerous to the integrity of the country”. Five years later, in 1989, her son Rajiv Gandhi, who was the Prime Minister then, would launch his Lok Sabha campaign on the banks of the river Saryu in Ayodhya, promising a Ram rajya. A clear articulation of where the party stood on secularism came from V.N. Gadgil, the late Congress ideologue who served as All India Congress Committee spokesperson during the regimes of Narasimha Rao and Sitaram Kesri. Gadgil had told Congress activists at a seven-day training camp in Kurla, Maharashtra, that he disapproved of the Congress leadership’s policy of appeasing Muslims. At the training camp in 2000 to select ‘future Congress leaders’, Gadgil had asked, “Do minorities mean only Muslims? What about Buddhists, Sikhs and others? When thirty-six Sikhs were killed in Kashmir, not a single Congressman condoled their deaths,” he said, referring to the March 2000 Chittisinghpora massacre. When Gadgil was asked why he was saying all this, he had replied, “I have said this earlier. Muslims constitute only 18 per cent of the vote share. Even if all of them vote for the Congress, the party will not return to power. We cannot go on ignoring the sentiments of the other 82 per cent.” Congress leaders, oblivious of realities, live in the past and nostalgia thinking, hamare baap dada ne ghee khaya tha , hamari hatheli soongh lo” are bound to be in for a rude shock. Can deliberations at Ahmedabad lead to some course correction?

Why Is Judicial Corruption Unseen?

April 11, 2025, 3:22 am

The judiciary, long seen as the guardian of justice, is now facing serious concerns that threaten its integrity. Recent discussions around Justice Yashwant Varma bring to light a more troubling issue i.e. judicial corruption that remains largely hidden. Studies show that corruption within the judiciary often escapes scrutiny, making it difficult to hold wrongdoers accountable. Some crimes are easy to detect, but others remain hidden due to systemic barriers. Judicial corruption falls into the latter category because it operates behind closed doors, masked by legal procedures and protected by institutional frameworks. This makes it one of the hardest forms of misconduct to expose. Several factors contribute to the invisible nature of judicial corruption. First, people often do not recognize when they have been affected by judicial corruption since rulings appear lawful. Second, there is little official data on corruption in the judiciary, making it difficult to measure or address. Third, there is a lack of academic discussion and structured analysis on the issue, which limits critical engagement. Fourth, research on judicial misconduct remains scarce, preventing awareness of the full extent of the problem. Fifth, the judiciary largely regulates itself, reducing external checks on its actions. Sixth, political leaders show little interest in reforming the system, allowing corruption to persist. Lastly, because judicial corruption does not have obvious victims like street crimes, it fails to generate public outrage. The Supreme Court, rather than ensuring transparency, has played a role in limiting scrutiny of judicial misconduct. Judges accused of corruption often continue to serve or retire quietly without facing investigations. Internal reviews are conducted in secrecy, with no public records of their findings. The lack of independent oversight only deepens the problem. When allegations do emerge, they are frequently dismissed on technical grounds rather than investigated thoroughly. Judicial corruption also benefits from systemic protections. The authority of the judiciary, institutional safeguards, and control over legal interpretation make it difficult to challenge misconduct. Past efforts to expose corruption have been blocked, setting a precedent for secrecy. Additionally, legal provisions such as contempt laws discourage open discussions on judicial wrongdoing, keeping these issues out of the public eye. Parliament has also shown little urgency in addressing judicial corruption. While judicial appointments often spark debate, the issue of accountability remains neglected. Lawmakers have not pursued reforms that would establish greater oversight, allowing the judiciary to function without sufficient external checks. With secrecy within the judiciary, political inaction, and a lack of independent oversight, judicial corruption remains a hidden issue. To restore public trust, there must be greater transparency, independent investigative bodies, and stricter accountability measures. Without these changes, the credibility of the legal system will continue to erode, undermining the very foundation of justice. Pragati Solanki, Assistant Professor, HLM Group of Institutions, Ghaziabad.

Is The Mind Without Fear?

April 11, 2025, 3:13 am

Dr.Rabindra Nath Tagore- the Nobel Laureate, prior to the independence of India in his masterpiece “Gitanjali” composed a poem dreaming of a free India and ultimately a world order entitled “Where The Mind Is Without Fear.”The opening lines of the poem always haunt us,quite relevant even now too : “Where the mind is without fear and the head is held high Where knowledge is free Where the world has not been broken in fragments By narrow domestic walls.” In light of afore-quoted lines created in the year 1910, these questions ironically and quite spontaneously spring up: is the mind these days sans fear in the world, Is head really held high,is knowledge free and is the world at present not fragmented? The same questions too are worth introspecting so far as the spectre of fear psychosis in India is concerned? The answers are big NO, the looming scare and panic dimensions not only in India but in all the four directions of the globe abound. The reasons for uncertainty, pell mell, confusion and restlessness, evidently are the power centric and magalomaniac tendencies. Once one tastes power yearns for it blindly till one’s last breath is the bare truth.There are examples of Vladimir Putin President of Russia,Xi Jinping President of China manipulating to be in the hot seat till they breath their last and now two fast friends-US President Donald Trump and third time Prime Minister Narendra Modi also do not like to lag behind nourishing this dream. They only wish to rule by dint of fanning awe and dread but on the contrary not by foresight, pouring good governance as well as delivering the goods selflessly and spiritedly.Having no room for sensitivity,collective wisdom and consensus in their scheme of things, they are guided most of the time by utmost complacency and my way high way optics.The more they unleash fright and horror more they feel awfully insecure and shaken too within because hanging the Damocles sword over the masses’ heads is their best weapon to cling to the topmost office and satisfy their insatiable lust for power- be it by hook or crook ! Donald Trump apprehended BRICS move to float parallel currency to upset his dollar regime, began sounding a note of caution in advance pressing in his imposition of sanctions and tariff war to intimidate various nations creating an upheaval in world trade circles. Hamas took and shook Israel Prime Minister Netanyahu by suprise killing large number of Israel citizens in an attack making many hostages too. Russia-Ukraine war for the past couple of years continues unabated.There are only rumours agog of cease fires of these four fighting forces and their allies but all in vain.The pall of trauma still looms large over the fierce invasions of drone, missile and air strikes of Palestine-Israel and Russia-Ukraine people as hospitals and schools with impunity are targetted where innocent men, women, students and children are bombarded to death. These leaders have no qualms but just to satisfy their whims and ego they can go to the worst possible extent.On April 4, about one hundred Palestinians were killed in Israeli air strikes including 14 children and five women in Darul Arqam School in Tuffah. A bird’s eyeview of India too rings alarming bells with an atmosphere of stress and strain prevalent among the populace in the country.It is courtesy those at the helm of affairs of the nation. They feeling insecure all the time in their heart of hearts do not spare either any bait or bid to keep residents under constant trepidation to grind their own political axe. Running short of natural - befitting answers and ideas to the burning and sensitive questions on Trump bashing of India and changing global scenario,in parliament the frightened NDA regime at Centre did not feel shy of hiding behind the passing of Wakf Board Amendment bill resisted tooth and nail by the INDIA bloc and aggrieved Muslim community in both houses only to distract public attention.Then in Maharashtra the threats of digging up of the grave of Mughal emperor Aurangzeb tension in Mumbai, further Bihar Janta Dal (United) Minority Cell leader Anjum Ara apprehending backlash from Muslim community alleged that canards were being spread among minority community by the opposition,the hosts abruptly left the press conference in a huff to escape tough questions of news persons in Patna on April 5.Then standup comedian Kunal Kamra facing the music for his controversial remarks about former Maharashtra Chief Minister Eknath Shinde,Baramati Member Parliament and NCP (Sharad Pawar) leader Supriya Sule blowing hot and cold over the possibility of ban on former Maharashtra Home Minister Anil Deshmukh’s book Diary of A Home Minister coming out with certain sensational revelations deeming it a move to do away with the freedom of speech ! These players are some how or the other are a victim of lurking fear alike on both the sides. West Bengal Chief Minister Mamta Banerjee was bewildered when the Apex Court found the selection of over 25000 teaching and non-teaching staff of government aided schools of Bengal to be “Tainted beyond redemption” upholding the dismissal orders of Calcutta High Court showing the door to these employees.Desperately perturbed TMC supremo Mamta Banerjee reacted bitterly and paradoxically saying,will follow but cannot accept making it clear that the supreme court order would be implemented but selection process will be repeated, as personally she refused to accept the verdict.The sacked victims are also awe stricken whether selected fairly or unfairly because at least a few might have been selected on merit. Bypassing the legal system and the law of land, a new norm of “bulldozer justice” is spreading its wings very swiftly,where in many states-to begin with Uttar Pradesh,Punjab, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Maharashtra and Karnataka, Punjab and Uttarkhand the governments have begun bulldozing buildings and its belongings on the pretext of some family member being found accused in one or the other untoward incident anywhere in the state. The corrupt,offensive and illegal acts have in present set up assumed very queer and changed connotations. Despite the apex court bench of Justices BR Gavai and K.V. Vishwanathan November 13, 2024 pan-India guidelines orders pertaining to bulldozer action, recently in light of violence in Nagpur (Maharashtra), state blatantly resorted to it throwing to winds with impunity the nation’s topmost court guidelines.If states are to grab the role of judiciary then what is fun of having the supreme court,high courts,sub-ordinate courts, law universities and colleges in the country? It is often heard that the high courts and the supreme court take suo moto notice of some illegal,corrupt or offensive act but none took any such notice in case of Deputy Chief Minister Ajit Pawar who was accused of rupees eleven thousand crore irrigation scheme by none other than Prime Minister Modi himself in public domain in Madhya Pradesh.The apex court did not take notice of another Deputy Chief Minister Eknath Shinde of his switching sides rising to the top position of Chief Minister by alleged shrewd horse trading and manipulative tactics. Despite the supreme court’s order of deeming Governor Bhagat Singh Koshyari’s act to be unconstitutional but Shinde continued to enjoy the fruits of his labour for over two years in wake of earlier on fearing the claws of the Enforcement Directorate drawing too close to his neck. Very amazingly, agony, anguish and chaos in India and then ultimately in the world vary from leader to leader and place to place.Manipur mayhem and on boil for more than a year had very pathetic and horrible feelings for the Leader of Opposition in Lok Sabha Rahul Gandhi but something very normal for PM Modi,the President of India Mrs. Droupadi Murmu and Vice-President Jagdeep Dhankhar as they did not deem it fit to spare time sometime to visit this trouble torn state.For Bharatiya Janata Party Sandeshkhali gang rape horror case was very gruesome.For the President Droupadi Murmu the rape and murder of a female doctor in RG Medical College Hospital Calcutta was very brutal but Bilkis Banu rape and murders of her kith and kin did not move her at all.Fair, foul, legal,illegal,dreadful, dauntless have become relative terms these days swapping places according to the time and persons. In such a scenario, Guru Ji Dr.Tagore from heavens must be lamenting over his act of composing this poem about 115 years ago finding his thoughts and wish to be very irrelevant and good for nothing in the turbulent times of the day now the world turning out to be a “Theatre of Absurd and Awe” on social, economic,cultural and political fronts. What is the fun of then sticking to offices sheer quantitatively and decoratively in term of years and numbers game but they must govern qualitatively coming up to the expectations of their people harmonising and aromatising an amiable, peaceful,humane and prosperous world order scattering small bits of sweet fragrance,beauty and pleasure hither and thither in just brief spells. Where do five veto power nations USA, China,Russia,France and United Kingdom and the umbrella of the world United Nations,World Trade Organisation,World Health Organisation,World Bank and International Monetary Fund stand and matter in the present ferocious a global aura? Will they still bother or care at all or not? In all humility,the bigwigs of the world must go through these beautiful and sublime lines of a celebrated English poet Ben Jonson’s poem “The Noble Nature”: “In small proportions,we just beauties see, And in short measures life may perfect be.” Prof PK Sharma Freelance Journalist, Associate Professor of English (Retired), Pom Anm Nest,BARNALA

THE ROTTEN ERA SYNDROME AND ETHICAL BLUES

April 11, 2025, 2:57 am

When you are no more, you are measured by the vacuum you have left behind. - Anand ‘To err is human’ states a fundamental truth of human life. That it is born out of a grave mistake which our ancestors committed. The disobedience of tasting the fruit of knowledge was followed by divine punishment. The lengthening shadows of that punishment are still clouding the destiny of mankind. The more we try to engage in polemics and try to justify ourselves, things are going amiss and the end result is: today we find a visible decline in man, and his divine stuff. The fall of a man not a personal affair. How he conducts himself in society, and with other beings of nature shows us his true character. The ideas of goodness, kindness, love and compassion put together, form an ethical code for mankind by which they must act, to remain above board so far as their conduct viz a viz gods is concerned. If we find the entire world suffering today, it is because of the original error [knowledge] which has multiplied over centuries.

Human Intelligence Vs Nature’s Original Sensibility

If man is very smart, intelligent and wise, can we conclude that animals and birds who do not attend any school or college lack wisdom, or are foolish in the conduct of their daily affairs? I am rather tempted to think that they learn existential wisdom by mother-wit, whereas human beings who appear to be mentally retarded, need external supports - teachers, schools, universities – to gain bare minimum lessons in existential ethics. Surprisingly, the opposite happens. Education alienates them from the basics of life, and as a consequence, they violate the General Will and disturb the Harmony of the Universe, and come to grief.

Knowledge Vs Human Perception

As a result of excess of knowledge, man has lost many faculties of perception. He should have been armed with a high sense of right and wrong, but the sense of right and wrong has receded from the view. We are operating in a system in which “the fair is foul and the foul is fair” The system of morality has been turned upside down, and today we are faced with a grave crisis of values and ethics. The family, the school and the temple – these three institutions were the traditional bulwarks of moral and ethical training. With all these institutions in a shambles, we find our society in the throes of a moral chaos, where people have just excused themselves from the ideas of goodness, ethics, and honesty. We have folded all these ideals, stored them in books and locked them in the libraries. Let no moral scruples distract our march into the future. The speed of the civilization has increased manifold. Wealth is multiplying and concentrating in the hands of a few people. The algebra is simple. Nobody is left with time to stop and think. You will be lost if you do not keep running the race. To stop and think, is to stoop to [professional] folly, and to think of what is right and wrong is to dote on disaster in this breathless race towards higher packages and wealth creation.

The Rotten Era Syndrome

What is expected from an ordinary citizen of this world? Not this rush for the more. Not this hazy ambition which makes a Macbeth of you. Let us bring some sense to this non-sensical drift into nothingness. The passions and the dreams that we carry, and the superfast culture that has engulfed us point to a rotten era syndrome. We are fast running ourselves out. The true measure of greatness is not how much wealth you have created. When you are no more, you are measured by the vacuum you have left behind. This world, however rotten it might be, still loves and admires its lovers. People who lived beyond themselves and spared a thought for the needy. And it remembers people who loved the idea of goodness, honesty and integrity. The history books are full of the stories of great men, who stood apart from the rest of the society, and did something special which helped mankind in one way or the other. These corporates and political magnates who are destroying the ethical systems of the world will be mentioned in history books as villains who spearhead the fall of the human civilization and heralded the Rotten Era.

The Ethical Code and Minimum Standards

It is not possible to adhere to an ethical code of conduct because ethics makes it difficult for man to navigate in dirty waters. The great men mentioned in history books were not all men of ethics and high morality. Yet we remember them for certain values they stood for. There is no limit for a man to rise higher and higher in his life. But there should be a point below which one cannot fall. This is possible only if we have men of character. If we look at even worst specimens of history, we shall find they too believed in certain standards of conduct. Aurangzeb was a cruel ruler, who ordered the beheading of Guru Tegh Bahadur at Delhi’s Chandni Chowk yet, he is admired for his simple life style. He used to make caps to be sold for building his ‘Maqbra’[grave] which is the simplest one, only a slab of stone. And he showed humanity in responding positively to Zafarnama, an epistle of victory sent to him by the Tenth Master, Guru Gobind Singh. What shall we call it? The man believed in certain standards of human conduct. This example shows that we have men of mixed values, and from them, we should expect no more than certain standards of conduct, even if they fail to measure up to a style of living which could be clinically described as ethical. Dr. Jernail S. Anand, described as ‘the fiery prophet of the chaotic present’ has authored 180 books and won the Seneca Award, Charter of Morava, Franz Kafka and Maxim Gorky awards. His name adorns the Poets’ Rock in Serbia.

Why are some Indian students in U.S. supporting Hamas?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the latest deportations and attempted deportations of students and scholars from the United States, it is a bit surprising to see the names popping up of Hamas-supporting Indian students, who are in that country legally. Indian students abroad were always thought to be sensible, hard-working, concentrating in their studies, keeping their opinions and ideologies—if they had any—to themselves. It is well known that several radical-left student activists of Bengal’s Naxal movement, in the late 1960s and early 1970s, left the Indian shores for the US when the heat from the police became unbearable. They turned full capitalist during their stay in the US and flourished in their respective fields, never to return to their homeland. That is the kind of effect the United States has always had even on “ideologically” motivated students and scholars who have gone to study there. As for the rest, they have always stayed away from ideological battles and extreme ideas and have reached the top of American society through sheer hard work. Radicalisation is a word that cannot be associated with them. This is the reason why Indian-Americans have the highest median household income in the US. So it comes as a surprise to hear that some Indian students have been supporting Hamas’ terrorist activities in the name of supporting the Palestinian cause—that they have been participating in campus protests in favour of the Hamas’ 7 October 2023 barbarity. This problem has become sufficiently mainstream for even a Microsoft employee of Indian origin to get sacked for disrupting an official program in support of the Palestinians. To a large extent, this is a reflection of the hold that the leftists have had first, on our universities, and then the increasingly tighter grip that they have on the liberal arts segment of the western universities. The situation has become so bad in the West that the phenomenon has come to be known as wokism. Add to this cauldron the term intersectionality and you have a right royal mess brewing on western campuses, threatening to swamp Indian campuses as well. Intersectionality is a relatively new word to enter the western academic-activist space. To quote the Encyclopaedia Britannica, intersectionality means the “interaction and cumulative effects of multiple forms of discrimination affecting the daily lives of individuals… The term also refers more broadly to an intellectual framework for understanding how various aspects of individual identity—including race, gender, social class, and sexuality—interact to create unique experiences of privilege or oppression.” To put it simply, if someone is picking up women’s rights—specifically, women of colour—as a cause, then that person should also be ready to align oneself with causes like the “oppression” of Dalits by upper caste Hindus, of the blacks by the whites, of Palestinians by the Israelis, etc. It is about “interlocking oppressions” in areas like gender, sex, race, ethnicity, caste, physical appearance, and so on. Hence, anyone working on caste will automatically pick up the cause of Palestinians or Kashmiris, and go on campus protests, become anti-Hindu, anti-Jew, will support sex change operations of ten-year-olds, will fight for transgenders’ “right” to use women’s toilets, or play in girls’ teams. In other words, wokism or far left activism has resulted in the complete brainwashing of at least two-three generations of youngsters or more—and the academics are completely guilty of carrying out this brain-washing. Hence, it should not come as a surprise that Ranjini Srinivisan, the PhD scholar, who self-deported for fear of being jailed after her visa was cancelled, was working on the topic of caste in the Kolar goldfields as part of her urban planning dissertation. How caste comes into urban planning in 21st century India, no one knows, but unsurprisingly, she was also an anti-Semite and has been accused of being a supporter of the terrorist organisation Hamas. The problem may not be that acute in India, yet, but there is a strong streak of loony left in India’s academic space as well, much of it imported from the West. It is just that India is far too rooted in its culture and tradition for its academic space to sink in wokism. In fact, India has started coming out of the hold that the left has had over academics for decades, which has resulted in the distortion of India’s history. The fight-back that has just started must continue. Even the West has started revolting against the loony left’s plan of destroying the family as the core of human social existence. Donald Trump’s victory is a testimony to that. While it may be argued that the number of such “woke” Indian students is small when compared to the hundreds of thousands of students studying in the US, the problem is the perception. How many Chinese students have been deported for getting involved in anti-Semitic activities? Zero. Why isn’t that the case with the Indians? Hence, it is time to introspect why a section of our youth is going astray and how this can be prevented.

Sacred Spaces and Legal Battles: The Places of Worship Act

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The Supreme Court is all set to hear the petitions challenging the Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act, 1991, following an extended period characterised by political manoeuvring and legal uncertainty. The forthcoming hearing, amidst unresolved historical claims and constitutional enquiries, has rekindled public interest in a statute that has mainly stayed dormant for almost thirty years. This law preserves religious character of places of worship as on August 15, 1947. Several petitions are currently pending before the Apex Court, some challenging Sections 2, 3, and 4 of the Act, while others for its strict enforcement. The Supreme Court of India refused to consider a fresh petition against the Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act, 1991. The bench consisting of Chief Justice Sanjiv Khanna and Justice Sanjay Kumar, underscored the imprudence of multiple proceedings on the same matter and asked the intended to file an intervention application instead. Justice Khanna is the not the first Chief Justice of India to address these cross petitions, one challenging the legality of the 1991 Act and the other demanding its implementation. Object of the Act, 1991 The said Act came into existence following the Ayodhya movement. It was enacted by the Congress Government in response to the escalating Ram Janma Bhumi campaign. The movement experienced a vigorous campaign that incited violence. Certain groups advocated for the coercive conversion of places of worship. Mr. P.V. Narasimha Rao served as Prime Minister, while Mr. S.B. Chavan held the position of Home Minister. The Home Minister stated that this Bill is perceived as a means to uphold and cultivate our esteemed traditions of love, peace, and harmony. Tolerance for all faiths has characterized our great civilization since time immemorial. The Bill had strong resistance from the leaders of the Bhartiya Janata Party, who were in the resistance. In his opposition to the Bill, Mr. Ram Naik characterised it as the most egregious legislation. What is the Act of 1991? It bans the conversion of places of worship and preserves their religious character of any place of worship as it was on August 15, 1947. Section 3 of the Act prohibits the conversion of any places of worship of any religious denomination into place of worship of different religious denomination or other section of the same religious denomination. Section 4(1) preserves a place of worship’s religious character as on August 15, 1947. Section 4(2) states that any suit, appeal, or other proceeding pending before any court, tribunal, or other authority, regarding the conversion of the religious character of any place of worship, as it existed on the 15th day of August, 1947, shall abate, and no such suit, appeal, or other proceeding shall lie on or after such commencement. If a suit, appeal, or other proceeding instituted or filed on the ground that a place’s religious character has changed after August 15, 1947, is pending on the commencement of this Act, it will be disposed of according to sub-section (1). Section 4(3) excludes 1958’s Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act. It does not apply to settled or mutually agreed disputes or conversions before the Act’s implementation. The Ram Janmabhoomi-Babri Masjid case and related legal actions are exempt from the Act under Section 5, allowing the Ram Temple to be built. Judicial Scrutiny Amid Rising Number of Petitions In the Ram Janmabhumi case, the Supreme Court upheld the Act on November 19, 2019. The Court noted that the Act protects the Constitution’s fundamental values. Further, due to the restriction imposed under Section 4(2) of the Act, the outcome of the suits to determine the religious character of place of worship is uncertain. The petition challenging section 2,3 and 4 of the said Act is pending in the Apex Court since 2020. Supreme Court, via its order dated December 12, 2024, observed that the primary issue, that arises for consideration, is with regard to Sections 3 and 4 of the 1991 Act and its contours, as well as the width and expanse of the said provisions and further stated that though fresh suit may be filed, no suit would be registered and no proceeding shall be undertaken further in the pending suits, no court will pass any effective interim orders or final orders, including orders directing surveys, etc. till further orders of the Court. Consequently, the Lower Courts are prohibited from allowing surveys or ASI reports, as seen in several recent cases. Following December 12, 2024 many petitions were filed including those by AIMIM leader Asaduddin Owaisi, Samajwadi Party representative and Kairana MP Iqra Choudhary, and the Congress Party, advocating for the proper enforcement of the 1991 legislation. Choudhary, the Lok Sabha MP from Kairana, Uttar Pradesh, on February 14, tried to mitigate the rising trend of legal measures against mosques and dargahs, which he asserted jeopardise communal peace and the secular fabric of the nation. The Jamiat Ulama-I-Hind has filed a petition for the implementation and enforcement of the Act. Numerous intervention applications have been filed by political parties such as CPI(M), Indian Union Muslim League (IUML), DMK, RJD, and NCP (Sharad Pawar), among others, endorsing the Act. Government’s Reluctance to Clarify Its Stand The present Union government has not yet expressed a definitive position on these concerns. In the last three years, the Supreme Court has permitted many delays for the government to submit a response, with the latest postponement being in February 2025, deferring the issue until April. The extended silence has prompted conjecture on the government’s stance, particularly in light of the Act’s historical setting and its ramifications for current controversies surrounding religious sites. Judicial Dilemma in a Sensitive Dispute Amid ongoing historical and theological conflicts about places of worship, it is imperative to maintain communal harmony and mutual respect among all groups. The court faces a complex challenge of reconciling historical grievances with constitutional tenets while ensuring that judicial outcomes are not furthering community differences. An equitable and impartial approach, one that honours faith, law, and national cohesion is vital for preserving peace while addressing the interests of all parties involved. Dr. Alisha is an Assistant Professor of Law at Symbiosis Law School, Pune and Advocate Aniket is a practicing lawyer based in Pune, Maharashtra.

Tariffs by the US and its implications

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The rhetoric by President Trump, well before his political campaign even began, talked about the imposition of high tariffs across the board for the American trade partners. However, the imposition of these harsh tariffs across 150 countries, has come as a shock to most nations, analysts, and people. The decline that stock exchanges around the world have experienced after the announcement are an indication of how this has been perceived. As President Trump announced the tariffs the word reciprocal was used repeaterdly. The intent behind these tariffs is being narrated as a step towards balancing the scales and levelling of the playing field, mostly with countries that the US had a trade deficit against. There was also a mention about currency manipulation on the part of other countries. These tariffs, according to President Trump, would finally alleviate the grave suffering that the US has been going through for decades. The concept of a trade deficit has been translated to tariffs by the Trump regime. It is important to note, however, that such a translation is extremely simplistic and not necessarily an accurate representation of the US’ bilateral trade with a particular country, the value it carries for the US’ economy, or even the tariffs levied by that country on exports from the US. Reciprocal of tariffs could be explained by some long economic equation for some countries that US has a high trade deficit against. However, the US has a positive balance of trade with about a hundred and fifteen countries mentioned on the list, and they have also been slapped with a 10 per cent tariff. This does show that a lot is left to be analysed and discussed by the US, and with the US when it comes to tariffs. There is a consensus among economists that the imposition of these tariffs would not automatically and instantaneously rectify the problems with the US’ economy. The US is now attempting to reinvigorate its manufacturing sector. The manufacturing sector has for long been outsourced to other countries, as the US chose to focus on the services sector. Furthermore, these announcements did come with the rhetoric of the US becoming a manufacturing hub once again and bringing jobs back to the US. This policy is supposed to be a function of an inward-looking US first foreign policy, and while giving primacy to national interests is a noble thought, US would need to first build capacity for their manufacturing sector which would not happen overnight. There also needs to be greater discourse among the Trump regime about the pressure these tariffs would put on the American consumer. Impact of Tariffs The most immediate impact of the announcement about reciprocal tariffs by the US was on stock markets around the world. The loss that these markets experienced has the most direct impact on the end consumer. Most trade pundits believe that this trend will continue for some time in the immediate future, since there is uncertainty about the long-term impacts of the tariffs. There is also a lack of clarity about how and when the world would at large achieve some consolidation of economic processes. There is a possibility of this escalating to a trade war with countries like Mexico, China, even the EU. Countries might react with their rates of tariffs on US exports that would mimic the rates imposed by the US, thereby beginning a trade war. This would deepen the rift with the US and would not necessarily point towards a solution. As mentioned before, the ultimate pinch would be felt by the consumer, and this would happen across sectors from agriculture to tech. As the financial pressure of the tariffs is passed on to the consumer, it could start a chain reaction of global inflation which would have a definitive impact on social and political stability around the world although the magnitude of it would be different in each country depending on their domestic situation. There is also a large possibility of a shift in global supply chains and a realignment of trade blocks. There would be a need to diversify the supply chains and to reduce dependency on the American markets as well. This could be a chance for the EU to take centerstage in place of the US. Another question that lingers in the air is that of the strength and legitimacy of the systems built by and of the existence of global economic organisations like the WTO. This weakening and undermining of their systems would mean either their reduction to mere suggestions or their complete eradication from the present geo economic structure. It would provide some opportunities for some countries to make a greater contribution towards global supply chains and cement their presence as manufacturing hubs of the world. Impact on India A tariff of 27 per cent has been imposed on India, which does destabilise India’s position in the ongoing trade negotiations with the US. The 27 per cent tariff on India does mean that Indian exports to the US would become more expensive but at the same time this tariff is still less than China, Vietnam, and Thailand. The importance of this comparison lies in the fact that there is great possibility of supply chain realignments which does present an opportunity from India to replace these countries as large-scale suppliers of good to the US. As sectoral analysis of Indian exports to the US reveals that Indian exports like steel, aluminum, pharmaceuticals, and automobiles could become more vulnerable under the new tariff regime. However, textiles present and opportunity as Bangladesh faces 37 per cent tariffs. India will nevertheless have to build capacity in the textile sector. India would have to invest in infrastructure, logistics, and human resources to be able to take advantage of this global economic chaos. India is presently undergoing trade negotiations with the US; it has pledged 25 billion USD in energy imports. India has also reduced the tariff of whiskey from 150 to a 100 per cent, in addition to completely scrapping the 6 per cent digital tax. These steps should help in strengthening the Indo- US ties, however, a change in the tariff rate is not guaranteed. There is a possibility that the US uses this moment to overturn India’s strict regulations on import of GMO products. It remains to be seen what the result of these negotiations will be. These are uncertain times for global economic systems around the world, but they do offer opportunities for both India and the world. It would be interesting to see what the future holds. The author has a PhD from the Centre for the Americas, Jawaharlal Nehru University and is an Asst Professor at the Department of Defence and Strategic Studies, Amity University, NOIDA.

THE FAIR VS DARK CONTROVERSY

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The recent comments by the Kerala Chief Secretary Sarada Muraleedharan calling out discrimination on ground of colour and gender has sparked off an interesting debate, both on social media and mainstream. This is a discrimination, specially on ground of skin colour is something that we saw - and still see - very often during the matrimonial advertisements and on ground too, within our homes when girls are cautioned against staying in the sun for too long and to use creams that will add some degree of fairness to their complexions. The Kerala Chief secretary was calling out a colleague who had linked her work to the colour of her skin saying that her work was as dark (ie not up to the mark) as her skin, while her husband (who is of a fairer complexion) was fair as was his work. There has been widespread agitation over the years that has made somewhat of a dent on judging a person by their skin colour. It was a hangover from our colonial past where the elite or the ruling class was of a fairer colour. But since then, creams that advertised Fair is Lovely have been castigated and now are called the more politically correct, Glow and Lovely; so there has been course correction but obviously not enough. We all have grandmothers that equate good looks with fair colour and warn us against sitting in the sun too long. Dark does come with some negative connotations. Recently I did a podcast where I used a chess board to explain what was happening in Parliament. It just happened that I moved the Opposition first (and so used the white pawn) and the counter move from the government came from the other side, which happened to be the black pawn. And the first criticism that I got was that, aapne government ko kala kar diya (you made the government black!). Black is considered as the colour of bad deeds, of corruption whereas the clean chit comes in the form of a white paper ! That’s just the way the optics have worked out but should it be translated so crassly towards our skin tones? Apart from the gender and colour bias, what was also objectionable was the nature of personal comments at the place of work. Why do men think they can get away with commenting on their (women) colleague’s looks, colour of her skin, her wardrobe or even whether she looks her age or not. Comments in the place of work should be limited to just that. However at the same time optics do matter. What matters is not the colour of your skin but instead the way you carry yourself, the confidence with which you enter a room, wearing well cut ironed clothes instead of crumpled attire and being well-groomed. These are added extras that can make or break your work interview as much as your CV. But these are rules that apply to both men and women. Given the fact that the Kerala Chief secretary was reacting to a comment made about her is a clear indication of the fact that this kind of a mindset that judges people on the basis of their skin colour still prevails, and thereby such conversations still need to be had.

Wildlife Wars: India’s battle against eco-terrorism and global trafficking

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

From Conservation to Countering terrorism India’s biodiversity crisis has escalated into a national security threat, as wildlife trafficking increasingly funds terrorism, insurgency, and organized crime. A new policy vision is imperative. India, home to some of the planet’s most iconic and endangered species, is facing an escalating crisis: wildlife trafficking is no longer just an environmental issue—it is now a matter of national security. Criminal syndicates are targeting India’s tigers, elephants, rhinos, and pangolins to fund terrorism and insurgency, often in alliance with transnational networks operating across Southeast Asia and Africa. As the line between eco-crime and terrorism blurs, India must evolve from traditional conservation to adopting counterterrorism-grade technology, intelligence, and cooperation. This ground level findings presents a comprehensive policy analysis and proposes a futuristic Anti-Wildlife Poaching System (AWPS), drawing lessons from global best practices—especially South Africa’s Rhino DNA Index System (RhODIS)—to address India’s critical conservation and security gaps. New Face of Eco-Terrorism Eco-terrorism—the use of environmental crimes to fund insurgency or militant activity—has become a strategic weapon in the hands of traffickers. In India’s Northeast and along the Indo-Myanmar border, tiger bones, rhino horns, and pangolin scales are trafficked to finance insurgent operations. In South Africa, rhino poaching syndicates with military-grade weapons breach parks like Kruger, with funds allegedly linked to transnational arms and drug networks. These networks not only threaten biodiversity but also challenge sovereignty, destabilize rural communities, and corrupt law enforcement institutions. India’s Broken Shield A. Weak Law Enforcement and Judicial Apathy • Wildlife crime conviction rate remains below 2%. • Absence of dedicated wildlife courts stalls justice. • Wildlife crime is not prioritized by mainstream policing. B. Understaffed, Underequipped Forest Forces • Over 30% staff vacancies in forest departments. • Guards lack proper arms, mobility, and training. • Most patrols are manual and reactive. C. Intelligence Failures and Data Fragmentation • No central wildlife crime database or integration with NATGRID/CCTNS. • Poor inter-agency collaboration across customs, police, cybercrime. • No forensic linkage between seizures and poaching incidents. D. Disengaged Communities in Conflict Zones • Eco-development funds often delayed or underutilized. • Human-wildlife conflict fosters resentment. • Locals sometimes aid poachers due to poverty or coercion. NextGen-AWPS Architecture India must transition from a manual, siloed system to a real-time, technology-driven surveillance and response architecture. Core Components of NextGen-AWPS: • AI/ML Risk Engine: Analyzes live sensor data, predicts poaching risk maps. • Central Command Hub: Integrates NTCA, WCCB, police, border forces. • SMART Mobile Patrols: GPS-tracked patrols with real-time route optimization. • Community App: Anonymous tip line for locals and tourists. • Drone and AI Camera Surveillance: Thermal drones, camera traps with facial recognition. • Acoustic and IoT Sensors: Detect gunshots, chainsaws, and human intrusion. • Blockchain Evidence Chain: Digital forensic logs to improve conviction. Global Tech Models India Can Adapt • South Africa: RhODIS Forensic System • Matches seized rhino horn DNA to poached carcasses. • Used in >5,000 investigations with major convictions. • India can replicate for tigers and pangolins. • Kenya’s Predictive Mapping (PAWS) • AI-based terrain and crime prediction models. • Used to redeploy patrols proactively. • India’s Bandipur and Kanha forests piloting similar models. • Interpol and Cross-Border Models • ENVIRONET and CENComm allow real-time crime alerts. • India should post wildlife attachés in Southeast Asia. • Peru and the Amazon Basin: Indigenous-Led Surveillance • Community-based monitoring using smartphones and GPS mapping has reduced illegal logging and wildlife poaching. • A model for integrating tribal knowledge with real-time tech in Indian forests. • Thailand’s Smart Patrol System • Digital logbooks and GIS-based patrol monitoring systems have helped reduce tiger poaching. • Systematic deployment of data has empowered enforcement. • United States: LEMIS and Operation Crash • Law Enforcement Management Information System (LEMIS) collects import-export data on wildlife. • Operation Crash disrupted international rhino horn trafficking rings, linking to Asian markets. • India can adapt LEMIS-like systems for import-export monitoring. Projected Outcomes • 60–80% reduction in undetected poaching. • 50% improvement in patrol coverage efficiency. • Faster, court-trusted convictions via blockchain. • Surge in community alerts by 70%. Ethical and Operational Considerations • Ensure AI and surveillance follow privacy and data protection laws. • Regular training and capacity building for forest staff. • Solar-powered tech solutions to tackle power scarcity. • Interoperability between central and state systems is key. Strategic Deepening: Advanced Recommendations National Security Integration • Classify wildlife trafficking under UAPA to enable NIA-led investigations. • Form Joint Wildlife-Defense Task Force (JWDTF) with NTCA, IB, NSG, and forest officers. Cyber and Financial Surveillance • Establish Crypto-Intelligence Unit to monitor darknet and crypto-enabled wildlife trade. • AI-driven financial surveillance to track hawala networks and NGO misuse. Strategic Infrastructure • Fortify eco-corridors with e-fencing, motion sensors, and thermal drones. • Wildlife Surveillance Grid (WiS-GRID): National sensor- and drone-based detection network. • Global Diplomacy and Partnerships • Create Wildlife Crime Diplomacy Cell in MEA for bilateral/multilateral coordination. • Advocate for a QUAD Eco-Security Track on wildlife crime and eco-terrorism. • Forge South-South Cooperation Pacts with Brazil, Indonesia, and Congo Basin nations on anti-trafficking tech. • Join forces with EU and UNODC for funding, training, and policy harmonization. • Push for a Global Eco-Crime Convention under the UN, classifying wildlife crimes as transnational organized crime. • Leverage the G20 Presidency Platform to mainstream wildlife security as part of global economic and security discussions. • Encourage technology transfers and joint R&D in surveillance and forensic science. • Strengthen extradition treaties for faster repatriation of wildlife criminals. Institutional and Legal Reform • Wildlife Countercrime Academy for cyber, drone, and forensic training. • Fast-track Wildlife Courts to reduce pendency and enhance convictions. Wildlife Wars: Strategic Takeaways • Wildlife crime = National Security Threat. • India-South Africa Cooperation: Shared task forces, forensic exchanges. • Crypto-Surveillance: Use AI to track financial flows of trafficking rings. • Global Messaging: Elevate wildlife crime at the UN and G20 security agenda. India must establish a National Wildlife Forensics Grid—modeled on RhODIS—for species like tigers, elephants, and pangolins, using portable DNA testing tools in the field. To escalate the seriousness of the crime, organized wildlife trafficking should be legally redefined as a national security threat under laws like UAPA or MCOCA. Financial Intelligence Units (FIU-IND) should be mobilized to trace illicit revenues from poaching through crypto channels and hawala networks. On the international front, India must form bilateral eco-security partnerships with countries such as South Africa, Nepal, Myanmar, and Mozambique for intelligence exchange, extradition, and tech collaboration. Domestically, AI-powered surveillance should be deployed along vulnerable borders like the Indo-Myanmar corridor, with real-time integration into police and intelligence databases to flag high-risk zones. Simultaneously, forest personnel should be trained in counter-insurgency and equipped with tactical gear to operate effectively in eco-terror hotspots. India’s Wildlife Crisis Is a War We Must Win Wildlife trafficking is no longer just a poaching issue—it is a hybrid threat that funds terror, corrodes institutions, and weakens India’s national security. The NextGen-AWPS offers a radical blueprint to change that. With real-time surveillance, forensic precision, international collaboration, and community inclusion, India can create a first-of-its-kind eco-defense system. The future of our forests—and national sovereignty—depends on it.India must act, not only as a custodian of biodiversity but as a defender of its borders, ecosystems, and future generations. The battle for wildlife is a battle for national integrity.To ensure long-term impact, India must institutionalize wildlife security as a permanent fixture in national security doctrine, build multi-agency task forces with real-time intelligence capabilities, and champion international coalitions to combat transnational eco-crime. Only through a whole-of-government and whole-of-society approach can India decisively win this battle. Prof. (Dr.) Nishakant Ojha — a globally celebrated voice in Foreign Diplomacy, a distinguished Counterterrorism strategist, and a pioneering authority in Next-Generation Technologies with frontline experience across global conflict zones and high-security policy forums.

POETRY and PSYCHIATRY

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In physical illness, functional and structural integrity of body are the norms for being normal: gauged by scientifically laid down parameters. On a psychological plane, confusion and disagreement hail us as to what constitutes abnormal. Broad agreement exists on normal behaviour with reference to given culture: it caters to the requirements of social expectations, while abnormal does not; exhibiting bizarreness off and on. One’s head hums; annoying voices emanating from nowhere persist; one sees demons; weird animals, unpleasant odours refuse to vanish; and even one may encounter what Salman Rushdie calls, in story titled, ‘The Harmony of the Spheres’ about Eliot Crane in his book EAST, WEST, ‘brain-storms’. Literary masters of fictions, plays and poetry, from time to time, kept leaving behind insight into disturbances within seeking outside pouring. For instance, Euripides and Othello’s delving into obsessive jealousy and revenge, guilt reaction of Lady Macbeth with her symbolic hand washing to remove ‘the smell of blood’ or De Quincey’s portrayal of ‘the world within’ under the influence of opium dreams which he describes, ‘O heavens! what a revulsion! what a resurrection, from its lowest depths of the inner spirit! What an apocalypse of the world within me.’ The quarrel of these characters was with their own identities: sometimes the quarrel unfortunately leading to suicide or ‘the final act of macabre symmetry’ as Rushdie calls it, or similarly how poet E. A. Robinson describes Richard Cory: ‘gentleman…and admirably schooled in very grace’ going home and putting, ‘a bullet through his head.’ Isolated cases these may seem, still there lurks another side illumining obscure recesses of human psyche. A fertile ground where creativity gets dredged up. Many modern poets attempted to cull out from their own experiences of intense emotional turmoil, the pattern of thought processes symbolic of madness and creativity. Allen Ginsberg’s declaration, ‘I saw the best minds of my generation destroyed by madness, starving, hysterical, naked’ may seem befuddling but then how would one account for cases of John Nash, Vashishtha Narayan Singh and alike. Heuristically it seems to boil down to the agenda of identity. Bizarreness is uniquely linked to creativity which explores grumblings with alienation and disillusionment. While awareness causes pain and suffering which majority of people prefer to avoid, poets intensely engrossed in their anfractuous memory and thoughts don’t seek oblivion from the burden of consciousness. They are occupied with their fragmented, fractured and discontinuous identities. All human beings suffer stress of varying kind and degree but creative minds handle stress situations of prominence differently and let loose their creative outpourings do the rest. Their literary works leave behind an array of questions concerning our existence, relationships, losses, delusions, skills and many more. Poets, with their musings, present wholeness of their identity amidst barbaric upheavals plaguing their psyche: reminding us of Shelly’s lines from The Revolt of Islam, ‘With hue like that when some great painter dips/His pencil in the gloom of earthquake and eclipse.’ Loneliness, depression, insanity, hollowness, melancholia and phantasies are, inter alia, few themes which ran throughout the history of poetry. Psychologists believe that incidence of mental disorders, suicide, cases ending up in mental asylum is more common among poets: they are 20 times more likely to find themselves in an asylum than the general population. Puzzle continues as to similarities between brain patterns of poets and those seized with neurosis and psychosis like schizophrenia and bipolar disorders. Ginsberg encountered mental health issues and dealt with such experiences in his poems HOWL and KADDISH. Beneath razor-sharp mind of Ezra Pound, Lorca, Nirala, Muktibodh, Sylvia Plath, Virginia Woolf, et al, lay a hotbed of conflict, insecurities, fear and numbness. Virginia Woolf admitted it in her DIARIES, ‘The future is dark, which is on the whole, the best thing a future can be. I think………A certain melancholy has been brooding over me this fortnight………….The feeling so often comes to me now- Yes, go on writing of course but into emptiness. I’m a cock-a lonely cock whose crowing nothing breaks.’ The message is writ large. ‘Madness’ is innate in the ‘best minds’ which are withdrawn minds treating external world as irrelevant and threatening but struggling with internal catastrophe. Nevertheless, it does not indicate a ‘sick society’ and their role in it. Often what poets’ experience in mental asylum proves to be catalytic fanning creative impulses into flame. Does society realise the value of creative minds in their nascency? Sometimes in hierarchical relationships creativity of people is treated as a stumbling block: not a useful cog in the spinning wheel. It is sad but true. Despite the belief that doctors know the best about their patients, do psychiatrists acknowledge the disappearance of creativity in some of their ‘gifted patients’? Art and poetry disappear as the wholeness of patients is lost when he finds himself in the desert of madness. Creativity does not vanish: it lives hibernated. While the creativity of John Nash, very exceptionally, could be retrieved which helped him illumine the world, that of our very own Vashishtha Narayan Singh was lost for good. Such patients are perceived as threatening requiring a correction through drugs/therapy rather than as creative. Half the battle is lost there. Had the ideas hanging inside walls of Vashitha Narain Singh’s paralysed mind been salvaged and his mental health even partially restored, Singh could possibly have brought international honour for the country. A pivotal task for psychiatrists is to rescue and bring to public fore lost stories, poems and works of art from their patients. Subsequent civilizations own these lost pieces of art some of which might make history. To round off, let us quote Goethe who echoed, though in context different, the value of renewal of lost world, in Faust, ‘Thou hast it destroyed/The beautiful world/With powerful fist/In ruins ‘tis hurled,/By the blow of a demigod shattered! Mightier/For the children of men,/More splendid/Build it again,/In thine own bosom build it anew!’ K. K. Srivastava, a former officer from C&AG of India, is a poet, writer and columnist. These are his personal views.

Dispel the canards being spread about Waqf reforms

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

After the passage of the Waqf Amendment Bill in Parliament, it is time for full on politics by Opposition parties that had prepared the ground for it by painting the bill as anti-Muslim and communal. Ahead of the Bihar Assembly elections, to be held sometime later this year, a competition of sorts has broken out among parties to prove to their Muslim voters that they are their biggest saviours. Since this cannot be done without painting the ruling coalition as the villain of the piece, Muslims are being told that the Amendment Bill has been designed to snatch away their property and make them second class citizens of the country. When the truth is that the Bill is actually about the management and governance of Waqf property, by making the functioning of the Waqf boards more efficient and transparent, apart from making the boards more representative. While Waqf is assets donated for charitable purposes, with the owner being God once the property is transferred as Waqf, the management of that property by the Waqf boards has come in for severe criticism even by Muslims for being riddled with corruption. Proceeds from such property are to be used for the welfare of the Muslim community and Waqf property cannot be sold. This has not stopped Waqf boards from allowing such land for different purposes in exchange for a hefty sum of money, which, more often than not, has not been used for the betterment of the Muslim community. As Home Minister Amit Shah pointed out in Parliament, “The leased Waqf Board properties were 20,000, but in 2025, as per records which might be wrong, these properties became zero. Where did these properties go? With whose permission were they sold?” As per government data, the country’s 32 Waqf boards are the third highest owner of land after India’s armed forces and the railways. The Waqf boards have enjoyed untramelled powers to claim any property as Waqf, including government or private property. Waqf boards used Section 40 of the earlier Waqf Act to declare any land as Waqf property—decisions that were considered final. For example, two islands in Bet Dwarka, the place where Hindus believe Lord Krishna ruled, was claimed as Waqf property. The municipal building in Surat was declared as Waqf property because of its debatable connection with some Muslims in the past. Entire villages in the South have been declared as Waqf property, as well as the national heritage monument, the Taj Mahal and a 1,500-year-old Chola temple. During the Maha Kumbh Mela 2025 at Prayagraj there was news that the mela ground had been claimed as Waqf property. As Home Minister Amit Shah pointed out in Parliament, between 1913 and 2013, 18 lakh acres of land were claimed as Waqf property, while in just the last 12 years, 21 lakh acres were added to that list. This was primarily because the Waqf boards were given a free hand by the then UPA government through an amendment to the Waqf Act. Essentially, a handful of individuals, by dint of belonging to the Waqf Boards were supposed to be in control of 39 lakh acres of land in the country—a case of a gigantic land grab Hence, amending the Waqf Act to get rid of its draconian provisions and making it more representative and women friendly was the need of the hour and that is what was done. For this, support has come even from Muslims—for instance the All India Muslim Women Personal Law Board—because they too have suffered in several cases of maladministration by the Waqf boards. The problem now is in seeing discrimination towards Muslims where there is none. But then this directly feeds the narrative of “Muslims in danger” in India, and that is what the Opposition has latched on to, with ample help from bodies like the All India Muslim Personal Law Board. Their strategy is about allowing a handful of individuals from this particular community complete control over vast resources, but without any accountability in the hope that they being community leaders will transfer Muslim votes en bloc to the respective political parties. And now there is the worry that this anti Waqf bill movement will be stoked into much bigger protests, the way it was done with the Citizenship Amendment Act, as a result of which an Act that had nothing to do with Indian Muslims, was painted as an instrument to disenfranchise them. The Indian government’s name was made mud internationally in the process. And thus a good reform was almost killed. This Waqf issue is likely to get bigger ahead of the Bihar elections, in the hope that whatever Muslim support Nitish Kumar’s JDU enjoys, melts away. The eventual aim is to drive a wedge among the constituents of the ruling NDA coalition at the Centre and thus destabilise it. Hence, the need of the hour is to increase the channels of communication between the ruling BJP and the Muslim community, so that the latter do not fall for the canards that are being spread about this amendment Bill. Without communication, a good law will be forever tainted in the minds of India’s largest minority community.

Need to rethink tight-fitting attire

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Petticoats and dhotis have long been an essential part of India’s cultural heritage, symbolizing both elegance and tradition. However, hidden beneath their graceful drapes is a rarely discussed health concern—a unique condition referred to as “petticoat cancer” or “saree cancer.” Also known as Marjolin ulcer, this uncommon form of skin cancer typically develops around the waist due to prolonged irritation and friction. The term ‘Saree Cancer’ was first introduced by Dr. Patil et al. in the Bombay Hospital Journal from Bombay Hospital, India, and has recently garnered significant attention in Indian media. This condition arises from the continuous pressure exerted by tightly bound waist cords in traditional Indian attire, leading to chronic irritation. However, it would be incorrect to assume that only Indian garments contribute to this issue. Western clothing, such as tight-waisted jeans, can also cause similar irritation, ultimately leading to the same risks. Over time, this persistent friction can result in chronic ulcers, which, if left untreated, have the potential to develop into aggressive carcinoma. Although petticoat cancer is not a common condition, it remains a significant health concern for individuals who habitually wear tightly tied clothing over extended periods, often spanning several decades. Skin cancer accounts for only 1% of all cancer cases, highlighting that saree or dhoti cancer is rare compared to other forms of cancer. The primary culprit behind this condition is the tight cord of the petticoat, which causes continuous friction and moisture retention, leading to dermatoses such as dermatitis and depigmentation. In rare instances, prolonged irritation and pressure from the cord may contribute to the onset of squamous cell carcinoma. Studies have documented these skin lesions, including their potential malignant transformations, under the term ‘saree cancers.’ The root cause lies in the persistent tightness of the waist cord, which induces chronic inflammation over time, ultimately increasing the risk of malignant changes. It’s not just the knot used in a petticoat that can cause irritation—wearing tightly belted pants can also lead to skin sensitivity, redness, restricted blood flow, and, over time, leave marks around the waist. Tight clothing such as corsets and blouses can further compromise blood circulation. Therefore, it is crucial to avoid wearing tight-fitting clothes for extended periods for the sake of overall health. Although data shows that the risk of developing petticoat cancer is minimal, there is a well-known saying: “Prevention is better than cure”. It is always better to take precautions now by avoiding the habit of wearing excessively tight clothing. In India, cases of petticoat cancer have primarily been reported among elderly women who have worn tightly tied sarees for over 30 or 40 years. For example, a 70-year-old woman developed a persistent ulcer on her right flank, which was later diagnosed as squamous cell carcinoma. Another woman in her late 60s presented with an ulcer that had spread to her lymph nodes, having worn a lugda—a tightly tied saree style—for more than 40 years. While “petticoat cancer” predominantly affects women due to saree-wearing habits, analogous cases have been documented in men wearing tightly bound dhotis. Chronic friction and pressure from the dhoti’s cords can induce skin irritation, pigmentation, and, infrequently, malignant transformations such as squamous cell carcinoma. A documented instance of waistline skin cancer, sometimes termed “dhoti cancer”, involved a 70-year-old South Indian male who, after decades of wearing a tightly bound dhoti, developed a 4x3 cm ulcer proliferative lesion on his waist. This was diagnosed as squamous cell carcinoma, treated via wide local excision with a 2 cm margin. Preventing petticoat cancer begins with changing the way traditional garments are worn and maintained. Dr. Sudhir Kumar, a neurologist from Apollo Hospitals in Hyderabad, emphasizes the need for vigilance and care to mitigate the risk. Here are some recommended practices: Loosen the Fit: Avoid wearing petticoats or dhotis too tightly. Keep them slightly loose and comfortable to reduce pressure on the skin. Avoid Tight Shapewear: Refrain from using saree shapewear that compresses the waist. Rotate Knot Position Change the location of the knot regularly to prevent localized damage to the skin. Choose Quality Fabrics: Opt for high-quality, soft materials like cotton instead of lower-quality alternatives. Maintain Hygiene: Wash garments daily to remove sweat and prevent bacterial buildup. Regular Skin Checks: Examine the skin around the waist regularly for signs of irritation, scarring, or suspicious lesions. Seek Medical Attention: If any unusual skin changes are observed, consult a healthcare professional promptly. We all want to wear body-fitting clothes to achieve a well-shaped appearance. However, while doing so, one must be cautious. If the clothes you wear are too tight, leaving red marks on your skin or making it difficult for you to breathe, it’s time to consider their side effects. Not only this, but extremely tight clothing can also put stress on the stomach and intestines, potentially leading to digestive issues. During summer, we usually prefer loose-fitting clothes to prevent skin infections. Tight clothing traps sweat and heat within the fabric, which can cause rashes and other skin problems. On the other hand, loose clothing allows air circulation, keeping the body cool and fresh. It is not only during summer but in general that we should avoid excessively tight clothing, as it may cause skin irritation and discomfort. There is a famous saying in India that we should eat food according to our preference but wear clothes that are appealing in the eyes of others. However, we would like to correct this notion—rather than dressing to please others, we should prioritize wearing clothes that ensure our own comfort. After all, taking care of our body is the best form of self-care, contributing to better health and a long, healthy life. Dr. Pyali Chatterjee, HOD, Faculty of Law, ICFAI University, Raipur, Chhattisgarh, & Ms.Maitreyee Tembhekar, Student, B.A L.LB (Hons), 1 st year, 2nd sem, The ICFAI University, Raipur, Chhattisgarh.

NAM founders forging tech fututure

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Historical Background and Evolution of Relations India and Serbia, with shared histories and mutual respect, enjoy longstanding ties, tracing back to the era of Yugoslavia. Taking history into account, as co-founders of the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM), India and the former Yugoslavia upheld a vision for independent and non-aligned foreign policy amidst the Cold War’s divisive politics. Serbia, following the dissolution of Yugoslavia, continued to build on this NAM legacy, fostering relations with India based on mutual sovereignty, territorial integrity, and cooperation on multiple fronts. India’s principled stance on Serbia’s sovereignty and its non-recognition of Kosovo’s independence solidify this commitment. Celebrating the 75th anniversary of diplomatic ties in 2023, both nations highlighted this relationship’s enduring strength through symbolic gestures, such as a commemorative postal stamp issued by the Serbian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, which featured iconic national monuments from both countries. This milestone is a testament to the diplomatic maturity and sustained goodwill between the two nations, reflecting their commitment to continued collaboration and support on various international platforms. Deepening Engagements Recent years have witnessed high-level visits and an expansion of economic, scientific, cultural, and defence cooperation between India and Serbia. In June 2023, President Droupadi Murmu’s state visit to Serbia marked a significant moment, being her first visit to Europe and the first such visit by an Indian head of state to Serbia. This visit underscored potential collaborations in diverse sectors, including defence technology, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, and cultural cooperation. Serbia’s President Aleksandar Vucic joined discussions, accompanied by eight Serbian ministers, highlighting Serbia’s enthusiasm to deepen engagements with India across multiple fields. Serbia’s participation in the 2nd Voice of Global South Summit, hosted virtually by India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi in November 2023, exemplifies the two nations’ shared vision of South-South cooperation. Moreover, Serbia’s growing economic engagements with India, particularly in technology, pharmaceuticals, tourism, and agriculture, have set a progressive trajectory for bilateral trade, which has seen a steady increase, totalling around USD 383.6 million in 2023. This growth reflects the increasing alignment in economic interests and the commitment to fostering a mutually beneficial trade relationship. In addition to this, there have been certain visa policy changes that have also been made which are positively Impacting this bilateral relationship. Effective from January 1, 2023, Serbia’s withdrawal of visa-free entry for Indian nationals aligns its policy with the European Union’s regulations. While this policy change may pose a logistical adjustment, it is unlikely to strain diplomatic ties significantly. Given the historical depth of the India-Serbia relationship, such procedural shifts are manageable within the broader diplomatic framework. India and Serbia have both expressed commitment to fostering people-to-people ties, and visa facilitation can always be revisited for smoother interactions. Nonetheless, this new visa requirement could prompt discussions on easing mobility, especially for professionals, students, and tourists from India, which would help maintain the momentum of the ongoing exchanges. Exploring Space and AI together In recent developments, Serbia and India have identified promising avenues of collaboration in cutting-edge technological domains such as space exploration and artificial intelligence. One notable initiative is ShakthiSAT, a project launched by the Indian aerospace startup Space Kids India, aimed at encouraging young women worldwide to pursue careers in space science and technology. A key aspect of the project involves designing, manufacturing, and operating a lunar-orbit satellite entirely by a female team. Serbia’s participation in this initiative marks a significant milestone, with 101 registered Serbian participants in 2023 expressing a strong interest in acquiring knowledge and building cross-border scientific and professional connections. Serbian Minister of Science, Technological Development, and Innovation, Dr. Jelena Begovic, emphasised the importance of this initiative as a global step toward empowering women through STEM education. She also noted that Serbia has a strong representation of women in science, with over 50% of students and PhD holders being female. To further make this collaboration a successful endeavour in the long term, there is a need for developing broader frameworks and streamlined strategies for sustained collaboration between Serbia and India across technological domains. Further deepening bilateral scientific engagement, Serbia hosted the Global Partnership on Artificial Intelligence (GPAI) Summit at the Palace of Serbia in December 2024, gathering over 130 delegates and 1,000 experts from around the world. As the largest international event in the country since the commemoration of the 60th anniversary of the Non-Aligned Movement in Belgrade, the GPAI Summit focused on policy approaches for unlocking the transformative potential of artificial intelligence, promoting ethical and inclusive innovation, and enhancing global cooperation. Notably, Serbia assumed the GPAI presidency from India, reflecting the trust and mutual respect between the two nations. During the summit, Minister Begovic met with India’s Minister of State for Electronics and Information Technology, Shri Jitin Prasada, to discuss opportunities for collaboration in AI and digital technologies. She highlighted Serbia’s commitment to international cooperation in accelerating technological advancement and emphasized the importance of building robust intergovernmental partnerships. Minister Begovic underscored Serbia’s strategic goal to develop effective AI governance mechanisms—ensuring technology remains both safe and innovative. Additionally, it is essential to understand that a deeper AI collaboration is only possible when private sector contributions and academic collaborations, which are essential for driving innovation, become the cornerstone of India-Serbia relations. In AI specifically, partnerships with Indian tech startups, universities, and research institutions could enhance Serbia’s capacity to implement cutting-edge solutions and digitized products. Multipolarity and Mutual Prosperity In the context of an evolving multipolar world, India and Serbia’s relationship serves as a model for diplomatic resilience and shared development. Both countries have maintained their autonomy in foreign policy decisions, often supporting non-aligned or neutral stances on complex global issues. Serbia’s engagement with India in forums such as NAM and the Voice of Global South Summit demonstrates its recognition of India’s role in providing a balanced perspective on global affairs. In the future, India and Serbia can strengthen their partnership by leading multilateral dialogues on issues such as climate change, regional security, and trade facilitation within international forums. Serbia’s geographical position as a bridge between the East and West, coupled with India’s strategic position in Asia, provides a unique advantage in advocating for balanced policies that support emerging economies. Interestingly, today a multipolar world is only possible with different nation-states engaging in strategic defence and security cooperation. In this regard, defence and security cooperation have also evolved as one of the key pillars in India-Serbia relations. Following the 2019 Agreement on Defence Cooperation, regular defence interactions have taken place, and Serbian defence delegations have participated in events like India’s Aero India show in 2023. The mutual interest in defence manufacturing, military technology, and UN peacekeeping training underlines the commitment of both countries to develop a robust security partnership. India’s role as a defence exporter, with capabilities in missile systems, aircraft, and cybersecurity solutions, aligns well with Serbia’s defence modernization goals. By exploring joint research initiatives in defence technology and advanced training programmes, India and Serbia can establish a mutually beneficial defence relationship that aligns with their shared strategic interests. Thus, to conclude, it is important to acknowledge that India and Serbia have successfully maintained a warm and productive relationship rooted in shared values and respect for sovereignty. From political solidarity in the Non-Aligned Movement era to burgeoning economic and defence cooperation, this relationship has adapted to changing global dynamics while retaining its core principles. As both countries continue to navigate a multipolar world, there is ample potential to expand collaborations in education, industrial innovation, and security. Enhanced exchanges through programmes like ICCR and ITEC, coupled with investments in critical sectors, can provide further momentum to this partnership, ensuring that India and Serbia’s friendship continues to thrive in the years to come. Ivona Leskur is a Junior Researcher at the Institute of European Studies in Serbia and a PhD Candidate in Sociology at the University of Belgrade. Monojit Das is an independent researcher on cyber governance. Sudhanshu Kumar is a PhD candidate at the School of International Studies, JNU.

India’s strategy for electromagnetic supremacy in the 6G era

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

As India prepares for the rollout of 6G wireless technology, a significant technological leap is on the horizon, promising ultra-fast connectivity, advanced automation, and seamless machine-to-machine communication. However, this advancement brings complex challenges, especially for India’s defense infrastructure. With the Department of Telecommunications (DoT) gearing up to auction crucial frequency bands for telecom giants like Jio, Airtel, BSNL, and Vi, there is growing concern over the potential impact of spectrum allocation on the Indian Air Force (IAF) and broader military operations. The convergence of civilian and defense spectrum usage demands a strategic approach to safeguard national security and maintain electromagnetic integrity. 6G is expected to utilize upper mid-band (7–24 GHz) and sub-terahertz (100 GHz–1 THz) frequencies to enable applications such as holographic communication, AI-driven automation, and hyper-connected IoT ecosystems. While these technologies promise a future of high-speed, intelligent communication, many of the proposed spectrum bands overlap with frequencies critical to military operations, including Beyond Line-of-Sight (BLoS) communications, airborne radar, and encrypted battlefield networks. Historically, mid-band and mmWave spectrums have been allocated to commercial telecom services, but for 6G, the inclusion of defense-critical bands—such as the 7–15 GHz and 100 GHz–1 THz ranges—raises urgent concerns about potential interference. These frequency bands are vital for strategic military functions like secure data transfer, radar surveillance, and electronic warfare capabilities. Therefore, a defense-first approach in spectrum allocation is essential to prevent operational compromise. The key stakeholders in this process include private telecom operators, defense agencies such as the IAF and Army, and regulatory bodies like the DoT and Ministry of Defence (MoD). A collaborative governance model is necessary to balance economic growth with strategic defense interests. The integration of 6G into military operations presents transformative possibilities, including real-time combat decision-making, improved inter-service coordination, AI-assisted battlefield awareness, secure command-and-control systems, and autonomous drone swarms. Reliable 6G connectivity can enable advanced UAV reconnaissance, encrypted communications using quantum technologies, and AI-powered threat assessments. Yet, these advancements are accompanied by vulnerabilities, particularly to electromagnetic interference (EMI) and cyber threats, which could undermine defense superiority if not addressed with urgency. Electromagnetic Environmental Preparedness (EEP) is critical to ensuring the operational efficiency of India’s defense forces. Key systems that must remain interference-free include radar warning receivers on combat aircraft, AEW&C platforms, UAV communication networks, ISR satellites, and air-to-ground secure links. Without dedicated spectrum zones, increased spectral congestion may degrade these systems and expose military assets to adversarial jamming, cyber intrusions, and operational delays. Moreover, in conflict scenarios, the absence of regulatory frameworks for emergency spectrum reallocation can significantly hinder military decision-making. It is therefore essential to develop legal protocols granting defense forces priority access to the spectrum during wartime and restricting civilian usage in sensitive zones. To address these risks, India must implement a defense-centric spectrum strategy. This includes reserving dedicated frequency bands exclusively for military use, enforcing wartime spectrum reallocation protocols, and establishing a Joint Spectrum Security Task Force (JSST) to coordinate efforts between the DoT and MoD. Technologies like adaptive waveform modulation, frequency-hopping, software-defined radios (SDRs), and electromagnetic shielding must be incorporated into defense systems to minimize EMI. Cybersecurity safeguards, including quantum-resilient encryption and AI-driven threat monitoring, should be prioritized to protect military networks. Additionally, India should invest in indigenous R&D to build defense-grade 6G technologies, reducing dependence on foreign systems and strengthening national security infrastructure. Despite progress, several critical gaps remain unaddressed. India lacks a clear 6G military roadmap and legal frameworks for dynamic spectrum reallocation during emergencies. AI-based spectrum monitoring tools and countermeasures are underdeveloped, while collaboration between the MoD, DoT, and private telecoms is fragmented. Quantum-resilient communications have not been widely implemented, and oversight in space-based communication security poses new vulnerabilities. Addressing these issues is vital to building a secure and future-ready electromagnetic strategy. Global models offer valuable lessons. In the United States, the Department of Defense (DoD) has adopted a defense-first spectrum policy, using AI-enabled tools to monitor unauthorized use and detect electronic warfare threats. China employs an integrated civil-military strategy, reserving dedicated spectrum for the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) and utilizing centralized infrastructure to secure military and civilian networks. NATO and the European Union have developed collaborative governance frameworks that exempt military bands from commercial use and impose strict telecom cybersecurity laws. Russia’s strategy is focused on electronic warfare, emphasizing frequency dominance and advanced jamming to exploit vulnerabilities in civilian systems. These case studies highlight the need for India to build a robust, military-prioritized spectrum strategy. To support air defense and ground operations, the Indian Air Force (IAF) requires dedicated bands for BLoS communication, radar systems, UAV control, and EW resilience. The 7–15 GHz band is essential for encrypted UAV and drone data links, while the 20–30 GHz range supports high-speed command-and-control functions. The 8–12 GHz (X-band) and 33–36 GHz (Ka-band) are vital for fire control and SAR surveillance radars. The 77–81 GHz band is used in tactical drone operations, while sub-terahertz (100 GHz–1 THz) frequencies enable secure EW, jamming resistance, and quantum communications. Military satellite operations rely on the 30–40 GHz (V-band) and 220–330 GHz bands for high-speed ISR and battlefield networking. Protecting these bands is essential to prevent EMI, ensure secure data links, and maintain dominance in air and cyber warfare environments. International examples highlight the consequences of shared spectrum use. In the U.S., the DoD opposed commercial use of the L-band due to interference with GPS and precision-guided weapons. In China, the government has secured exclusive spectrum for military use to operate drone swarms and cyber-electronic warfare systems. Russia’s EW capabilities in Ukraine further demonstrate how frequency control can determine battlefield success, as Russian forces successfully jammed Ukrainian communications and drone frequencies. India has also experienced spectrum interference in sensitive regions like the LAC and Indo-Pak border, where hostile signals disrupted surveillance and reconnaissance missions. These incidents underscore the necessity of an exclusive, encrypted military spectrum. India’s path forward lies in adopting a hybrid spectrum management model. This approach balances economic growth through controlled commercial spectrum use with the need to secure military operations. Key steps include reserving military-exclusive bands, fortifying telecom infrastructure with advanced cybersecurity tools, implementing AI-powered spectrum surveillance, and enacting wartime spectrum protocols. Prioritizing defense in spectrum allocation, fostering collaboration between DoT, MoD, and private operators, and developing national cybersecurity infrastructure are essential components. Strategic partnerships with global allies will help India integrate best practices in electronic warfare defense and spectrum management. By combining dynamic spectrum governance, electromagnetic shielding, AI-based interference mitigation, and quantum-secured communication frameworks, India can secure its place as a global 6G leader while maintaining military preparedness. As the electromagnetic battlefield becomes increasingly contested, safeguarding spectrum access and operational readiness must remain at the heart of India’s digital and defense strategies. The author is a distinguished authority in AI and Next-Generation Electronic Warfare, alongside renowned experts in the field. He is widely recognized as a pioneer in integrating emerging technologies with Defence Strategies globally

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND AGRICULTURAL RESILIENCE: A FUTURE DIRECTION

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Budget 2025 of India specifically highlights the importance of climate resilient districts to tackle climate vulnerability and enhance agricultural export earnings from these districts in order to attain the vision of doubling the farmer income of India. Currently, India’s agriculture is extremely vulnerable to climate change, and each district has different degrees of climate vulnerability because of varying regional climatic and meteorological conditions. According to recent studies, agricultural output in Indian districts gets impacted by unpredictable rainfall patterns, warming temperatures, extreme weather events, endangering food security, rural livelihoods and impacting the goal of doubling the farmer income. Therefore, understanding district-specific agricultural vulnerabilities is essential for creating focused interventions that can improve resilience in India’s agricultural sector through means of state and district specific climate action plans for high risk climate vulnerable zones. A Machine Learning based LSTM Model has been developed to identify such high-risk districts of India requiring immediate action and thus creating, enabling a customized policy mapping for those districts. A district-specific policy offers a more detailed understanding of climate-related hazards assisting farmers and policy makers towards implementing climate adaptation measures. The model uses climate variability factors across districts of India. Relationship between climate variables and agricultural production is mapped by the model with the help of following process – Taking account of past data, LSTM Model predicts agricultural production with reference to climatic variation across the Rabi and Kharif Seasons. Amongst districts of India, the following results emerge out of the LSTM model - In Kharif Season: Thane shows drastic future production decline whereas Ratnagiri, Gwalior shows notable decline requiring attention. East Godavari and Panna show increase in production. Hoshangabad, Jabalpur, Vellore also show gradual decline but less than Ratnagiri and Thane. In Rabi Season: East Godavari (Andhra Pradesh) and Thane (Maharashtra) should be monitored closely, although their rate of decline is slowing. Continuous intervention might be necessary to further slow down or halt the negative trend of production. Ratnagiri shows positive trend in production but still requires support to maintain such growth momentum. Risk Zones and Priority Districts Based on the model predictions for the next 70 years, districts are divided into different risk zones after mapping the future variation in their agricultural vulnerability and exposure to climate variability: High-Risk Zones: These areas show sharp drops in agricultural productivity and are extremely vulnerable to climate change. Immediate measures are crucial, including crop diversification, drought-resistant seed varieties, and upgradation of irrigation infrastructure. Moderate-Risk Zones: These regions are subject to sporadic disturbances, but they can reduce risks by implementing climate-smart farming methods, better soil conservation, and more effective irrigation systems. Low-Risk Zones: Although these regions are not affected much in future, proactive steps like early warning systems and sustainable farming methods are needed to maintain their resilience against future climate unpredictability. Based on the above specific zoning, the model suggests the below mentioned policy matrix for future consideration – Policies for Different Risk Zones As per our LSTM modelling, for the two seasons of Kharif and Rabi, the following findings have emerged: For the Kharif Season, East Godavari District of Andhra Pradesh is in a low risk zone owing to a decreasing pattern of future variation by 2070 For the Kharif Season, Thane and Ratnagiri are in a high risk zone owing to a large pattern of climatic agricultural variation in the future by 2070 The above findings are a snapshot of a large set of findings from our model for each district of India. These findings enhance the importance of strengthening the importance of implementation of state specific climate action plans. State level implementation of central schemes dealing with crop insurance, climate resilient agricultural practices have to increase manifold to address the above zone-specific climate and agricultural vulnerability. A state-specific strategy that incorporates district-level data, its assessment, measurement and monitoring for future policy making and execution must be immediately integrated into central and state level policy frameworks in a cogent way. A systematic approach to climate adaptation that considers the socioeconomic and ecological circumstances of each district must be implemented. Some of the state specific policies may include - Creating State-Specific Climate Policies as an additional lever to the State Level Climate Action Plans: To guarantee that policies adequately address issues unique to a given region and they should be customized based on regional vulnerability assessments based on the modelling outputs as suggested above. Investing in Climate-Resilient Infrastructure: Climate impacts can be considerably reduced by integrating renewable energy sources, enhancing soil health management, and upgrading water conservation systems by promotion of new investments in the green infrastructure for climate resilient agriculture. Encouragement of Climate-Smart Agricultural Practices: Through incentives and awareness campaigns, robust crop types, precision farming, and sustainable soil practices should be promoted. Data for Climate Resilient Agricultural Policy: To enhance data-driven decision-making, governments and farmers can benefit from the use of AI-driven forecasting, predictive analytics, and real-time climate monitoring. Strategic climate adaptation efforts must incorporate localized vulnerabilities if India moves towards a prosperous climate resilient agricultural future for doubling the farmer income. With the advent of changing, upcoming climate challenges, policy makers can protect food security, sustain rural livelihoods, and guarantee sustainable agricultural expansion by giving district-level climate resilience top priority by means of localized data based decision making tools using AI tools. Within the current and future context, this is the only option that the country has for now! Anandajit Goswami is a Professor, Director, Research Director at Manav Rachna International Institute of Research and Studies (MRIIRS), Swati Hans is an Assistant Professor at Manav Rachna International Institute of Research and Studies (MRIIRS). Views are Personal. The authors acknowledge the contributions by Ms. Tanu Dua and Prof. Indu Kashyap for the article.

The M Factor

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

There is as much likelihood of the ‘Utopian world’ becoming a reality as the galactic voyages of the Star Trek series. Bigots, ultranationalists, historical grievances, overambitious generals and arms suppliers continue to initiate civil wars, military coups and battles in many countries (foreign powers often add fuel to the fire). Though India is not as peaceful as Iceland, violent upheavals on a national scale are quite unlikely to happen here because of the mind soothers- high prevalence of religiosity, melodious music, yummy food, frequent festivals, religion named cricket, masala movies, candid OTT serials, gossiping about nears and dears and time pass social media. Humming of songs is a national obsession. We croon everywhere, except when attending a funeral. Some say in jest- bathroom singing developed here as an ingenious solution for doorless bathrooms in the days of yore. A surgeon might sing ‘bahon ke darmiyan’ reflexly, while doing a surgery. If the patient is being operated upon under spinal anaesthesia, he or she might overhear the surgeon and have a sinister thought- Is the surgeon concentrating on the surgery? Constant humming may also get on the nerves of the family members- someone’s meditation can turn into agitation. Most Indians acquire a saintly disposition at dawn. This helps us make amends for the sins (especially lying and subterfuge) likely to be committed during the rest of the day. Once I was driving my fully occupied car unenthusiastically at the crack of dawn because I had to attend a social event in a nearby city just for the sake of societal norms. I was feeling sleepy and there was some risk of the car turning into a steel coffin. So, I put on an energetic movie song. My friend’s father reacted as if I had pricked his bottom with a pin. ‘Put on bhajan/kirtan. Stop this chalu filmy song immediately.’ I complied in an instant. Later, I came to know that he called me ‘adharmi’, behind my back. Of course, I agree partially with this. As a counterbalance, I will have to do multiple good deeds of high impact to reserve my seat in heaven. ‘Generation gap’ can also lead to ‘song wars’, especially in vehicles. Myself and my better-half have signed the ‘Treaty of Ludhiana’ with our offspring. On the onward car journey, songs of their choice get played and we get to decide on the return journey. People have scored noteworthy goals with the aid of songs. Long ago, a friend of mine sang ‘baharo phool barsao, mera mehboob aaya hai’ in a family gathering and the dazzling damsel he coveted made way to his heart on a red carpet of emotions. If the bride sings for the bridegroom at the marriage celebration, his love hormones go through the roof. Nowadays, breakups aren’t rare. There are medicines for heart attacks but none for broken hearts. But ghazals like ‘Hum ko kis ke gham ne maara, ye kahaani fir sahi’ and songs like ‘The break-up song’ can act like Fevikwick. Karaoke, the Japanese invention, makes a common person feel like a star. If a karaoke group becomes too big, there is more clapping at the end of a singer’s performance but every singer gets to sing fewer songs. ‘Drink and sing’ can lead to complications- though not as serious as ‘drink and drive’. There can be sudden onset of overconfidence in one’s singing. Sing a song or lend an ear to a song- embrace music to keep vices and high blood pressure at bay!

National Education Policy 2020: A vision of transformed society from skill enhancement, character building to global citizenship

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Education serves as the bedrock for the holistic development of an individual, laying the foundation for the quality of human life. Its role in shaping a civilized and cultured society is paramount. Education must offer a comprehensive and integrated approach from the very beginning of life. In its true sense, holistic education examines all facets of human existence. It is designed to nurture physical and mental well-being, foster moral values, build character, cultivate patriotism, enhance knowledge, and promote the development of a skilled personality. All this, while striking a balance between spiritualism and materialism, with the goal being the welfare of humanity. The core objective of the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 is to create citizens who are firmly grounded in Indian values yet possess a global outlook. The policy reflects the richness and significance of India’s cultural heritage and traditions. By championing a value-based education system, the NEP 2020 aims to cultivate citizens who possess truthfulness, religious conduct, peace, love, non-violence, a scientific mindset, and a commitment to universal human values. There is no doubt that the NEP 2020 will not only enrich students with multidisciplinary and multi-dimensional knowledge but will also equip them with the character to engage with global challenges while remaining deeply rooted in the cultural fabric of India. These youth will not only address contemporary global issues but will also carry the torch for the revival of India’s cultural renaissance on the global stage. Education in the Mother Tongue: A Way to liberate from Colonial Legacy and Mindset Language is not merely a medium of communication but an essential pillar of identity, heritage, and societal wealth. The revered poet and philosopher Bharatendu Harishchandra once said, “Nij bhasha Unnati Ahe, Sab Unnati ko Mool”—meaning the progress of society is intricately tied to the development of its native language. The NEP 2020 empowers us to take pride in our mother tongue, simultaneously freeing us from the shackles of colonial mentality. If education is delivered in a foreign language rather than in the mother tongue, it not only hinders the learning process but also turns the adoption of another language into an unnecessary burden. The Macaulay-led education system, which promoted Western ideals, inflicted long-lasting damage to India’s traditional education framework, leading to the marginalization of Indian languages and knowledge systems. The NEP 2020 seeks to dismantle this colonial legacy by promoting the use of local languages, which are the true vessels of culture and philosophy. It is widely acknowledged that language shapes thoughts, behavior, and culture, making the provision of education in the mother tongue a significant step forward in the NEP’s vision. The ancient Indian education system, known for its emphasis on holistic development, did not merely focus on academic achievement but integrated religious teachings, moral education, and the cultivation of human values. A cornerstone of the prosperity of Indian society was its deep-rooted commitment to character building. The Indian system of education aimed not only to impart knowledge but to shape individuals into virtuous, well-rounded citizens. The National Education Policy 2020 continues this tradition by incorporating physical, mental, spiritual, and moral development into its framework. From the earliest Vedic traditions, character building has been recognized as essential to the human experience. For any nation’s progress, its citizens must have a profound understanding of introspection, reflection, and philosophical inquiry. The NEP 2020 emphasizes nurturing citizens with high moral character and ethical conduct, serving as catalysts for India’s reconstruction. Swami Vivekananda famously stated, “The true education is that which enables us to build our life, become human, shape our character, and harmonize our thoughts.” Similarly, Madan Mohan Malviya envisioned an educational philosophy that integrates the overall development of individuals with a deep sense of patriotism, selflessness, and respect for society. Fostering Research and Innovation: A New Horizon for India’s Future The NEP 2020 envisions an education system that fosters critical skills such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, design thinking, holistic health, and biological sciences. The policy has curated curricula at all levels to encourage the development of these essential skills. Importantly, the NEP emphasizes that evaluation should go beyond rote memorization, focusing instead on creative, reflective learning assessments. In addition, the NEP encourages students to engage in internships with local industries, artisans, and entrepreneurs, providing them with real-world experience. Higher education institutions, the hubs of knowledge creation, are being equipped to foster innovation and cutting-edge research. Through this emphasis on research, students will have the opportunity to excel and become pioneers in the realms of knowledge and technology. Incorporating Indian Knowledge Traditions: A Resurgence of Cultural Heritage One of the key features of the NEP 2020 is its emphasis on the inclusion of Indian knowledge traditions within the curriculum. This initiative aims to cultivate social, cultural, and moral values among students, while also enhancing their creative and problem-solving skills. To restore India’s position as a global leader, it is imperative to revive the rich intellectual heritage of ancient Indian knowledge systems. The integration of these traditions into education aligns with India’s Sustainable Development Agenda for 2030, which aims to ensure inclusive and equitable quality education for all. Moreover, teachers are being trained in these traditions so that they can impart the wisdom of India’s heritage to their students. The policy’s promotion of interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary education allows students to engage in a more holistic approach to learning, enabling them to explore multiple fields of study simultaneously. The NEP’s focus on student-centric, research-oriented, and innovative higher education will ensure that the academic environment is more conducive to creativity and intellectual growth. Skill and Entrepreneurship Development: Paving the Path for Innovation India’s startup ecosystem has witnessed remarkable growth in recent years, positioning the country as the third-largest startup hub globally. The rise of startups in India has significantly contributed to the nation’s progressive economy. From just 350 startups in 2014, the number has soared to over 159,000, with more than 11 unicorns fostering technological innovation. With the advent of the NEP 2020, this surge in startups is expected to accelerate. Unlike traditional education policies, NEP 2020 goes beyond textbooks, emphasizing innovation, research, and problem-solving skills. The policy aims to foster practical, real-world skills alongside theoretical knowledge. By focusing on critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, and entrepreneurship, the NEP is preparing India’s youth to thrive in a rapidly evolving global landscape. The primary vision of the NEP 2020 is to create an education system that not only prepares students to become global citizens but also ensures that they are deeply rooted in Indian ethics, knowledge, skills, and values. The holistic education approach, with its commitment to human rights, sustainable development, and global welfare, will empower the youth of India to shape the future of the world. Prof. Rama Shanker Dubey Vice-Chancellor, Central University of Gujarat, Vadodara

Trump Taxing Americans – Global Trade Will Re-balance to American

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

President Donald Trump recently introduced sweeping tariffs on imported goods, establishing a baseline 10% tariff on most items, with significantly higher tariffs on imports from countries experiencing substantial trade imbalances, such as China, the European Union, Mexico, India, and Japan. While Trump and his administration argue that these tariffs will restore American manufacturing and reduce trade deficits, the reality is far more complex. By imposing these tariffs, Trump may inadvertently be taxing American consumers while pushing global trade to rebalance in a manner that ultimately disadvantages the United States. The immediate impact of the new tariffs will be felt by American consumers, who will see higher prices on everyday goods. For example, fresh produce from Mexico, a key import, could rise in cost by 20% or more, making groceries more expensive for families across the country. Similarly, electronics imported from China, including smartphones and laptops, are expected to see price hikes due to tariffs ranging from 20% to over 40%. This added financial burden comes at a time when inflation is already squeezing American household budgets. Nobel laureate economist Paul Krugman has criticized the strategy, emphasizing that tariffs function as a consumption tax, disproportionately affecting low and middle income households. He argues that the assumed benefits for domestic manufacturing are exaggerated, as many industries depend on global supply chains, which tariffs only disrupt. Historical data supports the claim that tariffs are ultimately paid by consumers. During the trade war in 2018, Trump imposed tariffs on $250 billion worth of Chinese goods, and studies showed that American importers—and, consequently, consumers bore nearly the entire cost. An analysis by the National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) found that tariffs cost the average American household $831 annually during that period. With the newly announced tariffs, similar outcomes can be expected, if not worse. Joseph Stiglitz, another Nobel Prize-winning economist, points out that the new tariffs could also backfire by causing supply chain disruptions that ultimately hurt American producers. For instance, tariffs on aluminium and steel in 2018 led to increased costs for U.S. manufacturers, particularly in the automotive and aerospace industries, reducing competitiveness. Global Trade Dynamics - Unintended consequences of Trump’s strategy seems focused on pressuring foreign manufacturers to move production to the U.S. or lower their prices to stay competitive. However, this approach may backfire. International producers, particularly those in strategic sectors such as technology and automotive, are more likely to diversify their supply chains away from the U.S. to avoid long-term risks. Already, China and the EU have begun seeking alternative trade partnerships to reduce dependency on the American market. One striking example of this shift is China’s increased outreach to India to strengthen bilateral trade relations, an effort aimed at reducing its reliance on American imports. By fostering stronger ties with other major economies, China aims to mitigate the impact of U.S. tariffs and maintain a stable trade environment. Moreover, patriotism and national pride may lead to unintended bias against U.S. products. In Canada, for instance, grassroots campaigns encouraging the boycott of American goods have gained traction, reflecting a growing resentment toward perceived economic bullying. During upcoming elections, Trump’s Canadian position will be played up by both political parties further widening cultural and thus economic chasm. Such social movements could further erode the competitiveness of U.S. exports in key allied markets. According to economist Dani Rodrik, forcing abrupt changes in global trade relationships can create instability that takes decades to resolve. He notes that U.S. firms already feeling the effects of supply chain disruptions may lose global market share as competitors adjust to new trade realities. Rebalancing That Will Disadvantages America - Instead of pressuring trading partners to concede to U.S. demands, the tariffs may push them to explore more robust intra-regional trade agreements. For instance, the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP) has already expanded to include the United Kingdom, making it more appealing as an alternative to U.S.-centric trade. Similarly, the EU and China have been deepening economic ties, potentially marginalizing the U.S. from future trade benefits. Limited Gains for Domestic Manufacturing: The notion that tariffs will bring manufacturing jobs back to the U.S. is appealing but often exaggerated. Manufacturing has been declining as a share of GDP for decades due to automation and the global shift toward services. Even if some jobs return, they may be in highly automated plants, requiring fewer workers and offering less economic stimulus than anticipated. Additionally, companies facing higher input costs may reduce hiring or shift production to non-tariffed countries, further diluting the supposed benefits. Tariffs rarely lead to long-term gains in manufacturing employment. Instead, they tend to raise costs for producers reliant on imported components, reducing profitability and limiting job growth. Political and Social Implications: Politically, the tariffs might appeal to Trump’s core base, who cheer them as a bold step to defend American interests. However, as prices rise, even the current supporters may begin to question whether the economic sacrifice is worth the perceived long-term gains. Small businesses that rely on imported goods could be hit hardest, leading to closures or layoffs that disproportionately affect lower-income communities. The affected countries primarily have middle-class-driven economies, which will quickly shift their preference towards non-US goods. This shift will further impact the US manufacturing sector. The bottom line is…Trump’s tariff policy risks backfiring by increasing costs for consumers, prompting global trade realignments unfavourable to the U.S., and failing to deliver the promised resurgence of American manufacturing. While the intention to level the playing field is clear, the method may ultimately leave Americans bearing the brunt of the cost while international competitors adapt and thrive. More nuanced and cooperative trade policies are essential to strengthen the U.S. economy.

The Unwavering Voice: Freedom of Speech, Satire, and the Shifting Sands of Sedition

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the vibrant tapestry of a democracy, the fundamental right to freedom of speech and expression serves as the very thread that holds it together. It is the cornerstone upon which dissent is built, ideas are exchanged, and governments are held accountable. Recent events, particularly the ongoing discourse surrounding stand-up comedian Kunal Kamra’s work, once again bring this crucial right into sharp focus, prompting a necessary introspection about its boundaries and the prevailing climate of tolerance. The controversy surrounding Mr. Kamra’s comedic acts, often critical of political figures and government policies, has sparked heated debates. While some view his brand of humour as essential satire, others perceive it as crossing a line, leading to calls for censorship or even legal action. This situation inevitably draws a parallel to the era of the legendary cartoonist R.K. Laxman. For decades, Laxman’s iconic “Common Man” fearlessly skewered politicians across the spectrum, his sharp wit and insightful observations becoming a mirror reflecting the nation’s socio-political realities. His cartoons were not always flattering, yet they were largely accepted as a vital part of public discourse, often prompting reflection rather than outright condemnation. The contrast between the reception of Laxman’s pointed critiques and the backlash faced by contemporary satirists like Mr. Kamra raises a crucial question: have our levels of tolerance for dissenting voices diminished? Or perhaps, is there a growing bias based on who the criticism is directed towards? The angle of personal bias undoubtedly plays a significant role in how we perceive and react to criticism. When a comedian or a cartoonist targets a leader or a party we support, our immediate reaction might be one of offense or defensiveness. Conversely, when the target is someone we oppose, we might be more inclined to see the humour or the validity of the critique. This inherent human tendency towards bias can cloud our judgment and make it difficult to objectively assess the merit of the speech itself. A particularly concerning aspect of the current climate is the perceived difference in reaction when criticism is directed at the government versus when it targets leaders in the opposition. In a healthy democracy, the ruling dispensation, wielding the power of the state, must be particularly open to scrutiny and dissent. Curbing voices that question the government’s policies and actions can stifle accountability and lead to an environment where alternative perspectives are suppressed. While criticism against opposition leaders is also part of the democratic process, the potential ramifications of silencing voices critical of the government are arguably more profound, as it directly impacts the checks and balances essential for preventing authoritarian tendencies. The line between legitimate criticism and defamation or incitement to violence is undoubtedly a delicate one. However, this line must be drawn carefully and objectively, based on established legal principles, and not on the subjective sensitivities of those in power or their supporters. The fear of facing legal action or social ostracism for expressing critical views can have a chilling effect on free speech, leading to self-censorship and a less informed public discourse. As a nation deeply committed to democratic values, we must strive to cultivate a culture of greater tolerance for diverse viewpoints, even those that make us uncomfortable. The ability to laugh at ourselves, including our leaders and our policies, is a sign of a mature and confident society. While disagreement and debate are inherent to a democracy, the suppression of dissenting voices, regardless of who they target, ultimately weakens the very foundation upon which our freedoms are built. Upholding the fundamental right to freedom of speech and expression, in its truest sense, requires us to be vigilant against any attempts to stifle legitimate criticism and to foster an environment where all voices, even those that challenge the status quo, can be heard without fear. This controversy inevitably draws parallels to the iconic work of R.K. Laxman, whose cartoons, published over decades, fearlessly lampooned politicians and societal foibles. Laxman’s “Common Man,” a silent observer of the political circus, became a symbol of the ordinary citizen’s voice, a voice that often spoke truth to power through biting wit and visual commentary. While Laxman’s work was undoubtedly critical, it was also imbued with a sense of gentle irony, a quality that perhaps mitigated the sting of his satire. The Indian Constitution, through Article 19(1)(a), guarantees the right to freedom of speech and expression, a cornerstone of our democratic fabric. However, this right is not absolute and is subject to reasonable restrictions, including those related to public order, decency, and morality. The challenge lies in defining these restrictions in a manner that safeguards both individual liberty and societal harmony. Moreover, the discourse surrounding such cases must move beyond partisan rhetoric and engage with the nuanced realities of artistic expression. We must foster a culture of tolerance, where differing opinions are respected, and where satire is recognized as a legitimate, albeit sometimes provocative, form of social commentary. The Kunal Kamra dispute, like many before it, serves as a stark reminder that the freedom of speech is not a static concept. It is a dynamic and evolving right, constantly tested and redefined by the changing tides of society. As we navigate this complex terrain, we must remember that the true strength of a democracy lies not in suppressing dissent but in fostering a robust and open exchange of ideas, even those that make us uncomfortable. Prof. (Dr.) Deevanshu Shrivastava, Professor of Law, GL Bajaj Group of Institutions, Greater Noida.

Modi’s Educational Reforms and the Colonial Remnants in the Recent Critique of NEP

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, in fact delves into the broader vision than thought by some and underpins transformative reforms. While some argue that the policy undermines federalism, public education, and secularism, a closer examination reveals that NEP 2020 is a strategic initiative aimed at revitalizing India’s educational landscape by restoring to its rich intellectual heritage, aligning with global best practices, and fostering self-sustaining institutions. Historically, India had a comprehensive knowledge system that ensured the effective transfer of a holistic episteme from generation to generation. A smooth transition of this tradition to the modern day needs was hampered by successive colonial interferences and colonial remnants even after Independence. This led to several glaring gaps in the modern education systems. Recognizing the urgent need to bridge these gaps, the Modi government introduced several groundbreaking reforms aimed at enhancing the quality, accessibility, flexibility and skill orientation of education across India. The National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 is more than a reform—it is a civilizational reset that seeks to position India as a true Vishwaguru, or global knowledge leader. While the policy is rooted in global best practices, it also aims to restore India’s intellectual traditions that were systematically sidelined under colonial rule. However, its opposition comes from intellectual class, long conditioned by Western academic frameworks, who view any effort to decolonize education as a threat to their ideological stronghold. This critique is not just about policy—it is a deeper battle for India’s intellectual sovereignty.

A Break from Macaulay’s Chains

Since the infamous Macaulay education system was imposed in 1835, India’s vast indigenous knowledge traditions—spanning mathematics, yoga, philosophy, metallurgy and linguistics—were deliberately erased in the favor of an English-centric curriculum. NEP 2020 is India’s first major attempt at reversing this historical injustice. The policy introduces a balanced curriculum that integrates modern scientific advancements with the intellectual wealth of India’s past. From the foundational contributions of Aryabhata in astronomy to Charaka’s advances in Ayurveda, the revised curriculum aims to instill pride in India’s knowledge systems while ensuring global competitiveness. Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, a visionary educationist and founder of Banaras Hindu University (BHU), strongly advocated for an Indian knowledge system that counters Western dominance. His vision was rooted in the belief that India’s education should be an amalgamation of modern scientific advancements and the deep-rooted wisdom of ancient texts. NEP 2020 embodies this vision by integrating subjects like Sanskrit, Indian philosophy, and traditional sciences into mainstream education. However, critics dismiss this initiative as an attempt to “communalize” education. This amounts to their inability to distinguish between nationalism and sectarianism. If China can reintroduce Confucian thought, France can fiercely protect its linguistic and cultural heritage, and Japan can incorporate Bushido ethics in education, why should India’s efforts be labeled as regressive? Some argue that NEP 2020 isolates India from global education trends, a claim that does not hold up to scrutiny. The policy promotes a multidisciplinary, skill-based, and technology-integrated education model that mirrors the best global practices. The emphasis on critical thinking, vocational education, and flexibility aligns with education systems in countries like Finland and Singapore. The restructuring of board examinations and introduction of credit-based learning make Indian higher education compatible with international institutions. Yet, despite these clear global alignments, a few people remain opposed to NEP. The reason? The policy disrupts their monopoly over the academic discourse, which has remained tethered to colonial and Western paradigms. Another misplaced critique is that NEP promotes “commercialization” by encouraging a mix of public and private investment. However, financial sustainability is key to creating world-class institutions. Universities such as Oxford, Harvard, and MIT thrive on a hybrid funding model, where government support is complemented by private investments. India’s Higher Education Financing Agency (HEFA) follows this tested model to ensure financial independence while maintaining academic excellence. The real concern for detractors is that such reforms reduce dependency on the old networks of patronage that have long controlled Indian academia. For decades, public institutions suffered outdated curricula. NEP 2020 aims to change that by encouraging institutions to innovate, generate revenue, and compete at a global level. It is not privatization—it is empowerment. A major concern raised by critics is that NEP weakens state control over education. However, this claim overlooks the significant support provided to state education systems through initiatives like PM SHRI Schools and SSA. These initiatives are designed to enhance school infrastructure, promote innovation, and increase institutional capacity. PM SHRI Schools aim to create model institutions that embody NEP principles, fostering experiential learning, holistic education, and skill development. Meanwhile, SSA provides states with the financial and technical support necessary to implement quality education reforms. By ensuring accountability and innovation at the grassroots level, these initiatives reinforce, rather than weaken, state education systems. At its core, the opposition to NEP 2020 is not just about policy disagreements but about an existential crisis within India’s old intellectual elite. This class, deeply influenced by Western scholars, remains uncomfortable with the idea of an India-first education system. For years, they have dictated academic discourse, dismissing Indian traditions as “mythology” while glorifying Western theories. A nationalist government committed to reclaiming India’s intellectual identity is naturally seen as a disruptor to their comfortable order. The reintroduction of ancient texts, the emphasis on Sanskrit and regional languages, and the recognition of indigenous knowledge systems challenge their long-held assumptions. Their opposition is not rooted in academic rigor but in ideological resistance to the rise of an independent, self-confident India. Criticism of NEP 2020 as “commercialization” ignores the necessity of financial sustainability for world-class education. Leading global universities rely on hybrid funding models, and India’s HEFA and ANRF follow this best practice to ensure financial independence without compromising academic integrity. Opposition largely stems from the disruption of entrenched patronage networks that have long controlled public institutions. NEP 2020 fosters innovation, autonomy, and results-driven funding, freeing institutions from bureaucratic stagnation. Fears of profiteering are misplaced, as a well-regulated framework with performance-linked funding and transparency ensures accountability. Globally, even public universities generate independent revenue—India’s institutions should not be denied the same opportunity. Rejecting reforms in the name of “commercialization” risks keeping Indian education stagnant. The real issue is not private investment but institutional freedom to thrive without bureaucratic constraints—NEP 2020 paves the way for this transformation. NEP 2020 is not about returning to the past; it is about using India’s intellectual traditions as a springboard for future global leadership. A truly world-class education system does not discard its own roots; it integrates them into a modern framework. The policy is a step towards achieving this balance—ensuring that an Indian student excels in artificial intelligence and quantum computing while also understanding the philosophical depths of the Upanishads and the scientific rigor of Sushruta’s surgical techniques. Those criticizing NEP 2020 are not protecting education; they are protecting an outdated colonial mindset. If India is to reclaim its rightful place as a Vishwaguru, it must embrace its knowledge traditions with the same confidence that Western nations exhibit in preserving their own. The time for India’s intellectual renaissance has arrived, and no ideological resistance should stand in its way. Aano bhadra krtavo yantu vishwatah — “Let noble thoughts come to me from all directions.” (Rig Veda 1.89.1) This timeless Vedic mantra encapsulates the essence of NEP 2020—a vision not of isolation, but of embracing the wisdom of all civilizations while standing firmly rooted in India’s intellectual legacy, for the welfare of the humanity (Vishw Kalyan). Raghavendra P. Tiwari Vice Chancellor, Central University of Punjab, Bathind

Muhammad Yunus is singing Pakistan’s tune

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Bangladesh government caretaker, Muhammad Yunus seems to fancy himself as a leader of international status, just because he has had the backing of the Democratic establishment in the United States. So much so that he is now trying to decide the future of the Indian subcontinent, by literally offering India’s Northeast to China—that is the only way to interpret the statement he made during his China visit. “The seven states of India, the eastern part of India, are called the Seven Sisters. They are a landlocked…country…region of India. They have no way to reach out to the ocean. We (Bangladesh) are the only guardian of the ocean for this region,” he said. It is not known from which geography book Yunus has been taking his lessons that he thinks India’s Northeast—which he initially misidentified as a country—is landlocked and does not have any access to the sea. Also what made him arrogate himself as the “guardian of the ocean” when his country has a coastline of a mere 710 km, and the ocean is named after India, which has thousands of kilometres of coastline along that “ocean”? Also, no state in India is landlocked because they have full access to the whole country’s coastline, with innumerable ports, giving even the remotest corner of the country full access to the sea. It’s just a matter of connectivity—building infrastructure to ensure ease of access. With the focus that the current government is giving on connectivity, this is true even for the Northeast, which has witnessed major infrastructure boom in the last ten years. Yunus cannot rewrite geopolitics by erasing India from the Indian subcontinent. But the problem is deeper. The problem is in Yunus’ intent, rather his malicious intent. On the one hand Yunus is trying to stir the insurgency pot in the Northeast, by alluding to the supposed grievances of the region, and on the other he is offering China to use Bangladesh as a base to encircle India’s Northeast, thus increasing India’s security problems. It’s an open invitation to meddling by hitting India where it will hurt most, in the Northeast, which is connected to the rest of the country with a narrow Siliguri Corridor, commonly known as the chicken’s neck. Right from the time Yunus has been installed in power, voices have been heard in his administration about targeting the Siliguri Corridor and dismembering and thus weakening India. There is talk in Bangladesh of reviving an air force base at Lalmonirhat, near the border with India and right next to the Siliguri corridor, thus constantly threatening India. But they also have the realization that such things are easier said than done, because of India’s sheer heft, hence Yunus has resorted to wooing China. At the same time he is speaking of being in the best of terms with India. This is sheer duplicity. The buzz is that India did not allow Yunus to travel to India, and hence he went to China. It seems the China visit was meant to teach India a lesson, and to an extent his comments were driven by spite. But then Yunus has been spiteful towards India right from the day he has taken office because of India’s strong links with his archenemy, Sheikh Hasina. He has not paid any heed to India’s concerns about the state of the minorities in his country, about how jihadis have been targeting them, how Bangladesh has been descending into anarchy and street violence was becoming the norm. He has always brushed aside India’s concerns and has accused India of exaggeration. Till date, he has not done anything to reassure India that he will not act against India’s interests. It is obvious that his deep rooted animosity towards India stems from his and his jihadis’ strong links with Pakistan. Yunus has been taking Bangladesh closer to Pakistan. It was on Islamabad’s instigation that Dhaka suggested that New Delhi should help it revive SAARC, of which Pakistan is a part—the SAARC which India has removed from among its foreign policy agenda because of the Pakistan factor. Pakistan has been weaponising Yunus to needle India, so it should not come as a surprise if the statements he made in Beijing were also fed to him by the generals of Rawalpindi HQ. But Yunus may realise sooner than later that China does not decide its foreign policy on the whims and fancies of its vassal states. Its policies are dictated solely by its own interests and that India-China relations operate at a different level. There is no doubt that it’s a difficult relationship, especially since China does not want India to rise. But China too realises that letting relations sour with India has been one of its biggest foreign policy mistakes in the 21st century, the reason why it is making placatory noises now. That India has no reason to trust China, is a topic for another day. For the time being, Yunus should be more worried about the fact that he is offering his country on a platter to a predatory China. This is bound to make his country go belly up, the way all Chinese vassal states have gone. Yunus is suffering from delusions of grandeur. When his fall comes, it will be a hard one.

Cancelled dreams: NET & NEET storm and the new law

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The National Testing Agency (NTA) is an independent organization created by the Government of India to administer admission and eligibility examinations for higher education institutions. The main goal is to provide equitable, transparent, and uniform testing procedures nationwide. Since its establishment, the NTA has been tasked with overseeing a range of important examinations, such as the NET and NEET (UG), CUET, GPAT, CMAT that have significant impacts on academic and professional sphere in India. Establishment of this agency was aimed to ensure the integrity and dependability of these tests by establishing strong security measures, employing cutting-edge technology, and adhering to stringent standards. Nevertheless, recent disputes, such as the purported leakage of the NEET paper and the abrupt termination of the NET exam, have prompted doubts regarding its effectiveness and highlighted the necessity for ongoing enhancements and increased responsibility to fulfil the expectations of candidates and stakeholders. The National Eligibility Test (NET) in India is a vital test for those seeking to pursue careers in academia and research. It is administered by the National Testing Agency (NTA). The NET test acts as a means for applicants to qualify for the position of Assistant Professor and get Junior Research Fellowships (JRF) at Indian institutions and colleges. The exam is conducted biannually and evaluates applicants’ expertise in many fields and their ability to do research. The National Eligibility cum Entrance Test (NEET)- UG is the primary entrance test for candidates who wish to enter undergraduate medical and dentistry degrees (MBBS/BDS) in India. Administered on a yearly basis by the NTA, NEET guarantees a standardized and competence-driven procedure for accepting students into medical institutions throughout the nation. The National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test (Undergraduate) or NEET-UG (medical entrance examination) was administered by the NTA on May 5 and the results were announced on June 4. The exam, which is currently making headlines due to allegations of question paper leakage and irregularities, attracted approximately 24 lakh students. Unprecedented in the history of NTA, a total of 67 candidates achieved All-India Rank 1. Reports of paper breaches and the distribution of grace marks have raised concerns about the integrity of the exam since that time. The NTA also conducted University Grants Commission-National Eligibility Test (UGC-NET) exam on June 18 but it was cancelled by the Ministry of Education, Government of India, on June 19, one day after it was administered, in order to guarantee the utmost transparency and integrity of the examination process. The report which came the very next day from a preliminary investigation said that the question paper was leaked 48 hours prior to the exam. The paper was sold for Rs 6 lakh on the dark web and encrypted social media platforms, according to the report. The National Cyber Crime Threat Analytics Unit of the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre under the Ministry of Home Affairs provided the University Grants Commission (UGC) with specific inputs regarding the examination on June 19, 2024. Prima facie, these inputs suggest that the integrity of the aforementioned examination may have been compromised. The protest that happened after the notice by NTA to cancel the exam was out, was attended by a significant number of students, including members of political organizations such as the Students’ Federation of India (SFI), All India Students Association (AISA), Democratic Students’ Front (DSF), Krantikari Yuva Sangathan (KYS), and Congress-affiliated NSUI. The Akhil Bharatiya Vidyarthi Parishad (ABVP), which is affiliated with the RSS, also organized protests on the north campus of Delhi University and the Jawaharlal Nehru University. Thousands of applicants are in shock at the unexpected cancellation of the NET test, which has left candidates who spent months, preparing rigorously feeling severely emotionally and psychologically damaged. The sudden cancelation of the exam, together with the build-up to it, have left me feeling quite frustrated and let down. Furthermore, a large number of applicants had to bear a heavy financial load by paying for lodging, transportation, and other associated fees just to have their efforts in vain. Outside of the financial ramifications, the time and energy spent getting ready for the test are priceless. Many times, juggling other obligations, candidates carefully plan only to have their dreams dashed. The widespread anguish highlights how deeply these administrative mistakes affect the lives of conscientious professionals and students. Students now expect a similar response for the NEET test due to the precedent the cancellation of the NET exam has set. Union Education Minister Dharmendra Pradhan accepted full responsibility for it. He also announced the creation of a high-level committee to improve the National Testing Agency’s (NTA) operations, examination procedures, transparency, and data security measures. In February, President Droupadi Murmu signed the Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill into law. The bill was adopted by the Centre with the goal of preventing leaks, malpractices, and organized cheating in recruitment exams such as UPSC and SSC, as well as admission tests such as NEET, JEE, CUET, and NET. The Punishments under Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024 proposes that unfair means be punishable by imprisonment for three to five years with a fine of up to Rs 10 lakh. In case a person, group or persons commits an organised crime of this nature which includes the examination authority, service providers or any other institutions, they will be punished with imprisonment of five to 10 years with a minimum fine of Rs 1 crore. The law empowers agencies to attach and forfeit the properties of institutions involved in committing organised crime for the proportionate recovery of the cost of examination. The law also states that an officer of the rank of deputy superintendent of police or assistant commissioner of police will be responsible for investigating any complaints under the Act. Despite the fact that the recently enforced Act cannot be applied retrospectively to the accused of NET & NEET-UG paper leak, this law is a hope to establish a more effective approach to address similar instances in future. It emphasizes how important it is to preserve test fairness and integrity. It is crucial to provide top priority to secure and transparent testing procedures in order to guarantee an impartial evaluation process for every applicant.

India’s progressive Waqf bill outpaces Western ‘liberal’, and Muslim-majority countries

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The reforms suggested in the Waqf Amendment Bill, 2024, which was introduced in the Lok Sabha on Wednesday for discussion and passage by Parliamentary Affairs Minister Kiren Rijiju, place India ahead of many Western, European, and even Muslim-majority countries in terms of Waqf management, offering a specialized framework designed to reflect contemporary values of accountability and inclusivity. The new framework, which is being challenged by the opposition parties—understandably driven by their political compulsions—aims to improve the efficiency, transparency, and inclusivity of Waqf management, while also aligning it with modern governance standards. Significantly, many of the ‘liberal’ Western countries that have criticized India on grounds of ‘plurality’ and ‘secularity’ do not have any specific laws to govern Waqf properties. Similarly in Asian countries where the Muslim population is substantial, the laws that govern the Waft properties are archaic and serve no beneficial purpose for the community as a whole. As per the bill, which has been made public, it incorporates 25 recommendations made by the Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC) and brings reforms, especially in terms of gender equality, sectarian inclusivity, and government oversight. An analysis of the bill, and a comparison to similar laws governing Waqf in Western and European countries, as well as Malaysia, Indonesia, and Sri Lanka, all of which have substantial Muslim populations, weakens the opposition’s claims that the bill is anti-Muslim. Speaking in the parliament Rijiju, pointed out that the most ‘draconian’ provision in the previous Act was Section 40, under which the Waqf Board could declare any land Waqf property. The said provision has been removed in the new bill which is likely to be passed in both the houses given the majority enjoyed by the government. Another contentious rule, ‘waqf by user’ under which a property is considered as a waqf property because it is being used for a long time for religious or charitable purposes, even without formal documentation, has been abolished. In Western and European countries, Waqf properties are primarily regulated under the general framework of charity law or trust law, which do not have provisions specifically targeting the unique governance needs of Waqf assets and there are no dedicated Waqf Boards or specific laws for Waqf management. Instead, Waqf properties are usually treated as part of Islamic charitable organizations or Islamic foundations, governed by general legal structures designed for all charitable activities. In the United Kingdom ( where Muslim population: 4.4%), Waqf properties are managed under the oversight of the Charity Commission, a body that regulates charitable organizations. There is no specific legislation for Waqf properties; they are simply categorized as charitable assets and managed according to the general framework provided by the Charity Act 2011. The Charity Commission ensures that these organizations adhere to laws regarding transparency, accountability, and governance, but there is no dedicated body for Waqf properties alone, and the issue of ‘gender equality’ or ‘sectarian representation’, which is mentioned in the Indian law, does not come under the specific purview of charity law. No separate benefits are given by the charity commission to these bodies on the ground of religion. Similarly, in the United States (Muslim population: 1.1%), Waqf properties are managed through Islamic charitable organizations, and their management is governed by state-specific trust laws and federal charity regulations, including the IRS tax code which is known for its stringent rules and regulations. In the U.S., like in the UK, these properties are treated like any other charitable asset, subject to tax-exempt status regulations and general charitable governance. There is no specialized regulatory framework for Waqf, and governance is usually handled at the level of the individual charitable organization. In France too (Muslim population: 8.8%), Waqf properties are incorporated within the broader scope of Islamic charities, which are regulated by general charity laws that govern all religious and non-profit organizations, and there is no specific framework for Waqf properties. In Germany (Muslim population: 5.0%) and Canada (Muslim population: 3.2%), the situation is similar, with Islamic charitable organizations managing Waqf properties under the broader charity law framework. In Germany, charitable foundations or organizations manage Waqf assets, and governance falls under the oversight of the Federal Ministry of the Interior, which ensures compliance with the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, BGB), but there is no specialized body for Waqf management, and there are no specific provisions for gender equality or sectarian representation in the administration of Waqf. In contrast to these Western and European countries, India’s Waqf Amendment Bill, 2024 is a dedicated piece of legislation that provides specific rules and frameworks for Waqf management. The Bill empowers the Central Government to create rules regarding Waqf registration, auditing, and accounts, ensuring a high level of transparency and accountability in the handling of Waqf properties. Additionally, the Indian Waqf Amendment Bill has introduced gender equality provisions. The law mandates the representation of at least two Muslim women on both the Central Waqf Council and State Waqf Boards, a measure aimed at empowering women in the governance of Waqf assets. Furthermore, the Bill ensures that female inheritance rights to Waqf properties cannot be denied. This contrasts sharply with Western systems, where gender representation is not mandated in the management of Islamic charitable organizations. Another significant feature of the Indian law is its commitment to sectarian inclusivity. The law mandates that representatives from various Muslim sects—Sunni, Shia, Bohra, Agakhani, and others—be included in the State Waqf Boards, ensuring that all Muslim communities are represented in the decision-making process. This provision is a significant departure from the Western countries, where sectarian representation is not required. The Indian bill also introduces an appeal process where decisions made by Waqf tribunals can be challenged in the High Court within 90 days. This formal legal recourse ensures that there is judicial oversight of Waqf-related matters, providing a mechanism for addressing grievances. In contrast, in the West, while charity laws offer legal recourse for disputes, there is no specialized tribunal system for Waqf, and cases related to Waqf are handled under broader trust law or charity law frameworks, which lack the the focus on Islamic endowments. In Malaysia (Muslim population: 61.3%), the management of Waqf properties is handled by a specialized body called the State Islamic Religious Councils (SIRCs). These councils are empowered by the Administration of Islamic Law (Federal Territories) Act 1993 and other state-specific legislation to oversee the management and administration of Waqf assets. Unlike India’s new law, which mandates gender representation and sectarian inclusivity, Malaysia’s system places a significant emphasis on the State’s role in managing Waqf properties. While the SIRCs play a crucial role in Waqf management, they are not as inclusive in terms of gender or sectarian diversity as the Indian system. An analysis of the law shows that Malaysia’s approach is more centralized, with the government having significant control over the administration of Waqf properties, and the inclusion of women or minority sects is not a central feature of the governance system. In Indonesia (Muslim population: 87.2%), the Waqf Board of Indonesia (BWI) is tasked with overseeing Waqf properties. Established under Law No. 41/2004 on Waqf, the BWI is responsible for the registration, monitoring, and supervision of Waqf properties across the country. While Indonesia has a more centralized system for Waqf management than some other countries, it does not have the same gender-focused provisions as India’s law. The BWI focuses more on the legal administration and utilization of Waqf assets, often aimed at increasing the economic productivity of Waqf properties, but gender inclusivity and sectarian representation are not specifically emphasized in the law. In Sri Lanka (Muslim population: 9.7%), the Waqf laws are governed under the Waqf Act, No. 51 of 1955, which establishes the Sri Lanka Waqf Board. Similar to Malaysia and Indonesia, Sri Lanka’s system of Waqf governance is largely state-controlled. The Sri Lankan Waqf system is less inclusive than India’s in terms of gender equality and sectarian representation. The Sri Lanka Waqf Board primarily focuses on the legal registration and management of Waqf properties, without specific mandates for gender representation or inclusivity of Muslim sects in its governance structure. In terms of government oversight, India’s centralized control over Waqf registration and the audit process is more comprehensive than the systems in Malaysia, Indonesia, and Sri Lanka, where state governments typically have greater discretion in managing Waqf properties, without the same level of detailed centralized regulation and oversight seen in the Indian bill. Apart from being a progressive law that promotes gender inclusion and sectarian diversity, it is also designed to ensure that transparency and accountability are maintained at every level of governance, which is a feature that is not as robust in the Waqf management systems of these countries.

TAKEAWAYS FROM THE DRAMA-SERIES ‘ADOLESCENCE’

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The drama mini-series Adolescence is a must watch for both parents and children. In fact for all of us navigating the virtual world of alternate reality. Actually even if you are not in it the chances are that your neighbours, their kids or even someone within your own household is eye-locked to the virtual screen and living in a reality that is governed by some totally different rules of engagement than those that apply in the `normal’ world. The catch is that these alternate realists apply these rules while navigating the actual world. And that is scary. Since by now the series has been much talked about so I hope there are no spoiler alerts here, and even so the story line is just a small part of the talking point. It’s the atmospherics and the larger message that it sends, the impact of a young school-boy stabbing a classmate just because he asked her out and she said no. What also comes across is the alternate world of morality here, because the boy thought he was doing the girl a favour by asking her out at a time when she was the most vulnerable. Yet again, toxic masculinity is too easy a label to affix because there is a backstory that has the perpetrator as the victim who was socially targeted by his peers, including the said girl. The series also brings to light that kind of hazing, nay, the bullying that goes on within the school-walls (young kids can be brutal, some without knowing and others, just for the fun of it). What is also interesting is that some of the hazing is going on in the full glare of public attention. Only adults don’t see it for what it is because we are not fluent in instagram-speak. How many of us know what Incel means? What about cyber-bullying ? We take a heart emoji for what it is, a warm reachout from a friend. A sign of approval. However, as we learn during the movie each emoji, each colour has a much darker, threatening meaning disguised in seemingly warm happy optics. If Wren & Martin were looking for an example to explain ‘A wolf in sheep’s clothing’, then this is it. The parents of Jamie Miller will find a resonance in parents the world over, who think their child is safe at home in his room without realising the toxic and misogynist content that he is accessing through his smartphone. This is a world where influencers such as Andrew Tate and his brother Tristam rule over unchecked and have emerged as role models for unsuspecting, awkward teens who feel ill at ease in the real world. (The Tates are hugely popular social media influencers known for promoting misogynist views and were banned from TikTok, YouTube and Facebook for hate speech including that women should bear responsibility for getting raped.) Infact Andrew is currently facing a lawsuit from his girlfriend on charges of assault and battery during an abusive relationship. The Tate brothers are also accused of some serious crimes like human trafficking. The crimes apart there is also the optics of a dangerous manosphere that is being promoted here where women are clearly treated as pawns and commodities. This is not a world view we want to bring to our home, to our sons - and daughters. There is an interesting conversation in the series between the therapist and the child where she asks him about the way his father behaves at home, for let’s not forget, kids look to parents as role models. This applies to both fathers and mothers. Given the kind of response that this series has received, schools in the UK have decided to make it a part of their curriculum to teach anti-misogyny lessons. In February this year, schools in Denmark banned the use of smartphones in schools and after-school clubs. This followed after recommendations from a youth wellbeing commission which pointed out that as soon a phone enters a child’s bedroom, it takes up all the space. The study talks about the negative impact of smartphones (via social media) on the self esteem of the child. Most social media platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, YouTube and SnapChat don’t allow kids below thirteen years to sign up. Some parents have raised this bar to eighteen years. But kids know how to evade these rules and set up accounts by lying about their age. Will banning smartphones solve the problem, or is there a need for a larger systemic approach? Should these conversations be part of the school curriculum? These are conversations to be had as preventive measures and not left to therapists post facto.

Mutual need doctrine: Why India holds the cards with China and the US

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

India stands at a crucial point in its economic journey, poised to leverage its vast market and strategic heft to fuel growth. The most important point in strengthening India’s economy is that India, as the one of the world’s largest markets, is more crucial to both China and the U.S. than they are to India. Among the many pathways forward, Chinese investment is a contentious yet promising avenue, something which has become an untouchable topic post Galwan 2020. However, the time has come, to take lessons learnt from and after Galwan, and move ahead and allow Chinese money into the Indian market. Chinese capital could bolster the Indian economy, invigorate its markets, and enrich its consumers is not mere optimism—it’s grounded in economic logic. Indian policy makers need to adopt a brave view, and move beyond the blanket ban which is driven by geopolitical mistrust and fears of dependency. India needs Chinese investors, just as it needs American technology and a regulated approach with smart restrictions can unlock significant benefits. Crucially, Delhi needs to self realise that it’s not a one-way street—China and the U.S. need India’s market and geopolitical weight just as badly, creating a symbiotic dynamic that India should use to its advantage. The case for Chinese investment in India is compelling. First, it promises an infusion of capital that could turbocharge economic growth and give jobs. Lack of jobs is the pandemic that is waiting to happen. With a trade deficit hovering around $85 billion with China , inviting Chinese firms to invest directly—rather than just export—could shift the balance. Companies like Xiaomi and Oppo have already demonstrated that they can set up manufacturing units that create jobs and produce goods locally, reducing import reliance. Second, Chinese investment brings new products to Indian consumers, enhancing choice and quality of life. From affordable smartphones to cutting-edge appliances, these innovations can reshape daily living. More importantly, this influx will pushe Indian manufacturers to innovate. Competition from foreign players has historical precedent—global automakers forced Tata and Mahindra to elevate their game. Chinese firms, with their prowess in scale and efficiency, could similarly spur domestic industries to match or exceed them, bolstering initiatives like “Make in India.” India’s Economic Survey has highlighted the value of plugging into global supply chains, and Chinese investment could make India a manufacturing hub for exports to Europe or the U.S., not just a domestic player. This isn’t blind dependence; it’s strategic leverage, that we somehow are not ready to engage with. Despite these upsides, calls for a blanket ban on Chinese investment persist, fuelled by the 2020 Galwan clash and lingering security concerns. While understandable, such a move is a blunt instrument that risks more harm than good. Shutting the door entirely ignores the economic reality; A total cutoff will stall growth in tech, manufacturing, and infrastructure, sectors where Chinese expertise excels. Moreover, a ban overlooks the past’s lessons. Geopolitical tensions ebb and flow—India and China have moved beyond 1962 and other flashpoints. A lot of water has passed under the bridge since 2020, and economic pragmatism should outweigh reflexive hostility. The answer to “Chinese fear” isn’t stopping their complete access to the Indian market but smart regulation. India can welcome Chinese investment while safeguarding its interests with tailored restrictions. This could be- 1.Local production mandates: Require Chinese firms to manufacture 50-70% of their products in India. This mirrors Apple’s success with Foxconn assembling iPhones locally, creating jobs and cutting imports. It ensures India isn’t just a sales hub but a production powerhouse. 2.Market share caps: Limit Chinese dominance in key sectors (e.g., electronics, where they hold 72% of the smartphone market) to, say, 30%. Beyond that, mandate partnerships with Indian firms, fostering technology transfer and protecting smaller players from being priced out. 3.Geopolitical safeguard: Expand the post-2020 FDI approval process, vetting Chinese investments in sensitive areas like telecom or infrastructure. A “national interest clause” could allow intervention if ties sour, balancing openness with security.

Incentives for innovation: Offer tax breaks or subsidies to Indian firms that innovate against Chinese competition. South Korea’s rise against Japan in the ‘80s shows how state support can turn rivalry into strength—India could replicate this in EVs or AI.

5.Profit reinvestment rules: Mandate that 25% of profits from Chinese ventures stay in India, funding factories, startups, or skills. This keeps capital circulating locally, building resilience against external shocks. These measures avoid the pitfalls of a ban—lost jobs, stalled growth—while addressing risks like dependency or industrial erosion. Enforcement is key; robust auditing can prevent shell company loopholes. More improvement, by setting a specialized agency, that will keep an eye on the shell company route, can be explored. India already uses similar tools, like the 26% local sourcing norm for retail FDI, proving this isn’t uncharted territory. The regulated approach doesn’t just manage Chinese investment—it guards against overdependence on any single power, including the U.S. Experts have been flagging India’s $77.5 billion export reliance on the U.S. (18% of total exports in FY23) as a vulnerability. A U.S. recession or tariff hike could sting. Similarly, unchecked Chinese FDI could tilt the other way, deepening the import skew with China. The restrictions above—localizing production, capping dominance—double as shields, building a self-reliant base that can pivot to ASEAN or the EU if needed. India isn’t just a taker—it’s a prize. China and the U.S. need India as desperately as India needs their tech and cash. For China, India’s 1.4 billion consumers are a lifeline. With over 300 million users, it’s the biggest overseas market for Vivo and Oppo. As China’s GDP growth slows (4.7% in Q2 2024) and domestic demand falters, India absorbs its surplus—lose that, and its export model crumbles. Geopolitically, India’s a hedge against Western isolation; without it, China’s encircled. However, commentators, both domestic and those outside, have more or less ignored the premises that both China and the U.S. needs India badly The U.S. sees India as its next frontier. Apple’s 33% sales jump in 2023 and Amazon’s digital bets bank on India’s $1 trillion digital economy by 2030—China’s too hostile or saturated for that now. Strategically, India’s the Quad’s linchpin; without it, U.S. influence in Asia wanes. Both giants salivate over India’s scale and position, giving it leverage to demand tech transfers or joint ventures, not just handouts. India needs Chinese investment—and U.S. tech—to leapfrog into a $10 trillion economy. But a blanket ban is a knee-jerk mistake, tossing out benefits with the risks. Regulated access—local production, market caps, security checks—unlocks growth while keeping India in the driver’s seat. Domestic experts can fine-tune this, ensuring it’s not dependence but symbiosis. Most crucially, China and the U.S. need India’s market and heft as badly as India needs them. India has to decide, not Washington or Beijing, the terms that will impact its growth in the coming decade.

Shattered vows: When love leads to violence

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In a shocking turn of events, the quiet city of Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, has been rocked by the gruesome murder of Saurabh Rajput, allegedly at the hands of his wife, Muskan Rastogi, and her lover. This tragic incident not only highlights a crime of passion but also raises questions about the complexities of modern relationships and the dark undercurrents that can exist within seemingly perfect marriages. The love, betrayal, and violence narrative unfolds against changing social norms, making it a case worth exploring in detail. Reports indicate that Saurabh and Muskan had been experiencing significant marital strife, which may have escalated in recent months. This incident invites a deeper examination of fast-shifting modern day marriage dynamics, particularly in a society grappling with the interplay of traditional values and contemporary expectations. The pressures of maintaining relationships amidst societal expectations, financial stress, and personal aspirations can have severe consequences. Muskan and Saurabh’s once-celebrated relationship may have been burdened by complexities that many couples face today. Issues such as infidelity, lack of communication, and unresolved conflicts can escalate into catastrophic situations. The alleged involvement of a lover in this case highlights how external influences can complicate a marriage, pushing individuals toward desperate actions. In many ways, the story of Saurabh and Muskan reflects broader societal changes, where the institution of marriage is increasingly viewed through the spectacles of skepticism. Couples today often grapple with the expectation that their partners should meet all emotional and psychological needs, leading to disappointment and frustration when those expectations are not lived up to . As romantic ideals clash with reality, some individuals may resort to extreme measures to resolve feelings of betrayal or inadequacy. Communication is one of the most critical factors in any relationship. In the case of Saurabh and Muskan and many such cases of similar horrid nature, happening with painful frequency, a communication breakdown may have contributed to their tragic ends. Open and honest dialogue is essential for addressing grievances and working through challenges that couples inevitably face through the course of their married life. The inability to express feelings or concerns can lead to misunderstandings and resentments, creating a toxic environment where individuals feel trapped. Mental health also plays a crucial role in relationships. The pressures of modern life can take a toll on mental well-being, leading to the brutal feelings of isolation and desperation. In this case, it is possible that both Saurabh and Muskan were struggling with their mental health, which may have influenced their actions. The importance of seeking help and support cannot be overstated, as unresolved emotional issues can manifest in several destructive ways. The chilling nature of this crime serves as a stark reminder of the darker aspects of human relationships. It triggers discussions about mental health, the importance of open communication in marriages, and the need for support systems that help couples navigate the roughs and tumbles of married life . As society evolves, so must our understanding of relationships, encouraging dialogues promoting emotional well-being and conflict resolution. This incident also raises questions about the role of community and family in supporting couples. In many cultures, family is expected to play a significant role in mediating conflicts and providing guidance. However, as individuals become more independent and pursue personal aspirations, the traditional support systems may weaken, leading to isolation. Families and communities must engage in open discussions about marriage, relationships, and the emotional challenges accompanying them and not consider divorce as it is still considered a social stigma India which is associated with a legal rigmarole. In the wake of Saurabh Rajput’s murder, the community has been left to confront with the implications of this tragedy. Friends and family are mourning a life cut short while also questioning how such a horrific event could occur in what seemed to be a loving family environment. This event’s psychological and emotional toll will undoubtedly ripple through the community, prompting reflection on the nature of love and marital bond. As society processes this crime, addressing the underlying issues that may have contributed to this tragedy becomes essential. Educational initiatives focused on relationship counselling, communication skills and mental health awareness could provide valuable tools for couples dealing with the complexities of modern love. Encouraging discussions surrounding the emotional aspects of relationships can help foster healthier dynamics and reduce the risk of violence. The tragic murder of Saurabh Rajput is also underscores the potential for violence lurking beneath the surface of domestic life. In the quest for love and companionship, it is crucial to foster relationships built on respect, understanding, and communication to prevent such tragedies from occurring in the future. The lessons learned from this tragedy must catalyse change, encouraging individuals to prioritise healthy communication and emotional well-being in their relationships. By doing so, we can hope to create a society where love is celebrated and the dark shadows of betrayal and violence no longer overshadow the bonds we cherish. Ultimately, the story of Saurabh and Muskan poignantly reminds us that behind closed doors, the realities of love can be far more complex than they appear. Thus, it is high-time the society reflected over and resolved the issue. Captain Indira Vashishta Carena is an ex-airline pilot, a motivational speaker and a columnist.

What’s cooking in Tamil Nadu?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Why is Tamil Nadu Chief Minister M.K. Stalin sounding increasingly desperate? With each passing day, his comments and actions are getting more and more outrageous, divisive and bordering on separatism. First, there was his opposition—still continuing—to the New Education Policy because of the three-language rule. Then he used the Tamil script to represent the ` symbol, saying the latter was derived from Sanskrit, even though it had been designed by an artist from Tamil Nadu. He has also been trying to build a united Dravida/southern front against the Centre on the issue of delimitation, an issue that should be a matter of debate. But it gets problematic when Stalin tries to position the so-called Dravida states as a rival to the Hindi speaking states on this matter. The question here is, how badly is the DMK doing ahead of the 2026 Assembly elections that Stalin’s rhetoric is becoming so shrill? The attempt seems to be to whip up anti-North India/Hindi passions and rally round the Tamil population on the issue of identity and ensure that they vote for the DMK. Something similar had been done by Mamata Banerjee in the 2022 Assembly elections in West Bengal. She tried to whip up Bengali passions on the language issue, by speaking about West Bengal being the home to Bengalis, and that outsider non-Bengalis, meaning BJP leaders, were not welcome there. It was ironic, given that whatever remnants of industry and business are there in that once prosperous state, almost everything is run by non Bengalis, specifically the Marwari and Gujarati business communities. While people from Bihar make up a large section of the workforce. Without these communities, Bengal would be in an even deeper economic mess. Once she won the 2022 election, Mamata forgot all about the insider-outsider debate and went on to field more than one non Bengali candidates in the Lok Sabha elections of 2024, including Yusuf Pathan, the cricketer, from Gujarat, thus leaving those who had voted for her on the issue of identity, scratching their heads in dismay. Meanwhile, that society had been polarised, where the atmosphere had been vitiated and a lot of poison had been injected seemed to be of no concern to the politician in her. It appears that Stalin is trying something similar, and given that unlike in Bengal, Tamil Nadu has a strong history of anti-Hindi movement, he seems to be hoping to revive those sentiments. But then this is the 21st century and unless and until there is a strong emotive issue related to language and identity, it’s always matters of development that take precedence over other issues for voters. But that does not stop the politicians from trying. Hence, the question, how badly is the DMK doing on the ground that Stalin has decided to latch on to the issue of Tamil pride? That Stalin has already started attacking the BJP directly in his speeches in the lead-up to next year’s elections, instead of traditional rival AIADMK, gives the hint that BJP may have been able to make some, however limited, inroads into the southern state. It could also be Stalin’s way of making BJP’s name so toxic, so that his main rival AIADMK is afraid of striking any possible alliance with the saffron party—an alliance that has the potential to deliver a body blow to the DMK, on the strength of an undivided AIADMK-BJP vote. This is politics at its worst. It’s also unfair to the Tamil population as a whole who are spread all over the country and have integrated with their milieu, like every other Indian. Does Stalin realise that by trying to stoke anti Hindi flames, he is putting them in an awkward situation? In fact, Mamata Banerjee had done the same with the non resident Bengalis. For their own selfish and narrow ambitions, political parties should stop making the common people cannon fodder.

An Odyssey through ghosts and resurrections

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the current political heat on Mughal emperor Aurangzeb Alamgir, spotlight is missing on his elder brother Dara Shikoh who had translated 51 Upanishads into Persian and its Latin translation first introduced the Upanishads to Goethe, Schiller, Schopenhauer, and Southey. Author-Journalist Piyush Srivastava’s new book, ‘From Gandhi to New Gandhi’ [ BluOne Ink] reads like an Odyssey through ghosts and resurrections. The 305-page book contains six chapters: Mahatma Gandhi, Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, Jawaharlal Nehru, Nathuram Godse, Narendra Modi and Rahul Gandhi. Piyush’s writings are a candid account portraying both negative as well as positive characteristics of these public figures. For instance, the author sharply criticizes Mahatma Gandhi for ignoring public views and his inability to protect the Congress from the criminals. He quotes Gandhi writing in Young India on 7 May 1931, “The rise of goondaism (in the Congress) is a warning for all of us to be alert and look for its remedies.” This still exists in every political party. As a commentator, Piyush says now he fears that very soon Gandhism would be dragged out of India the way the Brahmanical forces did to Buddhism 2500 years ago or maybe Gandhi would exist in India as an incarnation of Vishnu, the way Buddha exists in the land of his birth for some. In his assessment, BJP and other right-wing forces would assimilate Gandhi in their ideology because the Congress has dumped him. The book claims that while the killers of Gandhi were openly declaring their intentions, his disciple, Jawaharlal Nehru’s government ignored all intelligence and police inputs, making the job of the killers easy. The author also claims on the basis of court proceedings in Gandhi’s assassination case, it appeared as if the Nehru government was eager to close the case and release V D Savarkar as soon as possible. He has given several references and also quoted his conversation with historian Irfan Habib to substantiate this claim. The book describes Nehru, a rumourmonger, who used to take interest in the personal lives of his friends and quoted Harivanshrai Bachchan [megastar Amitabh Bachchan’s illustrious father] as saying that the first Prime minister of independent India loved receiving awards and honours. Contrary to what many authors’ claim that Govind Ballabh Pant, Uttar Pradesh chief minister, had allowed the Hindu Mahasabha to make Ayodhya’s Ramjanambhoomi temple a political issue, Piyush asserts that Pant had Nehru’s backing, who, according to the author, was eager to be accepted as a Brahmin. “His detractors used to call Nehru a Mughal or Muslim sympathizer because his ancestors were employed by the Mughal Emperor, Farrukhsiyar,” writes Piyush adding, “Nehru government had banned the RSS after Gandhi’s assassination not because it thought it was involved in the crime but because he wanted the RSS to merge with the Congress and put Sardar Patel, his home minister on job to do arm-twisting and force them to be in the Congress.” The book states that V D Savarkar was obsessed with his body and was very friendly with the Andaman jail officials, who used to torture and even kill other prisoners. He has quoted Savarkar as writing in his letters that he used to get news from across the country in prison from the officials posted there. Piyush says Savarkar never stood with those whom he indoctrinated and prompted to kill the British officers. The only time he stood by was with Madan Lal Dhingra, who had killed Curzon Wyllie, a British officer in London. Savarkar was present there and had openly protested against a condolence meeting which was presided by Aga Khan III. But that was the only time he stood with his friends. The author has quoted PL Inamdar, the counsel of Dattatreya Parchure, who was an accused in Gandhi assassination case and eventually acquitted. Parchure had said that Nathuram Godse’s confessional statement was written by Jamnadas Mehta, a follower of Savarkar. The author suggests that Savarkar wanted the end of the case as soon as possible and encouraged Nathuram Godse to accept the crime. (Page 211-212) The book says there is no spark in Rahul Gandhi to lead the country but also mentions Queen Victoria writing to her daughter Alice that Bertie (later Edward VII) “shows more and more how totally, totally unfit he is forever becoming king.” While mentioning Sonia Gandhi, who wants to see her son grow in politics, the author writes, “A mother once wished that her incapable son was never a king, yet he ruled over the United Kingdom and India for nine years (1901-1910). Similarly, another mother handed her son the top post of her party, but he failed to manage it for even two years.” “It we consider the country as a democracy, we cannot rule out the possibility of Rahul becoming prime minister in the future,” says the author. (Page 285) The author points out that prime minister Modi gave Padma Vibhushan to Aga Khan IV in 2015 even though Aga Khan III has himself written in his autobiography that he was a major force behind the creation of Pakistan. The book describes prime minister Modi as a friend of rich Muslims. Controversial and provocative, Piyush’s work is well researched even though some of the remarks and conclusions remain subjective. He has written in a language that the common man can understand easily and correlate themselves with the history of India from the time of Bal Gangadhar Tilak till date.

A New Challenge for India-US Relations

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Earlier this month, President Donald Trump of the United States of America accused India, the European Union, Mexico, Brazil, and other countries of having trade practices that are unfair to the United States. He also specified that “reciprocal tariffs” will be enforced beginning on April 2. In his statement, Trump emphasised that this action will produce considerable cash for the United States of America and create employment. He also stated that the country has been taken advantage of for decades, but that it will no longer allow this behaviour. Emphasising the inequity of the system, Trump stated, “This system is not fair to the United States and never was hence we will impose tariffs on other countries in response to the tariffs they impose on us”. WHAT IS TARIFF? Tariffs apply to foreign imports. Companies that import commodities pay taxes to the government. Tariffs are usually a proportion of product value. For example, a $10 foreign product costs $3 more due to a 30% tax. Companies may pass on tariff costs to customers. US products tariffs are usually lower than others. The extra taxes and tariffs on international imports Trump has hinted may begin on April 2 might raise costs for US and global consumers, economists say. INDIA’S STANCE SO FAR Indian officials are examining strategies to reduce tariffs on various imports, such as cars and chemicals, as a response to US President Donald Trump’s proposed reciprocal tariffs, according to sources familiar with the situation, as reported by Bloomberg. Officials in New Delhi are engaged in discussions regarding the potential reduction of duties on automobiles, select agricultural products, chemicals, essential pharmaceuticals, and specific medical devices and electronics. Sources indicate that these individuals prefer to remain anonymous as the plans have not yet been finalised. With weeks until Trump’s retaliatory tariffs, trade minister Piyush Goyal went to the US a few days ago to negotiate trade. Last month, Prime Minister Narendra Modi visited the U.S. and promised to start a trade pact by autumn 2025, aiming for $500 billion in bilateral commerce by 2030. India is willing to drop tariffs on industrial exports like cars and chemicals but not on agricultural products, which would hurt millions of impoverished farmers. India has dropped duties on high-end motorbikes from 50% to 30% and 100% on bourbon whisky from 150% to reduce trade tensions, while vowing to examine other tariffs, increase energy imports, and buy more defence equipment. INDIA- US: POLITICAL RELATIONS SO FAR The relationship between India and the US is characterised by complexity. Prime Minister A.B. Vajpayee characterised the two nations as “natural allies,” indicating a significant alignment of values and geopolitical interests. President Barack Obama characterised the relationship between India and the United States as “a defining partnership of the 21st century.” President Joe Biden modified it by adding the definite article “the”. In his 2016 address to the joint session of the US Congress, Modi stated that the “relationship has overcome the hesitations of history,” indicating a shift towards a more open and committed partnership between the two nations. Despite their differences on various issues, the similarities between the two nations significantly surpass the areas of disagreement. India and the US maintained a stable relationship during the first Trump presidency. The notable parallels in approach and messaging between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and US President Donald Trump, particularly their emphasis on the theme of national greatness, played a significant role in fostering their personal rapport. IMPACT OF RECIPROCAL TARIFFS Since Trump took office, taxes on Chinese imports have raised medication raw material prices by 20%. Pharmaceutics are India’s largest export, and generics are important in the US. Any reciprocal levies by the US would raise generic and speciality drug prices, hurting millions of Americans. A major concern has arisen about the healthcare sector of the US. The United States is significantly dependent on Indian generic pharmaceuticals, with around fifty percent of all generic medications utilised in the US sourced from India. This has led to substantial savings for the US healthcare system, with estimates indicating that Indian generics saved the US $219 billion in 2022, according to research by consulting company IQVIA. WHAT WILL THE RECIPROCAL TARIFF MEAN FOR INDIA Experts think India might export more technology, electronics, and jewellery to America due to Trump’s 25% tariffs on Mexico and Canada and China’s 10% tariff. The US and India seek to increase their economic dominance in the Indo-Pacific and challenge China. The time and incentives are right for these two leaders to make a major deal. India is rushing to finish its Bilateral Trade Agreement with the US, balancing its concerns with Washington’s expectations. The government is creating a list of commodities where India will decrease tariffs to avoid retaliatory tariffs. Trump said India pledged tariff cuts a few days ago. US Secretary of Commerce Howard Lutnick said the US wants to negotiate a broad-based trade pact and discuss products individually because it may take years to finalise. India had hoped for an exception, but Trump has frequently emphasised that India’s high tariff system will not be favoured. In conclusion, both the United States and India must acknowledge the strategic and economic significance they provide one another and strive for a balanced trading partnership. As two of the world’s major democracies with expanding economic relations, it is imperative that they participate in transparent and productive discourse to resolve issues like tariffs and trade policy. Instead of permitting protectionist policies to generate discord, both countries should seek avenues to augment collaboration, diminish trade obstacles, and cultivate a relationship advantageous to enterprises and consumers alike. A cooperative strategy will enhance economic connections and fortify the expanding geopolitical partnership between the two states.

Why UN’s WORLD HAPPINESS REPORT LACKS CREDIBILITY

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

This year’s World Happiness Report prepared by the United Nations Sustainable Solutions Network was released a few weeks ago. Predictably enough, it listed Finland, Denmark and Sweden as being among the happiest countries on the planet. Finland was ranked as the happiest nation for the eighth year running, while Sweden and Denmark continued to be ranked in the top five happiest nations. India was ranked as one of the unhappiest countries on the planet with a global ranking of 118, a few notches about its ranking the previous year which was at number 126. Many Indians were displeased. Displeasure turned into scepticism, if not downright distrust when they discovered that war-torn Ukraine and Palestine were ranked higher. What added insult to injury was the report’s estimation that bankrupt and conflict-riven Pakistan was ranked higher than India. Prima facie, the report is flawed when it ranks Ukraine and Palestine higher in terms of happiness as compared with India. In a way you could say it indirectly diminishes the suffering of the Palestinians and the Ukrainians. In excess of a million people have died ever since the conflict in Ukraine began, including women and children. Millions of civilians have lost one or more member of their family. Still the report would have us, and the rest of the world, believe that Ukrainians are happier than Indians. There are other dubious aspects of the report. The sufferings of the Ukrainian people have been terrible, but a neutral observer would estimate the suffering of the Palestinian people to be yet greater. At least Ukraine is a nation; the Palestinians do not even have their own state. The bombardment in the Gaza strip has been horrific. The World Happiness Report however ranks Ukraine at no 111 and Palestine at no 108. In other words, the Palestinians are happier than the Ukrainians or to put it more accurately perhaps, less unhappy. It is true that Ukraine and Palestine both have a much higher per capita GDP as compared to India, but what does income matter if your life and that your loved ones is not secure? What the framers of the Happiness Report failed to realise is that the GDP of a nation matters only if ordinary people are not dying left, right and centre. If security of life and limb is important for a nation and its people its also important to have financial security. It is well-known that for a while now Venezuela has been grappling with runaway inflation. If you don’t know how much your salary will be worth in a month’s time, it severely impacts upon the sense of wellbeing and happiness of a people. Yet Venezuela ranks at number 82 in the Happiness Index, far above India. Critics of the report have argued that it suffers from a Western bias. The framers of this report can easily controvert this assertion by pointing out that Costa Rica and Mexico who are non-Western nations are ranked in the top ten. Costa Rica is ranked at no 6 and Mexico at no 10, far higher than both the United Kingdom and the US which are both ranked at number 23 and 24. Yet if this is the case, why is that that so many people from Costa Rica and Mexico would be happy to immigrate to the US and even the UK? It is true of course that it is possible that the residents of a happy nation may wish to migrate to a less happy nation, but a narrative explaining this paradox would have lent the report greater credibility. Are the world’s so-called happiest nations really that happy? A news report published just a few months ago, in The Guardian a respected British newspaper, reported on how Swedish police are going to be based in Denmark in an effort to prevent children and young people from undertaking travel from cities in Sweden to Copenhagen in order to commit violent crime on behalf of Danish gangs. What kind of crime are we talking about here? According to the news report such incidents include ‘deadly shootings and possession of weapons such as hand grenades.’ What makes the situation more disturbing is the involvement of young persons in the perpetration of such crime. We have all heard of the child soldiers of Liberia and Sierra Leone. Surely, here in the happiest nations of the world, we are speaking of juveniles who are close to adulthood and not children? Unfortunately, this is not the case. According to the Swedish police ‘children as young as 12 were being recruited by Danish gangs on social media to cross the border by car or public transport in order to commit crimes.’ It is not a question of Denmark and Sweden alone. The police are also working closely with Finland, the happiest nation on the planet. Coming now to Pakistan, our neighbour, it is currently undergoing a severe economic crisis and is additionally riven by internal conflict. There is justified speculation that given the spate of recent attacks, it could even break apart. It is also, for all practical purposes, a military dictatorship. Given this situation, government propagandists apart, it would be laughable idea, even to ordinary Pakistanis that people there are happier than those in India. The drafters of the World Happiness Report may wish to reformulate their happiness judging criteria if they wish for their reports to continue to command global respect. Perhaps it is now time for a new annual report to be created by some reputable organisation that ranks the several different reports that are issued each year in terms of their credibility. There is no question that the World Happiness Report would, deservedly perhaps, have a very low ranking in the case of such a hypothetical eventuality Rajesh Talwar is the prolific author of forty-two books across multiple genres and has worked for the United Nations in conflict zones for more than two decades across three continents. His most recent book published by Om Books International is titled ‘The Mahatma’s Manifesto: A Critique of Hind Swaraj’

Muhammad Yunus is getting a reality check

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Ahead of next week’s BIMSTEC meeting in Thailand, there is speculation on any possible bilateral meeting between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Bangladesh caretaker of the interim government, Muhammad Yunus, following a request from the latter’s country. External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar, reportedly, has told a parliamentary panel that the Bangladeshi proposal was “under consideration”. There is also speculation that the meeting is unlikely to take place, which is the way it should be. Any such meeting is best avoided as Yunus does not have the required legitimacy to have a bilateral with the elected head of government of the world’s largest democracy, a constitutional post holder. Just by getting himself declared the caretaker of a so-called interim government, Yunus does not acquire the status of a head of government. According to Bangladesh’s own Constitution, elections must be held inside 90 days of the ouster/fall of a government. Seven months after Sheikh Hasina’s ouster from Dhaka’s seat of power, there is no sign of Bangladesh holding any election. In fact, the election is being delayed under the pretext of reforming the system. Even if an election is held sometime later this year, there is no guarantee that it would be free and fair, given the attempts being made to ban the country’s oldest and biggest mainstream political party, Hasina’s Awami League. There are also reports that Yunus had wanted to come to India, but was spurned by New Delhi. Those lamenting the fact that he has gone to China first, instead of coming to India, need to remember Yunus’ borderline hostility towards India right from the beginning, especially until the time he thought he had US President Joe Biden’s backing and could get away bypassing India’s concerns. In fact, he was getting away with it. He paid zero heed to India when it raised the issue of minority oppression by radical extremists in Bangladesh. He passed it off as propaganda by big countries, thus obviously referring to India. Till date, he refuses to admit that he has not been able to rein in the jihadi elements running amok in Bangladesh. It’s only recently that Yunus has become more conciliatory towards India, as with the ascent of Donald Trump, Yunus has realised that the current administration might actually hold him accountable for the horrifying persecution of minorities and political activists aligned with the Awami League in Bangladesh. US DNI Tulsi Gabbard has already sounded the alarm bells during her visit to India, while President Trump has left Bangladesh to Prime Minister Narendra Modi to take care of. Hence, it is no surprise that Yunus is looking to mend ties with India. But he cannot be trusted, for his agenda is just an extension of the Pakistani agenda, as evident from his latest suggestion that India should revive the SAARC. One of the reasons India has shifted focus from SAARC to BIMSTEC is to limit Pakistan’s influence in the neighbourhood, leaving Islamabad fuming. However, by aligning with a failed state, a terrorist state, all that Yunus achieved was being sternly rebuked by India for normalising terror. Yunus has been taking great pride as an “international player”. But his “international” status is the result of benevolence from a particular side of the American political spectrum. He does not have bipartisan support, because of which he is now running around trying to befriend Elon Musk on the one hand, and India on the other. The US, which was turning a blind eye to all the excesses taking place in Bangladesh, is now more willing to pay heed to what’s happening there. This week, there was a congressional briefing on “Rising Radical Islamism, Chinese Influence, Minority Oppression in Bangladesh” organised by HinduACTion, where speakers sought “bipartisan effort” to impose the Magnitsky sanctions on Yunus and his Islamist backers. The Magnitsky Act imposes sanctions on those involved in serious human rights abuses or corruption. In other words, the world is getting ready to hold Yunus accountable and all his claims of being an international player may not save him, eventually. The issue of Bangladesh has been internationalised, and Yunus and Co can no longer dismiss it as “exaggerated propaganda” spread by India. Henceforth, he should be careful about every step he takes, for the world is watching. Also, the bilateral he seeks with the Indian Prime Minister can wait. Let him rush into China’s embrace, but that does not change the fact that his puny country is surrounded on three sides by India. Bangladesh will be a basket case without India. That’s a geographical reality no amount of Pakistani and Chinese embrace can change.

Raisina Dialogue 2025: Decoding the Shifting Global Order

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

As the world grapples with geopolitical upheavals, economic protectionism, and technological disruptions, the Raisina Dialogue 2025 offered a crucial lens into the shifting paradigms of global governance. More than a forum for high-level discussions, the dialogue underscored a fundamental reality—traditional power structures are crumbling, multilateralism is faltering, and nations are being forced to recalibrate their strategies in an era of uncertainty. The Crisis of Multilateralism: A System in Decline For decades, the liberal world order, built on Western-led institutions, has dictated the rules of engagement. However, the persistent failure of multilateral mechanisms in conflict resolution, economic cooperation, and climate action has exposed deep flaws in this system. The recurring theme at Raisina 2025 was the erosion of trust in global governance. The U.S.’s strategic ambiguity, Europe’s overdependence on transatlantic security arrangements, and the rise of revisionist powers like China and Russia signal a decaying status quo. The emergence of regional blocs and alternative financial structures, from BRICS to AIIB, indicates a move toward fragmentation rather than cooperation. While Western powers struggle to maintain influence, middle powers—India, ASEAN nations, and Latin American economies—are asserting strategic autonomy, refusing to be mere spectators in great-power rivalries. The Indo-Pacific remains a theater of intense geopolitical maneuvering, with an increasing number of nations hedging their bets rather than aligning completely with any one power. The strategic recalibration seen in alliances like AUKUS and the Quad reflects a growing recognition that collective security must adapt to new realities. Moreover, the African continent’s growing diplomatic assertiveness, through forums such as the African Union and regional trade agreements, suggests that a multipolar world is not just forming—it is already here. Economic Reconfiguration: The End of the Dollar-Centric Order? The economic discussions at Raisina 2025 reflected a stark reality: globalization is being reshaped by protectionism, strategic decoupling, and financial power shifts. The push toward Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) and regional trade mechanisms suggests a weakening of the dollar’s dominance. With the U.S. and China engaged in economic warfare—through tariffs, technology sanctions, and trade restrictions—middle economies are pivoting toward regional resilience rather than relying on traditional Bretton Woods institutions. India’s role in this transformation is critical. As a rising economic powerhouse, it is leveraging its market size, technological capabilities, and diplomatic positioning to create alternative trade corridors and financial ecosystems. The growing irrelevance of a U.S.-China duopoly highlights the importance of multipolar economic governance, where institutions like the New Development Bank and AIIB are gaining ground. The discourse also delved into the challenges of deglobalization. The traditional benefits of an interconnected world—efficiency, competition, and open markets—are now giving way to a more insular economic approach. Supply chain disruptions, exacerbated by geopolitical conflicts and pandemics, have driven many nations toward reshoring and nearshoring manufacturing capabilities. The ongoing recalibration in the global semiconductor industry, for example, underscores the imperative for economic self-sufficiency in critical technologies. Technology as the New Battleground Beyond geopolitics and economics, the Raisina Dialogue reinforced the idea that technological supremacy will define global power in the coming decade. Artificial Intelligence, semiconductor supply chains, and rare-earth minerals are no longer just economic assets—they are strategic weapons. The AI race is no longer just about innovation but about control. The West’s response to China’s aggressive technological push is fragmented, while countries like India are crafting their own digital sovereignty strategies, balancing ethical AI governance with economic competitiveness. The semiconductor war, driven by U.S.-China tensions, highlights a larger struggle for technological self-reliance. Countries that fail to develop robust indigenous technology ecosystems risk falling behind in the global power matrix. The coming years will witness an aggressive race to dominate quantum computing, 6G networks, and AI-driven automation—sectors that will redefine strategic superiority. Moreover, cybersecurity has become an integral aspect of global power equations. The rise in cyber warfare, data breaches, and misinformation campaigns has elevated digital infrastructure security to the same strategic importance as military preparedness. The dialogue emphasized the need for a coordinated global response to cyber threats, including regulatory harmonization and greater cross-border intelligence-sharing mechanisms. Climate Security: An Existential Fault Line The dialogue also laid bare the contradictions in global climate politics. While developed nations champion sustainability, their protectionist economic policies often undermine the very goals they claim to support. The emphasis on “climate-proofing the Indo-Pacific” signaled an awareness that economic growth and sustainability must go hand in hand. For India, this means leveraging its leadership in renewable energy, smart agriculture, and climate finance to drive a green economic transition. However, for developing nations, the challenge remains—can they afford to prioritize climate goals without financial and technological assistance from the West? The answer lies in pragmatic, localized solutions rather than top-down global mandates. The conversation also addressed maritime sustainability, particularly regarding the blue economy and the ecological vulnerabilities of small island nations. As rising sea levels threaten to displace populations, a new category of “climate refugees” is likely to emerge, challenging traditional notions of borders and sovereignty. The discussion pointed to the necessity for new legal frameworks to address these emerging crises while ensuring economic development remains sustainable. The Middle East: Between Diplomacy and Conflict While the Raisina Dialogue reaffirmed the need for stability in West Asia, the underlying power struggle remains unresolved. China’s involvement in mediating between Iran and Saudi Arabia signals a shifting geopolitical landscape where economic incentives outweigh ideological conflicts. However, Beijing’s reluctance to extend its political influence beyond trade deals reflects an unwillingness to be drawn into regional complexities. Israel’s continued conflict with Hamas and the broader Israel-Palestine impasse only underscores the diminishing efficacy of global diplomatic interventions. The notion of a two-state solution remains more aspirational than achievable in the current climate, leaving the region in perpetual strategic flux. Additionally, the energy transition in the Gulf—where oil-rich economies are investing heavily in alternative energy sources and economic diversification—was a key topic of discussion. The United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, and Qatar are positioning themselves as not just energy giants but also hubs for innovation, finance, and global diplomacy. This shift will have profound implications for global energy markets and trade corridors. The Road Ahead: Navigating an Uncertain World The Raisina Dialogue 2025 reinforced one undeniable truth—there is no return to the old world order. Nations are no longer bound by Cold War-era alignments; instead, they are crafting fluid, interest-driven alliances. The demise of Western-led multilateralism does not necessarily mean chaos; rather, it opens the door for more decentralized, pragmatic, and resilient governance structures. India’s role in this transition is pivotal. As a rising power, it has the opportunity to shape new economic, technological, and strategic frameworks that are more inclusive and adaptive to 21st-century challenges. The coming decade will not be defined by a singular superpower but by nations that can navigate the complexities of a rapidly evolving geopolitical chessboard. The future belongs to those who can balance strategic autonomy with global cooperation, economic pragmatism with sustainability, and technological innovation with ethical governance. Raisina 2025 made one thing clear—only the adaptable will thrive in the new world order. *Shri Siddhartha Dave is an alumnus of United Nations University, Tokyo, an eminent columnist and a former Lok Sabha Research Fellow. He writes on Foreign Affairs and National Security. Author can be reached at siddhartha.dave@gmail.com

Voter sensitisation is the need of the hour

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The rising cost of politics in India is preventing candidature of women and young candidates in elections due to various structural and procedural challenges and oligarchization of electoral Politics. India’s 2024 general election was billed as the most expensive ever. According to a study by Centre for Media Studies (CMS), a staggering INR 1.35 lakh crore (US$16 billion) was spent by political parties and candidates in 2024 polls. Money power is making a huge adverse impact on democratic integrity and Unregulated institutional design of political parties too. These are some of the major and pathbreaking findings of a study conducted by the Observer Research Foundation [ ORF] Fellows, Niranjan Sahoo and Ambar Kumar Ghosh titled, “The Cost of Politics in India” for Westminster Foundation for Democracy, [WFD] United Kingdom. Some Key highlights of the study are: Exponential Rise in Costs associated with routine political activities: While most analysts link rising costs to the election campaigns, the study found an equal if not more cost is involved for political aspirants seeking to nurture their constituencies, and more importantly for securing nominations from their parties. An aspiring politician’s routine requirements to carry out socio-cultural outreach activities in their prospective constituency can start months, or even years, before an election bid.. An estimated Rs 3-4 lakhs per month as the minimum expenditure that goes toward this routine mobilizational work in a Lok Sabha constituency. Thus, by the time a candidate secures party ticket, he/she would have spent several crores in routine political activities and these are largely borne by the candidates not parties. In richer southern states such as Telangana and Andhra Pradesh, some of the political candidates shared that parties and/or candidates exchanged Rs 5,000-7,000 to each voter!. Rising costs associated with securing party nominations: Many interviewees (particularly from regional parties) confessed that as aspiring candidates they not only have to demonstrate theirmonetary clout to the party leadership, they are expected to fund their campaigns and generously donate to party coffers or fund certain candidates’ campaigns. Some candidates particularly from South shared that they had to donate 3-4 crore to secure party nomination. Given these realities, leading parties tend to opt for well-resourced (moneyed) candidates in internal selection processes. Escalating Campaign Costs: The cumulative costs of election campaigns in India have increased exponentially in recent years. Based on the interviews conducted for this study, an average Rs 5-10 crore has become the expenditure norm for candidates (major parties) fighting for a Lok Sabha seat. However, these costs can vary greatly depending on a number of factors. For instance, if the contest takes place in a constituency in which political heavyweights are contesting, significantly more resources are likely to be spent. Heightened expenditure was also recorded in cash rich states such as Tamil Nadu, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra, where the money spent by individual candidates can sometimes reach, or even exceed, Rs 100 crores. The increasing dominance of business in politics: With skyrocketing costs and most candidates/parties unable to arrange the sum on their own, they are increasingly relying on friends/private businesses to fund their political activities. The end result is this growing dependency on money has paved ways for influx of ‘interested money’ into the democratic processes. Thus, the regionally dominant mining, coal or real estate barons and contractors have emerged as major funders of elections. Beyond funding selective candidates/parties, people with wealth have found it easy to secure nominations from political parties or often contest as independent candidates. Respondents contented that this trend has dramatically unbalanced the playing field as traditional politicians without comparable financial support are at a major disadvantage. Social Media Spend: What has added to escalation in costs is the arrival of digital/social media requiring candidates to hire tech experts/buy out social media influences, create and maintain social media profiles, spend on digital political advertisements, etc. Growing Salience of Vote Buying: Although vote-buying (cash distributed at the level of candidates and parties, mainly takes place in the run up to polling day) is a persistent feature of Indian elections in the past, the scale of vote-buying has increased at an unprecedented level. Nearly all political aspirants interviewed agreed that even if they are not in a position to distribute money for votes, the actions of rival candidates/parties force them to do so. Some of them confessed that while in earlier times they used to exchange small denominations among their core voters, now they distribute much bigger sums - Rs 2,000-3,000. [1] In richer southern states such as Telangana and Andhra Pradesh, some of the political candidates shared that parties and/or candidate exchanged Rs 5,000-7,000 to each voter. Sahoo and Ghosh conclude that the major implications of these factors mean women and young candidates facing structural and procedural challenges, Oligarchizing of Electoral Politics, Adverse impact on democratic integrity and Unregulated institutional design of political parties. Sahoo and Ghosh recommend a robust regulation and enforcement of political finance regimes, plugging legal loopholes, Strengthening of disclosure requirements for political parties and individual candidates and stringent enforcement of regulation. On more substantial terms, the country needs to reform and democratise functioning of political parties. Structurally, the leadership hierarchy of most parties in India are extremely top-down – some are ostensibly family run enterprises - and often intra-party elections for party posts are not conducted for years or are controlled by power wielders within the party. A similarly centralised ticket distribution procedure with limited transparency or laid down procedures for determining the eligibility of the chosen candidates are also common features. This paves the way for clandestine connections between power holders and vested interests within the party, to the detriment of less well connected or female and youth aspirants. Sahoo and Ghosh make a strong case for public funding of political parties. Public subsidies or state funding for legitimate political activities and campaign expenses can help level the playing field. When designed and executed well, public funding to political parties can help stem the influence of ‘interest money.’ Furthermore, public funding can support the emergence of smaller and newer political entrants. We also need civic education and voter sensitisation. The growing culture of vote buying and open exchange of gifts, liquor and other material goods for votes has negative impacts for the legitimacy of representative democracy as it erodes the trust-based relationship between a voter and the aspirant and replaces it with a new ‘transactional’ one. The situation needs both state and societal efforts to mitigate. ECI, police, federal and state level enforcement agencies need to intensify preventive measures as well as punishing violators. Voter sensitisation by civil society organisations, media and ECI should receive priority building on the successful approaches to improve voters’ participation in recent years, conclude Sahoo and Ghosh.

Hamas wants control, not ready for peace

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The ceasefire declared by Israel in Gaza has ended, with Tel Aviv resuming military operations, first in the form of airstrikes and then by expanding ground operations. Israel Defense Forces have retaken control of parts of the Netzarim corridor between north and south Gaza, and has advanced into areas in south Gaza, while Hamas has restarted firing rockets at Tel Aviv. Israel has been able to eliminate a senior Hamas official, Ismail Barhoum. According to Israeli Defence Minister, Israel Katz, Barhoum was Hamas’ new prime minister, “who replaced Issam Da’alis, the previous prime minister who was eliminated a few days ago.” With Barhoum’s death, Hamas has lost 11 of the 20 members of its political bureau. These developments have to be seen in the context of the Hamas not being ready to release the 59 hostages it still has in its custody. In the first phase of the ceasefire, Hamas released 33 hostages, while Israel released nearly 2,000 prisoners, many of whom Hamas terrorists. Out of these 33, eight were returned dead, while Hamas put up a macabre show, treating the hostages in an uncivilized manner, even as cheering civilians raised anti-Israel and anti-Jewish slogans. Hamas has been seeking the complete withdrawal of Israeli troops from Gaza as well as the control of the Philadelphi corridor between Gaza and Egypt, something, if done, would have again allowed the free flow of arms and ammunition to the Hamas. But the ceasefire agreement never entered the second stage as the Hamas never released the remaining hostages, many of whom are Israeli soldiers and reservists which the terrorist group captured on October 7 2023. Hamas wants a better deal for them, including the release of hard-core terrorists who would pose a major security threat to Israel. Hamas also wanted a complete withdrawal of Israeli forces from Gaza, which actually was scheduled to take place in the second phase. But the second phase never commenced as the ceasefire fell through, as did hopes of the reconstruction of Gaza, both of which were supposed to be a part of the third phase of the ceasefire. The peace talks in Doha also failed and the war restarted. In the interim period, there was no let-up in the lone wolf terror attacks or attempted attacks, targeting civilians. Israel also had enough intelligence inputs to believe that the Hamas was using the ceasefire to regroup and re-energise itself. That Israel was suspecting another October 7 like attack on Israeli civilians settled along the Gaza border became evident when it asked civilians in the area to exercise caution. One of the reasons that the region is getting sucked into a prolonged war is because of Hamas’ unwillingness to let go of its control on Gaza. To a large extent, October 7, 2023 was the means directed towards this end, where Hamas wanted a complete hold on the Palestinian mind and eventual control over West Bank, elbowing out the Palestinian Authority. In fact, they succeeded in convincing the Palestinians that October 7 was a great victory against the Israeli state and a step towards erasing Israel from the face of the earth and establishing an independent Palestinian state—the reason why Hamas is wildly popular among the Palestinians in both Gaza and West Bank. It is a classic case of brainwashing and radicalization at a mass level. That this has happened in Gaza became evident on October 7 2023, when along with the Hamas terrorists, a large section of the civilian population of Gaza either participated in the blood-curdling terrorist attacks, or cheered the Hamas actions, or both. The problem is, the Gazans are seemingly oblivious of the reality that they have lost their homes, their families and friends because of Hamas, which, by normalizing the worst kind of barbarity, has brought the war upon them. It is also because of this that the proposed two-state solution to solve the Palestinian problem will never work. Hamas has had complete control over Gaza since 2026—almost 20 years, during which aid worth billions of dollars have flown into this strip of land. Gaza under Hamas had complete autonomy. Hamas could have changed the face of Gaza with that kind of money in these two decades, but instead built tunnels and rockets and churned out terrorists by luring them with the vain promise of destroying Israel. Of course a part of that money turned the Hamas leadership into billionaires as well. And now US President Donald Trump wants to push through his plan to send the Palestinians to countries ready to accept them—their number is not that large, only 2.1 million, or 21 lakh—and develop Gaza as prime real estate. However outlandish this may seem, but it may actually be a better solution than the much touted two-state solution. For unless there is a change in the mindset, an independent Palestine cannot co-exist with Israel.

Politics of monkeys

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Hanuman langurs (Presbytis entellus) considered sacred are found throughout India. They generally live in groups with a complex social organization having dominance hierarchies. They are both polygynous and polyandrous. A group may consist of one male, several females and their offspring or all male groups. Multiple-male groups consist of many males and females of different ages. Single males, driven out of the group wander alone. Hanuman langurs are known for flaunting infanticide phenomenon that was discovered in Dharwad, Jodhpur and Abu some fifty years ago. Briefly, in mixed compositions the dominant male monopolizes all females. Subordinate males can mate with females stealthily when dominant male is not in the vicinity. Dominance of larger male is maintained due to his aggressive powers which enables him mating success, and siring as many offspring as possible. In a way langurs live in a harem. A subordinate male member of langur troop is incapable of taking head-on the resident dominant male and defeat him. Consequently, the subordinate males face a setback in accomplishing mating success and siring offspring. As a result, they hatch a plot to jointly fight the dominant male and drive him away. Then, the subordinate males (who are of comparable strength) fight among themselves; the winner becomes new resident commander and takes over the troop (harem). Hanuman langurs (different species) are famous for practicing infanticide mostly in one-male and several female groups soon after replacement of the resident male by a new Master. From evolutionary biology perspective, it is believed that males compete for mating success with females to leave behind their own progeny and pass on their genes to next generation. It is an effort to enhance one’s own fitness, a phenomenon that is common in animal kingdom. Infanticide is also seen in human society for reasons of poverty, raising step children, tribal practices etc. A dominant male langur from the same or another group after taking over the troop and gaining full control over it kills all suckling infants sired by the evicted or other male(s). The lactating primates are not receptive to mating. However, the females come to heat and become receptive to mating following ablactation (weaning). Ostensibly, committing infanticide by dominant male is to hasten lactating females to become sexually receptive and produce new offspring to pass on his genes to next generation. Thus, female langurs of a troop are like the members of harem under the dominant resident male. Replacement of dominant resident male appears to take place usually around two years. What has the infanticide behaviour got to do with politics? Are monkeys politicians? Honestly, I do not know. I only found some resemblance between how subordinate male langurs plan to take over the troop and how the small regional political parties having to sit in opposition hatch their plans to contain or overpower ruling party in power enjoying sound majority. However, the parties in opposition are helpless individually in overpowering the party in power much like the subordinate male member of langur troop. The members elected as independents do not belong to any party do not hold any rigid ideology are like female members of the langur troop. They usually align with the ruling party to derive benefits in any manner possible. The opposition parties which espouse the regional compulsions that differ from one State to the other. Individually, small regional parties can take on frontally with the ruling dispensation. Therefore, various political outfits with differing ideology come together, form alliances with a common goal of weaking or intimidating the duly elected leader of the largest ruling party as the Chief Minister or Prime Minister. This is to manoeuvre passing resolutions or bills to their advantage. The situation of opposition parties is thus analogous to that of the subordinate males of langur troops. They can tackle the situation only by joining hands with each other. However, they go beyond the langur strategy. For instance, when the alliance group fails to articulate effectively using sound arguments it resorts to creating a ruckus, sloganeering and making noise. It is said, when firmness is enough, rashness is unnecessary. When legislators/parliamentarians fail to win arguments through debate, or when various tactics fail, walking out in protest seems to become the last resort. People play politics but Hanuman langurs may not. However, the strategy adopted by the subordinate male langurs to jointly fight the opponent is laudable. They then fight among equals to gain control of the troop. If the various political parties try to do the same (form alliance first and then fight among themselves) what is wrong? Langurs have not patented the strategy. Besides, they are our own distant cousins and, most revered species! Clearly, politicians are well within their rights in following the ancestral alleyway of langurs! (saidapur@gmail.com)

Power Shift in West: How EU is Rising Amid US-EU Rivalry and Global Turmoil

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The geopolitical landscape of the West has been dramatically reshaped by the ongoing Russia-Ukraine war. This article provides a comparative analysis of the United States (US) and European Union (EU) in their responses to the crisis, highlighting the EU’s evolving strategy to enhance its strength and autonomy. With a focus on NATO’s Article 5, economic resilience, defense initiatives, and practical case studies, this paper presents how the EU is repositioning itself as a formidable power capable of countering crises independently. Introduction The Russia-Ukraine war, which escalated in 2022, has tested the unity and strategic capabilities of both the US and the EU. While the US has traditionally played a leading role in global security, recent shifts in policy have caused European leaders to rethink their reliance on American military and intelligence support. Meanwhile, the EU has introduced new strategies aimed at strengthening its defense infrastructure, economic resilience, and political unity. This article critically evaluates these shifts, drawing on practical examples of EU’s strategic realignment. US Response: Strategic Overview Historically, the US has acted as Europe’s primary security guarantor, especially through its leadership in NATO. Under President Joe Biden, the US has provided substantial military and economic assistance to Ukraine, including weapons, intelligence, and economic sanctions against Russia. However, recent developments such as the suspension of intelligence-sharing with Ukraine have raised concerns among European allies about over-dependence on Washington for security. With Donald Trump’s latest decisions to reduce US commitments to NATO and scale down military aid to Ukraine, the European Union is now facing a critical test of its strategic autonomy. The implications of these policy shifts include: Reduced Military Support – Trump’s decision to scale back military aid to Ukraine places greater pressure on EU nations to compensate for the shortfall in arms and training support. Uncertainty in NATO Commitments – By challenging NATO’s funding and questioning US engagement in European security, Trump’s stance forces Europe to rethink its reliance on transatlantic security guarantees. Economic Sanctions Reassessment – If Trump relaxes sanctions on Russia or alters the US approach, the EU may need to adopt independent financial strategies to sustain economic pressure on Moscow. Diplomatic Repositioning – With potential US disengagement from European affairs, the EU must assume a more prominent role in mediating and influencing global geopolitical decisions. Despite these challenges, Europe recognizes the need to fortify its own security and economic resilience, rather than relying solely on US interventions. EU Response: Strengthening Autonomy In contrast to the US approach, the EU has taken significant steps to enhance its geopolitical strength and strategic independence. This includes economic diversification, bolstering its military-industrial complex, and reinforcing its commitment to collective defense under NATO’s Article 5. 1. Article 5 and Collective Security Article 5 of the NATO treaty, which states that an attack on one member is an attack on all, has been a cornerstone of transatlantic security. While the US has historically shouldered much of NATO’s defense burden, Trump’s skepticism toward the alliance has accelerated European efforts to assume greater responsibility: Increased Defense Budgets – European nations, led by Germany and France, have significantly increased their military expenditures to fill gaps left by potential US withdrawals. Rapid Reaction Forces – The EU has initiated new defense capabilities, including a 5,000-strong rapid reaction force, to bolster security in its eastern flank. Joint Military Exercises – The EU and NATO members have increased joint military drills to improve coordination and readiness against Russian aggression. 2. Rearm Europe Initiative To address gaps in military capabilities, the EU launched the “ReArm Europe” initiative, a €800 billion defense investment plan aimed at: Strengthening Europe’s weapons production capacity. Reducing reliance on US arms. Enhancing cyber defense and counter-intelligence operations. 3. Economic and Energy Resilience Sanctions against Russia have had economic repercussions for Europe, particularly in energy dependency. However, the EU has pursued aggressive measures to counter these vulnerabilities: Diversification of Energy Supply – The EU has significantly reduced its reliance on Russian gas, securing alternative sources from Norway, the US, and the Middle East. Investment in Renewables – The European Green Deal has accelerated investments in solar, wind, and nuclear power to decrease dependency on fossil fuels. Strengthened Trade Partnerships – The EU has enhanced trade agreements with African and Indo-Pacific nations to counterbalance economic risks. 4. Strengthening Internal Political Cohesion While historically fragmented on defense policy, the EU has achieved unprecedented political unity in response to the Ukraine crisis: Continued Sanctions on Russia – Despite economic difficulties, EU nations have maintained a strong sanctions regime. Increased Support for Ukraine’s EU Membership – Ukraine’s fast-tracked EU accession process signals European commitment to counter Russian influence. Comparative Analysis: US vs EU Approaches The differences in how the US and the EU have responded to the crisis underscore fundamental shifts in global power dynamics. While the US remains a dominant global power, Trump’s policy shifts indicate a potential withdrawal from Europe-centric strategic commitments, compelling the EU to enhance its autonomy and geopolitical influence. Geopolitical Shifts and Future Outlook The conflict in Ukraine has catalyzed major shifts in the geopolitical landscape of the West: NATO Expansion – Sweden and Finland’s NATO memberships have strengthened the alliance’s northern flank, but Trump’s stance raises doubts about long-term US involvement. US-Europe Relations – With growing uncertainty in US foreign policy, the EU’s push for strategic autonomy is expected to reshape future alliances. Russia’s Positioning – If the US scales back its opposition to Russia, Europe may face heightened security threats, requiring a faster and more coordinated defense response. The EU’s ability to maintain unity and develop independent security mechanisms will be crucial in determining its future geopolitical influence. The comparative study of the US and EU responses to the Russia-Ukraine crisis highlights an evolving shift in global power structures. With Trump’s latest decisions challenging NATO, reducing aid to Ukraine, and questioning America’s engagement in European security, the EU must accelerate its push for self-reliance. Through investments in defense, energy resilience, and economic realignment, the EU is demonstrating its ability to handle crises independently. The success of these efforts will shape the future of European security and its role in global affairs. Bottomline the EU’s commitment to Article 5 and its proactive initiatives reflect a new era of European strength. As the US recalibrates its global commitments, Europe is poised to not only withstand current challenges but also redefine its position as a major geopolitical force. Dr. Nishakant Ojha – Internationally Acclaimed Expert on Foreign Affairs & National Security

China’s cyber playbook: Growing threat of censorship-as-a-service in India

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

For years, global markets have questioned the impact of China’s competitive strategies—often aided by state support—across industries ranging from consumer electronics to heavy machinery. Yet, beneath the surface of traditional exports lies an equally formidable engine: a domestic cybersecurity ecosystem with growing regional influence. Nowhere is this more evident than in India, where Beijing’s technological reach increasingly shapes digital governance frameworks. In India, this highlights citizens’ awareness of digital regulations, particularly following the 2008 amendment to the IT Act, which governs online content and cybersecurity. This amendment to the 2000 law allows central and state governments to punish or censor people for publishing or messaging unwanted or inflammatory content. Unlike typical software export stories, SentinelLabs recently revealed how Chinese tech firms offer legitimate services to civilians while providing Censorship-as-a-Service (CaaS) to governments, raising critical concerns about transparency and market fairness. If a cybersecurity firm can deliver standard Endpoint Detection & Response (EDR) solutions to private customers while enabling government content-monitoring platforms, it significantly alters the risk landscape for businesses operating in India. Companies striving to protect customer data may unknowingly operate within a broader ecosystem where state-backed actors leverage CaaS to control digital narratives, creating new risks for enterprises navigating this market. As if procuring technology was not already challenging enough, businesses must now scrutinize potential partners for hidden ties to clandestine monitoring operations, ensuring their security strategies do not inadvertently expose them to state-driven digital influence campaigns. The TopSec Leak: Unveiling the Dual-Use Threat SentinelLabs’ report, Censorship as a Service | Leak Reveals Public-Private Collaboration to Monitor Chinese Cyberspace, centers on leaked work logs from Beijing-based TopSec. A long-established cybersecurity vendor, TopSec, offers EDR, vulnerability scanning, and other mainstream solutions. However, the files reveal additional functionality designed to track “sensitive words” and suspicious web content—indicating active content moderation tools with implications for India’s digital landscape. Within the logs, analysts found references to DevOps frameworks such as Docker, Ansible, and Kubernetes. Yet instead of focusing solely on corporate threats like malware, TopSec’s scripts discuss “sensitive” web content, hidden links, and censorship triggers. Code names like “Sparta” describe modules designed to monitor or block content across client networks. High-risk content is escalated even through WeChat, raising concerns about data security, as organizations using TopSec’s services may be unwittingly funneling internal alerts through a platform the government can freely audit. SentinelLabs also notes TopSec’s ties to state-owned enterprises, including agencies investigating corruption. In one case, monitoring for sensitive content was requested by a person acting on behalf of a local government entity the same day that news broke regarding an official’s corruption probe in that government office, suggesting that commercial tools are being leveraged to shape public perception—a scenario that could impact Indian businesses navigating regulatory and operational risks. FORTIFYING DEFENCES IN A CENSORED LANDSCAPE Ransomware-as-a-Service (RaaS) thrives on franchising malicious tools to individuals or groups, turning cybercrime into a revenue stream. Security teams must now accept that CaaS may be even more far-reaching. In both cases, clients license platforms designed for specific outcomes. Sophisticated state or corporate actors could harness CaaS to manipulate news outlets, undercut competition, or restrict employees’ access to market data—stifling innovation under the guise of “brand protection” or “cybersecurity.” If these capabilities proliferate within India’s market, smaller players in global supply chains may feel pressured to adopt similarly aggressive solutions, hastening the fragmentation of open markets. While RaaS primarily aims to monetize stolen data, CaaS raises the stakes by controlling the flow of information. In extreme cases, entire communities or workforces could be selectively shielded from public scrutiny, implicating corporate espionage and fundamental ethical considerations. Strategic decision-makers must now design threat models that account not just for technological risks, but for the geopolitical landscape influencing cybersecurity policies. A cybersecurity provider’s architecture is no longer a neutral element; it can be weaponized to shape corporate and public discourse. Addressing The New Cyber Risk Paradigm With AI TopSec’s collaboration with state-affiliated organizations illustrates how commercial cybersecurity solutions can become de facto government policy tools. Public-private partnerships are not unusual in many regions, particularly where governments frequently collaborate with tech firms to secure digital infrastructure. Yet, what sets this instance apart is the potential for censorship tools to trickle into less benign use cases. Shadowy operators could employ these services to stifle employee communication, remove external viewpoints, or suppress competitive data. Defending against such a scenario begins with stronger technological safeguards. As described in Forgotten Credentials in the Cloud, even a single exposed credential can compromise entire systems. Automated security offers the most promising line of defense by detecting anomalies in real time, automatically revoking leaked credentials, and limiting the lateral movement of unauthorized users. This heightened vigilance protects organizations from infiltration by advanced adversaries aiming to surreptitiously install censorship frameworks. It also addresses broader reputational risks. Enterprises prioritizing robust credential management and AI-based intrusion detection significantly reduce the odds of unknowingly becoming a conduit for anti-competitive, state-driven agendas. In the future, the willingness to invest in AI-centric security may serve as a key differentiator for businesses seeking both operational stability and global credibility. Securing Trust In Challenging Times The emergence of Censorship-as-a-Service raises urgent questions about where private cybersecurity ends and state influence begins. For business leaders operating in India, risk tolerance must now account for whether cutting-edge security software could morph into a tool for targeted content control. By coupling rigorous supply chain oversight with AI-enhanced protection, organizations can guard against misuse and reinforce the open flow of information—safeguarding not just corporate data but also the principles that underpin fair competition and free enterprise. The author, Mr Diwakar Daya is the Managing Director & Area Vice President - India & SAARC at SentinelOne.

Two decades of bonds of Bhagat Singh and Sukhdev Thapar

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

23rd March every year is the most sentimental day especially for we Punjabis and also for whole of our nation when young trio Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev and Rajguru were executed to death by Britishers in Lahore jail this day in the year 1931.They were in their twenties. Nation wept and anguish was widespread then. But, today even after 94 years of their martyrdom the towering message of communal harmony, justice and economic liberty given by their struggle stands as tall and conspicuous as it was then. Rather it is more relevant as country is facing complex socio-political- economic shackles which are accentuated by global free economy. We lament them martyrdom even more today. Sukhdev was born on 15th May,1907 in Naughara Mohalla in Ludhiana and Bhagat Singh, born on 27th Sep.1907 in a village Banga, District Lyallpur (Chack No.105 RB) which is now part of Pakistan after our Punjab’s unfortunate partition in 1947 at the time of independence. Due to death of his father when Sukhdev was at tender age of 4, his mother moved family to Lyallpur to live in the care of Lala Chint Ram Thapar, paternal uncle at Lyallpur who was a respected nationalist. S. Ajit Singh, a prominent freedom fighter (Bhagat Singh’s paternal uncle) had proximity with Shere-e-Punjab Lala Lajpat Rai as both were foremost in the then Undivided Punjab’s agitations against the British rulers’ dictates of excessive land revenues and irrigation rates, particularly protests in the year beginning 2007. Lala Chint Ram was also their trusted compatriot as he supported them and also collected funds for many a meeting. Thus, martyrs’ families knew each other and these children ever since their early childhood and school days watched the freedom movement activities of elders. Bhagat Singh as a child was often taken to many a conferences and rallies in which other senior freedom fighters addressed. Sukhdev, had studied in a Lyallpur school where once he refused to give Salami (Salute) to a British inspector. He often collected Rani Laxmi Bai (of 1857 fame Gadar Movement) portraits. Bhagat Singh’s family shifted to Nawankot near Lahore where it had some land. He was admitted first in Khalsa High School but later his father preferred DAV School, Lahore from where he completed his Matriculation Examination. He then joined the National College at Lahore where Punjab Kesri Lala Lajpat Rai was one among prominent in the management. Sukhdev meanwhile had completed his education from Sanatan Dharm High School in Layalpur in 1922. This city had no college then. Sukhdev prevailed upon his uncle for admission in National College, Lahore where Bhagat Singh had got admitted. In fact, this college had wards of all the nationalists who were in the fore front in the then Non-Cooperation Movement of Mahatma Gandhi against the Britishers. They read and discussed literature of other countries freedom movements hours together. The librarian of Dwarka Das Library at Lahore provided all such books as were asked for by these ardent revolutionary students. Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev and Bhagwati Charan formed a study circle with other likeminded students. Bhagat Singh was an avid reader ahead of his companions. National College teachers too influenced them in their inclinations to join freedom struggle full-fledged. The backdrop of the 1915 Lahore Conspiracy Case ( Ist ) in which Kartar Singh Sarabha, a key figure in the Ghadar Party, was executed for his role in the conspiracy has shaken the young minds. Further, the teenage anguish which these young men were nursing against the firing incident of Jallianbagh Targedy on 13th April,1919 at Amritsar earlier changed their future course of life completely later. Thus, the year 1925 and 1926 in the college shaped them to play a bigger role. The families of martyrs could not resist hem and they refused to marry too. Bhagat Singh secretly came in support of Kakori Conspiracy Case’s young prisoners of Hindustan Republican Association (HRA) of train robbery of government cash that took place at Kakori, near Lucknow in 1925 as they wanted to fund their struggle. He spent time at Kanpur and Lucknow. Back to Lahore he with other young men formed The Naujawan Bharat Sabha at Lahore with the main aim of awakening political consciousness in the people of Punjab and mobilized the youth, peasants and workers towards the nationalist movement. They distributed literature of their activities. The British CID too kept eye on them but, they operated secretly. When the Simon Commission from UK visited Lahore on 30th October 1928, Lajpat Rai in a non-violent march gave the slogan “Simon Go Back!”. The police superintendent in Lahore, James A. Scott, ordered lathi charge and personally assaulted Rai to which Bhagat Singh and Sukhdev were a witness to that incident. Later Lajpat Rai had died. The youth in this group pledged to avenge. The revolutionaries’ group of Rajguru, Sukhdev, Bhagat Singh and Chandra Shekhar Azad plotted to kill Scott to send a message to the British government However, in a case of mistaken identity, Bhagat Singh was signaled to shoot John P. Saunders, an assistant superintendent of the Lahore Police. He was shot by Rajguru and Singh while leaving the District Police Headquarters in Lahore on 17 December 1928. All these young men hoodwinked police and left in the evening train to Calcutta the next day in disguising and could not be caught. In the year 1929, the British Government in India tried to pass two bills -The Trade Disputes Bill and the Public Safety Bill in the Delhi Assembly. The sole motive of Britishers’ bill was to restrict activities of revolutionaries. All nationalist opposed the bill. The youthful members of HSRA decided to mark their symbolic protest by raising their voice by exploding 2 bombs in the Assembly Chamber on 8th April,1929. The task was given to Bhagat Singh and B K Dutt. Here this is pertinent to add that other members of HSRA were opposed to exposing and sending of Bhagat Singh for the task knowing well that he was already involved in Saundras killing at Lahore. But it was Sukhdev who annoyingly prevailed upon committee ultimately to send Bhagat Singh in the assembly blast task as he was always confident about Bhagat Singh’s meticulous execution. After throwing bombs and throwing leaflets they shouted ‘Inquilab Jindabaad ”. Both were arrested as they did not run to escape. Incidentally, Sukhdev who was monitoring all operations bicycled parallel to police motorcade in Delhi on that day and later slipped to Lahore where he was arrested from his hideout room . Police got convinced that the mastermind was Sukhdev as from the room some ammunition too was recovered. The case’s first information report (FIR), was submitted in April 1929 by Hamilton Harding, Senior Superintendent of Police. The case came to be known as 1929 Lahore Conspiracy Case which was officially titled as “Crown versus Sukhdev and others.” The case file mentioned him as Swami alias peasant, son of Ram Lal, of Thapar Khatri caste. All the arrested revolutionaries including Bhagat Singh & B K Dutt were brought to Lahore Central Jail as police strongly believed that conspiracy of their activities was originally hatched in Lahore itself. In this jail, the revolutionaries also went on hunger strike for several days and they were violently forced fed. They were beaten too in the jail. But they kept insisting for same treatment as was given to prisoners of wars arguing that they are waging war against The Crown to free their nation. They spoke their anger to the judges. The Special Tribunal cunningly formed for the case too regarded Sukhdev to be the brain of the conspiracy with Bhagat Singh as his right arm who both brought expert marksman Rajguru in their plans for the shooting that killed Saunders. A quick judgement of death sentence to the revolutionaries which was ultimately passed on 7th October,1930 unfortunately. Hanging of martyrs was planned on the morning of 24th March,1931. But, sensing trouble outside jail, the authorities preponed the previous evening of 23rd March. The relatives of Bhagat Singh, Rajguru and Sukhdev reached to meet them before hanging. For Sukhdev only his mother Ralidai Thapar and brother Mathuradas Thapar were allowed, whereas uncle Lala Chintram was not allowed to see him despite having carried a letter from Chief Secretary Punjab. Families were not given a fair trial and the trio of Bhagat Singh , Rajguru and Sukhdev were hanged The martyrs struggled together and they died together. There are many a documented anecdotes of their bonds when both Bhagat Singh and Sukhdev argued between themselves and later wept to each other to reconcile. Any effort by vested interests to divide then in martyrdom must be despised. Brij Bhushan Goyal, Ludhiana—A Social Activist & A Sr. Citizen

The myth of freedom and the general will

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Freedom, the sweetest sounding word in the dictionary, stands for man’s free will while undertaking an action. But, there is a great question mark on the idea of free will. Are we really free? Can we exercise our free will? We often say that for man sky is the limit. It means he is free under the sky to do what he wants. Is it really so? What I am discussing today goes beyond the idea of political freedom. I am talking of freedom in existential as well as extra-terrestrial terms. Are we really Free? In this world where constitutions grant freedom to their citizens, can we say we have freedom to act? A woman who gets pocket money, has freedom to use it the way she likes. These are small little freedoms which give us a feeling of being free to choose. But there are larger questions also which are involved in the perception of freedom. Every person wants to be rich. He works hard for it. Sometimes he commits frauds also. Can he claim freedom to do what he likes? What restricts us from doing a hundred things although apparently there is nobody to challenge us if we do? Again the question is: why are the poor, poor? The world gives them freedom to do what they want. But, still they remain poor. What stops them? And how much freedom they possess to undo their limiting conditions? Then, what restricts us from being happy? It does not need money. It only needs a special mind set. Still, happiness eludes us. Why? Are we not free to be happy? Can our money bring us the joys denied to us by gods? Can we coerce the cosmic phenomenon as we do with social structures? Who is controlling our freedom? Who is controlling our happiness? An Action is a Trap What type of a freedom we have? We are free to act most of the times, yet we are not absolutely free. Our actions trap us. If we do a wrongful action, its fall-out traps us and we lose all possibilities of joy. So far as freedom is concerned, I feel it is only a chocolate for human beings. Do you have freedom to decide when you will be born in this world? Can you choose your parents? Can you decide the time of your birth? How much will you can use in the selection of your life partner? And then, what will you beget, a son or a daughter? What will be the color of her skin? Can you decide anything? Can you have freedom to bring up your children as you wish? And finally, do you have freedom to live beyond the moment of your death? We are helpless. We have no free will. We have no freedom. The freedom we talk of is an illusion. We are strapped by invisible chains. Our area of freedom is determined by the creative process which also possesses coercive powers. Each person has to exist and work in a predetermined environment, and perform certain jobs. These are determined partly by his own past, and partly by his responses to the situations that encounter him. Man is not at all a free agent. At least in this world, he is closely controlled and being monitored and his progress is watched till end. Only those people are happy who are maintaining harmony with nature. Those who try to break the balance in anyway, come to grief. There is no freedom from this divine law. You are served the dishes you have prepared for yourself. And the surprise of surprises is you are required to act as a matter of duty, and then, what will happen is again controlled by gods. In other words, the fall out of your actions is not in your hands. Invisible Pattern Whatever we do, has an invisible pattern which we most of the times fail to discover. Every object, and every action, that happens, has behind it a pattern, and beyond it too. In this way, no action is undertaken with your free will. Moreover, gods start intervening in whatever we are doing. We can decide on doing certain things in the morning, but by the evening, we find things were not done as planned. This is the intervention of gods. They deny us certain joys. Why? This is the subject of another long talk. The General Will It is surprising that the world is governed by a General Will. Our individual will is free only so long as it serves the ends of that General Will. If we contravene it, there is a crash. There is so much turmoil in the world simply because people think they are free to do anything they want. They are unaware of the fact that gods take note of it, and act instantly and men come to grief for their violations. Gods do not interfere when they find men are doing their jobs with their good intentions. But once they try to be over smart, or over confident, they lose their balance and prove detrimental to the harmony of the universe and invite divine intervention. Freedom which challenges the General Will and the Harmony of the Universe is not acceptable to gods. No Ozymandias stands unassaulted by Time [Kaala]. Power is a negative virtue which impacts the body balance of the holders, and brings them to ruin faster than they had thought. Dr Jernail Singh Anand, author of 180 books has won the Seneca Award, Charter of Morava, Franz Kafka and Maxim Gorky Awards. His name adorns the Poets’ Rock in Serbia.

Landmark Johannesburg Ruling Calls for Equal Parental Leave: A Lesson for India?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Johannesburg, March 17, 2025 — In a landmark decision, the Johannesburg High Court has ruled in favour of equal parental leave for all parents, regardless of gender or how they become parents. The case, Van Wyk and Others v. Department of Labour, was brought by a group of parents who challenged the disparity in parental leave policies, arguing that non-biological parents were unfairly granted fewer benefits than biological mothers. A Case of Discrimination in Parental Leave Under South African law, biological mothers were entitled to longer maternity leave compared to adoptive and surrogate parents. The petitioners, which included fathers, adoptive mothers, and commissioning mothers (who have children via surrogacy), contended that this differentiation was unreasonable. They argued that an infant requires equal care, attention, and supervision in its early stages of life, regardless of whether the parents are biological or not. Furthermore, they highlighted that physiological recovery should not be the sole factor determining leave policies, as caregiving responsibilities remain the same. Another crucial point in the case revolved around the role of fathers. The existing framework assumed that fathers played a secondary or “ancillary” role in parenting, thus excluding them from substantial parental leave benefits. The court found this discriminatory, stating that such policies imposed an unfair burden on mothers while failing to recognize the equal responsibility of fathers in child-rearing. Court’s Progressive Judgment In a ruling that could set a precedent for parental leave policies worldwide, the Johannesburg High Court held that leave entitlements should not be based purely on biology but rather on the best interests of the child and an equitable division of responsibilities between parents. The court suggested that parents should have the option to split their leave between them, allowing greater flexibility for families to decide how to care for their child. This judgment was hailed as a progressive step toward gender equality, recognizing that fathers are not merely “supporting parents” but active and essential caregivers. The ruling underscores that parental leave policies must adapt to modern family structures and ensure that both parents have the opportunity to bond with and care for their children. Are We Reinforcing Gender Stereotypes? The decision in Johannesburg brings into focus the parental leave policies in India, which remain deeply unequal. The Maternity Benefit (Amendment) Act, 2017 grants biological mothers up to 26 weeks of paid leave. However, adoptive and commissioning mothers are only entitled to 12 weeks, highlighting a similar disparity to that which the South African court has now ruled against. More concerning is the lack of substantial paternity leave provisions. Fathers employed in the private sector often receive no paid parental leave, while those in government service are granted only 15 days of paternity leave. This stark imbalance reinforces the outdated notion that childcare is primarily a mother’s responsibility, reducing the father’s role to a secondary one. The absence of comprehensive paternity leave options creates challenges for families, particularly in dual-income households. By not providing fathers with equal parental leave, Indian policies are inadvertently restricting their ability to actively participate in childcare. The burden falls disproportionately on mothers, affecting their careers and overall well-being. Need for Reform: Rethinking Parental Leave The Johannesburg ruling challenges societies worldwide to rethink their approach to parental leave. In India, a revision of existing laws is crucial to promote true gender equality in parenting. Equal parental leave would ensure that fathers have the opportunity to participate in the early stages of child-rearing, thereby challenging and dismantling rigid gender roles. Providing equitable leave also benefits children by allowing both parents to share the responsibilities of care and nurture. Studies have shown that increased father involvement in childcare leads to better emotional and cognitive development in children. Moreover, fair parental leave policies help in fostering a balanced work-life environment for both parents. A Step Towards Gender-Neutral Parenting As India moves forward in its journey towards gender equality, addressing the gaps in parental leave policies must become a priority. By recognizing fathers as equal caregivers, we take an essential step towards dismantling the outdated structures that have historically placed childcare responsibilities solely on mothers. The Johannesburg court’s decision is a reminder that equality in parenting is not just a progressive ideal, it is a necessity. India must take cues from this ruling and implement policies that promote shared parental responsibilities, ensuring a fairer and more inclusive society for future generations. Parth Gautam is an Advocate & Pragati Solanki is Assistant professor, HLM Group of Institutions.

The cry of the cuckoo

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

This year though the Cuckoo arrived in end February in Goa as if to caution us that enough was enough , stop cutting trees as one day I shall not be able to sing my painful song ! Beauty to us it may be , it is cuckoo’s cry , her lament and sorrowful call for company ! Cuckoos arrive as the spring’s warmth beckons them , but with early warming of weather she thinks that her arrival time has approached! Why is it that the Cuckoo hides herself around the leaves of tree branches , prefers to remain unseen ? Is she shy? I look for her always and sometimes see her sitting alone singing her sad sweet song. Perhaps, enticing or cajoling her mate! Maybe she wants her privacy when she finds her mate. Does she know that how beautiful she sings? How happy she makes all of us ? How much music and comfort and joy she gives to the world , Is she shy because she is dark ? May be, but she possesses a beautiful heart and inner beauty and voice so soul stirring . I have been observing this sound since years . I am not sure if it is to herald the spring or the approaching summer or to announce the mango flowering and ripening thereafter or an advance notice, invitation or caution of the monsoons but there is melody and distinct pain in her call. Though it sings in spring the call can be heard even in early June. I have learnt that both male and female Cuckoos call , but since years I have perceived the cuckoo call with the female cuckoo only. During my early student days I always connected cuckoo to summer and mangoes after having heard a classical song in raag ‘Malkaus’ during School Annual day function – “ koyaliya bole amuva ki daar par.”( Koyal sings sitting on the mango tree branch). In Kochi I was pleased to hear the cuckoo almost through the year as the mangoes are available on trees much prior and beyond the standard summer months. Could it be the mango which motivates the cuckoo to sing? And mangoes do appear by end March/ early April and keep us company till the middle of monsoon. Strange it may appear I observe that the cuckoo- mango-monsoon have a link to the character and personality of us Indians. ‘Waiting’ ( Intezar) is the first emotion which the above process generates followed by ‘exasperation’, ‘hope’, ‘arrival’, ‘rejoicing’, ‘celebration’, ‘separation’ , ‘disappointment’. Like the twist in monsoon tale which sometimes approaches but retreats or withers our emotional cycle too behaves similarly. Mangoes rejuvenate wavering health, so do the monsoon. Therefore the emotional quotient of Indians is heavily hinged on cuckoo-mango- and monsoon. Year after year the wait and embrace makes our emotional system superior to the logical mind system, it also explains our variety of cultural expressions during the monsoon months. In addition to reviving our economy the monsoon-mango and cuckoo give us emotional therapy to sustain for a year. There is one variety of Cuckoo/Koyal called ‘Chatak’ called Jacobian Cuckoo found in large number in Indian sub continent . This bird awaits for the monsoon rain to quench its thirst! CHATAK Cuckoo not only resides in Indian subcontinent , but also in Europe . Wordsworth has written of her in his poem ‘To the Cuckoo’- “ Thrice welcome, darling of the Spring! Even yet thou art to me No bird, but an invisible thing, A voice, a mystery; The same whom in my school-boy days I listened to; that Cry Which made me look a thousand ways In bush, and tree, and sky. “ And so also other poets such as John Logan in his ‘Ode to the Cuckoo’ writes: “Hail, beauteous stranger of the grove! Thou messenger of Spring! Now Heaven repairs thy rural seat, And woods thy welcome ring.” Reference to Cuckoo is in abundance in Hindustani classical music , poetry . Hindi cinema songs are full of Koyal and mango references . Para Devi sings in 1947 film ‘Do Bhai’ song penned by Raja Mehdi Ali Khan – “ Amwa ki Dari pe Koyal Bole Koyal Bole Re Koyal Bole Prem Ki Nadin Mein Man Ki Nayya Dag Mag Dole Re Dagmag” ( Koyal sings on the mango branch , koyal sings In the river of love my mind’s boat rolls and rolls) –“ Abdul Majeed ‘Shams’ writes in his poem titled ‘Phagun’- “Khushi se fazaa muskarane lagi Nasime Sahar gungunane lagin Papihon ne rat ‘pi kahan’ ki lagayi Kahin mast koyal ne ku-ku sunayi” ( with happiness nature is smiling The morning breeze is humming Papiha ( a Cuckoo variety) is continually singing Somewhere the merry Cuckoo is cooing ! ) She is known by different names – Cuckoo, Koyal , Kokila all names resonating with the song and sound she makes. Unlike Pigeons , Parrots and Blabbers who move in a flock Cuckoo remains in her own world , she perhaps stays single . In Kalidas’s famous Poem ‘Ritusamhara’ which has six Cantos each dedicated to a ‘season’ , in Canto six dedicated to Spring/Basant there are numerous references to Cuckoo, Mango and Bees . A few stanzas/lines are quoted below from the book , translated by Abhay K: “ Crazy Cuckoo drunk on Mango nectar, Kisses his mate passionately , So do the honey bees hidden inside lotus petals Make love to their sweethearts”( Stanza 14) “ and now the joyous Cuckoo with its sweet cooing Seals the fate of young hearts lost to amorous women” ( Lines from stanza 20) “ In Chaitra , Cuckoo’s cooing and humming of bees fill the air” ( Lines from stanza 24) During the time of Wordsworth and John Logan the nature was close to humanity ,it was part of their world and they had leisure and inclination to observe nature and write about it. Kalidas was writing in a period about two thousand years ago, where there was abundance of nature and the wild urban life post industrialization was centuries away . From the poetic expression of Kalidas the progressive society of that time is reflected which we call the ‘Golden Age’. However we are lucky that we hear the Cuckoo still ; Sadly I fear that this sweet bird of spring shall appear less and less and shall soon disappear in the urban desert which we are creating . I end this article with my anguish in verse below: “THE PAIN OF THE CUCKOO” The cuckoo cried in passionate pain throughout the night. Not a drop of water fell; though distant thunder felt. Cuckoo arrives in early march and is heard till june-july end. She searches for her mate and creates many symbols of rain. Her song, her solitude, her plea goes unheard; in traffic din urbane. Why is she here then wasting her voice on ungrateful citizens? I have heard her song at all times during the day. But why is she so much in grief tonight? Will she be able to attract her mate? Will she be able to love once again before the season dies? This sound is the nature’s blessing which we search in temples and tomb. Those are blessed who hear her cry , those who don’t; remain ungroomed. No scientist can create such soulful cry, it is only an artist’s inspiration. Am I the lucky one who hears in this green corner of metropolis? Have the concrete kept her away from her annual visits? Deprived of destiny will the children of modernity never hear her nectar sound that nourishes their generation. God they say lies in small things, small sounds! Same sound with subtle variations is the source of truth and joy. She is in perennial quest, in eternal pain, an emotional pain. To make us happy. To liberate us . To redeem us. To rejoice us. Do we deserve her? Worshippers of market! Soldiers of wealth! Ready to conquer the fertile for greed. No! we do not deserve her song; her sound. No ! do not come cuckoo again. This shall be our punishment; our penance. “

Dark Factories: The Future of Manufacturing or a Looming Challenge?

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The industrial sector is undergoing an unprecedented metamorphosis, propelled by advancements in artificial intelligence (AI), automation, and the Internet of Things (IoT). Among the most transformative developments in this domain is the advent of dark factories—highly sophisticated, fully autonomous manufacturing facilities that operate devoid of human intervention. These facilities promise unparalleled precision, cost efficiency, and continuous production. However, their emergence also precipitates substantial socio-economic and technological challenges, including workforce displacement, cybersecurity vulnerabilities, and adaptability concerns within an evolving industrial paradigm. This article critically examines the trajectory of dark factories, their advantages, potential drawbacks, and their implications for the future of global manufacturing. The Conceptual Framework of Dark Factories Dark factories, also termed lights-out manufacturing facilities, represent a paradigm shift in industrial production. These facilities integrate an intricate nexus of AI-driven robotics, machine learning algorithms, and IoT-enabled monitoring systems that autonomously oversee manufacturing processes. Operating in an entirely automated environment, these factories function without human oversight, thus obviating the need for lighting—hence the term dark factory. At the core of dark factory functionality lies an interconnected network of intelligent machinery and sensor-based diagnostics, which enable real-time error detection, predictive maintenance, and self-optimization. By leveraging AI-based analytics, these systems ensure precision-driven output while mitigating operational inefficiencies and downtime, heralding a new era of smart manufacturing. Strategic Incentives for Adopting Dark Factories The proliferation of dark factories is underpinned by multiple compelling factors. Chief among these is the enhancement of operational efficiency. Automated systems facilitate unprecedented levels of accuracy and consistency, mitigating human error and optimizing production throughput. AI-driven algorithms further contribute to minimizing waste and maximizing resource utilization, thereby driving cost efficiency. Another critical determinant is the potential for 24/7 operational continuity. Unlike human labor, AI-integrated machinery does not require rest periods, enabling seamless production cycles that enhance market responsiveness and scalability. Moreover, dark factories present significant advancements in occupational safety by eliminating human exposure to hazardous conditions, particularly in sectors dealing with toxic chemicals, extreme temperatures, and high-risk manufacturing environments. Furthermore, the scalability of AI-driven production lines affords manufacturers the flexibility to respond dynamically to shifting market demands. Machine learning models facilitate adaptive production planning, obviating the need for extensive retraining or workforce realignment. This adaptability positions dark factories as a cornerstone of future-ready industrial ecosystems. Industry Pioneers in Dark Factory Innovation Several global enterprises have spearheaded the transition toward dark factories. Japan’s Fanuc, a frontrunner in industrial robotics, operates a facility where robotic arms are manufactured exclusively by other automated systems, effectively eliminating human involvement. Siemens’ Amberg plant in Germany similarly exemplifies dark factory integration, achieving a near-perfect 99.99% quality assurance rate through AI-powered monitoring and real-time adjustments. In the realm of automotive production, Tesla has incrementally advanced its automation infrastructure within its Gigafactories, with CEO Elon Musk envisioning a fully autonomous vehicle production ecosystem. Meanwhile, in China, CNC machining firms have embraced dark factory models to achieve unprecedented precision in high-volume manufacturing. Adidas, though encountering logistical setbacks, pioneered automated Speedfactories as an experimental initiative in robotic production, underscoring the potential of dark factories in consumer goods manufacturing. The Industrial Revolution 4.0: Dark Factories and the Future of Manufacturing The impact of dark factories extends beyond automation, symbolizing a seismic shift in industrial methodologies. AI-powered quality control systems are increasingly supplanting human-led inspections, leveraging machine learning for defect detection, thus optimizing reliability and waste reduction. Energy efficiency is another area of innovation, with AI-optimized power consumption strategies reducing operational costs and environmental footprints. Additionally, real-time data analytics is revolutionizing manufacturing ecosystems. IoT-embedded sensors enable predictive maintenance by continuously assessing machinery performance and preempting mechanical failures, thus averting costly production halts. Moreover, industries that necessitate sterile production environments, such as pharmaceuticals and semiconductor manufacturing, are poised to benefit substantially from dark factories, where human contamination risks are entirely mitigated. Challenges and Complexities in Implementing Dark Factories Despite their transformative potential, dark factories are not devoid of challenges. Foremost among these is the significant capital investment required for deploying AI-integrated robotics, data analytics infrastructure, and machine-learning frameworks. For small and medium-sized enterprises, these financial barriers may impede large-scale adoption. Furthermore, the rise of dark factories has profound socio-economic ramifications. The automation of labor-intensive production processes raises pressing concerns about widespread job displacement. This necessitates proactive governmental and corporate policies geared toward workforce reskilling and the development of AI-competent labor forces, ensuring sustainable employment transitions within the evolving industrial landscape. Operational vulnerabilities also present formidable risks. Fully automated facilities are inherently dependent on intricate AI and IoT infrastructures, which, if compromised, could result in catastrophic system failures. The absence of human oversight renders these facilities susceptible to unforeseen disruptions, including cybersecurity threats. As dark factories increasingly rely on interconnected networks, safeguarding against cyberattacks, industrial espionage, and data breaches will be paramount. Additionally, while AI-based manufacturing excels in high-volume, standardized production, it remains inherently rigid in accommodating highly customized or rapidly shifting production demands. Unlike human workers who possess adaptive cognitive capabilities, AI systems require extensive reprogramming to modify operational parameters, potentially impeding flexibility in dynamic markets. The Future Trajectory: A Hybrid Model of Automation and Human Expertise While dark factories are poised to revolutionize industrial production, a wholesale shift to fully autonomous manufacturing remains improbable in the foreseeable future. Instead, a hybrid model—where AI-driven automation coexists with human expertise—is likely to define the next phase of industrial evolution. In sectors necessitating craftsmanship, adaptability, and bespoke production, human labor will continue to play an indispensable role. To mitigate the socio-economic impact of automation, multi-stakeholder collaborations involving governments, corporations, and educational institutions must facilitate workforce upskilling initiatives. By fostering AI literacy and technological proficiency, societies can better navigate the transition toward an AI-augmented manufacturing ecosystem. Ethical considerations regarding employment displacement, economic inclusivity, and regulatory frameworks must also be rigorously examined to ensure an equitable industrial transformation. Conclusion: The Convergence of Automation and Human Ingenuity Dark factories represent a transformative milestone in industrial evolution, heralding a future defined by efficiency, sustainability, and AI-augmented innovation. However, the trajectory of automation must be carefully calibrated to balance technological progress with socio-economic responsibility. Strategic investments in workforce adaptation, cybersecurity resilience, and regulatory oversight will be instrumental in ensuring that dark factories drive industrial progress while fostering an inclusive and sustainable future. Siddhartha Dave is an alumnus of United Nations University, Tokyo, an eminent columnist and a former Lok Sabha Research Fellow. He writes on foreign affairs and national security. He can be reached at siddhartha.dave@gmail.com

Tulsi speaks on Bangladesh, gives Yunus a reality check

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

US Director of National Intelligence (DNI), Tulsi Gabbard was categorical about Bangladesh during a media interview she gave while visiting India. She spoke of how the “long-time unfortunate persecution, killing, and abuse of religious minorities like Hindus, Buddhists, Christians, and others has been a major area of concern” for the United States. This was validation for the hundreds of thousands of Bangladeshi minorities, particularly Hindus, who have experienced the worst kind of violence unleashed against them by radical jihadi elements, with most of them belonging to the radical Jamaa-e-Islami, which has been ruling Bangladesh’s streets ever since 5 August 2024, when Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina was forced to flee. It has been sheer mayhem in the last seven-odd months, where Hindus have faced the worst kind of persecution—from being murdered, raped, to being strung up on poles and tortured to death, their houses burnt to ashes, to their gods and temples razed to the ground. The only term that can be used for such jihadi “students”, who have been roaming Bangladesh’s streets and meting out instant justice, is death squad. And it is not just the minorities, Awami League leaders and cadre are also being hounded and killed, with their only crime being they belong to Sheikh Hasina’s party. Moreover, when power goes to the radicals, they try to impose their ideology on society as a whole, so Bangladesh is witnessing an extreme form of moral policing as radical groups multiply and tighten their grip on the country. Bangladesh is descending into complete chaos, with Muhammad Yuns coming across as losing control of the situation, allowing the jihadis a free pass. At the most he is a figurehead. Just because he won a Nobel Prize does not make him the best person to govern Bangladesh. He was installed in his position because he is close to a particular section of the American political landscape, the reason why he got the Nobel Prize. Leaving that aside, the duty of the so-called caretaker of Bangladesh is to take care of the country, without any discrimination—a duty in which he has failed. Yunus and the people surrounding him have been trying to paint all the pogrom and mayhem as Indian propaganda, as exaggeration, apart from stating that whatever little bit of violence has taken place is political in nature and not communal—as if that justifies the killing. But in reality, he is speaking untruths. Hindus are being targeted not just because they were seen as largely Awami supporters, but also because of their religion. Bangladesh has had a long history of persecuting Hindus, the reason why from around 30% at the time of Partition in 1947, when East Pakistan took birth, the population has dwindled to around 7-8%. Persecution took place even when Hasina was Prime Minister, it was just that she was willing to pay heed to India’s concerns and take better care of the minorities. Yunus does not even pretend to do that, allowing the country to slide into complete lawlessness. Reacting to Gabbard’s statement, Yunus said that his country was not going the ISIS way and that Bangladesh was inclusive and moderate—which is anything but the truth. The big mistake he has made is that he has aligned himself with a particular shade of western politics—specifically, the left-liberal sort, which has turned a blind eye to the happenings in Bangladesh ever since he has been installed as caretaker of the interim government. But times have changed, with senior US government personnel more willing to pay heed to other voices too. If he does not realise that, then all his boast about being an international player—he has been saying that—will remain just that, a boast. While no one is denying that Yunus is internationally connected, but he also needs to factor in India’s views about him and his country. By trying to play the Pakistani tune, or by aligning himself with Pakistan, if he tries to bypass India’s concerns, then he is making a mistake. He is forgetting that his is a puny country, surrounded by India on three sides and with an economy the size of one of India’s larger states. He also seems to be forgetting that he is an unelected leader, who does not have the constitutional standing to be called even a head of government. Bangladesh needs a democratically elected government, so Yunus, instead of holding on to power with the help of the jihadis, should quickly facilitate the holding of elections and allow a democratic government to be installed. Meanwhile, he should stop acting as the front man of the jihadis and instead let the minorities live in peace.

Commodifying ranking & accreditation in higher education

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Education has always remained the path to evolution and amelioration of society as a whole. In the contemporary competitive Indian job sector, education is what structures a student’s career colossally. Parents nurture the silent desire to send their progeny to the best institutes, colleges and universities, aspiring to secure their bright future ambitiously. Hence, the reputation of a college, institute or university effectively determines the professional standing, code of conduct, ethics and quality of education, objective and outcome of education, access to cross-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary internationalization, research oppotunities, employment and career prospects. It is an unuttered act of faith in the education structure and quality. Education, thus, becomes priceless to acquire and attain. Therefore, the need arose to rank and accredit the colleges and universities across various spectrums of Indian higher education based on quality, competency, infrastructure, research, resource utilization, diversity and gender equality. But what if Rankings & Accreditations can be priced? What should the poor ambitious parent do if the very benchmark and standards that determines the quality and critical competency of an institution/university is flawed and splintered? The recent National Assessment & Accreditation Council (NAAC) bribery and treacherous scandal has emphasized deep gaps and imperfections in an assumed perfect higher education accreditation system. Consequent to a high-level and high-profile inquiry conducted by the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI), India saw multiple arrests of leadership including Vice-Chancellors, Directors and Professors from both the private and public institutes and universities. Charges of graft and bribery were levelled against the Inspection Committee of NAAC to the tune of crores of rupees in exchange of a favourable accreditation rating to a prominent university of India. This raises several alarms both within and outside the Indian educational diaspora. If rankings & accreditations can be commoditized and bought at will, the entire purpose and governmental enterprise to promote substantial quality stands defeated. Parents, students and all stakeholders will have the right to question the legitimacy of even ace institutions and universities. The buck does not stops here, even the foreign organizations collaborating with Indian universities across multi-disciplinary spheres will be right to doubt the legitimacy of Indian degrees, terminally affecting a students’ career prospects abroad. As NAAC awaited contemplating reformatory action based on the Radhakrishnan Committee’s report on reforming accreditation, it has found itself shamefully embroiled in a graft racket. The Government of India has to revamp the entire ranking & accreditation process across the higher education, for both the private and public universities. Simply shaking off 800 experts off the panel would not be sufficient to recover a tainted reputation. NAAC’s leadership should be more associated within different age and experience standards, more connected with better regulatory oversight to prevent any bias and conflict of interest. Data verification and validation for any university or institute must be handed out to industry personnel, not external agencies who often have a limited professional and tactical knowledge to make a fair and conceptual assessment. The assessment process must be more transparent and digitalized, objectified to weed out unethical practices and peer visits. NAAC’s inspection and monitoring results are to be critically evaluated by multiple stake-holders. A game changer would be to bring in Artificial Intelligence assisted Analysis Mechanism for ranking & accreditation on various revamped NAAC parameters. Periodic audits and snap inspections are a must to ensure compliance with academic and infrastructural standards. India’s intellectual and conceptual growth depends on the integrity of her higher education. Financial superiority and interests should not and cannot take any precedence over academic excellence and innovation. The intense competitive rivalry among universities has seen its ramification in duplicitous institutional self-assessment reports and clandestine expert peer review visits. If education becomes another commodity, ranking and accreditation becomes purely transactional. Dr Shadab Ahmed is an Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeon, and has been involved in quality assurance programs of several institutions, including NAAC

PM Modi’s Statesmanship and Resurgent Bharat

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Chanakya Niti says: çtklq[ks lq[ka jkK% çtkuka p fgrs fgre~A ukRefç;a fgra jkK% çtkuka rq fç;a fgre~A meaning that the happiness and welfare of people should be the King’s happiness. It is king’s utmost duty to look after progress and welfare of people of his country. After independence, India was in dire need of a leader who would be able to take tough decisions, initiate systemic reforms into the governance architecture for ensuring all-round development, creating inclusive society, and most importantly, fighting to safeguard territorial integrity, alongside creating brand image of Bharat. Rise of Narendra Modi in the political landscape of India is a turning point to fill this void. PM Modi has implemented several high impact initiatives for holistic development of Bharat. As a leader of the largest democracy, he is working relentlessly for creating inclusive society from digital, economic, financial, socio-cultural and environmental standpoint. Ideated by PM Modi, Atma Nirbhar Bharat, pillared at economy, infrastructure, system, vibrant demography and demand, has streamlined and powered the growth engine. His governance model is a blend of soft and hard powers for improving living standard of Indians and creating a new image of India, globally. He leaves no stone unturned to protect the territorial integrity of nation, surgical strike is the case in point. Launched in 2015, Digital India is transforming country into a digitally empowered society, digital governance and digital economy. It has considerably improved the lives of citizens though digital delivery of services, economy and employment. It is redefining the socio-economic landscape, fostering a brighter and better-connected future for all. Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations stated that India is third in terms of digitalisation of the economy. National Mission called Pradhan Mantri Jan-Dhan Yojana, initiated in August, 2014, is ensuring financial inclusion and has already benefitted 36.63 crores citizens. Direct Bank Transfer scheme, has considerably reduced leakages, increased efficiency, transparency and has empowered people. PM Modi’s masterstrokes are GST and demonetization. Fructifying ‘One Nation, One Tax’ concept, GST has helped eliminate ‘tax on tax’, tax evasion, ensured ease of doing business, increased revenue collection and transparent tax regime, alongside reducing corruption. Christine Lagarde, MD of IMF says, GST will help create jobs and promote domestic manufacturing. Demonetization, has stripped black money from the economy, compelled people to pay taxes on the unaccounted cash, promoted cashless economy, eliminated fake currency and dodgy funds and has curtailed funding of terrorism and drug trafficking. Liberalised foreign direct investment policies facilitated foreign investment. Designed to transform India into a global hub for design and manufacturing, PM Modi’s “Make in India” initiative is central to nation-building efforts. This is facilitating investment, developing a robust manufacturing sector, encouraging innovation and developing world-class infrastructure and improving ease of doing business, creating job opportunities and firming up India’s positions in the global manufacturing landscape. Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana, the world’s largest government funded health insurance and assurance scheme is providing a cover of Rs. 5 lakhs per family per year for cashless access to health care services to twelve crore Indians. Ayushman Bharat Digital Mission launched in 2021 has transformed the healthcare management of over 73 crore Indians within three years. Swachh Bharat Mission has made significant strides in creating clean and hygienic environment. It has positively impacted public health, safety and dignity of women, promoted behavioural change and improved the overall quality of life in the countryside. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – Gramin and Rural have made unprecedented progress in transforming the living standards of millions of rural families by providing safe and secure housing. Water supply & electricity connections facility is reducing the health risks associated with unsafe water and irregular power supplies. Efficient solid & liquid waste management is ensuring better health and hygiene for citizens. Pradhan Mantri MUDRA Yojana, launched in 2015, played a pivotal role in empowering non-corporate, non-farm small and micro enterprises with loans up to Rs 10 lakh. Smart cities and smart villages scheme have transformed the urban and rural living standards by providing internet access, clean water, sanitation, and low-carbon energy ensuring healthy living. Citizen-centric smart city project utilizes both human and technological resources and provides solutions to specific problems, namely, inefficient waste management system, lack of civic amenities, traffic and congestion, etc. Pradhan Mantri Ujjwala Yojana envisions to distribute 50 million LPG connections to women of below poverty line families, 12,68,36,143 being already distributed. India is meeting commitments made in COPs with respect to climate change mitigation, and taking necessary steps to achieve net-zero emission. PM Modi’s biggest gift to the nation is learner and Bharat-centric NEP-2020 for transforming education sector. The policy provides flexible learning options and emphasises on experiential learning, critical thinking, creativity, skill-development, entrepreneurship and ensures holistic development. It stresses on integrating Indian Knowledge System and Universal Human Values in the curricula and learning in mother tongue/regional languages. India’s economic footprint has increased significantly during PM Modi’s tenure. He built a formidable reputation as an efficient business-friendly administrator. S&P Global Ratings chief economist opined that India is the fastest growing major global economy. It has surpassed U.K. to occupy 5th place and is expected to overtake Japan and Germany to become third by 2027. India’s growth is outpacing other major economies, her banks are strong, and the government’s finances are stable despite pandemic. India now has over 100 Unicorns worth over $1 billion and ranks third globally after US and China. The soaring stock markets also have a trickle-down effect on the wealth of the middle class. As of 2024, India is the fourth largest stock market in the world. Jammu and Kashmir was infested with separatist insurgency for over three decades with halted social life, development and forceful and painful mass exodus of Kashmiri Pandits. Businesses and education sectors suffered immensely due to frequent strike calls, stone pelting and violence. Repealing of Article 370 including 35A has helped restore administrative control and normalcy considerably, with increasing footfall of domestic and foreign tourists. Investment projects worth nearly Rs. 25 thousand crores have been executed and over Rs. 80 thousand crores are in store. Citizenship Amendment Act is helping genuine citizens to have certificates and in confiscating foreign nationals. India became the first nation to soft land rocket near the Moon’s South Pole. PM Modi launched an OSAT facility in Sanand and semiconductor fabrication facility at Dholera, Gujarat, and OSAT facility at Morigaon, Assam to boost India’s position as a semiconductor powerhouse. India became the world’s second-largest mobile phone manufacturer. India envisions to emerge as a global leader in respect of cutting-edge technologies like AI, quantum computing and space exploration. Anusandhan National Research Foundation is ensuring the access of quality research facilities in hub & spoke model. Focus of funding is on translational research and for strengthening Vocal for Local theme. Construction of Ram Mandir at Ayodhya, rebuilt of Kashi Vishwanath Temple and corridor, new Mahakaal corridor, Kashi-Tamil Sangmam and successful Mahakumbh at Prayagraj have added flavour and fervour to the cultural connect and spiritual landscape. Ending of triple talak has helped create a liberal society. COVID management, Vaccine distribution, scrapping of over 2000 rules and laws and replacement of IPC, CrPC and Indian Evidence Act with Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, and Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam are other landmark achievements of Modi regime. Through LiFE Style for Environment, Ek Ped Maa ke Naam and cleanliness drive, PM Modi’s endeavour is to reconnect Indians with nature, for sustainability of both. The key elements of Modi’s foreign policy include Act East policy, Neighbourhood first policy, Indian Ocean Outreach, Project Mausam, Cooperation with Pacific Islands, Fast-track Diplomacy, Para Diplomacy and strategic partnership with clear focus on nation first. India has successfully hosted G-20 summits. For making “Viksit Bharat by 2047” Modi government has laid a comprehensive plan aimed at empowering citizens through core elements of social welfare, manufacturing, inclusive economic pathways, quality inclusive education, skill development & entrepreneurship, health services, road, rail and air network, and restoration of basic traits of Bharatiya culture. India, under PM Modi, is poised to foster inclusive growth, encourage cutting-edge research and innovation and position itself at the forefront of technological advancements. Ultimate mission of PM Modi is to develop India as a confident, self-reliant and strong nation grounded in cultural moorings for serving humanity. Views are personal Raghavendra P. Tiwari, Vice Chancellor, Central University of Punjab, Bathinda

Takeaways from the Modi-Fridman Podcast

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s podcast with MIT researcher, geopolitical and tech expert Lex Fridman has gone viral. The podcast lasted three hours and 17 minutes and touched topics as diverse as geopolitical, spiritual, personal and political. Fridman called it ‘one of the most powerful and moving conversations of my life.’ Recent guests on Fridman’s show – which has 4.6 million subscribers – have included Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Argentinian President Javier Milei. This conversation is in keeping with the sort of freewheeling candid interactions the Prime Minister has indulged in recently, the latest being the podcast with Nikhil Kamath. However what was interesting about the Fridman podcast was that nothing was off the table, not even the 2002 post Godhra riots in Gujarat. It is interesting to see the way the Prime Minister conducted himself throughout the interview because the message is often in the medium. Before answering the question on the riots (which took place when Modi was the Chief Minister) he first brought in the geopolitical context of global terrorism as well as the fact that as many as 250 riots had already taken place in Gujarat prior to 2002, and none took place after that. That being said he moved on to other topics, from Trump to China and clearly that is what the interview was all about, the positioning of India (and himself) as the elder statesman of the world. He spoke about our cultural legacy, spiritual heritage and India’s place in the world. Here again the context becomes important, this is the Prime Minister’s third term and he has made no bones of the fact that he is aiming for a fourth. But his focus now has shifted from the domestic to the international. Of course he is on the lookout for a legacy - and this is a good time to pitch for one at a time when the world is redefining itself. However given the variety of subjects covered - and this included his relations with the RSS - it was clear the PM was using the global platform to send out a message, not just globally but also inwards within India. And judging by the positive feedback, from Trump to China, it does seem as if the three hours were not spent in vaim. Again , no surprises there for there is a reason why the PM is called the Master of the Message.

Trump’s Tariff Policy: A New Challenge for India-U.S. Relations

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The rise and fall of a delusional warlord

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

M.R. Narayan Swamy is no stranger to the Tamil insurgency in Sri Lanka. His earlier work, Inside an Elusive Mind, included in this volume, remains one of the most definitive accounts of Velupillai Prabhakaran, the founder of the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE). In The Rout of Prabhakaran, he turns his attention to the final years of the Tamil Tigers, methodically dissecting how an organisation that once struck terror into the hearts of its enemies was wiped off the face of the earth. This is not just a war story. It is an autopsy of a man and a movement that overestimated its strength, underestimated its enemies, and ultimately condemned an entire people to suffering. For many, Prabhakaran was an enigma. He was a man who inspired fanatical loyalty among his followers, a ruthless commander who demanded absolute discipline, and a zealot who believed in his own invincibility. Yet, he was also a paradox, a man who doted on his own children while sending thousands of Tamil boys and girls to die in battle. He forbade his cadres from falling in love, punishing violators with death, while he himself married the woman of his choice. He claimed to be fighting for the Tamil people but did not hesitate to execute fellow Tamils who questioned his authority. The author dismantles the romanticised image of Prabhakaran with clinical precision. Through extensive interviews and meticulous research, he presents a man who ruled through fear and deception, convinced that he alone knew what was best for the Tamil people. One of the biggest turning points in the Sri Lankan conflict was India’s intervention and its disastrous deployment of the Indian Peace Keeping Force (IPKF). The book provides a detailed account of how the Indian military, unprepared for guerrilla warfare, was drawn into a brutal conflict against the LTTE, an enemy that fought by its own rules. The LTTE’s tactics were not just brutal but also morally bankrupt. This reviewer had spoken to a senior Indian Army officer who served in Sri Lanka. He was given a chilling firsthand account of how the Tigers operated. In one instance, a convoy of Indian soldiers was ambushed when a remote-controlled bomb blew up one of their trucks, causing heavy casualties. When the area was searched, a boy was found hiding in a tree, trembling in fear, a remote still clutched in his hands. He had been given simple instructions — if he saw an Army vehicle cross between two marks on the road, he was to press the button. He had no idea that doing so would kill several people. The Indian soldiers interrogated him, but he knew nothing beyond his small role in the attack. While this incident reflects the themes explored in the book; how the LTTE’s war machine manipulated even the youngest members of the Tamil community, turning them into instruments of destruction. Prabhakara”s biggest blunder, and the one that ultimately sealed his fate, was the assassination of former Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi. Narayan Swamy delves into the intricate planning behind the murder, the trail of evidence left behind, and how Indian investigators painstakingly pieced it all together. It all began with an SLR camera found at the assassination site, containing images of Gandhi’s final moments, especially one of the suicide bomber, a woman strapped with explosives, leaning towards him. Prabhakaran, ever the megalomaniac, allegedly wanted photographic proof of Gandhi’s death. With that single act, Prabhakaran turned India from a potential ally into a sworn enemy. The LTTE lost its last source of significant external support. The book illustrates how this marked the beginning of the end for the Tamil Tigers. For all his tactical brilliance, Prabhakaran was blind to the changing realities of the world. He believed, until the very end, that the Sri Lankan Army could be defeated. He refused to accept negotiations, dismissing any settlement that fell short of full independence. He did not realise that by the 2000s, global patience for violent insurgencies had worn thin. The author illustrates how, by the final stages of the war, Prabhakaran had become completely detached from reality. As the Sri Lankan Army closed in, he and his loyalists retreated further into denial. The man who once dictated the course of a brutal civil war now found himself boxed into a shrinking patch of land, abandoned by allies, and despised by the very people he claimed to represent. His decision to expel thousands of Muslims from LTTE-controlled areas revealed the hypocrisy of his movement. He accused the Sinhalese of ethnic cleansing, yet he was no different. His arrogance led him to believe he could rewrite history. Instead, he became history. The true tragedy of Prabhakaran’s legacy is not his death, but what he left behind. After 25 years of bloodshed, the Tamil cause was in ruins. Sri Lankan Tamils, once a proud and self-sufficient community, were reduced to refugees in their own land. As one former LTTE cadre bitterly admitted, “In 1983, we Tamils were at least standing on our own feet. After a quarter-century of bloodshed, today we are on bended knees”. The only winners in the ethnic conflict were those who fled Sri Lanka and rebuilt their lives in Western countries. For those left behind, Prabhakaran’s dream of Tamil Eelam was a nightmare that never ended. The Rout of Prabhakaran is not just a book about a warlord and his downfall. It is a cautionary tale about the dangers of extremism, the perils of blind loyalty, and the devastating cost of a misguided struggle. Narayan Swamy’s narrative is gripping, his analysis razor-sharp. He neither demonises nor glorifies; he simply presents the facts as they are. And the facts make it clear that Prabhakaran was no hero. He was a delusional tyrant who led his people into an abyss. For anyone seeking to understand why the LTTE met its brutal end, this book is indispensable. For those who still romanticise Prabhakaran, it is a necessary wake-up call. The author is a senior journalist and columnist.

A Transnational Celebration of Cultural Syncretism and Social Cohesion

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Holi, an ancient Hindu festival rooted in the Bhartiya subcontinent, has transcended its geographical and cultural origins to become a globally recognized phenomenon. Functioning as both a ritualistic observance and a social unifier, the festival epitomizes the syncretic interplay of tradition and modernity. In contemporary times, Holi has been reinterpreted and adapted by diverse communities worldwide, highlighting its role as a mechanism of cultural transmission, diasporic identity reinforcement, and intercultural solidarity. From the ritualistic commemorations in Nepal to the diaspora-driven celebrations in Mauritius, Fiji, and Australia, Holi continues to symbolize the transcendence of historical narratives into the realm of collective human festivity. Nepal: Fagu Purnima and the Ritualization of Holi In Nepal, Holi assumes the form of Fagu Purnima, an intricate amalgamation of religious devotion, historical tradition, and public revelry. The commencement of the festival is marked by the erection of the ‘Chir’, a ceremonial bamboo pole adorned with colorful fabric, in Kathmandu’s Basantapur Durbar Square. This symbolic act signifies the initiation of a week-long observance, which manifests in diverse forms across Nepal’s topographically and culturally distinct regions. The structural framework of Fagu Purnima is deeply entrenched in Nepalese sociocultural dynamics. In the hilly regions, Holi incorporates performative folk traditions, with regional variations in dance and musical expressions. The Terai plains, on the other hand, emphasize collective participation in vibrant processions, reflecting the cross-cultural intersections between Nepal and North India. Culinary traditions, including the preparation of sel roti and gujiya, further reinforce the festival’s embeddedness in Nepalese heritage. The commemoration of Fagu Purnima underscores the integral role of Holi in preserving regional identities while facilitating intercommunal cohesion. Mauritius: A Diasporic Interpretation of Holi’s Cultural Ethos Mauritius, a nation with a substantial Indo-Mauritian population, celebrates Holi over two days, maintaining continuity with its subcontinental roots while simultaneously embedding it within the island’s multicultural framework. The first day, Holika Dahan, involves ritualistic bonfire ceremonies that symbolize the annihilation of malevolent forces, a practice derived from the Prahlad-Hiranyakashipu mythos. The subsequent day transforms public spaces into arenas of color-laden revelry, with participants engaging in an effusive interplay of music, dance, and community interaction. Mauritius’ interpretation of Holi extends beyond its religious and mythological connotations. The island’s celebration integrates elements of chowtaal music, a folk genre preserved by indentured laborer descendants, reflecting the diasporic retention of cultural heritage. Additionally, the participatory nature of the festival facilitates cross-cultural engagement, with non-Hindu Mauritians increasingly embracing the festival as an expression of national inclusivity. Holi in Mauritius thus exemplifies how diasporic communities negotiate between historical fidelity and contemporary multiculturalism. Fiji: The Socio-Cultural Convergence of Holi in the Pacific In Fiji, Holi has evolved into a festival that embodies the principles of unity and social integration. Given the significant presence of Indo-Fijians, Holi celebrations extend into public institutions, particularly within educational spaces. Schools serve as focal points for the festival, where students engage in color play, folk performances, and thematic dramatizations based on the Holi mythology. These activities serve an educative function, ensuring the intergenerational transmission of cultural knowledge while reinforcing communal harmony in Fiji’s multi-ethnic society. Holi in Fiji is characterized by a strong communal ethos. Temples, community centers, and familial spaces become sites of both ritualistic devotion and social festivity. The emphasis on collective storytelling—wherein elders recount the allegorical narratives associated with Holi—strengthens the pedagogical function of the festival. Additionally, the integration of indigenous Fijian music and dance into Holi events highlights the festival’s adaptive nature within a Pacific Island context, demonstrating how cultural traditions negotiate local specificities while maintaining their core symbolic meanings. The transnational diffusion of Holi is particularly evident in the West, where the festival has undergone significant transformation. In the United States, the Festival of Colors has emerged as a large-scale event that amalgamates elements of Indian tradition with contemporary entertainment culture. Organized in cities such as New York, Los Angeles, and San Francisco, these celebrations often feature Bollywood music, yoga sessions, and food stalls offering Indian delicacies. While the Indian diaspora remains a primary driver of these events, the increasing participation of non-Indian attendees indicates Holi’s broader appeal as a festival of inclusivity and multicultural engagement. In Europe, major metropolitan hubs such as London, Paris, and Amsterdam host Holi-themed festivals that emphasize cultural appreciation and interethnic participation. These events, often sponsored by Indian cultural organizations and tourism boards, contribute to the festival’s global branding. However, the commercialization of Holi in Western settings has raised debates about the dilution of its spiritual essence, with critiques centering on its transformation into an aesthetic spectacle detached from its religious and historical underpinnings. Australia provides a unique case study of Holi’s integration into national multicultural discourse. The festival has received official recognition from Australian political leaders, with Prime Minister Anthony Albanese publicly acknowledging its significance. His statement underscores Holi’s role in fostering intercommunal solidarity: “Our country will continue to grow and thrive because of the bonds of friendship and understanding that we see so clearly in the celebrations surrounding Holi.” Such governmental endorsements not only validate the festival’s cultural relevance but also position it as an emblem of Australia’s commitment to diversity. Australian Foreign Minister Penny Wong further reinforced this sentiment in her message to Indian External Affairs Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar, highlighting the festival’s ability to strengthen Indo-Australian ties. Conclusion: Holi as a Case Study in Cultural Transnationalism Holi’s global diffusion exemplifies the dynamics of cultural transnationalism, demonstrating how a localized festival can acquire international resonance through processes of migration, adaptation, and hybridization. From its mythological roots in the Indian subcontinent to its contemporary manifestations in global metropolises, Holi operates as both a site of ritualistic continuity and a platform for cross-cultural interaction. As the festival continues to proliferate across diverse socio-political landscapes, its evolving interpretations offer insights into broader themes of diasporic identity, cultural commodification, and intercultural exchange. Holi’s ability to bridge divides—whether geographic, religious, or social—attests to its enduring power as a celebration of unity, renewal, and shared humanity. In an era marked by fragmentation, Holi stands as a luminous reminder that joy, community, and cultural appreciation remain universal aspirations. *The author is an alumnus of United Nations University, Tokyo, an eminent columnist and a former Lok Sabha Research Fellow. He writes on Foreign Affairs and National Security. Author can be reached at siddhartha.dave@gmail.com

India-Vietnam ties on an upward swing

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In a move to further strengthen India-Vietnam ties, Kirti Vardhan Singh, Minister of State for External Affairs and Environment, Forest & Climate Change, visited Vietnam from February 24-27, 2025. His timely visit comes at a time when both India and Vietnam are trying to navigate a rather fluid Indo-Pacific strategic dynamics, further complicated by the intensifying US-China rivalry and the Trump administration’s announcement of imposing tariffs on China, Mexico, and Canada. India and Vietnam, among other Indo-Pacific countries, are also likely to face challenges thrown by the Trump administration on the tariff and multilateral trade front. During his visit, Minister Singh held a wide range of discussions with Vietnamese leaders on the sidelines of the second ASEAN Future Forum (AFF) in Hanoi on February 25. The importance of AFF lies in the fact that it serves as a critical policy-oriented platform for ASEAN’s formal organisational and policy discussion mechanisms and meetings, encouraging the collaborative involvement of governments, the corporate sector, civil society, businesses, and citizens, thereby attempting to furnish a combined whole-of-government understanding on matters that matter the most to ASEAN and its dialogue partners. The India-Vietnam relationship, rooted in historical affinities and cultural interactions, has evolved into one of the key security partnerships in the Indo-Pacific. Since establishing a “Comprehensive Strategic Partnership” (CSP) in 2016, bilateral cooperation has expanded across multiple sectors, including defence, trade, and multilateral coordination. During the interaction, Vietnam’s Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Bui Thanh Son underscored the importance of the CSP and its contribution in strengthening the bilateral ties. While the dynamics of this partnership are undoubtedly shaped by shifting geopolitical currents, particularly China’s growing assertiveness and the evolving role of the United States in the region, Delhi-Hanoi ties stand on their time-tested merit. Strategic Imperatives and Security Challenges One of the critical drivers of India-Vietnam cooperation is a shared concern over China’s assertive regional posture. Both nations emphasize a rules-based international order, freedom of navigation, and adherence to the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS). The South China Sea remains a flashpoint, with China claiming over 80 per cent of the maritime area under its controversial “Nine-Dash Line.” India, through its Act East Policy, has actively engaged Vietnam in naval cooperation, including maritime domain awareness sharing and joint exercises such as the PASSEX and SIMBEX. While these efforts enhance regional deterrence, they are tempered by the necessity to balance economic and diplomatic relations with Beijing. Furthermore, Vietnam’s military modernization, including its likely procurement of India’s BrahMos supersonic cruise missiles, underscores the increasing strategic depth of the partnership. Economic Cooperation and Trade Disparities Economic cooperation, while expanding, remains constrained by structural imbalances. Bilateral trade reached approximately US$15 billion in 2023, with Vietnamese exports accounting for a larger share due to its competitive manufacturing sector. Vietnam’s main exports to India include electrical machinery, mobile phones, and textiles, while India’s primary exports consist of iron and steel, pharmaceuticals, and auto components. This imbalance has prompted India and Vietnam to explore mechanisms to enhance trade parity, including discussions on a bilateral Free Trade Agreement (FTA) to complement the ASEAN-India Free Trade Area (AIFTA). Additionally, India’s investments in Vietnam’s renewable energy, semiconductor manufacturing, and digital infrastructure signal a shift towards high-value economic engagement. However, bureaucratic hurdles, divergent regulatory frameworks, and logistical inefficiencies remain obstacles to seamless trade expansion. Role of US and ASEAN in Shaping Bilateral Ties India and Vietnam’s strategic calculations are influenced by the evolving US-China rivalry. The US, under its Indo-Pacific strategy, has designated both nations as crucial partners in maintaining regional equilibrium. In 2023, US-Vietnam trade exceeded US$124 billion, reflecting Washington’s deepening engagement with Hanoi. India, mindful of Vietnam’s growing economic ties with the US, has sought to reinforce its own strategic and economic cooperation with Hanoi. Furthermore, India and Vietnam remain committed to ASEAN centrality, aligning with ASEAN’s Outlook on the Indo-Pacific to ensure an inclusive regional order. Future Trajectory Recent high-level diplomatic exchanges have provided renewed momentum to bilateral ties. Vietnamese Prime Minister Pham Minh Chinh’s 2024 visit to India catalyzed discussions on defence, technology, and investment collaboration. Indian External Affairs Minister Dr S. Jaishankar’s visit to Vietnam focused on strengthening economic partnerships and reinforcing India’s developmental assistance in infrastructure and connectivity projects. The 2024-2028 Vietnam-India Comprehensive Strategic Partnership Action Plan aims to double bilateral trade and enhance investment in critical sectors such as rare earth minerals, logistics, high technology, and oil and gas exploration. Soft Power and Cultural Engagements Beyond strategic and economic imperatives, cultural diplomacy plays a vital role in strengthening people-to-people ties. India’s cultural footprint in Vietnam, historically rooted in Buddhism and ancient trade exchanges, continues to expand through educational programs, tourism, and academic collaborations. The increasing number of Vietnamese students pursuing higher education in India and the rising popularity of Indian cultural events in Vietnam underscores the deepening societal linkages between the two nations. This aspect was further highlighted during Minister Singh’s visit when the Dau Pagoda – a prominent Buddhist site. Indian Diaspora in Vietnam, albeit small in number, contributes meaningfully to the India-Vietnam ties – an aspect that did not go amiss when the Minister met and addressed the Indian community in Hanoi. India and Vietnam’s Comprehensive Strategic Partnership is a cornerstone of regional stability in the Indo-Pacific. While geopolitical uncertainties persist, both nations are committed to deepening cooperation in defence, trade, and multilateral forums. As they navigate complex regional dynamics, including ASEAN’s evolving role and US-China strategic competition, their partnership will be crucial in shaping a free, open, and rules-based Indo-Pacific. Strengthening economic synergies, addressing trade imbalances, and fostering deeper cultural engagements will be key to ensuring the long-term success of this bilateral relationship. Dr Rahul Mishra is an Associate Professor at the Centre for Indo-Pacific Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India, and a Senior Research Fellow at the German-Southeast Asian Center of Excellence for Public Policy and Good Governance, Thammasat University, Thailand. He can be reached at rahul.seas@gmail.com

Merchants of death infiltrate hospitals

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Fake medicines have existed for ages, but in today’s era of advanced technology and artificial intelligence, if they go undetected and are even procured by the government hospitals, the indication is clear that there is a nexus! If the merchants of death selling fake drugs have successfully infiltrated government hospitals, it is an extremely serious situation. I commend Maharashtra’s medical education minister Hasan Mushrif for not hiding this harsh reality and openly admitting it in the state Assembly. In reply to a written question by MLA Mohan Mate, he acknowledged that fake medicines were purchased in some government hospitals. Naturally, this raises a pressing question in everyone’s mind as to how it is possible for government hospitals to buy fake or spurious drugs? These hospitals operate within a government-regulated system designed to ensure that the medicines procured are genuine. Detecting counterfeit drugs should not be difficult, especially when the entire world knows that the market for such medicines is expanding rapidly, necessitating heightened vigilance. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), the global counterfeit drug market is worth around $200 billion (over Rs 17 lakh crore at current exchange rates). Estimating the scale of this illegal trade in India is difficult because there is no clear data on where these fake medicines are being manufactured and sold. However, the cases that have surfaced are alarming and point toward a frightening reality. A study by the Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India (ASSOCHAM) has already warned that India has become a major hub for counterfeit medicines. Last year, Delhi police crime branch had busted a massive fake drug syndicate operating in the Delhi-NCR region. A warehouse full of counterfeit medicines was discovered in Ghaziabad and investigations revealed that these fake drugs were manufactured in a factory in Sonipat. Shockingly, not just Indian brands but counterfeit versions of over 20 brands of seven major companies from the US, the UK, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka were being manufactured there. The most unfortunate part was that the mastermind behind this entire syndicate was a doctor! Last year, when cases of counterfeit medicines surfaced in Telangana, the Drugs Control Administration conducted an in-depth investigation. It was discovered that these fake medicines were being manufactured in Uttarakhand. In Uttar Pradesh, counterfeit medicines worth Rs 80 crore were seized last year. Similarly, a large consignment of fake medicines was confiscated in West Bengal. In all these cases, the packaging was so meticulously done that it was nearly impossible to distinguish the fake medicines from the real ones. However, upon investigation, it was found that the capsules contained nothing but chalk powder and starch. It is believed that 60 per cent of counterfeit medicines do not have any adverse effects, but 40 per cent of them can severely impact a patient’s health. However, even the so-called ‘harmless’ fake medicines are just as dangerous. The patients consuming such counterfeit drugs will never recover because they are not receiving the actual medicine they need. What happens when their illness advances to a critical stage? Counterfeit versions of essential medicines for treating severe diseases have also been found. It has been revealed that counterfeit drug manufacturers used to buy empty vials of genuine cancer treatment injections for Rs 5,000, fill them with an antifungal drug worth just Rs 100 and then sell them for Rs 1 lakh to Rs 3 lakh. These merchants of death even sold fake Remdesivir injections during the Covid-19 pandemic. Despite all these developments being in public knowledge, the fact that fake medicines have been purchased in some hospitals in Maharashtra cannot simply be dismissed as a mere oversight or negligence by the officials and staff responsible for it. This is a matter of life and death. A thorough investigation must be conducted and those responsible should be charged with conspiracy to commit murder and punished accordingly. Currently, the law provides for life imprisonment if a person dies due to fake medicines, but proving such cases is extremely difficult. Moreover, the punishment for manufacturing counterfeit drugs is only five years of imprisonment. Until stricter punishments are enforced, these crimes will not stop. A zero tolerance policy is needed for such offences. The chief minister Devendra Fadnavis is a highly sensitive leader and he has already started tightening the grip on the administration. That is why I am hopeful that he will conduct a thorough investigation into this matter. He is also expected to take up the matter with the Central government and bring all states on board against these merchants of death. At the same time, we must also ask why essential medicines are often unavailable in hospitals and medical colleges? A cancer patient once came to me and said that a doctor at AIIMS had prescribed him an injection worth Rs 1.25 lakh and he needed several doses of the same. Can an ordinary family afford such an expensive treatment? Healthcare is an extremely serious issue and the government must seriously think about changing this situation. For now, stay vigilant. Make sure you are not consuming fake medicines! Pharmaceutical companies have started using barcodes on packaging. Always scan the barcode. It might help you avoid counterfeit drugs. But honestly, is it just about fake medicines? Fake rice, fake lentils, fake khoya, fake paneer, fake ghee... everything is fake, fake and fake! It is for the government to ponder what innocent people can do! The author is the chairman, Editorial Board of Lokmat Media and former member of Rajya Sabha. vijaydarda@lokmat.com

Baloch insurgents deal Rawalpindi GHQ a body blow

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Pakistan is witnessing an unprecedented escalation in insurgent activities, with the hijacking of the train Jaffer Express carrying 400 passengers—many of them security personnel—on Tuesday, around 160 kilometers from Quetta, the capital of Balochistan province. At the time of writing, around 155 hostages have been rescued and 27 Baloch insurgents killed, according to the Pakistani security forces. Apparently, the Baloch militants have killed 10 people until now. The Pakistanis are claiming that the Baloch hijackers are using hostages—most of whom are believed to be security personnel—as human shields. But the problem is, whatever information is coming is a Pakistani version of events, and their military establishment is among the biggest disseminators of fake information, so a cloud of disinformation hangs over the incident. But what is certain is that the Pakistan military has been caught napping and the hijacking is one of the biggest embarrassments for them, for it signifies a massive security breach and will have a negative impact on morale. But then they brought it upon themselves. The hijacking incident is a consequence of the sins committed by Pakistan’s military for decades. It is an outcry against the marginalisation of the Baloch people by Pakistan’s rulers. It is a protest against oppression, torture, including the mass murder of the defenceless people of Balochistan by the Pakistan military. Balochistan was not a part of Pakistan, but was merged with Pakistan in 1948. The first flames of insurgency were lit soon after, and have continued to burn ever since, in spite of Pakistan blasting to death a Baloch giant like Akbar Bugti. Balochistan wants independence and its thirst for freedom has only intensified over the years, but it has also led to the proportionate escalation of Pakistani military oppression. One of the main issues fuelling Baloch nationalism is the lack of control over their own resources. Balochistan is a minerals rich region, but it is the Pakistani military that has always controlled the region’s natural resources. Along with that Pakistan has tried to impose Punjabi culture on the indigenous Baloch culture, as well as keeping the reins of power in the hands of the Punjabis. The situation has got aggravated with the advent of the Chinese and the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor. In trying to secure the CPEC and Gwadar port, China has been cutting off access to the Baloch to their own land. No wonder the situation has been deteriorating, with the Chinese now at the crosshairs of the Baloch insurgents. It is in this context that the latest hijacking has to be seen, for it puts a huge a question mark on the viability, in fact survival of the CPEC. Chinese nationals have already been facing Baloch militant attacks in this region, and with this escalation it remains to be seen how the Chinese—who have already poured in $65 billion into this project—will be able to recover their investment. But then China’s biggest mistake was banking on Pakistan, and now it will pay a heavy price for it. As for Pakistan, it is a terror state. Terrorism is Pakistan’s policy, which had to backfire sooner or later, and that’s what’s happening. Even then Pakistan seems not to have learnt its lesson. Elbowed out of Afghanistan by the Taliban, which is now Rawalpindi GHQ’s sworn enemy, the latter is trying to paint Afghanistan as the hot bed of terror to sway international opinion against the Taliban. So it should not come as a surprise that the official Pakistani version to explain this hijacking is that it has been facilitated by Afghanistan—in other words, by the Taliban rulers there, with whom Pakistan’s relations have hit the nadir, and have resulted in even armed confrontation. Importantly, as the Taliban build bridges with India, Pakistan is trying hard to throw a spanner in the works. All this would not have happened if Pakistan had tried to be a normal country, without oppressing its ethnic minorities or becoming a terror state itself. The Baloch, the Sindhis, the Pashtuns are all up in arms against Rawalpindi GHQ, thus leaving Pakistan teetering at the brink. At this rate, it’s the survival of Pakistan that will be at stake.

The creative impulse: A clinical view

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Epic poets often pray to the Muse and declare their lofty purpose to compose a poem, on a serious issue relating to human life and destiny. The Muse, in turn, blesses the poet with extraordinary powers to write on that subject. As an epic poet myself, I have often prayed to the Muse and sought inspiration, and I can say with certainty that ideas and words keep flowing like a river and one can write things which he has not even contemplated. If the Muse pleaseth, she connects the poet to that unlimited sources of perception, and creative sources of divinity. It is from this superior connection that sublime poetry issues forth. Let us think of ‘Paradise Lost’ and ‘The Divine Comedy’. Can such works flow from the pen of a poet if he is not blessed by the Muse? A poet used to be called a prophet, because the superior forces blessed him with a sublime vision. Poets who write for marketing and success are shorn of this loftiness and ideality and whatever they write, is fated to have contemporaneity, and yet lack eternal value and the timeless quality which is cardinal virtue of a classic. The Divine Push It is important to watch the movement of a river. The water is flowing. It is not that the ocean is attracting the waters to keep flowing. The source of a river’s flow is in the push of the waters at the source of the river. If that push is not available, the water will not be required to flow. At first, it will turn into a lake, and then, start stinking. Inspiration for a poet is like that push in the source which makes the river flow. So long as the push is there, the river will continue flowing. When there is no inspiration, the river flows for some time, but then, comes to a halt. The loss of push also results in drying up of the river. Inspired Writing vs Routine Writing This is what happens to poetry or writing which is not driven by superior forces. Writing is something which does not come to everyone. In most of the cases, writing is a mechanical affair. Writing on particular topics, or writing research papers, has nothing to do with inspiration. This is mechanical processing of words and ideas. Even prose lacks the wheels on which poetry moves. Novels are propelled by considerations of the market, with exceptions like Leo Tolstoy and Victor Hugo, who were not bothered by the idea of success. There were times when writers were valued like prophets and they wrote stories and novels whose purpose was less to entertain and more to instruct. We are now passing through times when literature is considered a handmaiden of the market, and the avowed objective of most of the writing is to entertain, or, if it is to instruct, it is strictly related to the considerations of successful living. The Higher Purpose This is the age of ‘best sellers’ and writing which caters to the mass taste, which believes in surface living, and lacks depth, is considered the best. In you tube, it is the likes that matter. And the worst songs which cater to baser tastes of mankind, bust the popularity charts. Strange but not shocking because, as we are moving into modern times, the tastes of the people are changing. We accept things which give us momentary pleasure. We like literature which we can read and throw in the fast moving metros. Carrying books is nobody’s passion today. Reading them is much the less. WhatsApp has opened many universities and google is there with readymade sources of knowledge. To cap it all, we have Meta AI. What is the need for serious reading of books? Poets, therefore, write books, and go to the bookshops, and get themselves photographed with their own books. This is the journey of a book for which the poet pays to the booksellers. A writer of prose, fiction or even non-fiction, has before him a higher purpose, to uplift the society, and to resolve its issues. In these genres, it is human mind which takes the front seat, and drives the writer into writing on those subjects which are of immediate relevance. However, in dramatic poetry, mind takes the back seat, and the poet is driven forward by the Muse. The Muse becomes the charioteer and the Poet, like Arjuna, shoots his arrows tempered in wisdom, directed by the Lord. That is why I think epic poetry is a genre which stems directly from the inspiration that comes to the poet straight from Goddess Saraswati, just as the Ganges stems from the tangled hair of Shiva. It is a sacred wave which flows through the cities of this world, and carries the dirt of human mind, giving back to the world, an opportunity of salvation, if you drink on its waters. The writing carried out for academic or other purposes dictated by market considerations lacks inspiration which separates great writing from the routine writing. Looking back at the beginnings of creativity, it is not difficult to realize that Poetry has always been held as the preserve of the Muse. Guru Granth Sahib, Mahabharata, Ramayana, - every great writing which has impacted the thought of generations, comes to us to in the form of inspired poetry. The poet moves on a different trajectory and his own redemption lies in his power to talk on subjects which lesser writers dare not touch, and thus fulfil the promise of the creative forces. Dr. Jernail S. Anand, who has to his credit, 180 books, is winner of Seneca Award [Italy], Charter of Morava [Serbia], Franz Kafka [Germany, Ukraine and Chek Rep] and Maxim Gorky [Russia] Awards and his name adorns the Poets’ Rock in Serbia.

Reclaiming Identity in Mrs.: Power-packed Cinematic Depiction of Patriarchal Frame

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

देश, काल, समाज, अथवा पिरवार रहते हैं सब एक तरफ मुन्तिजर चाहत में स्त्री के साथ की हर कदम पर बांधकर अपने स्वार्थ हेतु एक बंधन में.. कृत्िरम हैं सब समाज, व्यक्ित िवशेष और पिरवार के बंधन स्त्री स्वयं बंधी हैं चाहे तो पल में उजागर कर सकती हैं यथार्थ धराशायी कर अिभशप्त धारणाओं को अपने लिए बनाते हुए एक स्वतन्त्र “स्पेस”.. ^Lisl cukrh L=h* (The Woman Creates Space), this evocative phrase speaks to the resilience of the Indian woman, who, despite being bound by the shackles of societal expectations, familial obligations, and personal desires, yearns to carve out her own space. Women in India have gradually changed roles and responsibilities in many ways breaking the patriarchal norms, like reaching to Moon or Mountain, running small scale to large scale businesses, being boss ladies at various fronts, yet in many families, communities and areas, there conditions are not much improved, their passions remain dormant, their desires unfulfilled, their ideas unacknowledged, and their voices silenced. The way a lotus blooms in the shadows, their beauty and strength remain unseen, their potential unreleased. An upsetting melody of unfulfilled dreams and unspoken words, their struggles and pains, all together becomes a haunting reminder of the unfinished journey towards true empowerment. Recently I saw Indian Hindi-language drama film ‘Mrs.’, where the suffocating grip of India’s patriarchal system is laid bare. Directed by Arati Kadav and starring Sanya Malhotra, this powerful film is a remake of the 2021 Malayalam film ‘The Great Indian Kitchen’. Through the eyes of Richa, an educated dancer, trapped in a traditional and patriarchal marriage, relentless erosion of a woman’s identity, autonomy, and dignity can be witnessed. Into her new family after marriage, where a girl steps into with lots of hopes and desires, Richa is confronted with the oppressive weight of regressive traditions. The domestic sphere, the four-walled home becomes a prison where women are relegated to the drudgery of kitchen duties, while men indulge in leisurely pursuits going for sports activities, reading newspaper, watching television, and gossiping with friends and so oblivious to the struggles of their partners compelling them to bring their clothes out from closet for them after shower, cooking and cleaning on their own, even keeping slippers near bed before they wake up in the morning. The family’s patriarchal values are starkly evident in the mother-in-law’s servitude, the father-in-law’s entitled behavior, and the husband’s inconsiderate and condescending attitude. The silbutta chutney episode, namak kum-jyada, is ghar ghar ki kahani with women who laboriously cook for the whole family standing most of the time of the day in the kitchen. Such a thankless job! Even preparation of shikanji (lemonade) becomes a tool for humiliation. Richa’s journey is a depiction of systemic suppression of women in India. The patriarchal forces that surround her constantly thwart her aspirations, desires, and needs. The film’s portrayal of menstruation as a source of shame and impurity is a scathing critique of the regressive attitudes that perpetuate women’s oppression. The way other days of month, you are a full time laborer, but in these five days, men can manage what they were not able to manage other days. What a paradox! Yet, ‘Mrs.’ is not just a film about oppression; it is also a powerful exploration of resistance and liberation. Richa’s ultimate act of defiance, as she throws murky kitchen sink water on her husband and father-in-law, is a symbol of her refusal to be silenced, marginalized, and oppressed. Her departure from the family is a triumphant assertion of her independence, dignity, and self-worth. Today, if she wishes to stand at the crossroads, asking for a breath of fresh air, while her husband abandoned her, building fortresses of male ego upon the foundations of her existence, asking her to delete videos of her dance which were more than passion for her, her life, her identity. In addition, the leakage of tap adds to the tone in the movie that any time any dhamaka can happen. At the closure, where Richa is shown as an independent dance teacher, using her art to express the pain and trauma she endured, represents the transformative power of resistance. As she dances, she reclaims her body, her voice, and her story. Her saga becomes the saga of all those women who have been silenced, marginalized, and oppressed by the patriarchal system with a ray of hope. Sanya Malhotra delivers a captivating performance that anchors the story. Her character is of a strong yet relatable woman character, who challenges of living in a patriarchal society that often undermines her aspirations and independence. The narrative effectively highlights how societal pressures dictate choices related to marriage, career, and personal fulfillment. The cinematography and direction complement the storytelling, emphasizing the protagonist’s internal conflicts and the external pressures she faces. The supporting cast further enriches the narrative, presenting a spectrum of perspectives on gender roles, which adds depth to the conversation about patriarchy in contemporary India. ‘Mrs.’ is more than just a film; it is a call to action, encouraging viewers to reflect on the progress made in women’s rights while acknowledging the long journey ahead. I thought to write about this as we have been celebrating International women day before and after the day got over, for whole week, living in a trance, yet grass level work needs to be done at various levels in Indian system changing the mentality of folks. The theme successfully resonates with audience members from various backgrounds, invoking critical discussions about gender equality and the evolving role of women in Indian society, as the family was of doctors, means well read scholars still suppressing women voices at home treating the as serving machines. The way Richa’s mother-in-law makes prior arrangements of each and everything for her father-in-law avoiding her own me time and health issues working till midnight. On the other hand, her husband wants wife to be seductive in bed, but is not able to see how she works like a donkey whole day. In her novel When I Hit You, Meena Kandasamy says- “To stay silent is to censor all conversation. To stay silent is to erase individuality. To stay silent is an act of self-flagellation…” therefore Richa also doesn’t stay silent, reclaims her identity within the patriarchal framework. This narrative seems not just of one Indian woman but behind this story, the stories lie of thousands and lakhs of Indian women who suffer in their marriages. The National Family Health Survey states that their partners at some point have physically, sexually or emotionally abused more than 30 percent of women. Behind the silence of a woman, lies hidden boundless ocean. Can you comprehend the anguish of her failed endeavors? Can you fathom the depths of her inner world? With hands clasped in trust, she aspired to soar to great heights, only to be deceived by the false promises of love and marriage. For centuries, womanhood has been shackled to the threshold of societal expectations. Women also need to understand that all societal, personal, and familial bonds are artificial; women themselves are bound, but they have the power to break free in an instant, shattering the illusions of societal expectations and creating their own independent space Overall, ‘Mrs.’ is a thought-provoking film that combines strong performances of veteran actors with a compelling narrative, making it a must-watch for those interested in social issues and the fight against patriarchy, moreover, an excellent reflection of the struggles and triumphs of Indian women, how they forge their own paths and create their own spaces. Hopefully this kind of drama will become the new catchphrase and transforming social structures and prevailed inequalities settling the minds of people around us, rather than few reviews given by reviewers, published here and there in some good newspapers on online news portals or magazines. Canadian poet Rupi Kaur says- ‘What is the greatest lesson a woman should learn / that since day one / she’s already had everything she needs / within herself / it’s the world that convinced her she did / not.. Dr. Shalini Yadav is a professor, writer and columnist from Jaipur, Rajasthan.

NORTH VS SOUTH DIVIDE

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The North versus South divide is becoming more prominent in the current budget session with two of the government’s proposed moves being viewed with a geographical divide. The first of course is the proposed delimitation plan to redraw constituencies as per the population to ensure that one vote gets one value across the country. This will lead to an increase in the number of seats in the Parliament and therein lies the fear. The South is worried - and rightly so- that it will be punished for effectively implementing population control. Already there is a disproportionate representation between the North and the South in the current Lok Sabha with a tally of 129/543. This figure was arrived at by the 1971 Census that was frozen in place till 2026. Now the current government wants to undertake a fresh census and redraw the boundaries. The number of seats in the Lok Sabha could go up to 800 plus going by the norm of 10 lakh people in each constituency. Although the Home Minister has assured the Southern States that their numbers would not diminish, former Union Home Minister P Chidambaram has pointed out that he has also not assured them that their numbers will not increase. It is a fact that the BJP is stronger in the North while the Opposition holds sway in the South. The Congress has as many of 53 of its 99 seats from the South and Central India than the North. It is easy to see where their fears are stemming from making the North South divide also one of BJP vs the Opposition. The other North South divide is over the three language formula suggested by the New Education Policy. While the NEP does not state that Hindi is mandatory the South is worried and sees this as a backdoor imposition of Hindi in the south. It would be interesting to see how these two initiatives play out on the floor of the house, with the DMK spearheading the protests. Don’t forget that Tamil Nadu goes to polls in 2026 and the BJP has a limited presence in the state.

Gender inequality in inheritance: A call for change

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Gender inequality is not merely an abstract concept; it is a pervasive reality that permeates the very fabric of our lives. One glaring manifestation of this inequality lies in inheritance practices, where centuries-old traditions and biases often side-line daughters. Despite laws advocating fairness, the entrenched mindset that prioritize male heirs perpetuate a cycle of disparity making true equality a challenging goal. Fortunately, the Indian government has recognized this issue and has made strides to address it through various bills and amendments aimed at minimizing the gender gap. The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act of 2005, marked a crucial step forward. This landmark legislation granted daughters equal rights to their father’s property, whether ancestral or self-acquired acknowledging their rightful place as heirs. However, the reality on the ground often tells a different story. Societal beliefs that prioritize male heirs frequently undermine the implementation of this law. For instance, if a father chooses to draft a will that bequeaths his property solely to his sons, the daughter may find herself stripped of her rightful claim, regardless of her contributions or worth. Despite progressive laws, many parents remain anchored in traditional beliefs. In too many households, daughters are viewed as transient members—once married, they are considered to have severed ties with their parental home. This pervasive cultural notion not only diminishes a daughter’s status within her family but also places unnecessary burdens on her, forcing her to seek permission from her brothers just to return to her childhood home. Such attitudes foster feelings of displacement and devalue the significant contributions daughters make to their families. Worse, the perception that investing in a daughter’s education is futile because she will eventually marry further entrenches this inequality. Parents often hesitate to allocate resources toward their daughters’ education, viewing it as an expense that offers no “long-term return”. This attitude robs daughters of opportunities and reinforces the outdated notion that their value lies solely in fulfilling traditional roles. The disparities in treatment between sons and daughters are stark and, in many cases, heartbreaking. In numerous families, sons are encouraged to lead extravagant lifestyles, while daughters grapple with financial limitations. The societal expectation that sons will care for their parents in old age contrasts sharply with the assumption that daughters will establish their own families. This creates a cycle of dependency and inequality, where daughters are expected to provide care without the financial support they rightfully deserve. This inconsistency speaks volumes about the societal norms that need to be dismantled. Achieving equality in inheritance demands more than legal reform- it requires a cultural shift. While laws like the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act represent a step forward, more needs to be done. Greater awareness and education regarding these rights must reach every corner of society. Parents should be encouraged to view their daughters and sons as equals, understanding that investing in a daughter’s education and future is just as valuable as doing so for a son. The government also plays a pivotal role. Strengthening the enforcement of inheritance laws and holding families accountable for discriminatory practices is essential in this fight for equality. Additionally, initiatives aimed at changing societal perceptions about gender roles will be crucial for fostering a culture that values the contributions of both daughters and sons equally. Community-Driven initiatives, media campaigns, and educational programs can play pivotal roles in shifting mindsets and empowering women to claim their rightful place in the society. Gender inequality often begins at birth, but it is not insurmountable. Through collective efforts aimed at changing both laws and mindsets, we can pave the way for a more equitable future. By championing equal rights to inheritance and encouraging families to invest in their daughters’ futures, we can break the cycle of inequality that has persisted for far too long. The journey toward achieving gender equality is ongoing, and it starts at home—with a commitment to recognizing the inherent value and rights of every child, regardless of gender. Let us come together to envision a world where every daughter is seen as an equal, where her dreams are nurtured, and where she can inherit not just property, but also the respect and opportunities she deserves. In this world, the legacy of equality will be our greatest inheritance. Capt Indira Vashishta is an ex-airline pilot, motivational speaker and an eminent columnist.

Impact of Online Scams on Economy

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The way we live, work, and communicate has changed as a result of our globalised society. We now have the ability to connect, create, and exchange knowledge at a never-before-seen speed thanks to the digital revolution. It has boosted economic expansion, given people more power, and closed gaps between continents. But enormous power also comes with immense responsibility. The digital technologies have all contributed to a substantial spike in cybercrimes in India in recent years. Violent crimes such as financial fraud, data breaches, and cyber-extortion are increasingly being committed online by unscrupulous individuals. Now, this generation is still exploring every facet of cyber landscape, all while uncovering the vulnerabilities and loopholes that exist within it which ensue a lot of cyber scam and one of them that is prominent these days is digital arrest. While many of us have heard of it, few fully understand how it works or the implications it holds for our digital lives. People receive a call where the scammer images himself as a law enforcement or government agencies and impose several charges and penalties on the victim and interrogate in such a way that the victim get anxious about the investigation. The scammer manipulate the victim and force him to comply with the instructions, the attackers generally reach the victim via Interactive Voice Response call from an international number which further transfers to a WhatsApp videos. The scammers merge the financial and legal aspects in such a way that turns to the mind of victim, if he will cooperate with the scammers then they will be out of the trouble. The scammers then fabricate the victim in crimes that are exceptional and that can agitate any person to settle up with the scammers. This does not only distress the victim financially but also psychologically and mentally. When several things comes to the victim like they have been caught associated with drug smuggling or gold smuggling and when the scammer details about the victim’s identity and transaction sources then the victim get hold of it more significantly. Digital arrest scams have emerged as a significant threat in the digital landscape, impacting consumer confidence and financial stability. These scams not only result in substantial financial losses but also erode trust in digital payment platforms, which is crucial for the growth of e-commerce and online banking. As financial institutions navigate this complex environment, they must adopt proactive strategies to safeguard their customers and restore faith in digital transactions. An Increase In Cyber crimes Over the last ten years, cybercrime incidences have dramatically increased in India. In India, cybercrime instances increased by 11.8% between 2020 and 2021, totalling over 52,974 cases, according to the NCRB’s 2021 report. This rise is a part of a larger pattern that has been seen since 2016: the number of cybercrime cases is rising annually. With 44,735 incidents in 2019, the nation had a 23.2% rise in cybercrimes between 2019 and 2021. With almost 60% of all cybercrime cases that are filed, financial fraud is still the most prevalent type of cybercrime in India. According to NCRB data, there were 31,142 fraud instances reported in 2021, a significant increase over the 24,386 cases that were reported in 2020. The growth of digital payment networks and e-commerce has presented fraudsters with new opportunities to take advantage of unsuspecting consumers. Malware and hacker attacks also increased, with 10,164 instances classified as “computer-related offences” in 2021. Over 17,000 WhatsApp accounts connected to digital arrest scams have been blocked by the Ministry of Home Affairs after an investigation revealed global criminal networks. Impact of Online Scams on the Indian Economy Online payments are becoming the backbone of India’s financial system as the country transitions to a digital-first economy. From villages to Delhi - ‘Digital India’ has reshaped how citizens interact with money. However, this transformation has also brought to light a growing vulnerability: a surge in digital scams that threaten to undermine the very progress it has fostered. Scams, particularly an Authorized Push Payment (APP) scam, occur when victims are tricked into willingly transferring rupees – with tactics that range from fake investments and legal notices to emotional manipulation. Scams are very different from traditional fraud that involves unauthorized access to bank accounts or identity theft. With the explosion in transactions via Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Real-Time Gross Settlement (RTGS), and Immediate Payment Service (IMPS), there is a staggering increase in these scams. Financial institutions face rising costs associated with fraud prevention measures and compensating victims. This can lead to higher fees for consumers and reduced investment in new technologies. Besides this, Consumers are becoming more cautious with their online transactions, often opting for cash payments or traditional banking methods. This shift could hinder the adoption of digital payment solutions that are essential for modern commerce. In the illegal parcel scam, scammers take advantage of the current surge in e-commerce deliveries. With online shopping becoming commonplace, scammers pose as courier services or law enforcement officials and call unsuspecting individuals. During their call they threaten them claiming that a package addressed to the victim contains illegal or prohibited items such as drugs or weapons. To add credibility, they may conduct video calls, posing as fake police officers. Know Your Customer — KYC — scams exploit the routine updates required by banks and mobile service providers. Fraudsters pose as representatives from banks or telecom providers, call unsuspecting individuals and urge them to update their KYC details to avoid service suspension. Victims often receive fake SMS alerts with malicious links or are contacted by phone, where scammers “assist” them in the process through an app that actually takes over the phone of the victim and give full access to the scammer. This access is then used by the scammers to open sensitive apps, like a bank or payment app, or to read OTPs. The cases of the stock market investment scams are also rising. In this scam, fraudsters target individuals eager to make quick profits. Scammers pose as financial advisors or brokers and connect with victims on platforms like WhatsApp, offering guaranteed high returns on investments. Victims are often lured into joining fake groups where other participants appear to be earning profits, creating a false sense of legitimacy. Legal and Financial Burden on Consumers Digital scams are also creating a growing legal and financial strain for both consumers and banks. While victims suffer financial losses, banks face the dual risks of financial impact and reputational damage, with recovery rates often remaining shockingly low. In India, the compensation for scam victims, especially in cases involving APP scams, is determined based on specific circumstances, and banks are not legally required to make restitution as would be the case in other countries. Governments and regulators are also stepping up – In India, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has recently introduced AI-powered initiatives designed to protect the banking system from scams, alongside strengthened cybercrime cells and public awareness campaigns for customers. Way Ahead To authentically regulate this alarming trend, more proactive and engaging strategies must be implemented to educate the public. Awareness campaigns through various media channels and partnership with educational institutions are the measure that can help to make public awareness after the identification of specific crime. However greater emphasis should be placed on making the cyber web more protected and shielded, so that the data of the users of cyber web cannot be misused, and making the generation equipped to face such challenges on future. Dr.S.Krishnan is An Associate Professor in Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur Divyanshi Agarwal is 1st year student of BBALLB (H) of Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur. Aatmja Joshi is 1st year student of BBALLB (H) of Seedling School of Law and Governance, Jaipur National University, Jaipur.

Rajasthan: Leading the Renewable Energy Revolution

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Rajasthan, the jewel of India’s desert, is transforming into the nation’s powerhouse for renewable energy. With abundant solar radiation, steady winds, and progressive policies, the state is crafting a sustainable future while strengthening India’s clean energy ambitions. Under the visionary Rajasthan Integrated Clean Energy Policy 2024, the state is charting an ambitious course to lead India’s energy transition. Rajasthan has set an unparalleled target of 125 GW renewable energy capacity by 2029-30, encompassing solar energy, wind and hybrid projects, and hydropower along with advanced storage systems. This monumental target positions Rajasthan as a linchpin in achieving India’s national aim of 500 GW renewable capacity by 2030 and aligns with the global aspiration of Net Zero emissions by 2070. The state’s commitment to renewable energy is evident in its robust infrastructure and forward-thinking initiatives that integrate cutting-edge technology and sustainable practices. Solar energy is at the forefront of Rajasthan’s renewable revolution. The state is home to iconic projects like the Bhadla Solar Park, a marvel of scale and efficiency, and continues to pioneer decentralized solar power initiatives. Rooftop solar systems are being promoted to enhance accessibility and reduce transmission losses, while innovative approaches such as canal-top and floating solar projects maximize land use and efficiency. Rajasthan’s focus on solar energy ensures that its abundant natural resources are harnessed optimally to drive progress. Equally important is the promotion of wind and hybrid power, recognizing the complementary nature of these energy sources. The state is aggressively supporting hybrid power projects that combine solar and wind, ensuring optimal use of land and infrastructure while addressing the intermittency of renewable energy. Furthermore, the repowering of older wind farms enhances generation capacity and efficiency, solidifying Rajasthan’s role as a leader in hybrid energy solutions. Rajasthan’s ambitious push into Green Hydrogen underscores its leadership in next-generation clean technologies. The state envisions the development of Green Hydrogen parks, hubs, and equipment manufacturing ecosystems to support industrial, transport, and aviation sectors, reducing dependency on fossil fuels. This forward-thinking initiative not only addresses climate concerns but also opens avenues for economic growth and energy security. By fostering research and development in cutting-edge hydrogen technologies, Rajasthan is paving the way for a sustainable and prosperous future. To complement its renewable energy expansion, Rajasthan is investing heavily in energy storage solutions. Pumped Storage Plants (PSP) and advanced Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) are being deployed to address the challenges of grid reliability and renewable intermittency. These innovations ensure uninterrupted power supply, especially during peak demand hours, further strengthening the state’s energy infrastructure. The integration of storage solutions represents a significant step towards making renewable energy a viable and dependable source of power. The policy also promotes electric vehicle (EV) charging stations powered by renewable energy, aiming to reduce the carbon footprint of the transport sector. By combining renewable energy with EV infrastructure, Rajasthan is driving the clean mobility revolution while addressing urban pollution and energy independence. This approach reflects the state’s commitment to a comprehensive and integrated clean energy ecosystem. Rajasthan’s clean energy initiatives are catalysts for socioeconomic transformation. Over six lakh jobs are expected to be created in the construction, operation, and maintenance of renewable energy projects, providing opportunities for local communities and fostering economic growth. The state is also supporting startups and research in renewable technologies, encouraging innovation and creativity to address emerging challenges. By converting biomass, waste, and municipal solid waste into energy, Rajasthan is addressing environmental challenges while meeting its energy needs, demonstrating a holistic approach to sustainability. With its ambitious policies, world-class renewable energy infrastructure, and unwavering commitment to sustainability, Rajasthan is not just participating in India’s energy transition—it is leading it. By embracing hybrid power projects, energy storage, and Green Hydrogen, Rajasthan is shaping a future where economic growth and environmental stewardship go hand in hand. The Rajasthan Integrated Clean Energy Policy 2024 embodies this vision, providing a comprehensive roadmap for the state’s renewable energy journey. As we stand on the cusp of a renewable revolution, Rajasthan exemplifies how vision, resources, and policy can converge to create a cleaner, greener, and more prosperous tomorrow for India and the world. The state’s initiatives showcase the power of strategic planning and collaborative efforts in achieving large-scale transformation. Rajasthan’s story is not just about meeting energy demands but about reimagining possibilities and inspiring a global movement towards sustainable development. The author is IAS officer.

Trump-Zelenskyy Meeting: A Nightmare for Europe

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

The post-Ukraine scenario will encourage countries worldwide to pursue nuclear programs. Given the current geopolitical vulnerability of Ukraine, the post-Ukraine world order will further discourage the movement for nuclear disarmament, allowing existing nuclear powers like North Korea, India, Israel and Pakistan to continue retaining their Nukes at any cost. The dramatic mineral deal between the US and Ukraine evokes a famous quote from American attorney and President Nixon’s political advisor, Charles Colson: “When you have them by the balls, their hearts and minds will follow”. This is a time when Ukraine is fighting for its survival, and powerful nations, particularly the US under Donald Trump, are primarily focused on its natural resources, prioritising their own material interests stemming from the outcome of this conflict. This mineral deal is not just a deal but more of a war, politics and a global power shift. While the Trump Administration’s efforts to end the Russia-Ukraine War swiftly are seen as a welcoming step, Trump’s underlying agenda to acquire Ukrainian minerals under the guise of resolving the conflict is being criticised globally. A famous proverb, “With great power comes great responsibility”, reminds us of another well-known quote by Abraham Lincoln: “Nearly all men can stand adversity, but if you want to test a man’s character, give him power”. In light of Trump’s unilateral materialistic dictation and the Ukrainian mineral deal, the recent heated exchange between President Trump and President Zelenskyyy has once again brought these quotes into the spotlight. President Zelenskyyy’s unsuccessful meeting with Trump seems to be uniting European countries in support of Ukraine’s struggle against Russia. However, it would not be incorrect to assume that opposing Trump-led America’s interests may carry significant risks to the entire continent. Alongside French President Emmanuel Macron’s recent assurance to provide a French nuclear umbrella for Europe, the European Union’s efforts to support Ukraine against Russia might ultimately push President Trump to make a reckless decision to align more closely with Russia, potentially leading to the scenario Trump already warned Zelenskyy about in his Oval Office: “Zelenskyy is gambling with World War III.” In the context of Trump’s failed mineral deal with Zelenskyy, President Putin has already hinted at offering access to rare earth minerals from the Russian mainland, including those in Russian-occupied Ukraine. Given President Trump’s materialistic mindset, the escalating tension between Washington and Brussels may result in pushing the US to get closer to Russian camaraderie. By portraying European groupings as anti-Trump, the Russian state media has smartly managed to convey to Washington that European policies are not just against Russian interests but also the Trump-led United States. Consequently, it is Russia, not Ukraine, that favours peace. In this context, the Russian foreign minister, in an interview with Russian State Media, accused Ukraine’s allies of manipulating the European Peacekeeping Forces to continue their actions against Russia. In the wake of Trump’s failed meeting with Zelenskyy, which led to the strong regrouping of European countries, US Defence Secretary Pete Hegseth’s recent order to cease US Cyber Command and Offensive Cyber Operations against Russia has given President Putin an edge over Ukraine. This shift could also be seen as a sign of President Trump’s speculative camaraderie with President Putin in the long run. The war between Ukraine and Russia began over Ukraine’s desire to join NATO. If the USA withdraws from NATO, it could facilitate Ukraine’s admission into the alliance. It is very important to note that membership in NATO would guarantee Ukraine’s security, as Article 5 states that an attack on one member is considered an attack on all, and this is exactly what Zelenskyy is looking for. While President Zelenskyy has nothing more left to lose from the USA’s disapproval of the EU, Trump’s potential exit from NATO could lead to widespread devastation, paving the way for a new world order driven by multilateralism. The growing divide between the US and Europe over the NATO defence budget seems to provide a significant opportunity for India to expand its trade with nations affected by Trump’s new US trade policies. Alongside the UK’s scheduled trade talks with India, the European Union’s increasing trade agreements with India may be partly a result of Trump’s threat to impose a 25% tariff on EU goods. Following EU President Ursula von der Leyen’s recent visit to India, Russian President Vladimir Putin criticised her, stating that Europe once viewed India as a third-world country. Now, that same Europe is seeking to strengthen bilateral trade and political ties with India. In this context, the emerging geopolitical dynamics in Europe also remind us of another famous quote by Harry S. Truman: “The only thing new in the world is the history you do not know. “ As a result of the dramatic showdown between Trump and Zelenskyy at the Oval Office, the Trump administration has recently announced the suspension of all military aid to Ukraine. With fears rising that Europe may no longer be certain of U.S. protection, as Trump could exit NATO at any moment, the EU Commission has proposed mobilising around $840 billion for the ‘ReArm Europe’ plan. Now, the question arises: How long will it take for Europe to produce arms and ammunition with its industrial capacity? Many defence experts believe there is no doubt that Europe produces high-quality weapons; however, it currently lacks the industrial capacity to meet Ukraine’s armament needs in its conflict with Russia. Producing weapons on an industrial scale takes many years. As Europe’s security guarantee is presently in the hands of the US through NATO, a US exit from this organisation at this time would leave Europe vulnerable to Russia in the region. While rearming itself is a good idea for the EU, the European leaders, prioritising human lives, must decide wisely and cooperate with Donald Trump, at least for the time being. India and the Global Tariff War. In light of China’s recent retaliatory threats against the U.S., the growing divide between the U.S. and the Chinese manufacturing empire seems to enable India to attract foreign investment more rapidly. Trump administration’s appreciative initiative to stop the global diversion of US money, making it solely useful for its own citizens, may backfire, hitting US economic policies hard. When significantly big organisations such as the BRICS, African Union, ASEAN, SCO, etc., are rapidly moving towards switching to trade in local currencies, Trump’s insane steps, like imposing tariffs and threatening to exit important international organisations, seem to be paving the way for the smooth transition to de-dollarisation in the future. As the largest consumer market and the fastest-growing economy in the world, India has the potential to leverage this trade conflict as an opportunity. Thus, Donald Trump’s highly centralised American policies and his global trade war, especially with China, are disrupting the supply chain worldwide, inadvertently providing India an opportunity to attract foreign investors from across the globe and shape its Vision 2047. However, the deeply ingrained bureaucratic hurdles of establishing a business in India pose the biggest challenge. While registering a company in Vietnam takes 3 to 4 months, it can take up to 5 to 6 years in India. Another major challenge is India’s significant skill gap. According to the report published by the Ministry of Skill Development, India has a 2.3% formally skilled workforce compared to 52% in the USA, 80% in Japan, and 96% in South Korea. Although the rising conflict between the US and other countries, particularly Europe and China, is a big opportunity for India, it will be very challenging for the Indian government to capitalise on it, given that India has a highly bureaucratic and low-skilled workforce. By promoting several initiatives under the Skill India Programme, India has certainly improved over the last ten years, but this progress may not be sufficient to fully exploit this opportunity arising from Trump’s Tariff War. The author is Doctoral Candidate, Centre for West Asian Studies(CWAS), School of International Studies(SIS), Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

Screens: Killing Social Engagement and Turning Us into Zombies

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

In the age of technological revolution, the pervasive use of gadgets such as smartphones, tablets, laptops, and televisions has become ubiquitous. These devices surround us in our daily lives, offering a plethora of advantages, from instant communication to endless access to information. However, alongside these benefits, there are serious concerns that arise, particularly regarding social interaction and human relationships. The transformation of our communication landscape has created a phenomenon that can be aptly described as a generation of “digital zombies.” Among the most pronounced impacts of excessive screen usage is the gradual erosion of communication abilities and a significant reduction in actual human interaction. The nuances of online communication—while convenient—cannot replicate the sophistication and subtleties inherent in face-to-face conversations, which include non-verbal signals like facial expressions, tone of voice, and demeanor. Without these essential cues, individuals often struggle to convey their thoughts and emotions effectively through mere text or images. This challenge is particularly pronounced in teenagers, who are at a crucial stage of development where learning interpersonal skills is vital. As higher screen dependence increases, so does social unease, with many individuals finding themselves increasingly uncomfortable in face-to-face interactions. Empirical observations of daily life provide ample evidence of this troubling trend. It is not uncommon to see children engrossed in their electronic devices, largely oblivious to the conversations happening around them. This behavior is not confined to younger generations; adults exhibit similar habits. Commuters on public transport are frequently seen absorbed in their phones, creating a bubble of isolation despite the physical proximity to others. Public spaces such as railway stations, bus stops, and waiting lounges reflect this same disconnection from the surrounding world. Even in domestic environments, family members often share meals in silence, each preoccupied with their own devices. This trend extends into the home, where members retreat into different rooms, each absorbed in their personal screens. Traditional pastimes such as board games and outdoor sports are fading into obscurity, replaced by the allure of digital entertainment, while genuine conversations have become increasingly rare. Beyond the confines of the home, the excessive use of screens has significantly impacted social participation and community engagement. As individuals become more engrossed in their devices, their involvement in local events, volunteer activities, and social gatherings has diminished. This disengagement from societal interaction weakens social bonds and erodes the sense of belonging that is essential to community life. In the past, social participation was seamlessly integrated into daily routines. For instance, shopping trips served not only as opportunities for procuring goods but also as moments for exchanging greetings and sharing experiences with others. Religious gatherings, such as bhajan sessions in temples, provided a space for both spiritual connection and social interaction. In earlier decades, the limited range of television programming encouraged outdoor play, which was essential for children’s development, allowing them to explore, make friends, and build relationships. The landscape of social interactions has been dramatically transformed by technology. Worship practices have shifted from communal gatherings to solitary viewing of services on television, stripping away the intimacy and personal connections that come from shared experiences. The rise of OTT platforms, social media reels, and video games has further contributed to the shift away from real-life interactions toward virtual engagements. This transition has left little room for the simple joys of togetherness, as individuals prioritize screen time over meaningful face-to-face connections. Moreover, the correlation between excessive screen use and mental health issues is becoming increasingly evident. A growing body of empirical evidence indicates that prolonged exposure to screens—especially through social media—has been linked to higher rates of depression, anxiety, and diminished self-esteem. The constant barrage of notifications and the pressure to remain perpetually connected exacerbate these negative emotional states, creating a cycle that prevents individuals from engaging with others in the physical realm. The irony lies in the fact that while technology facilitates connectivity, it simultaneously fosters isolation and loneliness. Despite these challenges, the role of screens in fostering social connectivity cannot be entirely dismissed. Technology allows for instant communication across vast distances, enabling relationships to flourish even when physical proximity is lacking. However, this convenience often comes at the cost of authentic social connections. The challenge lies in striking a balance between the advantages of technology and the necessity of maintaining genuine human interactions. To combat the adverse effects of screen overuse, it is crucial to cultivate awareness of its negative consequences and to actively pursue opportunities for interpersonal connection. Initiatives aimed at fostering face-to-face communication can help restore the essential human connections that are vital for psychological and emotional well-being. Practical strategies may include setting aside designated times for device-free family meals, engaging in community activities, or participating in local events that encourage personal interaction. Detaching from electronic screens and actively engaging with the immediate environment represents a significant step toward restoring authentic social interactions. Simple actions, such as initiating conversations with neighbors, participating in community service, or organizing social gatherings, can help bridge the gap created by technology. By prioritizing real-life connections, individuals can reclaim

Calls for action for all women and girls: Rights, equality, empowerment

June 20, 2025, 12:54 am

Women are the torchbearers for shaping sustainable economic models and driving financial inclusion. Their participation in financial systems not only enhances their decision-making powers but also strengthens national economies. This resonates with this year’s International Women’s Day which focuses on empowering women especially young women and adolescent girls under the broader theme of calls for action “For All Women and Girls: Rights, Equality and Empowerment”. It’s a significant year as it marks the 30th anniversary of the Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action. The declaration addresses how there can be greater access for women over economic structures as they are mostly underrepresented in economic decision-making making including the formulations of economic policies. The declaration highlights that women’s empowerment and sustainable development of a country would be possible when there is equal participation of women in the economic decision-making process and they get recognition for their contribution to the economic development of a country. Looking at the scenario in India, the Constitution of India promotes the economic empowerment of women. Articles 14 and 15 which are Fundamental Rights ensure the right to equality, equal opportunities, and non-discrimination and Articles 39(a), 39 (d), and 42 which are part of Directive Principles of State Policy direct the State to make law and policy to adequate means of livelihood, ensure equal pay for equal work and, just and humane conditions of work, and maternity relief. Thus, to strengthen women’s capacities and drive the nation towards holistic economic development, the Government of India has taken significant central policy initiatives. There have been various initiatives ranging from Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY), Direct Benefits Transfer (DBT), Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (PMMY), Lakhpati Didi scheme. The recent statistics by the Government of India on the statistics of PMJDY reveal that a total of 54.58 crore Jan Dhan accounts have been opened till 15.01.2025 of which 30.37 crore (55.7%) belongs to women. This means that a significant section of women are still excluded from getting access to bank accounts which hinders their financial security and also access to social security and welfare schemes. In a report, SEBI reveals that women have 42 percent of inactive bank accounts as compared to 30 percent in the case of men. The PMMY is also a significant policy initiative to promote financial inclusion and entrepreneurship across India. It has sanctioned loans worth 32.36 lakh crore, benefiting over 51.41 crore loan accounts, Out of the total loans sanctioned, 68 percent belong to women entrepreneurs. However, the majority of women’s accounts are in the Shishu category (loan amount is 50000/-) which is 79 percent out of which the percentage of sanctioned amount is 54 percent. In the Kishore category (loan is between 50000 to 5 lakhs) number of accounts is 21 percent and the sanctioned amount is 42 percent. There are no women’s accounts in the tarun category (loan amount is between 5-10 lakhs). The recent report by NITI AAyog in 2025 reveals that more women in India are using credit and actively monitoring their credit scores. There has been a growth of 27 million women in December 2024 monitoring their credit which means that there is a 42 per cent increase from the previous year. There is a significant rise in the share of women from the non-metro areas which is 48 percent as compared to 30 percent in the metro areas. Lakhpati Didi Yojana has empowered 1.15 crore women to achieve an annual household income of 1 lakh. A major catalyst for empowering women is their integration into the digital payments ecosystem. The report on Enabling Digital Payments for Women in India reveals that as of 2024 only 25 percent of digital payment users were women and only 23 percent of women have financial literacy. As this 2025 women’s day is flagging and the Beijing Declaration has already stated that affirmative action should be taken ‘by Governments, intergovernmental organizations, academic and research institutions and the private sector for developing conceptual and practical methodologies for incorporating gender perspectives into all aspects of economic policy-making, including structural adjustment planning and programmes.’ The process of women’s financial inclusion in India is facing lots of challenges such as lack of gender-disaggregated data, persistent social and cultural barriers, lack of exclusive legal and institutional mechanisms, and so on. Thus, women’s financial inclusion in India needs targeted strategies such as women-centric financial platforms enhancing financial literacy programmes, and simplifying digital payment methods. Furthermore, utilizing alternative credit scoring systems can empower women to make independent financial decisions. Lastly, it needs to ensure the ‘full, effective, and meaningful participation’ of all women so that no one is left behind. Gaurika Chugh, Assistant Professor, Department of Policy and Management Studies, TERI School of Advanced Studies, New Delhi; Moumita Mandal, Assistant Professor, Department of Policy and Management Studies; TERI School of Advanced Studies, New Delhi; Sukanya Das, Professor, Department of Policy and Management Studies; TERI School of Advanced Studies, New Delhi.